{"id":"qld:sl-2009-0194","name":"Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 2009","slug":"transport-operations-road-use-management-road-rules-regulation-2009","collection":"regulation","jurisdiction":"qld","status":"in_force","isInForce":true,"actNumber":"194 of 2009","makingDate":null,"administeringDepartment":null,"currentVersion":{"id":175812,"registerId":"qld-qld:sl-2009-0194-current","compilationNumber":null,"startDate":"2026-04-05","status":"InForce","reasons":null,"registeredAt":null},"sections":[{"sectionNumber":"pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Introductory","content":"# Introductory","sortOrder":0},{"sectionNumber":"pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"General","content":"## General","sortOrder":1},{"sectionNumber":"sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Short title","content":"### sec.1 Short title\n\nThis regulation may be cited as the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 2009 or as the Queensland Road Rules.","sortOrder":2},{"sectionNumber":"sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commencement","content":"### sec.2 Commencement\n\nThis regulation, other than sections 266 and 267 (1) , (1AA) , (1AB) , (1A) , (1B) and (1C) , commences on 12 October 2009.\nSections 266 and 267 (1) , (1AA) , (1AB) , (1A) , (1B) and (1C) commence on 11 March 2010.\n(sec.2-ssec.1) This regulation, other than sections 266 and 267 (1) , (1AA) , (1AB) , (1A) , (1B) and (1C) , commences on 12 October 2009.\n(sec.2-ssec.2) Sections 266 and 267 (1) , (1AA) , (1AB) , (1A) , (1B) and (1C) commence on 11 March 2010.","sortOrder":3},{"sectionNumber":"sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Object","content":"### sec.3 Object\n\nThe object of this regulation is to provide road rules in Queensland that are substantially uniform with road rules elsewhere in Australia.","sortOrder":4},{"sectionNumber":"pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Some features of this regulation","content":"## Some features of this regulation","sortOrder":5},{"sectionNumber":"sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions","content":"### sec.4 Definitions\n\nThe dictionary in schedule 5 defines particular words used in this regulation.","sortOrder":6},{"sectionNumber":"sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with standards","content":"### sec.5 Compliance with standards\n\nIn this regulation, unless otherwise stated—\na reference to a standard using the designation made up of ‘AS’ and a number is a reference to the standard as in force from time to time under that designation; and\n‘AS 1754’ is a reference to the standard that is in force under that designation at the relevant time, including, for example, AS 1754–1991.\na reference to a standard using the designation made up of ‘AS/NZS’ and a number is a reference to the standard as in force from time to time under that designation.\n‘AS/NZS 1754’ is a reference to the standard that is in force under that designation at the relevant time, including, for example, AS/NZS 1754–1995, AS/NZS 1754–2000 or AS/NZS 1754–2004.\nSubsection (3) applies in relation to the following standards—\na standard mentioned in subsection (1) ;\nASTM F1447;\nEN 1078;\nSnell B-95;\nUN ECE 22;\nUS standard 16 CFR part 1203 .\nIf this regulation requires a person to fit or use a thing that complies with a standard mentioned in subsection (2) , the person complies with the requirement if, when the thing was manufactured, the thing complied with the standard in force under the designation, or the standard in force, at that time.\ns 5 sub 2013 SL No. 192 s 7\namd 2018 SL No. 195 s 3 ; 2022 SL No. 3 s 11 ; 2026 SL No. 7 s 20\n(sec.5-ssec.1) In this regulation, unless otherwise stated— a reference to a standard using the designation made up of ‘AS’ and a number is a reference to the standard as in force from time to time under that designation; and ‘AS 1754’ is a reference to the standard that is in force under that designation at the relevant time, including, for example, AS 1754–1991. a reference to a standard using the designation made up of ‘AS/NZS’ and a number is a reference to the standard as in force from time to time under that designation. ‘AS/NZS 1754’ is a reference to the standard that is in force under that designation at the relevant time, including, for example, AS/NZS 1754–1995, AS/NZS 1754–2000 or AS/NZS 1754–2004.\n(sec.5-ssec.2) Subsection (3) applies in relation to the following standards— a standard mentioned in subsection (1) ; ASTM F1447; EN 1078; Snell B-95; UN ECE 22; US standard 16 CFR part 1203 .\n(sec.5-ssec.3) If this regulation requires a person to fit or use a thing that complies with a standard mentioned in subsection (2) , the person complies with the requirement if, when the thing was manufactured, the thing complied with the standard in force under the designation, or the standard in force, at that time.\n- (a) a reference to a standard using the designation made up of ‘AS’ and a number is a reference to the standard as in force from time to time under that designation; and Example— ‘AS 1754’ is a reference to the standard that is in force under that designation at the relevant time, including, for example, AS 1754–1991.\n- (b) a reference to a standard using the designation made up of ‘AS/NZS’ and a number is a reference to the standard as in force from time to time under that designation. Example— ‘AS/NZS 1754’ is a reference to the standard that is in force under that designation at the relevant time, including, for example, AS/NZS 1754–1995, AS/NZS 1754–2000 or AS/NZS 1754–2004.\n- (a) a standard mentioned in subsection (1) ;\n- (b) ASTM F1447;\n- (c) EN 1078;\n- (d) Snell B-95;\n- (e) UN ECE 22;\n- (f) US standard 16 CFR part 1203 .","sortOrder":7},{"sectionNumber":"sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Examples","content":"### sec.6 Examples\n\nA diagram under a provision is an example for the provision.","sortOrder":8},{"sectionNumber":"sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sections 7 – 10 not used","content":"### sec.7 Sections 7 – 10 not used\n\nThis regulation is based on the Australian Road Rules. Some provisions of the Australian Road Rules contain provisions that are not relevant to the operation of this regulation. To maximise uniformity between this regulation and the Australian Road Rules, the numbers of some sections that are not relevant have not been used in the numbering of this regulation, unless required for provisions particular to the State.","sortOrder":9},{"sectionNumber":"pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Application of this regulation","content":"# Application of this regulation","sortOrder":10},{"sectionNumber":"pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Roads and road-related areas","content":"## Roads and road-related areas","sortOrder":11},{"sectionNumber":"sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Regulation applies to vehicles and road users on roads and road-related areas","content":"### sec.11 Regulation applies to vehicles and road users on roads and road-related areas\n\nThis regulation applies to vehicles and road users on roads and road-related areas.\nA reference in this regulation (except in this division) to a road includes a reference to a road-related area , unless otherwise expressly stated in this regulation.\nA reference in section 146 (which deals with driving within a single marked lane or line of traffic) to the road includes a reference to the road-related area of the road.\nA reference in section 200 (1) (which deals with certain heavy or long vehicles stopping on roads) to a length of road includes a reference to the road-related area of the length of road.\nA reference in section 31 (which deals with starting a right turn from a road, except a multi-lane road) to a road does not include a reference to a road-related area, because of the definition in subsection (5) of that section.\n(sec.11-ssec.1) This regulation applies to vehicles and road users on roads and road-related areas.\n(sec.11-ssec.2) A reference in this regulation (except in this division) to a road includes a reference to a road-related area , unless otherwise expressly stated in this regulation. A reference in section 146 (which deals with driving within a single marked lane or line of traffic) to the road includes a reference to the road-related area of the road. A reference in section 200 (1) (which deals with certain heavy or long vehicles stopping on roads) to a length of road includes a reference to the road-related area of the length of road. A reference in section 31 (which deals with starting a right turn from a road, except a multi-lane road) to a road does not include a reference to a road-related area, because of the definition in subsection (5) of that section.\n- 1 A reference in section 146 (which deals with driving within a single marked lane or line of traffic) to the road includes a reference to the road-related area of the road.\n- 2 A reference in section 200 (1) (which deals with certain heavy or long vehicles stopping on roads) to a length of road includes a reference to the road-related area of the length of road.\n- 3 A reference in section 31 (which deals with starting a right turn from a road, except a multi-lane road) to a road does not include a reference to a road-related area, because of the definition in subsection (5) of that section.","sortOrder":12},{"sectionNumber":"sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section number not used","content":"### sec.12 Section number not used","sortOrder":13},{"sectionNumber":"sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is a road-related area","content":"### sec.13 What is a road-related area\n\nA road-related area is any of the following—\nan area that divides a road;\na footpath or nature strip adjacent to a road;\nan area that is not a road and that is open to the public and designated for use by cyclists or animals;\nan area that is not a road and that is open to, or used by, the public for parking vehicles.\nHowever, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference in this regulation (except this division) to a road-related area includes a reference to—\nany shoulder of a road; and\nany other area that is a footpath or nature strip as defined in the dictionary.\nIn this section—\nshoulder , of a road—\nincludes any part of the road that is not designed to be used by motor vehicles in travelling along the road; and\nincludes—\nfor a kerbed road—any part of the kerb; and\nfor a sealed road—any unsealed part of the road, and any sealed part of the road outside an edge line on the road; but\ndoes not include a bicycle path, footpath or shared path.\n(sec.13-ssec.1) A road-related area is any of the following— an area that divides a road; a footpath or nature strip adjacent to a road; an area that is not a road and that is open to the public and designated for use by cyclists or animals; an area that is not a road and that is open to, or used by, the public for parking vehicles.\n(sec.13-ssec.2) However, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference in this regulation (except this division) to a road-related area includes a reference to— any shoulder of a road; and any other area that is a footpath or nature strip as defined in the dictionary.\n(sec.13-ssec.3) In this section— shoulder , of a road— includes any part of the road that is not designed to be used by motor vehicles in travelling along the road; and includes— for a kerbed road—any part of the kerb; and for a sealed road—any unsealed part of the road, and any sealed part of the road outside an edge line on the road; but does not include a bicycle path, footpath or shared path.\n- (a) an area that divides a road;\n- (b) a footpath or nature strip adjacent to a road;\n- (c) an area that is not a road and that is open to the public and designated for use by cyclists or animals;\n- (d) an area that is not a road and that is open to, or used by, the public for parking vehicles.\n- (a) any shoulder of a road; and\n- (b) any other area that is a footpath or nature strip as defined in the dictionary.\n- (a) includes any part of the road that is not designed to be used by motor vehicles in travelling along the road; and\n- (b) includes— (i) for a kerbed road—any part of the kerb; and (ii) for a sealed road—any unsealed part of the road, and any sealed part of the road outside an edge line on the road; but\n- (i) for a kerbed road—any part of the kerb; and\n- (ii) for a sealed road—any unsealed part of the road, and any sealed part of the road outside an edge line on the road; but\n- (c) does not include a bicycle path, footpath or shared path.\n- (i) for a kerbed road—any part of the kerb; and\n- (ii) for a sealed road—any unsealed part of the road, and any sealed part of the road outside an edge line on the road; but","sortOrder":14},{"sectionNumber":"pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Road users and vehicles","content":"## Road users and vehicles","sortOrder":15},{"sectionNumber":"sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Road users","content":"### sec.14 Road users\n\nA road user is a driver, rider, passenger or pedestrian.","sortOrder":16},{"sectionNumber":"sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is a vehicle","content":"### sec.15 What is a vehicle\n\nA vehicle includes—\na motor vehicle, trailer and tram; and\na bicycle; and\na personal mobility device; and\nan animal-drawn vehicle, and an animal that is being ridden or drawing a vehicle; and\na combination;\nbut does not include a motorised mobility device, a wheelchair, a train, a wheeled recreational device or a wheeled toy.\ns 15 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 10 ; 2022 Act No. 19 s 28 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 9\n- (a) a motor vehicle, trailer and tram; and\n- (b) a bicycle; and\n- (c) a personal mobility device; and\n- (d) an animal-drawn vehicle, and an animal that is being ridden or drawing a vehicle; and\n- (e) a combination;","sortOrder":17},{"sectionNumber":"sec.15A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Personal mobility devices— Act , sch 4","content":"### sec.15A Personal mobility devices— Act , sch 4\n\nFor schedule 4 of the Act , definition personal mobility device , paragraph (b) , a vehicle is a personal mobility device if the vehicle—\nhas 1 or more wheels; and\nis propelled by an electric motor; and\nis not more than—\n1,250mm in length by 700mm in width by 1,350mm in height; or\n700mm in length by 1,250mm in width by 1,350mm in height; and\nweighs 60kg or less when the vehicle is not carrying a person or other load; and\nis none of the following—\na low powered toy scooter;\na motorised mobility device;\na vehicle with pedals.\ns 15A ins 2014 SL No. 219 s 53\nsub 2018 SL No. 217 s 5\namd 2022 Act No. 19 s 29 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 10 ; 2024 Act No. 2 s 66\n- (a) has 1 or more wheels; and\n- (b) is propelled by an electric motor; and\n- (c) is not more than— (i) 1,250mm in length by 700mm in width by 1,350mm in height; or (ii) 700mm in length by 1,250mm in width by 1,350mm in height; and\n- (i) 1,250mm in length by 700mm in width by 1,350mm in height; or\n- (ii) 700mm in length by 1,250mm in width by 1,350mm in height; and\n- (d) weighs 60kg or less when the vehicle is not carrying a person or other load; and\n- (e) is none of the following— (i) a low powered toy scooter; (ii) a motorised mobility device; (iii) a vehicle with pedals.\n- (i) a low powered toy scooter;\n- (ii) a motorised mobility device;\n- (iii) a vehicle with pedals.\n- (i) 1,250mm in length by 700mm in width by 1,350mm in height; or\n- (ii) 700mm in length by 1,250mm in width by 1,350mm in height; and\n- (i) a low powered toy scooter;\n- (ii) a motorised mobility device;\n- (iii) a vehicle with pedals.","sortOrder":18},{"sectionNumber":"sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who is a driver","content":"### sec.16 Who is a driver\n\nA driver is the person who is driving a vehicle (except a motorbike, bicycle, personal mobility device, animal or animal-drawn vehicle).\ns 16 amd 2022 Act No. 19 s 30 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 11\n(sec.16-ssec) A driver is the person who is driving a vehicle (except a motorbike, bicycle, personal mobility device, animal or animal-drawn vehicle).","sortOrder":19},{"sectionNumber":"sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who is a rider","content":"### sec.17 Who is a rider\n\nA rider is the person who is riding a motorbike, bicycle, personal mobility device, animal or animal-drawn vehicle.\nA rider does not include—\na passenger; or\na person walking while pushing or pulling a bicycle or personal mobility device.\ns 17 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 12\n(sec.17-ssec.1) A rider is the person who is riding a motorbike, bicycle, personal mobility device, animal or animal-drawn vehicle.\n(sec.17-ssec.2) A rider does not include— a passenger; or a person walking while pushing or pulling a bicycle or personal mobility device.\n- (a) a passenger; or\n- (b) a person walking while pushing or pulling a bicycle or personal mobility device.","sortOrder":20},{"sectionNumber":"sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.18\n\ns 18 sub 2013 SL No. 150 s 11\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 13","sortOrder":21},{"sectionNumber":"sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reference to driver includes rider etc.","content":"### sec.19 Reference to driver includes rider etc.\n\nUnless otherwise expressly stated in this regulation, a reference in this regulation (except in this division)—\nto a driver , includes a reference to a rider; and\nto driving , includes a reference to riding.\n- (a) to a driver , includes a reference to a rider; and\n- (b) to driving , includes a reference to riding.","sortOrder":22},{"sectionNumber":"pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Speed limits","content":"# Speed limits","sortOrder":23},{"sectionNumber":"sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obeying the speed limit","content":"### sec.20 Obeying the speed limit\n\nA driver must not drive at a speed over the speed limit applying to the driver for the length of road where the driver is driving.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\nSee also the Criminal Code , section 328A (Dangerous operation of a vehicle) and sections 83 (Careless driving of motor vehicles) and 84 (Dangerous driving of vehicles (other than motor vehicles) etc.) of the Act .","sortOrder":24},{"sectionNumber":"sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Speed limit where a speed limit sign applies","content":"### sec.21 Speed limit where a speed limit sign applies\n\nThe speed limit applying to a driver for a length of road to which a speed limit sign applies is the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the sign.\nA speed limit sign on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the following—\na speed limit sign on the road with a different number on the sign;\nan end speed limit sign or speed derestriction sign on the road;\nif the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\nOther signs\n(sec.21-ssec.1) The speed limit applying to a driver for a length of road to which a speed limit sign applies is the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the sign.\n(sec.21-ssec.2) A speed limit sign on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the following— a speed limit sign on the road with a different number on the sign; an end speed limit sign or speed derestriction sign on the road; if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road. Other signs\n- (a) a speed limit sign on the road with a different number on the sign;\n- (b) an end speed limit sign or speed derestriction sign on the road;\n- (c) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.","sortOrder":25},{"sectionNumber":"sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Speed limit in a speed limited area","content":"### sec.22 Speed limit in a speed limited area\n\nThe speed limit applying to a driver for any length of road in a speed limited area is the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the area speed limit sign on a road into the area, unless another speed limit applies to the driver for the length of road under another section of this part.\nAlthough an area speed limit sign on a road into a speed limited area may indicate a speed limit of 60km/h, a particular length of road in the area may have a school zone sign indicating a 40km/h speed limit for that length of road.\nA speed limited area is the network of roads in an area with—\nan area speed limit sign on each road into the area, indicating the same number; and\nan end area speed limit sign on each road out of the area.\nIn this section—\nroad , in subsection (2) (a) and (b) , does not include a road-related area.\n(sec.22-ssec.1) The speed limit applying to a driver for any length of road in a speed limited area is the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the area speed limit sign on a road into the area, unless another speed limit applies to the driver for the length of road under another section of this part. Although an area speed limit sign on a road into a speed limited area may indicate a speed limit of 60km/h, a particular length of road in the area may have a school zone sign indicating a 40km/h speed limit for that length of road.\n(sec.22-ssec.2) A speed limited area is the network of roads in an area with— an area speed limit sign on each road into the area, indicating the same number; and an end area speed limit sign on each road out of the area.\n(sec.22-ssec.3) In this section— road , in subsection (2) (a) and (b) , does not include a road-related area.\n- (a) an area speed limit sign on each road into the area, indicating the same number; and\n- (b) an end area speed limit sign on each road out of the area.","sortOrder":26},{"sectionNumber":"sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Speed limit in a school zone","content":"### sec.23 Speed limit in a school zone\n\nThe speed limit applying to a driver for any length of road in a school zone is the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the school zone sign on a road, or the road, into the zone.\nA school zone is—\nif there is a school zone sign and an end school zone sign, or a speed limit sign with a different number on the sign, on a road—that length of road; or\nif there is a school zone sign on a road that ends in a dead end and there is no sign mentioned in paragraph (a) , on the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the dead end—that length of road.\n(sec.23-ssec.1) The speed limit applying to a driver for any length of road in a school zone is the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the school zone sign on a road, or the road, into the zone.\n(sec.23-ssec.2) A school zone is— if there is a school zone sign and an end school zone sign, or a speed limit sign with a different number on the sign, on a road—that length of road; or if there is a school zone sign on a road that ends in a dead end and there is no sign mentioned in paragraph (a) , on the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the dead end—that length of road.\n- (a) if there is a school zone sign and an end school zone sign, or a speed limit sign with a different number on the sign, on a road—that length of road; or\n- (b) if there is a school zone sign on a road that ends in a dead end and there is no sign mentioned in paragraph (a) , on the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the dead end—that length of road. Examples— School zone sign End school zone sign","sortOrder":27},{"sectionNumber":"sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Speed limit in a shared zone","content":"### sec.24 Speed limit in a shared zone\n\nThe speed limit applying to a driver for any length of road in a shared zone is the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the shared zone sign on a road, or the road, into the zone.\nA shared zone is—\nif there is a shared zone sign and an end shared zone sign on a road and there is no intersection on the length of road between the signs—that length of road; or\nif there is a shared zone sign on a road that ends in a dead end and there is no intersection on the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the dead end—that length of road; or\na network of roads in an area with—\na shared zone sign on each road into the area indicating the same number; and\nan end shared zone sign on each road out of the area; or\na road related area that is between a shared zone sign that relates to the area and an end shared zone sign that relates to the area.\nIn subsection (2) (c) (i) and (ii) —\nroad does not include a road-related area.\ns 24 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 8\n(sec.24-ssec.1) The speed limit applying to a driver for any length of road in a shared zone is the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the shared zone sign on a road, or the road, into the zone.\n(sec.24-ssec.2) A shared zone is— if there is a shared zone sign and an end shared zone sign on a road and there is no intersection on the length of road between the signs—that length of road; or if there is a shared zone sign on a road that ends in a dead end and there is no intersection on the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the dead end—that length of road; or a network of roads in an area with— a shared zone sign on each road into the area indicating the same number; and an end shared zone sign on each road out of the area; or a road related area that is between a shared zone sign that relates to the area and an end shared zone sign that relates to the area.\n(sec.24-ssec.3) In subsection (2) (c) (i) and (ii) — road does not include a road-related area.\n- (a) if there is a shared zone sign and an end shared zone sign on a road and there is no intersection on the length of road between the signs—that length of road; or\n- (b) if there is a shared zone sign on a road that ends in a dead end and there is no intersection on the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the dead end—that length of road; or\n- (c) a network of roads in an area with— (i) a shared zone sign on each road into the area indicating the same number; and (ii) an end shared zone sign on each road out of the area; or\n- (i) a shared zone sign on each road into the area indicating the same number; and\n- (ii) an end shared zone sign on each road out of the area; or\n- (d) a road related area that is between a shared zone sign that relates to the area and an end shared zone sign that relates to the area.\n- (i) a shared zone sign on each road into the area indicating the same number; and\n- (ii) an end shared zone sign on each road out of the area; or","sortOrder":28},{"sectionNumber":"sec.24A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Speed limit for certain vehicles","content":"### sec.24A Speed limit for certain vehicles\n\nThis section applies to a driver despite a higher speed limit that would otherwise apply to the driver under this part.\nThe speed limit applying to the following drivers for a length of road where the driver is driving is—\nfor a driver driving a tractor towing a sugar cane trailer—50km/h;\nfor a driver driving an oversize vehicle that is required to travel with a pilot or escort vehicle—80km/h;\nfor a driver driving a road train, other than a B-triple or an oversize vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) —90km/h;\nfor a driver driving a bus with a GVM over 5t, a B-triple, or another vehicle with a GVM over 12t, other than an oversize vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) or a road train mentioned in paragraph (c) —100km/h.\nIn this section—\nB-triple means a B-triple under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) .\nsugar cane trailer means a trailer—\nwith an ATM within the meaning of the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 of not more than 20t; and\ndesigned for carrying sugar cane.\ntractor does not include a motor vehicle built to tow a semitrailer.\ns 24A amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 65 ; 2021 SL No. 114 s 153 sch 5 ; 2022 SL No. 122 s 10\n(sec.24A-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver despite a higher speed limit that would otherwise apply to the driver under this part.\n(sec.24A-ssec.2) The speed limit applying to the following drivers for a length of road where the driver is driving is— for a driver driving a tractor towing a sugar cane trailer—50km/h; for a driver driving an oversize vehicle that is required to travel with a pilot or escort vehicle—80km/h; for a driver driving a road train, other than a B-triple or an oversize vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) —90km/h; for a driver driving a bus with a GVM over 5t, a B-triple, or another vehicle with a GVM over 12t, other than an oversize vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) or a road train mentioned in paragraph (c) —100km/h.\n(sec.24A-ssec.3) In this section— B-triple means a B-triple under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) . sugar cane trailer means a trailer— with an ATM within the meaning of the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 of not more than 20t; and designed for carrying sugar cane. tractor does not include a motor vehicle built to tow a semitrailer.\n- (a) for a driver driving a tractor towing a sugar cane trailer—50km/h;\n- (b) for a driver driving an oversize vehicle that is required to travel with a pilot or escort vehicle—80km/h;\n- (c) for a driver driving a road train, other than a B-triple or an oversize vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) —90km/h;\n- (d) for a driver driving a bus with a GVM over 5t, a B-triple, or another vehicle with a GVM over 12t, other than an oversize vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) or a road train mentioned in paragraph (c) —100km/h.\n- (a) with an ATM within the meaning of the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 of not more than 20t; and\n- (b) designed for carrying sugar cane.","sortOrder":29},{"sectionNumber":"sec.24B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Speed limit for personal mobility devices","content":"### sec.24B Speed limit for personal mobility devices\n\nThe speed limit applying to the rider of a personal mobility device is—\nfor a length of footpath or shared path to which a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking applies—the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the sign or marking; or\nfor a length of footpath or shared path to which paragraph (a) does not apply—12km/h; or\nfor a rider riding across a road using a crossing on the road—12km/h; or\notherwise—25km/h.\nSubsection (1) —\napplies to the rider of a personal mobility device despite a higher speed limit that would otherwise apply to the rider under this part; and\ndoes not affect another provision of this part that requires the rider of a personal mobility device to ride at a speed limit that is lower than a speed limit mentioned in subsection (1) .\nFor subsection (1) (a) , a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking applies to a length of footpath or shared path beginning at the sign or marking and ending at the nearest of the following—\na speed limit sign or speed limit road marking on the path with a lower number on the sign or marking;\na personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking on the path with a different number on the sign or marking;\nan end personal mobility device speed limit sign or end personal mobility device speed limit road marking on the path;\nthe place where the path meets, or is intersected by, a road or another path.\nThe maximum speed limit that may be indicated on a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking is 25km/h.\nIn this section—\nend personal mobility device speed limit road marking means a personal mobility device speed limit road marking that includes the word ‘end’.\npersonal mobility device speed limit road marking means a road marking on the surface of a footpath or shared path consisting of a personal mobility device symbol and a number indicating the speed limit in kilometres per hour.\ns 24B ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 14\n(sec.24B-ssec.1) The speed limit applying to the rider of a personal mobility device is— for a length of footpath or shared path to which a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking applies—the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the sign or marking; or for a length of footpath or shared path to which paragraph (a) does not apply—12km/h; or for a rider riding across a road using a crossing on the road—12km/h; or otherwise—25km/h.\n(sec.24B-ssec.2) Subsection (1) — applies to the rider of a personal mobility device despite a higher speed limit that would otherwise apply to the rider under this part; and does not affect another provision of this part that requires the rider of a personal mobility device to ride at a speed limit that is lower than a speed limit mentioned in subsection (1) .\n(sec.24B-ssec.3) For subsection (1) (a) , a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking applies to a length of footpath or shared path beginning at the sign or marking and ending at the nearest of the following— a speed limit sign or speed limit road marking on the path with a lower number on the sign or marking; a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking on the path with a different number on the sign or marking; an end personal mobility device speed limit sign or end personal mobility device speed limit road marking on the path; the place where the path meets, or is intersected by, a road or another path.\n(sec.24B-ssec.4) The maximum speed limit that may be indicated on a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking is 25km/h.\n(sec.24B-ssec.5) In this section— end personal mobility device speed limit road marking means a personal mobility device speed limit road marking that includes the word ‘end’. personal mobility device speed limit road marking means a road marking on the surface of a footpath or shared path consisting of a personal mobility device symbol and a number indicating the speed limit in kilometres per hour.\n- (a) for a length of footpath or shared path to which a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking applies—the number of kilometres per hour indicated by the number on the sign or marking; or\n- (b) for a length of footpath or shared path to which paragraph (a) does not apply—12km/h; or\n- (c) for a rider riding across a road using a crossing on the road—12km/h; or\n- (d) otherwise—25km/h.\n- (a) applies to the rider of a personal mobility device despite a higher speed limit that would otherwise apply to the rider under this part; and\n- (b) does not affect another provision of this part that requires the rider of a personal mobility device to ride at a speed limit that is lower than a speed limit mentioned in subsection (1) .\n- (a) a speed limit sign or speed limit road marking on the path with a lower number on the sign or marking;\n- (b) a personal mobility device speed limit sign or personal mobility device speed limit road marking on the path with a different number on the sign or marking;\n- (c) an end personal mobility device speed limit sign or end personal mobility device speed limit road marking on the path;\n- (d) the place where the path meets, or is intersected by, a road or another path.","sortOrder":30},{"sectionNumber":"sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Speed limit elsewhere","content":"### sec.25 Speed limit elsewhere\n\nIf a speed limit sign does not apply to a length of road and the length of road is not in a speed limited area, school zone or shared zone, the speed limit applying to a driver for the length of road is the default speed limit.\nThe default speed limit applying to a driver for a length of road is—\nfor a road in a built-up area—50km/h; or\nfor a road that is not in a built-up area—100km/h.\n(sec.25-ssec.1) If a speed limit sign does not apply to a length of road and the length of road is not in a speed limited area, school zone or shared zone, the speed limit applying to a driver for the length of road is the default speed limit.\n(sec.25-ssec.2) The default speed limit applying to a driver for a length of road is— for a road in a built-up area—50km/h; or for a road that is not in a built-up area—100km/h.\n- (a) for a road in a built-up area—50km/h; or\n- (b) for a road that is not in a built-up area—100km/h.","sortOrder":31},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Making turns","content":"# Making turns","sortOrder":32},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Left turns","content":"## Left turns","sortOrder":33},{"sectionNumber":"sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division to roundabouts, road-related areas and adjacent land","content":"### sec.26 Application of division to roundabouts, road-related areas and adjacent land\n\nThis division does not apply to a driver entering or leaving a roundabout.\nThis division applies to a driver turning left from a road into a road-related area or adjacent land, or from a road-related area into a road, as if the driver were turning left at an intersection.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\n(sec.26-ssec.1) This division does not apply to a driver entering or leaving a roundabout.\n(sec.26-ssec.2) This division applies to a driver turning left from a road into a road-related area or adjacent land, or from a road-related area into a road, as if the driver were turning left at an intersection.\n(sec.26-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.","sortOrder":34},{"sectionNumber":"sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Starting a left turn from a road (except a multi-lane road)","content":"### sec.27 Starting a left turn from a road (except a multi-lane road)\n\nA driver turning left at an intersection from a road (except a multi-lane road) must approach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far left side of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) also applies to a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device who approaches and enters an intersection from a bicycle storage area.\nDespite subsection (1) , if there is space in a bicycle storage area for 2 riders of bicycles or personal mobility devices, or a rider of a bicycle and a rider of a personal mobility device, to be next to each other, the rider on the right may approach and enter the intersection as near as practicable to the right side of the other rider, but only if that other rider approaches and enters the intersection in accordance with this section.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\ns 27 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 15\n(sec.27-ssec.1) A driver turning left at an intersection from a road (except a multi-lane road) must approach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far left side of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.27-ssec.1A) Subsection (1) also applies to a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device who approaches and enters an intersection from a bicycle storage area.\n(sec.27-ssec.1B) Despite subsection (1) , if there is space in a bicycle storage area for 2 riders of bicycles or personal mobility devices, or a rider of a bicycle and a rider of a personal mobility device, to be next to each other, the rider on the right may approach and enter the intersection as near as practicable to the right side of the other rider, but only if that other rider approaches and enters the intersection in accordance with this section.\n(sec.27-ssec.2) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.","sortOrder":35},{"sectionNumber":"sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Starting a left turn from a multi-lane road","content":"### sec.28 Starting a left turn from a multi-lane road\n\nA driver turning left at an intersection from a multi-lane road must approach and enter the intersection from within the left lane unless—\nthe driver is required or permitted to approach and enter the intersection from within another marked lane under section 88 (1) , 92 or 159 ; or\nthe driver is turning, at B lights or a white traffic arrow, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or\nsubsection (1A) or (2) applies to the driver; or\nthe lane is a bus only lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver turning left at an intersection from a multi-lane road that has a slip lane must approach and enter the intersection—\nfrom within the slip lane; or\nif there is an obstruction that prevents the driver from entering the intersection from within the slip lane—from within the left lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may approach and enter the intersection from the marked lane next to the left lane as well as, or instead of, the left lane if—\nthe driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and\nthe vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\nany part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the intersection; and\nit is not practicable for the driver to turn left from within the left lane; and\nthe driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely turn left at the intersection by occupying the next marked lane, or both lanes.\nIf there is a bicycle storage area before an intersection that extends across 1 or more marked lanes of a multi-lane road, a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device turning left must approach and enter the intersection from within the part of the bicycle storage area that is directly in front of the left marked lane or of a bicycle lane that is on the left side of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nleft lane means—\nthe marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road; or\nif there is an obstruction (for example, a parked car or roadworks) in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.\nmarked lane , for a driver, does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is not permitted to drive.\ns 28 amd 2022 SL No. 3 s 12 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 16\n(sec.28-ssec.1) A driver turning left at an intersection from a multi-lane road must approach and enter the intersection from within the left lane unless— the driver is required or permitted to approach and enter the intersection from within another marked lane under section 88 (1) , 92 or 159 ; or the driver is turning, at B lights or a white traffic arrow, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or subsection (1A) or (2) applies to the driver; or the lane is a bus only lane. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.28-ssec.1A) A driver turning left at an intersection from a multi-lane road that has a slip lane must approach and enter the intersection— from within the slip lane; or if there is an obstruction that prevents the driver from entering the intersection from within the slip lane—from within the left lane. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.28-ssec.2) A driver may approach and enter the intersection from the marked lane next to the left lane as well as, or instead of, the left lane if— the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and any part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the intersection; and it is not practicable for the driver to turn left from within the left lane; and the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely turn left at the intersection by occupying the next marked lane, or both lanes.\n(sec.28-ssec.2A) If there is a bicycle storage area before an intersection that extends across 1 or more marked lanes of a multi-lane road, a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device turning left must approach and enter the intersection from within the part of the bicycle storage area that is directly in front of the left marked lane or of a bicycle lane that is on the left side of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.28-ssec.3) In this section— left lane means— the marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road; or if there is an obstruction (for example, a parked car or roadworks) in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed. marked lane , for a driver, does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is not permitted to drive.\n- (a) the driver is required or permitted to approach and enter the intersection from within another marked lane under section 88 (1) , 92 or 159 ; or\n- (b) the driver is turning, at B lights or a white traffic arrow, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or\n- (c) subsection (1A) or (2) applies to the driver; or\n- (d) the lane is a bus only lane.\n- (a) from within the slip lane; or\n- (b) if there is an obstruction that prevents the driver from entering the intersection from within the slip lane—from within the left lane.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and\n- (b) the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\n- (c) any part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the intersection; and\n- (d) it is not practicable for the driver to turn left from within the left lane; and\n- (e) the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely turn left at the intersection by occupying the next marked lane, or both lanes.\n- (a) the marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road; or\n- (b) if there is an obstruction (for example, a parked car or roadworks) in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.","sortOrder":36},{"sectionNumber":"sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a left turn as indicated by a turn line","content":"### sec.29 Making a left turn as indicated by a turn line\n\nIf a driver is turning left at an intersection and there is a turn line indicating how the turn is required to be made, the driver must make the turn as indicated by the turn line unless—\nthe driver is turning, at B lights or traffic arrows, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or\nsubsection (2) applies to the driver.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may turn left at an intersection other than as indicated by a turn line if—\nthe driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and\nthe vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\nit is not practicable for the driver to turn left as indicated by the turn line; and\nthe driver can safely turn left other than as indicated by the turn line.\n(sec.29-ssec.1) If a driver is turning left at an intersection and there is a turn line indicating how the turn is required to be made, the driver must make the turn as indicated by the turn line unless— the driver is turning, at B lights or traffic arrows, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or subsection (2) applies to the driver. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.29-ssec.2) A driver may turn left at an intersection other than as indicated by a turn line if— the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and it is not practicable for the driver to turn left as indicated by the turn line; and the driver can safely turn left other than as indicated by the turn line.\n- (a) the driver is turning, at B lights or traffic arrows, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or\n- (b) subsection (2) applies to the driver.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and\n- (b) the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\n- (c) it is not practicable for the driver to turn left as indicated by the turn line; and\n- (d) the driver can safely turn left other than as indicated by the turn line.","sortOrder":37},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Right turns","content":"## Right turns","sortOrder":38},{"sectionNumber":"sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division to certain right turns","content":"### sec.30 Application of division to certain right turns\n\nThis division does not apply to—\na driver turning right at an intersection where there is a hook turn only sign; or\nthe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device making a hook turn under division 3 ; or\na driver making a U-turn; or\na driver entering or leaving a roundabout.\nThis division applies to a driver turning right from a road into a road-related area or adjacent land, or from a road-related area into a road, as if the driver were turning right at an intersection.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\ns 30 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 17\n(sec.30-ssec.1) This division does not apply to— a driver turning right at an intersection where there is a hook turn only sign; or the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device making a hook turn under division 3 ; or a driver making a U-turn; or a driver entering or leaving a roundabout.\n(sec.30-ssec.2) This division applies to a driver turning right from a road into a road-related area or adjacent land, or from a road-related area into a road, as if the driver were turning right at an intersection.\n(sec.30-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.\n- (a) a driver turning right at an intersection where there is a hook turn only sign; or\n- (b) the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device making a hook turn under division 3 ; or\n- (c) a driver making a U-turn; or\n- (d) a driver entering or leaving a roundabout.","sortOrder":39},{"sectionNumber":"sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Starting a right turn from a road (except a multi-lane road)","content":"### sec.31 Starting a right turn from a road (except a multi-lane road)\n\nA driver turning right at an intersection from a road (except a multi-lane road) must approach and enter the intersection in accordance with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the road has a dividing line or median strip, the driver must approach and enter the intersection from the left of, parallel to, and as near as practicable to, the dividing line or median strip.\nIf the road does not have a dividing line or median strip and is not a one-way road, the driver must approach and enter the intersection from the left of, parallel to, and as near as practicable to, the centre of the road.\nIf the road is a one-way road, the driver must approach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far right side of the road.\nSubsections (2) , (3) and (4) also apply to a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device who approaches and enters an intersection from a bicycle storage area.\nDespite subsections (2) , (3) and (4) , if there is space in a bicycle storage area for 2 riders of bicycles or personal mobility devices, or a rider of a bicycle and a rider of a personal mobility device, to be next to each other, the rider on the left may approach and enter the intersection as near as practicable to the left side of the other rider, but only if that other rider approaches and enters the intersection in accordance with this section.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\ns 31 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 18\n(sec.31-ssec.1) A driver turning right at an intersection from a road (except a multi-lane road) must approach and enter the intersection in accordance with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.31-ssec.2) If the road has a dividing line or median strip, the driver must approach and enter the intersection from the left of, parallel to, and as near as practicable to, the dividing line or median strip.\n(sec.31-ssec.3) If the road does not have a dividing line or median strip and is not a one-way road, the driver must approach and enter the intersection from the left of, parallel to, and as near as practicable to, the centre of the road.\n(sec.31-ssec.4) If the road is a one-way road, the driver must approach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far right side of the road.\n(sec.31-ssec.4A) Subsections (2) , (3) and (4) also apply to a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device who approaches and enters an intersection from a bicycle storage area.\n(sec.31-ssec.4B) Despite subsections (2) , (3) and (4) , if there is space in a bicycle storage area for 2 riders of bicycles or personal mobility devices, or a rider of a bicycle and a rider of a personal mobility device, to be next to each other, the rider on the left may approach and enter the intersection as near as practicable to the left side of the other rider, but only if that other rider approaches and enters the intersection in accordance with this section.\n(sec.31-ssec.5) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.","sortOrder":40},{"sectionNumber":"sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Starting a right turn from a multi-lane road","content":"### sec.32 Starting a right turn from a multi-lane road\n\nA driver turning right at an intersection from a multi-lane road must approach and enter the intersection from within the right lane unless—\nthe driver is required or permitted to approach and enter the intersection from within another marked lane in accordance with section 89 (1) , 92 or 159 ; or\nthe driver is turning, at B lights or a white traffic arrow, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or\nsubsection (2) applies to the driver; or\nthe lane is a bus only lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may approach and enter the intersection from the marked lane next to the right lane as well as, or instead of, the right lane if—\nthe driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and\nthe vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\nany part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the intersection; and\nit is not practicable for the driver to turn right from within the right lane; and\nthe driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely turn right at the intersection by occupying the next marked lane, or both lanes.\nIf there is a bicycle storage area before an intersection that extends across 1 or more marked lanes of a multi-lane road, a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device turning right (but not making a hook turn) must approach and enter the intersection from within the part of the bicycle storage area that is directly in front of the right marked lane or of a bicycle lane that is on the right side of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nmarked lane , for a driver, does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is not permitted to drive.\nright lane means—\nthe marked lane nearest to the dividing line or median strip on the road; or\nif there is an obstruction (for example, a parked car or roadworks) in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.\ns 32 amd 2022 SL No. 3 s 13 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 19\n(sec.32-ssec.1) A driver turning right at an intersection from a multi-lane road must approach and enter the intersection from within the right lane unless— the driver is required or permitted to approach and enter the intersection from within another marked lane in accordance with section 89 (1) , 92 or 159 ; or the driver is turning, at B lights or a white traffic arrow, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or subsection (2) applies to the driver; or the lane is a bus only lane. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.32-ssec.2) A driver may approach and enter the intersection from the marked lane next to the right lane as well as, or instead of, the right lane if— the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and any part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the intersection; and it is not practicable for the driver to turn right from within the right lane; and the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely turn right at the intersection by occupying the next marked lane, or both lanes.\n(sec.32-ssec.2A) If there is a bicycle storage area before an intersection that extends across 1 or more marked lanes of a multi-lane road, a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device turning right (but not making a hook turn) must approach and enter the intersection from within the part of the bicycle storage area that is directly in front of the right marked lane or of a bicycle lane that is on the right side of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.32-ssec.3) In this section— marked lane , for a driver, does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is not permitted to drive. right lane means— the marked lane nearest to the dividing line or median strip on the road; or if there is an obstruction (for example, a parked car or roadworks) in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.\n- (a) the driver is required or permitted to approach and enter the intersection from within another marked lane in accordance with section 89 (1) , 92 or 159 ; or\n- (b) the driver is turning, at B lights or a white traffic arrow, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or\n- (c) subsection (2) applies to the driver; or\n- (d) the lane is a bus only lane.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and\n- (b) the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\n- (c) any part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the intersection; and\n- (d) it is not practicable for the driver to turn right from within the right lane; and\n- (e) the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely turn right at the intersection by occupying the next marked lane, or both lanes.\n- (a) the marked lane nearest to the dividing line or median strip on the road; or\n- (b) if there is an obstruction (for example, a parked car or roadworks) in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.","sortOrder":41},{"sectionNumber":"sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a right turn","content":"### sec.33 Making a right turn\n\nA driver turning right at an intersection must make the turn in accordance with this section unless—\nthe driver is turning, at B lights or traffic arrows, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or\nsubsection (4) applies to the driver.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is a turn line indicating how the turn is required to be made, the driver must make the turn as indicated by the turn line.\nIf there is no turn line indicating how the turn is required to be made, the driver must make the turn so the driver—\npasses as near as practicable to the right of the centre of the intersection; and\nturns into the left of the centre of the road the driver is entering, unless the driver is entering a one-way road.\nA driver may turn right other than as indicated by a turn line if—\nthe driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and\nthe vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\nit is not practicable for the driver to turn right as indicated by the turn line; and\nthe driver can safely make the turn other than as indicated by the turn line.\n(sec.33-ssec.1) A driver turning right at an intersection must make the turn in accordance with this section unless— the driver is turning, at B lights or traffic arrows, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or subsection (4) applies to the driver. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.33-ssec.2) If there is a turn line indicating how the turn is required to be made, the driver must make the turn as indicated by the turn line.\n(sec.33-ssec.3) If there is no turn line indicating how the turn is required to be made, the driver must make the turn so the driver— passes as near as practicable to the right of the centre of the intersection; and turns into the left of the centre of the road the driver is entering, unless the driver is entering a one-way road.\n(sec.33-ssec.4) A driver may turn right other than as indicated by a turn line if— the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and it is not practicable for the driver to turn right as indicated by the turn line; and the driver can safely make the turn other than as indicated by the turn line.\n- (a) the driver is turning, at B lights or traffic arrows, in accordance with part 17 , division 2 ; or\n- (b) subsection (4) applies to the driver.\n- (a) passes as near as practicable to the right of the centre of the intersection; and\n- (b) turns into the left of the centre of the road the driver is entering, unless the driver is entering a one-way road.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer; and\n- (b) the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\n- (c) it is not practicable for the driver to turn right as indicated by the turn line; and\n- (d) the driver can safely make the turn other than as indicated by the turn line.","sortOrder":42},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Hook turns at intersections","content":"## Hook turns at intersections","sortOrder":43},{"sectionNumber":"sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a hook turn at a hook turn only sign","content":"### sec.34 Making a hook turn at a hook turn only sign\n\nA driver turning right at an intersection with traffic lights and a hook turn only sign must turn right by making a hook turn in accordance with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nTo make a hook turn , the driver must take, in sequence, each of the following steps—\nApproach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far left side of the road that the driver is leaving.\nMove forward—\nkeeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and\nkeeping clear of any marked foot crossing;\nuntil the driver is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the driver is entering.\nRemain at the position reached under step 2 until the traffic lights on the road that the driver is entering change to green.\nTurn right into the road that the driver is entering.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\n(sec.34-ssec.1) A driver turning right at an intersection with traffic lights and a hook turn only sign must turn right by making a hook turn in accordance with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.34-ssec.2) To make a hook turn , the driver must take, in sequence, each of the following steps— Approach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far left side of the road that the driver is leaving. Move forward— keeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and keeping clear of any marked foot crossing; until the driver is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the driver is entering. Remain at the position reached under step 2 until the traffic lights on the road that the driver is entering change to green. Turn right into the road that the driver is entering.\n(sec.34-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.\n- 1 Approach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far left side of the road that the driver is leaving.\n- 2 Move forward— (a) keeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and (b) keeping clear of any marked foot crossing; until the driver is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the driver is entering.\n- (a) keeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and\n- (b) keeping clear of any marked foot crossing;\n- 3 Remain at the position reached under step 2 until the traffic lights on the road that the driver is entering change to green.\n- 4 Turn right into the road that the driver is entering.\n- (a) keeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and\n- (b) keeping clear of any marked foot crossing;","sortOrder":44},{"sectionNumber":"sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Optional hook turn by a bicycle or personal mobility device rider","content":"### sec.35 Optional hook turn by a bicycle or personal mobility device rider\n\nThe rider of a bicycle turning right at an intersection without a hook turn only sign or a no hook turn by bicycles sign, or the rider of a personal mobility device turning right at an intersection without a hook turn only sign, may turn right at the intersection by making—\na right turn under division 2 ; or\na hook turn under this section.\nThe rider must make a hook turn under this section in accordance with subsection (3) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nTo make a hook turn under this section, the rider must take, in sequence, each of the following steps—\nApproach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far left side of the road that the rider is leaving.\nMove forward—\nkeeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and\nkeeping clear of any marked foot crossing; and\nkeeping clear, as far as practicable, of any driver turning left from the left of the intersection;\nuntil the rider is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the rider is entering.\nIf there are traffic lights at the intersection, remain at the position reached under step 2 until the traffic lights on the road that the rider is entering change to green.\nIf there are no traffic lights at the intersection, remain at the position reached under step 2 until the rider has given way to approaching drivers on the road that the rider is leaving.\nTurn right into the road that the rider is entering.\nTo make a hook turn under this section at an intersection that has a bicycle hook turn storage area on the left side of the intersection as the rider approaches the intersection, the rider must take the following initial 2 steps instead of the initial 2 steps listed in subsection (3) —\nApproach the intersection from the far left side of the road the rider is leaving and enter the intersection by moving into the bicycle hook turn storage area, keeping clear of any marked foot crossing.\nMove forward in the bicycle hook turn storage area until the rider is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the rider is entering.\nIn this section—\nbicycle hook turn storage area —\nmeans an area between an intersection and a marked foot crossing, or if there is no marked foot crossing, a stop line, before the intersection that has painted on it 1 or more bicycle symbols and 1 or more right traffic lane arrows; and\nincludes any line that delineates the right side of the area, and any line that delineates the left side of the area that is not also a stop line or part of a marked foot crossing and excludes any bicycle storage area.\ns 35 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 20\n(sec.35-ssec.1) The rider of a bicycle turning right at an intersection without a hook turn only sign or a no hook turn by bicycles sign, or the rider of a personal mobility device turning right at an intersection without a hook turn only sign, may turn right at the intersection by making— a right turn under division 2 ; or a hook turn under this section.\n(sec.35-ssec.2) The rider must make a hook turn under this section in accordance with subsection (3) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.35-ssec.3) To make a hook turn under this section, the rider must take, in sequence, each of the following steps— Approach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far left side of the road that the rider is leaving. Move forward— keeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and keeping clear of any marked foot crossing; and keeping clear, as far as practicable, of any driver turning left from the left of the intersection; until the rider is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the rider is entering. If there are traffic lights at the intersection, remain at the position reached under step 2 until the traffic lights on the road that the rider is entering change to green. If there are no traffic lights at the intersection, remain at the position reached under step 2 until the rider has given way to approaching drivers on the road that the rider is leaving. Turn right into the road that the rider is entering.\n(sec.35-ssec.4) To make a hook turn under this section at an intersection that has a bicycle hook turn storage area on the left side of the intersection as the rider approaches the intersection, the rider must take the following initial 2 steps instead of the initial 2 steps listed in subsection (3) — Approach the intersection from the far left side of the road the rider is leaving and enter the intersection by moving into the bicycle hook turn storage area, keeping clear of any marked foot crossing. Move forward in the bicycle hook turn storage area until the rider is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the rider is entering.\n(sec.35-ssec.5) In this section— bicycle hook turn storage area — means an area between an intersection and a marked foot crossing, or if there is no marked foot crossing, a stop line, before the intersection that has painted on it 1 or more bicycle symbols and 1 or more right traffic lane arrows; and includes any line that delineates the right side of the area, and any line that delineates the left side of the area that is not also a stop line or part of a marked foot crossing and excludes any bicycle storage area.\n- (a) a right turn under division 2 ; or\n- (b) a hook turn under this section.\n- 1 Approach and enter the intersection from as near as practicable to the far left side of the road that the rider is leaving.\n- 2 Move forward— (a) keeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and (b) keeping clear of any marked foot crossing; and (c) keeping clear, as far as practicable, of any driver turning left from the left of the intersection; until the rider is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the rider is entering.\n- (a) keeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and\n- (b) keeping clear of any marked foot crossing; and\n- (c) keeping clear, as far as practicable, of any driver turning left from the left of the intersection;\n- 3 If there are traffic lights at the intersection, remain at the position reached under step 2 until the traffic lights on the road that the rider is entering change to green.\n- 4 If there are no traffic lights at the intersection, remain at the position reached under step 2 until the rider has given way to approaching drivers on the road that the rider is leaving.\n- 5 Turn right into the road that the rider is entering.\n- (a) keeping as near as practicable to the far left side of the intersection; and\n- (b) keeping clear of any marked foot crossing; and\n- (c) keeping clear, as far as practicable, of any driver turning left from the left of the intersection;\n- 1 Approach the intersection from the far left side of the road the rider is leaving and enter the intersection by moving into the bicycle hook turn storage area, keeping clear of any marked foot crossing.\n- 2 Move forward in the bicycle hook turn storage area until the rider is as near as practicable to the far side of the road that the rider is entering.\n- (a) means an area between an intersection and a marked foot crossing, or if there is no marked foot crossing, a stop line, before the intersection that has painted on it 1 or more bicycle symbols and 1 or more right traffic lane arrows; and\n- (b) includes any line that delineates the right side of the area, and any line that delineates the left side of the area that is not also a stop line or part of a marked foot crossing and excludes any bicycle storage area.","sortOrder":45},{"sectionNumber":"sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bicycle rider making a hook turn contrary to no hook turn by bicycles sign","content":"### sec.36 Bicycle rider making a hook turn contrary to no hook turn by bicycles sign\n\nThe rider of a bicycle must not make a hook turn at an intersection that has a no hook turn by bicycles sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":46},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"U-turns","content":"## U-turns","sortOrder":47},{"sectionNumber":"sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Beginning a U-turn","content":"### sec.37 Beginning a U-turn\n\nA driver must not begin a U-turn unless—\nthe driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\nthe driver can safely make the U-turn without unreasonably obstructing the free movement of traffic.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\n- (b) the driver can safely make the U-turn without unreasonably obstructing the free movement of traffic.","sortOrder":48},{"sectionNumber":"sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when making a U-turn","content":"### sec.38 Giving way when making a U-turn\n\nA driver making a U-turn must give way to all vehicles and pedestrians.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":49},{"sectionNumber":"sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a U-turn contrary to a no U-turn sign","content":"### sec.39 Making a U-turn contrary to a no U-turn sign\n\nA driver must not make a U-turn at a break in a dividing strip on a road if there is a no U-turn sign at the break in the dividing strip.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not make a U-turn on a length of road to which a no U-turn sign applies.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA no U-turn sign on a road (except a no U-turn sign at an intersection or at a break in a dividing strip) applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearer of the following—\nthe next intersection on the road;\nif the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\n(sec.39-ssec.1) A driver must not make a U-turn at a break in a dividing strip on a road if there is a no U-turn sign at the break in the dividing strip. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.39-ssec.2) A driver must not make a U-turn on a length of road to which a no U-turn sign applies. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.39-ssec.3) A no U-turn sign on a road (except a no U-turn sign at an intersection or at a break in a dividing strip) applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearer of the following— the next intersection on the road; if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\n- (a) the next intersection on the road;\n- (b) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.","sortOrder":50},{"sectionNumber":"sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a U-turn at an intersection with traffic lights","content":"### sec.40 Making a U-turn at an intersection with traffic lights\n\nA driver must not make a U-turn at an intersection with traffic lights unless there is a U-turn permitted sign at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":51},{"sectionNumber":"sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a U-turn at an intersection without traffic lights","content":"### sec.41 Making a U-turn at an intersection without traffic lights\n\nA driver must not make a U-turn at an intersection without traffic lights if there is a no U-turn sign at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":52},{"sectionNumber":"sec.42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Starting a U-turn at an intersection","content":"### sec.42 Starting a U-turn at an intersection\n\nA driver making a U-turn at an intersection must start the U-turn—\nif the road where the driver is turning has a dividing line or median strip—from the marked lane nearest, or as near as practicable, to the dividing line or median strip; or\nin any other case—from the left of the centre of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) if the road where the driver is turning has a dividing line or median strip—from the marked lane nearest, or as near as practicable, to the dividing line or median strip; or\n- (b) in any other case—from the left of the centre of the road.","sortOrder":53},{"sectionNumber":"sec.43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a U-turn at particular crossings","content":"### sec.43 Making a U-turn at particular crossings\n\nA driver must not make a U-turn at any of the following crossings, with or without traffic lights, unless there is a U-turn permitted sign at the crossing—\na children’s crossing;\na level crossing;\na marked foot crossing;\na pedestrian crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 43 ins 2022 SL No. 3 s 14\n- (a) a children’s crossing;\n- (b) a level crossing;\n- (c) a marked foot crossing;\n- (d) a pedestrian crossing.","sortOrder":54},{"sectionNumber":"sec.43A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a U-turn on a road-related area with traffic lights","content":"### sec.43A Making a U-turn on a road-related area with traffic lights\n\nA driver must not make a U-turn at a place with traffic lights where a road and road-related area intersect unless there is a U-turn permitted sign at the place.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 43A ins 2022 SL No. 3 s 14","sortOrder":55},{"sectionNumber":"pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Change of direction and stop signals","content":"# Change of direction and stop signals","sortOrder":56},{"sectionNumber":"pt.5-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Change of direction signals","content":"## Change of direction signals","sortOrder":57},{"sectionNumber":"sec.44","sectionType":"section","heading":"Division does not apply to entering or leaving a roundabout, lane filtering or repositioning","content":"### sec.44 Division does not apply to entering or leaving a roundabout, lane filtering or repositioning\n\nThis division does not apply to—\na driver entering, in or leaving a roundabout; or\nthe rider of a motorbike while lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or\nthe rider of a motorbike while repositioning the motorbike within the same lane in order to avoid a hazard or reduce the risk of a crash.\ns 44 sub 2014 SL No. 325 s 4\namd 2022 SL No. 3 s 15\n- (a) a driver entering, in or leaving a roundabout; or\n- (b) the rider of a motorbike while lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or\n- (c) the rider of a motorbike while repositioning the motorbike within the same lane in order to avoid a hazard or reduce the risk of a crash.","sortOrder":58},{"sectionNumber":"sec.45","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is changing direction","content":"### sec.45 What is changing direction\n\nA driver changes direction if—\nthe driver changes direction to the left; or\nthe driver changes direction to the right.\nA driver changes direction to the left by doing any of the following—\nturning left;\nchanging marked lanes to the left;\ndiverging to the left;\nentering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, to the left;\nmoving to the left to, or from, a stationary position;\nturning left into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from a median strip parking area;\nat a T-intersection where the continuing road curves to the right—leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.\nA driver changes direction to the right by doing any of the following—\nturning right;\nchanging marked lanes to the right;\ndiverging to the right;\nentering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, to the right;\nmoving to the right to, or from, a stationary position;\nturning right into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from a median strip parking area;\nmaking a U-turn;\nat a T-intersection where the continuing road curves to the left—leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.\ns 45 amd 2018 SL No. 195 s 4\n(sec.45-ssec.1) A driver changes direction if— the driver changes direction to the left; or the driver changes direction to the right.\n(sec.45-ssec.2) A driver changes direction to the left by doing any of the following— turning left; changing marked lanes to the left; diverging to the left; entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, to the left; moving to the left to, or from, a stationary position; turning left into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from a median strip parking area; at a T-intersection where the continuing road curves to the right—leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.\n(sec.45-ssec.3) A driver changes direction to the right by doing any of the following— turning right; changing marked lanes to the right; diverging to the right; entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, to the right; moving to the right to, or from, a stationary position; turning right into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from a median strip parking area; making a U-turn; at a T-intersection where the continuing road curves to the left—leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.\n- (a) the driver changes direction to the left; or\n- (b) the driver changes direction to the right.\n- (a) turning left;\n- (b) changing marked lanes to the left;\n- (c) diverging to the left;\n- (d) entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, to the left;\n- (e) moving to the left to, or from, a stationary position;\n- (f) turning left into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from a median strip parking area;\n- (g) at a T-intersection where the continuing road curves to the right—leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.\n- (a) turning right;\n- (b) changing marked lanes to the right;\n- (c) diverging to the right;\n- (d) entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, to the right;\n- (e) moving to the right to, or from, a stationary position;\n- (f) turning right into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from a median strip parking area;\n- (g) making a U-turn;\n- (h) at a T-intersection where the continuing road curves to the left—leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.","sortOrder":59},{"sectionNumber":"sec.46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving a left change of direction signal","content":"### sec.46 Giving a left change of direction signal\n\nBefore a driver changes direction to the left, the driver must give a left change of direction signal in accordance with section 47 for long enough to comply with—\nsubsection (2) ; and\nif subsection (3) applies to the driver— subsection (3) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must give the change of direction signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and pedestrians.\nIf the driver is about to change direction by moving from a stationary position at the side of the road or in a median strip parking area, the driver must give the change of direction signal for at least 5 seconds before the driver changes direction.\nThe driver must stop giving the change of direction signal as soon as the driver completes the change of direction.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to a driver if the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights.\n(sec.46-ssec.1) Before a driver changes direction to the left, the driver must give a left change of direction signal in accordance with section 47 for long enough to comply with— subsection (2) ; and if subsection (3) applies to the driver— subsection (3) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.46-ssec.2) The driver must give the change of direction signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and pedestrians.\n(sec.46-ssec.3) If the driver is about to change direction by moving from a stationary position at the side of the road or in a median strip parking area, the driver must give the change of direction signal for at least 5 seconds before the driver changes direction.\n(sec.46-ssec.4) The driver must stop giving the change of direction signal as soon as the driver completes the change of direction. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.46-ssec.5) This section does not apply to a driver if the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights.\n- (a) subsection (2) ; and\n- (b) if subsection (3) applies to the driver— subsection (3) .","sortOrder":60},{"sectionNumber":"sec.47","sectionType":"section","heading":"How to give a left change of direction signal","content":"### sec.47 How to give a left change of direction signal\n\nThe driver of a vehicle must give a left change of direction signal by operating the vehicle’s left direction indicator lights.","sortOrder":61},{"sectionNumber":"sec.48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving a right change of direction signal","content":"### sec.48 Giving a right change of direction signal\n\nBefore a driver changes direction to the right, the driver must give a right change of direction signal in accordance with section 49 for long enough to comply with—\nsubsection (2) ; and\nif subsection (3) applies to the driver— subsection (3) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must give the change of direction signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and pedestrians.\nIf the driver is about to change direction by moving from a stationary position at the side of the road or in a median strip parking area, the driver must give the change of direction signal for at least 5 seconds before the driver changes direction.\nSubsection (3) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is stopped in traffic but not parked.\nThe driver must stop giving the change of direction signal as soon as the driver completes the change of direction.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to—\nthe driver of a tram that is not fitted with direction indicator lights; or\nthe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device making a hook turn.\ns 48 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 21\n(sec.48-ssec.1) Before a driver changes direction to the right, the driver must give a right change of direction signal in accordance with section 49 for long enough to comply with— subsection (2) ; and if subsection (3) applies to the driver— subsection (3) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.48-ssec.2) The driver must give the change of direction signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and pedestrians.\n(sec.48-ssec.3) If the driver is about to change direction by moving from a stationary position at the side of the road or in a median strip parking area, the driver must give the change of direction signal for at least 5 seconds before the driver changes direction.\n(sec.48-ssec.3A) Subsection (3) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is stopped in traffic but not parked.\n(sec.48-ssec.4) The driver must stop giving the change of direction signal as soon as the driver completes the change of direction. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.48-ssec.5) This section does not apply to— the driver of a tram that is not fitted with direction indicator lights; or the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device making a hook turn.\n- (a) subsection (2) ; and\n- (b) if subsection (3) applies to the driver— subsection (3) .\n- (a) the driver of a tram that is not fitted with direction indicator lights; or\n- (b) the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device making a hook turn.","sortOrder":62},{"sectionNumber":"sec.49","sectionType":"section","heading":"How to give a right change of direction signal","content":"### sec.49 How to give a right change of direction signal\n\nThe driver of a vehicle must give a right change of direction signal by operating the vehicle’s right direction indicator lights.\nHowever, if the vehicle’s direction indicator lights are not in working order or are not clearly visible, or the vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights, the driver must give the change of direction signal by—\ngiving a hand signal in accordance with section 50 ; or\nusing a mechanical signalling device fitted to the vehicle.\n(sec.49-ssec.1) The driver of a vehicle must give a right change of direction signal by operating the vehicle’s right direction indicator lights.\n(sec.49-ssec.2) However, if the vehicle’s direction indicator lights are not in working order or are not clearly visible, or the vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights, the driver must give the change of direction signal by— giving a hand signal in accordance with section 50 ; or using a mechanical signalling device fitted to the vehicle.\n- (a) giving a hand signal in accordance with section 50 ; or\n- (b) using a mechanical signalling device fitted to the vehicle.","sortOrder":63},{"sectionNumber":"sec.50","sectionType":"section","heading":"How to give a right change of direction signal by giving a hand signal","content":"### sec.50 How to give a right change of direction signal by giving a hand signal\n\nTo give a hand signal for changing direction to the right, the driver must extend the right arm and hand horizontally and at right angles from the right side of the vehicle, with the hand open and the palm facing the direction of travel.","sortOrder":64},{"sectionNumber":"sec.51","sectionType":"section","heading":"When use of direction indicator lights permitted","content":"### sec.51 When use of direction indicator lights permitted\n\nThe driver of a vehicle must not operate a direction indicator light except—\nto give a change of direction signal when the driver is required to give the signal under this regulation; or\nas part of the vehicle’s hazard warning lights.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) to give a change of direction signal when the driver is required to give the signal under this regulation; or\n- (b) as part of the vehicle’s hazard warning lights.","sortOrder":65},{"sectionNumber":"pt.5-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Stop signals","content":"## Stop signals","sortOrder":66},{"sectionNumber":"sec.52","sectionType":"section","heading":"Division does not apply to bicycle or personal mobility device riders or certain tram drivers","content":"### sec.52 Division does not apply to bicycle or personal mobility device riders or certain tram drivers\n\nThis division does not apply to—\nthe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device; or\nthe driver of a tram that is not fitted with brake lights.\ns 52 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 22\n- (a) the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device; or\n- (b) the driver of a tram that is not fitted with brake lights.","sortOrder":67},{"sectionNumber":"sec.53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving a stop signal","content":"### sec.53 Giving a stop signal\n\nA driver must give a stop signal in accordance with section 54 before stopping or when suddenly slowing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver is stopping, the driver must give the stop signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other road users.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver is slowing suddenly, the driver must give the stop signal while slowing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.53-ssec.1) A driver must give a stop signal in accordance with section 54 before stopping or when suddenly slowing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.53-ssec.2) If the driver is stopping, the driver must give the stop signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other road users. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.53-ssec.3) If the driver is slowing suddenly, the driver must give the stop signal while slowing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":68},{"sectionNumber":"sec.54","sectionType":"section","heading":"How to give a stop signal","content":"### sec.54 How to give a stop signal\n\nThe driver of a vehicle must give a stop signal by means of the vehicle’s brake lights.\nHowever, if the vehicle’s brake lights are not in working order or are not clearly visible, or the vehicle is not fitted with brake lights, the driver must give the stop signal by—\ngiving a hand signal in accordance with section 55 ; or\nusing a mechanical signalling device fitted to the vehicle.\n(sec.54-ssec.1) The driver of a vehicle must give a stop signal by means of the vehicle’s brake lights.\n(sec.54-ssec.2) However, if the vehicle’s brake lights are not in working order or are not clearly visible, or the vehicle is not fitted with brake lights, the driver must give the stop signal by— giving a hand signal in accordance with section 55 ; or using a mechanical signalling device fitted to the vehicle.\n- (a) giving a hand signal in accordance with section 55 ; or\n- (b) using a mechanical signalling device fitted to the vehicle.","sortOrder":69},{"sectionNumber":"sec.55","sectionType":"section","heading":"How to give a stop signal by giving a hand signal","content":"### sec.55 How to give a stop signal by giving a hand signal\n\nTo give a hand signal for stopping or suddenly slowing, the driver must extend the right arm and hand at right angles from the right side of the vehicle with—\nthe upper arm horizontal and the forearm and hand pointing upwards; and\nthe hand open and the palm facing the direction of travel.\nHowever, the rider of a motorbike may give the hand signal by extending the left arm and hand at right angles from the left side of the motorbike with—\nthe upper arm horizontal and the forearm and hand pointing upwards; and\nthe hand open and the palm facing the direction of travel.\n(sec.55-ssec.1) To give a hand signal for stopping or suddenly slowing, the driver must extend the right arm and hand at right angles from the right side of the vehicle with— the upper arm horizontal and the forearm and hand pointing upwards; and the hand open and the palm facing the direction of travel.\n(sec.55-ssec.2) However, the rider of a motorbike may give the hand signal by extending the left arm and hand at right angles from the left side of the motorbike with— the upper arm horizontal and the forearm and hand pointing upwards; and the hand open and the palm facing the direction of travel.\n- (a) the upper arm horizontal and the forearm and hand pointing upwards; and\n- (b) the hand open and the palm facing the direction of travel.\n- (a) the upper arm horizontal and the forearm and hand pointing upwards; and\n- (b) the hand open and the palm facing the direction of travel.","sortOrder":70},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6","sectionType":"part","heading":"Traffic lights, traffic arrows and twin red lights","content":"# Traffic lights, traffic arrows and twin red lights","sortOrder":71},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Obeying traffic lights and traffic arrows","content":"## Obeying traffic lights and traffic arrows","sortOrder":72},{"sectionNumber":"sec.56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on a red traffic light or arrow","content":"### sec.56 Stopping on a red traffic light or arrow\n\nA driver approaching or at traffic lights showing a red traffic light—\nmust stop—\nif there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\nif there is a stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or\nif there is no stop line or stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic lights; and\nmust not proceed until—\nthe traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow or show no traffic light; or\na green or flashing yellow traffic arrow is showing, if the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, if the traffic lights are at an intersection with a left turn on red after stopping sign and the driver is turning left at the intersection, the driver may turn left after stopping.\nSubsection (2) applies to a driver—\napproaching or at traffic arrows showing a red traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow; or\napproaching or at traffic arrows showing a red traffic arrow, in a marked lane with a traffic lane arrow applying to the lane indicating a single direction that is the same direction as the red traffic arrow.\nThe driver—\nmust stop—\nif there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\nif there is a stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or\nif there is no stop line or stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic arrows; and\nmust not proceed until—\nthe traffic arrows change to green or flashing yellow; or\nthe traffic lights show a green or flashing yellow traffic light and there is no red or yellow traffic arrow showing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is a bicycle storage area before any traffic lights referred to in subsection (1) or (2) , a reference to the stop line in subsection (1) (a) or (2) (a) —\nin the case of a driver of a motor vehicle (other than a motorbike), is a reference to the first stop line that the driver comes, or came, to in approaching the lights; or\nin the case of a rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike, is a reference to the stop line that is nearest to the intersection.\ns 56 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 9 ; 2014 SL No. 325 s 5 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 5 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 23\n(sec.56-ssec.1) A driver approaching or at traffic lights showing a red traffic light— must stop— if there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or if there is a stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or if there is no stop line or stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic lights; and must not proceed until— the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow or show no traffic light; or a green or flashing yellow traffic arrow is showing, if the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.56-ssec.1A) However, if the traffic lights are at an intersection with a left turn on red after stopping sign and the driver is turning left at the intersection, the driver may turn left after stopping.\n(sec.56-ssec.1B) Subsection (2) applies to a driver— approaching or at traffic arrows showing a red traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow; or approaching or at traffic arrows showing a red traffic arrow, in a marked lane with a traffic lane arrow applying to the lane indicating a single direction that is the same direction as the red traffic arrow.\n(sec.56-ssec.2) The driver— must stop— if there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or if there is a stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or if there is no stop line or stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic arrows; and must not proceed until— the traffic arrows change to green or flashing yellow; or the traffic lights show a green or flashing yellow traffic light and there is no red or yellow traffic arrow showing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.56-ssec.3) If there is a bicycle storage area before any traffic lights referred to in subsection (1) or (2) , a reference to the stop line in subsection (1) (a) or (2) (a) — in the case of a driver of a motor vehicle (other than a motorbike), is a reference to the first stop line that the driver comes, or came, to in approaching the lights; or in the case of a rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike, is a reference to the stop line that is nearest to the intersection.\n- (a) must stop— (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or (ii) if there is a stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or (iii) if there is no stop line or stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic lights; and\n- (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (ii) if there is a stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or\n- (iii) if there is no stop line or stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic lights; and\n- (b) must not proceed until— (i) the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow or show no traffic light; or (ii) a green or flashing yellow traffic arrow is showing, if the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow.\n- (i) the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow or show no traffic light; or\n- (ii) a green or flashing yellow traffic arrow is showing, if the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow.\n- (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (ii) if there is a stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or\n- (iii) if there is no stop line or stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic lights; and\n- (i) the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow or show no traffic light; or\n- (ii) a green or flashing yellow traffic arrow is showing, if the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow.\n- (a) approaching or at traffic arrows showing a red traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow; or\n- (b) approaching or at traffic arrows showing a red traffic arrow, in a marked lane with a traffic lane arrow applying to the lane indicating a single direction that is the same direction as the red traffic arrow.\n- (a) must stop— (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or (ii) if there is a stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or (iii) if there is no stop line or stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic arrows; and\n- (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (ii) if there is a stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or\n- (iii) if there is no stop line or stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic arrows; and\n- (b) must not proceed until— (i) the traffic arrows change to green or flashing yellow; or (ii) the traffic lights show a green or flashing yellow traffic light and there is no red or yellow traffic arrow showing.\n- (i) the traffic arrows change to green or flashing yellow; or\n- (ii) the traffic lights show a green or flashing yellow traffic light and there is no red or yellow traffic arrow showing.\n- (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (ii) if there is a stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows, but no stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the sign; or\n- (iii) if there is no stop line or stop here on red arrow sign at or near the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only traffic arrows; and\n- (i) the traffic arrows change to green or flashing yellow; or\n- (ii) the traffic lights show a green or flashing yellow traffic light and there is no red or yellow traffic arrow showing.\n- (a) in the case of a driver of a motor vehicle (other than a motorbike), is a reference to the first stop line that the driver comes, or came, to in approaching the lights; or\n- (b) in the case of a rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike, is a reference to the stop line that is nearest to the intersection.","sortOrder":73},{"sectionNumber":"sec.57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping for a yellow traffic light or arrow","content":"### sec.57 Stopping for a yellow traffic light or arrow\n\nA driver who is approaching, or at, traffic lights showing a yellow traffic light—\nmust stop—\nif there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or\nif there is no stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic lights; or\nif the traffic lights are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and\nmust not proceed until the traffic lights—\nchange to green or flashing yellow; or\nshow no traffic light.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver who is approaching, or at, traffic arrows showing a yellow traffic arrow, and turning in the direction indicated by the arrow—\nmust stop—\nif there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or\nif there is no stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic arrows; or\nif the traffic arrows are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and\nmust not proceed until the traffic arrows—\nchange to green or flashing yellow; or\nshow no traffic arrow.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the traffic lights or arrows are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subsection (1) or (2) and enters the intersection, the driver must leave the intersection as soon as the driver can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is a bicycle storage area before any traffic lights referred to in subsection (1) or (2) , a reference to the stop line in subsection (1) (a) or (2) (a) —\nin the case of a driver of a motor vehicle (other than a motorbike), is a reference to the first stop line that the driver comes, or came, to in approaching the lights; or\nin the case of a rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike, is a reference to the stop line that is nearest to the intersection.\ns 57 amd 2014 SL No. 325 s 6 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 24\n(sec.57-ssec.1) A driver who is approaching, or at, traffic lights showing a yellow traffic light— must stop— if there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or if there is no stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic lights; or if the traffic lights are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and must not proceed until the traffic lights— change to green or flashing yellow; or show no traffic light. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.57-ssec.2) A driver who is approaching, or at, traffic arrows showing a yellow traffic arrow, and turning in the direction indicated by the arrow— must stop— if there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or if there is no stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic arrows; or if the traffic arrows are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and must not proceed until the traffic arrows— change to green or flashing yellow; or show no traffic arrow. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.57-ssec.3) If the traffic lights or arrows are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subsection (1) or (2) and enters the intersection, the driver must leave the intersection as soon as the driver can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.57-ssec.4) If there is a bicycle storage area before any traffic lights referred to in subsection (1) or (2) , a reference to the stop line in subsection (1) (a) or (2) (a) — in the case of a driver of a motor vehicle (other than a motorbike), is a reference to the first stop line that the driver comes, or came, to in approaching the lights; or in the case of a rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike, is a reference to the stop line that is nearest to the intersection.\n- (a) must stop— (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or (ii) if there is no stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic lights; or (iii) if the traffic lights are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and\n- (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (ii) if there is no stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic lights; or\n- (iii) if the traffic lights are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and\n- (b) must not proceed until the traffic lights— (i) change to green or flashing yellow; or (ii) show no traffic light.\n- (i) change to green or flashing yellow; or\n- (ii) show no traffic light.\n- (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (ii) if there is no stop line at or near the traffic lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic lights—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic lights; or\n- (iii) if the traffic lights are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and\n- (i) change to green or flashing yellow; or\n- (ii) show no traffic light.\n- (a) must stop— (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or (ii) if there is no stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic arrows; or (iii) if the traffic arrows are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and\n- (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (ii) if there is no stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic arrows; or\n- (iii) if the traffic arrows are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and\n- (b) must not proceed until the traffic arrows— (i) change to green or flashing yellow; or (ii) show no traffic arrow.\n- (i) change to green or flashing yellow; or\n- (ii) show no traffic arrow.\n- (i) if there is a stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (ii) if there is no stop line at or near the traffic arrows and the driver can stop safely before reaching the traffic arrows—as near as practicable to, and before reaching, the nearest traffic arrows; or\n- (iii) if the traffic arrows are at an intersection and the driver can not stop safely under subparagraph (i) or (ii) , but can stop safely before entering the intersection—before entering the intersection; and\n- (i) change to green or flashing yellow; or\n- (ii) show no traffic arrow.\n- (a) in the case of a driver of a motor vehicle (other than a motorbike), is a reference to the first stop line that the driver comes, or came, to in approaching the lights; or\n- (b) in the case of a rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike, is a reference to the stop line that is nearest to the intersection.","sortOrder":74},{"sectionNumber":"sec.58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exceptions to stopping for a red or yellow traffic light","content":"### sec.58 Exceptions to stopping for a red or yellow traffic light\n\nA driver approaching or at traffic lights showing a red or yellow traffic light does not have to stop if a green traffic arrow is also showing and the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow.\nA driver turning at an intersection with traffic lights who approaches, or is at, a red traffic light on the road that the driver is entering does not have to stop for the red traffic light if there is no stop line or stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic light.\n(sec.58-ssec.1) A driver approaching or at traffic lights showing a red or yellow traffic light does not have to stop if a green traffic arrow is also showing and the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow.\n(sec.58-ssec.2) A driver turning at an intersection with traffic lights who approaches, or is at, a red traffic light on the road that the driver is entering does not have to stop for the red traffic light if there is no stop line or stop here on red signal sign at or near the traffic light.","sortOrder":75},{"sectionNumber":"sec.59","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding through a red traffic light","content":"### sec.59 Proceeding through a red traffic light\n\nIf traffic lights at an intersection, bicycle crossing or marked foot crossing are showing a red traffic light, a driver facing the red traffic light must not enter the intersection, bicycle crossing or marked foot crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, if the traffic lights are at an intersection with a left turn on red after stopping sign and the driver is turning left at the intersection, the driver may turn left before the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to a driver if section 58 (1) applies to the driver.\ns 59 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 10\n(sec.59-ssec.1) If traffic lights at an intersection, bicycle crossing or marked foot crossing are showing a red traffic light, a driver facing the red traffic light must not enter the intersection, bicycle crossing or marked foot crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.59-ssec.2) However, if the traffic lights are at an intersection with a left turn on red after stopping sign and the driver is turning left at the intersection, the driver may turn left before the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow.\n(sec.59-ssec.3) Subsection (1) does not apply to a driver if section 58 (1) applies to the driver.","sortOrder":76},{"sectionNumber":"sec.60","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding through a red traffic arrow","content":"### sec.60 Proceeding through a red traffic arrow\n\nIf traffic arrows at an intersection or marked foot crossing are showing a red traffic arrow, and a driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow, the driver must not enter the intersection or marked foot crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":77},{"sectionNumber":"sec.60A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding through a bicycle storage area before a red traffic light or arrow","content":"### sec.60A Proceeding through a bicycle storage area before a red traffic light or arrow\n\nIf there is a bicycle storage area before traffic lights that are showing a red traffic light, a driver of a motor vehicle (other than the rider of a motorbike) must not allow any part of the vehicle to enter the bicycle storage area.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is a bicycle storage area before traffic arrows that are showing a red traffic arrow, and a driver of a motor vehicle (other than the rider of a motorbike) is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow, the driver must not allow any part of the vehicle to enter the bicycle storage area.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 60A amd 2014 SL No. 325 s 7\n(sec.60A-ssec.1) If there is a bicycle storage area before traffic lights that are showing a red traffic light, a driver of a motor vehicle (other than the rider of a motorbike) must not allow any part of the vehicle to enter the bicycle storage area. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.60A-ssec.2) If there is a bicycle storage area before traffic arrows that are showing a red traffic arrow, and a driver of a motor vehicle (other than the rider of a motorbike) is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow, the driver must not allow any part of the vehicle to enter the bicycle storage area. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":78},{"sectionNumber":"sec.61","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding when traffic lights or arrows at an intersection change to red or yellow","content":"### sec.61 Proceeding when traffic lights or arrows at an intersection change to red or yellow\n\nThis section applies to a driver—\nat an intersection with traffic lights showing a green traffic light who has stopped after the stop line, stop here on red signal sign, or nearest or only traffic lights, at the intersection and is not making a hook turn at the intersection; or\nat an intersection with traffic arrows showing a green traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, stop here on red arrow sign, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection.\nA driver may stop after the stop line at an intersection with traffic lights showing a green traffic light, and not proceed through the intersection, because traffic is congested.\nIf the traffic lights or arrows change to red or yellow while the driver is stopped and the driver has not entered the intersection, the driver must not enter the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, if the traffic lights are at an intersection with a left turn on red after stopping sign and the driver is turning left at the intersection, the driver may turn left after stopping.\nAlso, subsection (2) does not apply to a driver if section 58 (1) applies to the driver.\nIf the traffic lights or arrows change to red or yellow while the driver is stopped and the driver has entered the intersection, the driver must leave the intersection as soon as the driver can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.61-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver— at an intersection with traffic lights showing a green traffic light who has stopped after the stop line, stop here on red signal sign, or nearest or only traffic lights, at the intersection and is not making a hook turn at the intersection; or at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a green traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, stop here on red arrow sign, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection. A driver may stop after the stop line at an intersection with traffic lights showing a green traffic light, and not proceed through the intersection, because traffic is congested.\n(sec.61-ssec.2) If the traffic lights or arrows change to red or yellow while the driver is stopped and the driver has not entered the intersection, the driver must not enter the intersection. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.61-ssec.3) However, if the traffic lights are at an intersection with a left turn on red after stopping sign and the driver is turning left at the intersection, the driver may turn left after stopping.\n(sec.61-ssec.4) Also, subsection (2) does not apply to a driver if section 58 (1) applies to the driver.\n(sec.61-ssec.5) If the traffic lights or arrows change to red or yellow while the driver is stopped and the driver has entered the intersection, the driver must leave the intersection as soon as the driver can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) at an intersection with traffic lights showing a green traffic light who has stopped after the stop line, stop here on red signal sign, or nearest or only traffic lights, at the intersection and is not making a hook turn at the intersection; or\n- (b) at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a green traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, stop here on red arrow sign, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection.","sortOrder":79},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Giving way at traffic lights and traffic arrows","content":"## Giving way at traffic lights and traffic arrows","sortOrder":80},{"sectionNumber":"sec.62","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when turning at intersection with traffic lights","content":"### sec.62 Giving way when turning at intersection with traffic lights\n\nA driver turning at an intersection with traffic lights must give way to—\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is crossing the road the driver is entering; and\nif the driver is turning left at a left turn on red after stopping sign at the intersection—\nany vehicle approaching from the right, turning right at the intersection into the road the driver is entering, or making a U-turn at the intersection; and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is on the road the driver is leaving; and\nif the driver is turning right—any oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane).\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, a driver who is turning at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a green traffic arrow need not give way to an oncoming vehicle if the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the green traffic arrow.\ns 62 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 11 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 25\n(sec.62-ssec.1) A driver turning at an intersection with traffic lights must give way to— any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is crossing the road the driver is entering; and if the driver is turning left at a left turn on red after stopping sign at the intersection— any vehicle approaching from the right, turning right at the intersection into the road the driver is entering, or making a U-turn at the intersection; and any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is on the road the driver is leaving; and if the driver is turning right—any oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane). Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.62-ssec.2) However, a driver who is turning at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a green traffic arrow need not give way to an oncoming vehicle if the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the green traffic arrow.\n- (a) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is crossing the road the driver is entering; and\n- (b) if the driver is turning left at a left turn on red after stopping sign at the intersection— (i) any vehicle approaching from the right, turning right at the intersection into the road the driver is entering, or making a U-turn at the intersection; and (ii) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is on the road the driver is leaving; and\n- (i) any vehicle approaching from the right, turning right at the intersection into the road the driver is entering, or making a U-turn at the intersection; and\n- (ii) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is on the road the driver is leaving; and\n- (c) if the driver is turning right—any oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane).\n- (i) any vehicle approaching from the right, turning right at the intersection into the road the driver is entering, or making a U-turn at the intersection; and\n- (ii) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is on the road the driver is leaving; and","sortOrder":81},{"sectionNumber":"sec.63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at an intersection with traffic lights not operating or only partly operating","content":"### sec.63 Giving way at an intersection with traffic lights not operating or only partly operating\n\nThis section applies to a driver at an intersection if—\ntraffic lights at the intersection are not operating; or\nthe traffic lights are showing only a flashing yellow traffic light.\nIf there is a traffic light-stop sign at the intersection, the driver must comply with section 67 as if the sign were a stop sign at an intersection without traffic lights.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is no traffic light-stop sign at the intersection, the driver must give way to vehicles and pedestrians at or near the intersection in accordance with section 72 or 73 as if the intersection were an intersection without traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (3) does not apply if the intersection is a roundabout.\nIf the intersection is a roundabout, the driver must comply with section 114 .\n(sec.63-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver at an intersection if— traffic lights at the intersection are not operating; or the traffic lights are showing only a flashing yellow traffic light.\n(sec.63-ssec.2) If there is a traffic light-stop sign at the intersection, the driver must comply with section 67 as if the sign were a stop sign at an intersection without traffic lights. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.63-ssec.3) If there is no traffic light-stop sign at the intersection, the driver must give way to vehicles and pedestrians at or near the intersection in accordance with section 72 or 73 as if the intersection were an intersection without traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.63-ssec.4) Subsection (3) does not apply if the intersection is a roundabout.\n(sec.63-ssec.5) If the intersection is a roundabout, the driver must comply with section 114 .\n- (a) traffic lights at the intersection are not operating; or\n- (b) the traffic lights are showing only a flashing yellow traffic light.","sortOrder":82},{"sectionNumber":"sec.64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at a flashing yellow traffic arrow at an intersection","content":"### sec.64 Giving way at a flashing yellow traffic arrow at an intersection\n\nA driver turning in the direction indicated by a flashing yellow traffic arrow at an intersection with traffic lights must give way to—\nany vehicle travelling on the road the driver is entering; and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is crossing the road the driver is entering; and\nif the driver is turning right—any oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane).\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 64 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 12 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 26\n- (a) any vehicle travelling on the road the driver is entering; and\n- (b) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection who is crossing the road the driver is entering; and\n- (c) if the driver is turning right—any oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane).","sortOrder":83},{"sectionNumber":"sec.65","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at a marked foot crossing (except at an intersection) with a flashing yellow traffic light","content":"### sec.65 Giving way at a marked foot crossing (except at an intersection) with a flashing yellow traffic light\n\nThis section applies to a driver approaching or at a marked foot crossing (except at or near an intersection) with a flashing yellow traffic light at the crossing.\nThe driver must—\ngive way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing; and\nnot obstruct any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on the crossing; and\nnot overtake or pass a vehicle that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and is stopping, or has stopped, to give way at the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is no pedestrian or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device on or entering the crossing, and no other vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver that is stopping, or has stopped, to give way at the crossing, the driver may proceed through the crossing.\ns 65 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 13 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 6 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 27\n(sec.65-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver approaching or at a marked foot crossing (except at or near an intersection) with a flashing yellow traffic light at the crossing.\n(sec.65-ssec.2) The driver must— give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing; and not obstruct any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on the crossing; and not overtake or pass a vehicle that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and is stopping, or has stopped, to give way at the crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.65-ssec.3) If there is no pedestrian or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device on or entering the crossing, and no other vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver that is stopping, or has stopped, to give way at the crossing, the driver may proceed through the crossing.\n- (a) give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing; and\n- (b) not obstruct any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on the crossing; and\n- (c) not overtake or pass a vehicle that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and is stopping, or has stopped, to give way at the crossing.","sortOrder":84},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Twin red lights (except at level crossings)","content":"## Twin red lights (except at level crossings)","sortOrder":85},{"sectionNumber":"sec.66","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping for twin red lights (except at level crossings)","content":"### sec.66 Stopping for twin red lights (except at level crossings)\n\nA driver approaching or at twin red lights on a road (except at a level crossing) must stop in accordance with subsections (2) and (3) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is a stop line at or near the lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line, the driver must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line.\nIf there is no stop line at or near the lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the lights, the driver must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the lights.\nIf the driver stops for the lights, the driver must not proceed until the lights are not showing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.66-ssec.1) A driver approaching or at twin red lights on a road (except at a level crossing) must stop in accordance with subsections (2) and (3) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.66-ssec.2) If there is a stop line at or near the lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line, the driver must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line.\n(sec.66-ssec.3) If there is no stop line at or near the lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the lights, the driver must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the lights.\n(sec.66-ssec.4) If the driver stops for the lights, the driver must not proceed until the lights are not showing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":86},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":87},{"sectionNumber":"sec.66A","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.66A\n\ns 66A ins 2016 SL No. 240 s 4\nom 2018 SL No. 195 s 7","sortOrder":88},{"sectionNumber":"pt.7","sectionType":"part","heading":"Giving way","content":"# Giving way","sortOrder":89},{"sectionNumber":"pt.7-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Giving way at a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to the driver","content":"## Giving way at a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to the driver","sortOrder":90},{"sectionNumber":"sec.67","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights","content":"### sec.67 Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights\n\nThis section applies to a driver at an intersection without traffic lights who is facing a stop sign or stop line.\nThe driver must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching—\nthe stop line; or\nif there is no stop line—the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must give way to a vehicle in, entering or approaching the intersection except—\nan oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection, if a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applies to the driver of the oncoming vehicle; or\na vehicle turning left at the intersection using a slip lane; or\na vehicle making a U-turn.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver is turning left or right or making a U-turn, the driver must also give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road, or part of the road, the driver is entering.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, an oncoming vehicle proceeding through a T-intersection on the continuing road is taken not to be turning.\ns 67 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 14 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 28\n(sec.67-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver at an intersection without traffic lights who is facing a stop sign or stop line.\n(sec.67-ssec.2) The driver must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching— the stop line; or if there is no stop line—the intersection. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.67-ssec.3) The driver must give way to a vehicle in, entering or approaching the intersection except— an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection, if a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applies to the driver of the oncoming vehicle; or a vehicle turning left at the intersection using a slip lane; or a vehicle making a U-turn. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.67-ssec.4) If the driver is turning left or right or making a U-turn, the driver must also give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road, or part of the road, the driver is entering. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.67-ssec.5) For this section, an oncoming vehicle proceeding through a T-intersection on the continuing road is taken not to be turning.\n- (a) the stop line; or\n- (b) if there is no stop line—the intersection.\n- (a) an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection, if a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applies to the driver of the oncoming vehicle; or\n- (b) a vehicle turning left at the intersection using a slip lane; or\n- (c) a vehicle making a U-turn.","sortOrder":91},{"sectionNumber":"sec.68","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places","content":"### sec.68 Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places\n\nThis section applies to a driver approaching or at a place with a stop sign or stop line, unless the place is—\nan intersection; or\na children’s crossing; or\nan area of a road that is not a children’s crossing only because it does not have—\nchildren crossing flags; or\nchildren’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; or\na level crossing; or\na place with twin red lights.\na stop sign at a break in a dividing strip dividing the part of the road used by the main body of moving vehicles from a service road\na stop sign on an exit from a carpark where the exit joins the road\nThe driver must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching—\nthe stop line; or\nif there is no stop line—the stop sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must give way to any vehicle or pedestrian at or near the stop line or stop sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.68-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver approaching or at a place with a stop sign or stop line, unless the place is— an intersection; or a children’s crossing; or an area of a road that is not a children’s crossing only because it does not have— children crossing flags; or children’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; or a level crossing; or a place with twin red lights. a stop sign at a break in a dividing strip dividing the part of the road used by the main body of moving vehicles from a service road a stop sign on an exit from a carpark where the exit joins the road\n(sec.68-ssec.2) The driver must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching— the stop line; or if there is no stop line—the stop sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.68-ssec.3) The driver must give way to any vehicle or pedestrian at or near the stop line or stop sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) an intersection; or\n- (b) a children’s crossing; or\n- (c) an area of a road that is not a children’s crossing only because it does not have— (i) children crossing flags; or (ii) children’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; or\n- (i) children crossing flags; or\n- (ii) children’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; or\n- (d) a level crossing; or\n- (e) a place with twin red lights.\n- (i) children crossing flags; or\n- (ii) children’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; or\n- • a stop sign at a break in a dividing strip dividing the part of the road used by the main body of moving vehicles from a service road\n- • a stop sign on an exit from a carpark where the exit joins the road\n- (a) the stop line; or\n- (b) if there is no stop line—the stop sign.","sortOrder":92},{"sectionNumber":"sec.69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout","content":"### sec.69 Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout\n\nThis section applies to a driver at an intersection, other than a roundabout, who is facing a give way sign or give way line.\nUnless the driver is turning left using a slip lane, the driver must give way to a vehicle in, entering or approaching the intersection except—\nan oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection, if a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applies to the driver of the oncoming vehicle; or\na vehicle turning left at the intersection using a slip lane; or\na vehicle making a U-turn.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver is turning left using a slip lane, the driver must give way to—\na vehicle, other than a vehicle making a U-turn at the intersection, that is—\non the road that the driver is entering; or\nturning right at the intersection into the road that the driver is entering; and\na vehicle or a pedestrian on the slip lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver is turning left or right or making a U-turn, the driver must also give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road, or part of the road, the driver is entering.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, an oncoming vehicle proceeding through a T-intersection on the continuing road is taken not to be turning.\ns 69 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 14 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 29\n(sec.69-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver at an intersection, other than a roundabout, who is facing a give way sign or give way line.\n(sec.69-ssec.2) Unless the driver is turning left using a slip lane, the driver must give way to a vehicle in, entering or approaching the intersection except— an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection, if a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applies to the driver of the oncoming vehicle; or a vehicle turning left at the intersection using a slip lane; or a vehicle making a U-turn. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.69-ssec.2A) If the driver is turning left using a slip lane, the driver must give way to— a vehicle, other than a vehicle making a U-turn at the intersection, that is— on the road that the driver is entering; or turning right at the intersection into the road that the driver is entering; and a vehicle or a pedestrian on the slip lane. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.69-ssec.3) If the driver is turning left or right or making a U-turn, the driver must also give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road, or part of the road, the driver is entering. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.69-ssec.5) For this section, an oncoming vehicle proceeding through a T-intersection on the continuing road is taken not to be turning.\n- (a) an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection, if a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applies to the driver of the oncoming vehicle; or\n- (b) a vehicle turning left at the intersection using a slip lane; or\n- (c) a vehicle making a U-turn.\n- (a) a vehicle, other than a vehicle making a U-turn at the intersection, that is— (i) on the road that the driver is entering; or (ii) turning right at the intersection into the road that the driver is entering; and\n- (i) on the road that the driver is entering; or\n- (ii) turning right at the intersection into the road that the driver is entering; and\n- (b) a vehicle or a pedestrian on the slip lane.\n- (i) on the road that the driver is entering; or\n- (ii) turning right at the intersection into the road that the driver is entering; and","sortOrder":93},{"sectionNumber":"sec.69A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Two or more drivers facing various signs or lines at an intersection","content":"### sec.69A Two or more drivers facing various signs or lines at an intersection\n\nIf 2 or more drivers at an intersection are each facing a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line, each driver must give way to the other or others, as required under division 2 , as if none of the drivers were facing a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":94},{"sectionNumber":"sec.70","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road","content":"### sec.70 Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road\n\nA driver approaching a bridge or length of narrow road with a give way sign must give way to any oncoming vehicle that is on, or approaching, the bridge or length of road when the driver reaches the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 70 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 8","sortOrder":95},{"sectionNumber":"sec.71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places","content":"### sec.71 Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places\n\nA driver approaching or at a place (except an intersection, bridge or length of narrow road, level crossing, or a place with twin red lights) with a give way sign or give way line must give way in accordance with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\na give way sign at a break in a dividing strip dividing the part of the road used by the main body of moving vehicles from a service road\na give way sign on a road at a place where a bicycle path meets the road\nThe driver must give way to any vehicle or pedestrian at or near the give way sign or give way line.\n(sec.71-ssec.1) A driver approaching or at a place (except an intersection, bridge or length of narrow road, level crossing, or a place with twin red lights) with a give way sign or give way line must give way in accordance with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units. a give way sign at a break in a dividing strip dividing the part of the road used by the main body of moving vehicles from a service road a give way sign on a road at a place where a bicycle path meets the road\n(sec.71-ssec.2) The driver must give way to any vehicle or pedestrian at or near the give way sign or give way line.\n- • a give way sign at a break in a dividing strip dividing the part of the road used by the main body of moving vehicles from a service road\n- • a give way sign on a road at a place where a bicycle path meets the road","sortOrder":96},{"sectionNumber":"pt.7-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Giving way at an intersection without traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line","content":"## Giving way at an intersection without traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line","sortOrder":97},{"sectionNumber":"sec.72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at an intersection (except a T-intersection or roundabout)","content":"### sec.72 Giving way at an intersection (except a T-intersection or roundabout)\n\nA driver at an intersection (except a T-intersection or roundabout) who is not facing traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line, must give way in accordance with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver is going straight ahead, the driver must give way to any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line).\nIf the driver is turning left (except if the driver is using a slip lane), the driver must give way to—\nany vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road the driver is entering.\nIf the driver is turning left using a slip lane, the driver must give way to—\nany vehicle approaching from the right or turning right at the intersection into the road the driver is entering (except a vehicle making a U-turn at the intersection); and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\nIf the driver is turning right, the driver must give way to—\nany vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and\nany oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane or a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road the driver is entering.\ns 72 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 14 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 8 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 30\n(sec.72-ssec.1) A driver at an intersection (except a T-intersection or roundabout) who is not facing traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line, must give way in accordance with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.72-ssec.2) If the driver is going straight ahead, the driver must give way to any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line).\n(sec.72-ssec.3) If the driver is turning left (except if the driver is using a slip lane), the driver must give way to— any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road the driver is entering.\n(sec.72-ssec.4) If the driver is turning left using a slip lane, the driver must give way to— any vehicle approaching from the right or turning right at the intersection into the road the driver is entering (except a vehicle making a U-turn at the intersection); and any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\n(sec.72-ssec.5) If the driver is turning right, the driver must give way to— any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and any oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane or a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road the driver is entering.\n- (a) any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and\n- (b) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road the driver is entering.\n- (a) any vehicle approaching from the right or turning right at the intersection into the road the driver is entering (except a vehicle making a U-turn at the intersection); and\n- (b) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\n- (a) any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and\n- (b) any oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane or a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and\n- (c) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, at or near the intersection crossing the road the driver is entering.","sortOrder":98},{"sectionNumber":"sec.73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at a T-intersection","content":"### sec.73 Giving way at a T-intersection\n\nA driver at a T-intersection who is not facing traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line, must give way in accordance with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver is turning left (except if the driver is using a slip lane) or right from the terminating road into the continuing road, the driver must give way to—\nany vehicle travelling on the continuing road except—\na vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line; or\na vehicle making a U-turn on the continuing road at the T-intersection; and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, crossing the continuing road at or near the intersection.\nIf the driver is turning left from the terminating road into the continuing road using a slip lane, the driver must give way to—\nany vehicle travelling on the continuing road (except a vehicle making a U-turn on the continuing road at the T-intersection); and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\nIf the driver is turning left (except if the driver is using a slip lane) from the continuing road into the terminating road, the driver must give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, crossing the terminating road at or near the intersection.\nIf the driver is turning from the continuing road into the terminating road using a slip lane, the driver must give way to—\nany vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle making a U-turn from the terminating road at the T-intersection); and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\nIf the driver is turning right from the continuing road into the terminating road, the driver must give way to—\nany oncoming vehicle that is travelling through the intersection on the continuing road or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and\nany pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, crossing the terminating road at or near the intersection.\nIn this section—\nturning left from the continuing road into the terminating road , for a driver, includes, where the continuing road curves to the right at a T-intersection, leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road; and\nturning right from the continuing road into the terminating road , for a driver, includes, where the continuing road curves to the left at a T-intersection, leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.\ns 73 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 14 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 9 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 31\n(sec.73-ssec.1) A driver at a T-intersection who is not facing traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line, must give way in accordance with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.73-ssec.2) If the driver is turning left (except if the driver is using a slip lane) or right from the terminating road into the continuing road, the driver must give way to— any vehicle travelling on the continuing road except— a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line; or a vehicle making a U-turn on the continuing road at the T-intersection; and any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, crossing the continuing road at or near the intersection.\n(sec.73-ssec.3) If the driver is turning left from the terminating road into the continuing road using a slip lane, the driver must give way to— any vehicle travelling on the continuing road (except a vehicle making a U-turn on the continuing road at the T-intersection); and any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\n(sec.73-ssec.4) If the driver is turning left (except if the driver is using a slip lane) from the continuing road into the terminating road, the driver must give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, crossing the terminating road at or near the intersection.\n(sec.73-ssec.5) If the driver is turning from the continuing road into the terminating road using a slip lane, the driver must give way to— any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle making a U-turn from the terminating road at the T-intersection); and any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\n(sec.73-ssec.6) If the driver is turning right from the continuing road into the terminating road, the driver must give way to— any oncoming vehicle that is travelling through the intersection on the continuing road or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, crossing the terminating road at or near the intersection.\n(sec.73-ssec.7) In this section— turning left from the continuing road into the terminating road , for a driver, includes, where the continuing road curves to the right at a T-intersection, leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road; and turning right from the continuing road into the terminating road , for a driver, includes, where the continuing road curves to the left at a T-intersection, leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.\n- (a) any vehicle travelling on the continuing road except— (i) a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line; or (ii) a vehicle making a U-turn on the continuing road at the T-intersection; and\n- (i) a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line; or\n- (ii) a vehicle making a U-turn on the continuing road at the T-intersection; and\n- (b) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, crossing the continuing road at or near the intersection.\n- (i) a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line; or\n- (ii) a vehicle making a U-turn on the continuing road at the T-intersection; and\n- (a) any vehicle travelling on the continuing road (except a vehicle making a U-turn on the continuing road at the T-intersection); and\n- (b) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\n- (a) any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle making a U-turn from the terminating road at the T-intersection); and\n- (b) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the slip lane.\n- (a) any oncoming vehicle that is travelling through the intersection on the continuing road or turning left at the intersection (except a vehicle approaching or at a place with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line); and\n- (b) any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, crossing the terminating road at or near the intersection.\n- (a) turning left from the continuing road into the terminating road , for a driver, includes, where the continuing road curves to the right at a T-intersection, leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road; and\n- (b) turning right from the continuing road into the terminating road , for a driver, includes, where the continuing road curves to the left at a T-intersection, leaving the continuing road to proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.","sortOrder":99},{"sectionNumber":"pt.7-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Entering or leaving road-related areas and adjacent land","content":"## Entering or leaving road-related areas and adjacent land","sortOrder":100},{"sectionNumber":"sec.74","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when entering a road from a road-related area or adjacent land","content":"### sec.74 Giving way when entering a road from a road-related area or adjacent land\n\nA driver entering a road from a road-related area, or adjacent land, without traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line must give way to all of the following—\na vehicle travelling on the road or turning into the road, except a vehicle turning right into the road from a road-related area or adjacent land;\na pedestrian on the road;\na vehicle or a pedestrian on a road-related area that the driver crosses to enter the road;\nfor a driver entering the road from a road-related area—\na pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on the road-related area; and\nanother vehicle ahead of the driver’s vehicle or approaching from the left or right.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\ns 74 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 32\n(sec.74-ssec.1) A driver entering a road from a road-related area, or adjacent land, without traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line must give way to all of the following— a vehicle travelling on the road or turning into the road, except a vehicle turning right into the road from a road-related area or adjacent land; a pedestrian on the road; a vehicle or a pedestrian on a road-related area that the driver crosses to enter the road; for a driver entering the road from a road-related area— a pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on the road-related area; and another vehicle ahead of the driver’s vehicle or approaching from the left or right. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.74-ssec.2) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.\n- (a) a vehicle travelling on the road or turning into the road, except a vehicle turning right into the road from a road-related area or adjacent land;\n- (b) a pedestrian on the road;\n- (c) a vehicle or a pedestrian on a road-related area that the driver crosses to enter the road;\n- (d) for a driver entering the road from a road-related area— (i) a pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on the road-related area; and (ii) another vehicle ahead of the driver’s vehicle or approaching from the left or right.\n- (i) a pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on the road-related area; and\n- (ii) another vehicle ahead of the driver’s vehicle or approaching from the left or right.\n- (i) a pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on the road-related area; and\n- (ii) another vehicle ahead of the driver’s vehicle or approaching from the left or right.","sortOrder":101},{"sectionNumber":"sec.75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when entering a road-related area or adjacent land from a road","content":"### sec.75 Giving way when entering a road-related area or adjacent land from a road\n\nA driver entering a road-related area or adjacent land from a place on a road without traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line must give way to—\nany pedestrian on the road; and\nany vehicle or pedestrian on any road-related area that the driver crosses or enters; and\nif the driver is turning right from the road—any oncoming vehicle on the road that is going straight ahead or turning left; and\nif the road the driver is leaving ends at a T-intersection opposite the road-related area or adjacent land and the driver is crossing the continuing road—any vehicle on the continuing road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\n(sec.75-ssec.1) A driver entering a road-related area or adjacent land from a place on a road without traffic lights or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line must give way to— any pedestrian on the road; and any vehicle or pedestrian on any road-related area that the driver crosses or enters; and if the driver is turning right from the road—any oncoming vehicle on the road that is going straight ahead or turning left; and if the road the driver is leaving ends at a T-intersection opposite the road-related area or adjacent land and the driver is crossing the continuing road—any vehicle on the continuing road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.75-ssec.2) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.\n- (a) any pedestrian on the road; and\n- (b) any vehicle or pedestrian on any road-related area that the driver crosses or enters; and\n- (c) if the driver is turning right from the road—any oncoming vehicle on the road that is going straight ahead or turning left; and\n- (d) if the road the driver is leaving ends at a T-intersection opposite the road-related area or adjacent land and the driver is crossing the continuing road—any vehicle on the continuing road.","sortOrder":102},{"sectionNumber":"pt.7-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Keeping clear of and giving way to particular vehicles","content":"## Keeping clear of and giving way to particular vehicles","sortOrder":103},{"sectionNumber":"sec.76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping clear of trams travelling in tram lanes etc.","content":"### sec.76 Keeping clear of trams travelling in tram lanes etc.\n\nA driver must not move into the path of an approaching tram travelling in a tram lane, or on tram tracks marked along the left side of the tracks by a broken or continuous yellow line parallel to the tracks.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf a driver is in the path of an approaching tram travelling in a tram lane, or on tram tracks marked along the left side of the tracks by a broken or continuous yellow line parallel to the tracks, the driver must move out of the path of the tram as soon as the driver can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n(sec.76-ssec.1) A driver must not move into the path of an approaching tram travelling in a tram lane, or on tram tracks marked along the left side of the tracks by a broken or continuous yellow line parallel to the tracks. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.76-ssec.2) If a driver is in the path of an approaching tram travelling in a tram lane, or on tram tracks marked along the left side of the tracks by a broken or continuous yellow line parallel to the tracks, the driver must move out of the path of the tram as soon as the driver can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.76-ssec.3) In this section— tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.","sortOrder":104},{"sectionNumber":"sec.77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way to buses","content":"### sec.77 Giving way to buses\n\nA driver driving on a length of road in a built-up area where the speed limit applying to the driver is not more than 70km/h, in the left lane or left line of traffic, or in a bicycle lane on the far left side of the road, must give way to a bus in front of the driver if—\nthe bus has stopped, or is moving slowly, at the far left side of the road or in a bus-stop bay; and\nthe bus displays a give way to buses sign and the right direction indicator lights of the bus are operating; and\nthe bus is about to enter or proceed in the lane or line of traffic in which the driver is driving.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nleft lane , of a road, means—\nthe marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road (the first lane ) or, if the first lane is a bicycle lane, the marked lane next to the first lane; or\nif there is an obstruction in the first lane (for example, a parked car or roadworks) and the first lane is not a bicycle lane—the marked lane next to the first lane.\nleft line of traffic , for a road, means the line of traffic nearest to the far left side of the road.\n(sec.77-ssec.1) A driver driving on a length of road in a built-up area where the speed limit applying to the driver is not more than 70km/h, in the left lane or left line of traffic, or in a bicycle lane on the far left side of the road, must give way to a bus in front of the driver if— the bus has stopped, or is moving slowly, at the far left side of the road or in a bus-stop bay; and the bus displays a give way to buses sign and the right direction indicator lights of the bus are operating; and the bus is about to enter or proceed in the lane or line of traffic in which the driver is driving. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.77-ssec.2) In this section— left lane , of a road, means— the marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road (the first lane ) or, if the first lane is a bicycle lane, the marked lane next to the first lane; or if there is an obstruction in the first lane (for example, a parked car or roadworks) and the first lane is not a bicycle lane—the marked lane next to the first lane. left line of traffic , for a road, means the line of traffic nearest to the far left side of the road.\n- (a) the bus has stopped, or is moving slowly, at the far left side of the road or in a bus-stop bay; and\n- (b) the bus displays a give way to buses sign and the right direction indicator lights of the bus are operating; and\n- (c) the bus is about to enter or proceed in the lane or line of traffic in which the driver is driving.\n- (a) the marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road (the first lane ) or, if the first lane is a bicycle lane, the marked lane next to the first lane; or\n- (b) if there is an obstruction in the first lane (for example, a parked car or roadworks) and the first lane is not a bicycle lane—the marked lane next to the first lane.","sortOrder":105},{"sectionNumber":"sec.78","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping clear of police and emergency vehicles","content":"### sec.78 Keeping clear of police and emergency vehicles\n\nA driver must not move into the path of an approaching police vehicle or emergency vehicle that is displaying a flashing blue or red light (whether or not it is also displaying other lights) or sounding an alarm.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf a driver is in the path of an approaching police vehicle or emergency vehicle that is displaying a flashing blue or red light (whether or not it is also displaying other lights) or sounding an alarm, the driver must move out of the path of the vehicle as soon as the driver can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section applies to the driver despite any other section of this regulation.\ns 78 amd 2018 SL No. 144 s 5\n(sec.78-ssec.1) A driver must not move into the path of an approaching police vehicle or emergency vehicle that is displaying a flashing blue or red light (whether or not it is also displaying other lights) or sounding an alarm. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.78-ssec.2) If a driver is in the path of an approaching police vehicle or emergency vehicle that is displaying a flashing blue or red light (whether or not it is also displaying other lights) or sounding an alarm, the driver must move out of the path of the vehicle as soon as the driver can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.78-ssec.3) This section applies to the driver despite any other section of this regulation.","sortOrder":106},{"sectionNumber":"sec.78A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approaching and passing emergency response vehicles","content":"### sec.78A Approaching and passing emergency response vehicles\n\nThis section applies to a driver, other than the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, approaching an emergency response vehicle that is—\nparked on a road on which the driver is driving; and\ndisplaying a flashing warning light.\nIf the driver is driving on a multi-lane road, the driver must not drive past the emergency response vehicle unless—\nthe driver passes the emergency response vehicle in a clear lane of the road leaving at least 1 other clear lane between the driver’s vehicle and the emergency response vehicle; or\nif the circumstances mentioned in subsection (3) apply to the driver when passing the emergency response vehicle—\nthe driver’s vehicle is a sufficient distance from the emergency response vehicle, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person to avoid a collision with the vehicle or person; and\nthe driver drives at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any associated person.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nFor subsection (2) (b) , the circumstances are—\nit is not safe or practicable for the driver to drive past the emergency response vehicle leaving at least 1 clear lane; or\nthe driver is complying with a direction of—\nan authorised officer; or\nan authorised officer under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or\nthe driver is turning at an intersection; or\nthe driver is entering or leaving a roundabout; or\nthere are roadworks near the emergency response vehicle and the driver has not passed the end of the roadworks.\nIf the driver is driving on a road that is not a multi-lane road, the driver must not drive past the emergency response vehicle unless, when passing the emergency response vehicle—\nthe driver’s vehicle is a sufficient distance from the emergency response vehicle, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person to avoid a collision with the vehicle or person; and\nthe driver drives at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any associated person.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nThe driver does not commit an offence against this section if the driver is driving on a road divided by a median strip and the emergency response vehicle is on the other side of the road beyond the median strip.\nIn this section—\napproaching , for a driver, means approaching from any direction.\nassociated parked vehicle , in relation to an emergency response vehicle that is parked on a road and displaying a flashing warning light, means—\nanother vehicle, other than an emergency response vehicle, parked on the road in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle; or\nanother emergency response vehicle that is parked on the road in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle and not displaying a flashing warning light.\nassociated person , in relation to an emergency response vehicle that is parked on a road and displaying a flashing warning light, includes—\nthe driver and a passenger of the emergency response vehicle; and\nthe driver and a passenger of an associated parked vehicle; and\nanother person in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle.\nclear lane , for a multi-lane road, means a marked lane of the road, other than a bicycle lane, if no part of an emergency response vehicle that is parked on the road and displaying a flashing warning light, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person is in the lane.\ns 78A ins 2022 SL No. 122 s 11\namd 2022 SL No. 142 s 33\n(sec.78A-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver, other than the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, approaching an emergency response vehicle that is— parked on a road on which the driver is driving; and displaying a flashing warning light.\n(sec.78A-ssec.2) If the driver is driving on a multi-lane road, the driver must not drive past the emergency response vehicle unless— the driver passes the emergency response vehicle in a clear lane of the road leaving at least 1 other clear lane between the driver’s vehicle and the emergency response vehicle; or if the circumstances mentioned in subsection (3) apply to the driver when passing the emergency response vehicle— the driver’s vehicle is a sufficient distance from the emergency response vehicle, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person to avoid a collision with the vehicle or person; and the driver drives at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any associated person. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.78A-ssec.3) For subsection (2) (b) , the circumstances are— it is not safe or practicable for the driver to drive past the emergency response vehicle leaving at least 1 clear lane; or the driver is complying with a direction of— an authorised officer; or an authorised officer under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or the driver is turning at an intersection; or the driver is entering or leaving a roundabout; or there are roadworks near the emergency response vehicle and the driver has not passed the end of the roadworks.\n(sec.78A-ssec.4) If the driver is driving on a road that is not a multi-lane road, the driver must not drive past the emergency response vehicle unless, when passing the emergency response vehicle— the driver’s vehicle is a sufficient distance from the emergency response vehicle, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person to avoid a collision with the vehicle or person; and the driver drives at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any associated person. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.78A-ssec.5) The driver does not commit an offence against this section if the driver is driving on a road divided by a median strip and the emergency response vehicle is on the other side of the road beyond the median strip.\n(sec.78A-ssec.6) In this section— approaching , for a driver, means approaching from any direction. associated parked vehicle , in relation to an emergency response vehicle that is parked on a road and displaying a flashing warning light, means— another vehicle, other than an emergency response vehicle, parked on the road in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle; or another emergency response vehicle that is parked on the road in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle and not displaying a flashing warning light. associated person , in relation to an emergency response vehicle that is parked on a road and displaying a flashing warning light, includes— the driver and a passenger of the emergency response vehicle; and the driver and a passenger of an associated parked vehicle; and another person in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle. clear lane , for a multi-lane road, means a marked lane of the road, other than a bicycle lane, if no part of an emergency response vehicle that is parked on the road and displaying a flashing warning light, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person is in the lane.\n- (a) parked on a road on which the driver is driving; and\n- (b) displaying a flashing warning light.\n- (a) the driver passes the emergency response vehicle in a clear lane of the road leaving at least 1 other clear lane between the driver’s vehicle and the emergency response vehicle; or\n- (b) if the circumstances mentioned in subsection (3) apply to the driver when passing the emergency response vehicle— (i) the driver’s vehicle is a sufficient distance from the emergency response vehicle, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person to avoid a collision with the vehicle or person; and (ii) the driver drives at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any associated person.\n- (i) the driver’s vehicle is a sufficient distance from the emergency response vehicle, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person to avoid a collision with the vehicle or person; and\n- (ii) the driver drives at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any associated person.\n- (i) the driver’s vehicle is a sufficient distance from the emergency response vehicle, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person to avoid a collision with the vehicle or person; and\n- (ii) the driver drives at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any associated person.\n- (a) it is not safe or practicable for the driver to drive past the emergency response vehicle leaving at least 1 clear lane; or\n- (b) the driver is complying with a direction of— (i) an authorised officer; or (ii) an authorised officer under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or\n- (i) an authorised officer; or\n- (ii) an authorised officer under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or\n- (c) the driver is turning at an intersection; or\n- (d) the driver is entering or leaving a roundabout; or\n- (e) there are roadworks near the emergency response vehicle and the driver has not passed the end of the roadworks.\n- (i) an authorised officer; or\n- (ii) an authorised officer under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle is a sufficient distance from the emergency response vehicle, an associated parked vehicle or an associated person to avoid a collision with the vehicle or person; and\n- (b) the driver drives at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any associated person.\n- (a) another vehicle, other than an emergency response vehicle, parked on the road in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle; or\n- (b) another emergency response vehicle that is parked on the road in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle and not displaying a flashing warning light.\n- (a) the driver and a passenger of the emergency response vehicle; and\n- (b) the driver and a passenger of an associated parked vehicle; and\n- (c) another person in the immediate vicinity of the emergency response vehicle.","sortOrder":107},{"sectionNumber":"sec.79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way to police and emergency vehicles","content":"### sec.79 Giving way to police and emergency vehicles\n\nA driver must give way to a police vehicle or emergency vehicle that is displaying a flashing blue or red light (whether or not it is also displaying other lights) or sounding an alarm.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section applies to the driver despite any other section that would otherwise require the driver of a police vehicle or emergency vehicle to give way to the driver.\ns 79 amd 2018 SL No. 144 s 6\n(sec.79-ssec.1) A driver must give way to a police vehicle or emergency vehicle that is displaying a flashing blue or red light (whether or not it is also displaying other lights) or sounding an alarm. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.79-ssec.2) This section applies to the driver despite any other section that would otherwise require the driver of a police vehicle or emergency vehicle to give way to the driver.","sortOrder":108},{"sectionNumber":"sec.79A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way to escorted vehicles","content":"### sec.79A Giving way to escorted vehicles\n\nA driver must give way to an oversize vehicle that is being escorted by a pilot or escort vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section applies to the driver despite any other section that would otherwise require the driver of an oversize vehicle to give way to the driver.\n(sec.79A-ssec.1) A driver must give way to an oversize vehicle that is being escorted by a pilot or escort vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.79A-ssec.2) This section applies to the driver despite any other section that would otherwise require the driver of an oversize vehicle to give way to the driver.","sortOrder":109},{"sectionNumber":"pt.7-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Crossings and shared zones","content":"## Crossings and shared zones","sortOrder":110},{"sectionNumber":"sec.80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping at a children’s crossing","content":"### sec.80 Stopping at a children’s crossing\n\nA driver approaching a children’s crossing must drive at a speed at which the driver can, if necessary, stop safely before the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver approaching or at a children’s crossing must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line at the crossing if—\na hand-held stop sign is displayed at the crossing; or\na pedestrian, or a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, is on or entering the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf a driver stops at a children’s crossing for a hand-held stop sign, the driver must not proceed until—\nthere is no pedestrian, or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing; and\nthe holder of the sign—\nno longer displays the sign towards the driver; or\notherwise indicates that the driver may proceed.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf a driver stops at a children’s crossing for a pedestrian or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, the driver must not proceed until there is no pedestrian, or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, if a children’s crossing extends across a road with a dividing strip, the part of the children’s crossing on each side of the dividing strip is taken to be a separate children’s crossing.\nA children’s crossing is an area of a road—\nat a place with stop lines marked on the road, and—\nchildren crossing flags; or\nchildren’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; and\nindicated by—\n2 red and white posts erected on each side of the road; or\n2 parallel continuous or broken lines on the road surface from 1 side of the road completely or partly across the road; and\nextending across the road between the posts or lines.\ns 80 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 9 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 34\n(sec.80-ssec.1) A driver approaching a children’s crossing must drive at a speed at which the driver can, if necessary, stop safely before the crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.80-ssec.2) A driver approaching or at a children’s crossing must stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line at the crossing if— a hand-held stop sign is displayed at the crossing; or a pedestrian, or a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, is on or entering the crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.80-ssec.3) If a driver stops at a children’s crossing for a hand-held stop sign, the driver must not proceed until— there is no pedestrian, or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing; and the holder of the sign— no longer displays the sign towards the driver; or otherwise indicates that the driver may proceed. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.80-ssec.4) If a driver stops at a children’s crossing for a pedestrian or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, the driver must not proceed until there is no pedestrian, or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.80-ssec.5) For this section, if a children’s crossing extends across a road with a dividing strip, the part of the children’s crossing on each side of the dividing strip is taken to be a separate children’s crossing.\n(sec.80-ssec.6) A children’s crossing is an area of a road— at a place with stop lines marked on the road, and— children crossing flags; or children’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; and indicated by— 2 red and white posts erected on each side of the road; or 2 parallel continuous or broken lines on the road surface from 1 side of the road completely or partly across the road; and extending across the road between the posts or lines.\n- (a) a hand-held stop sign is displayed at the crossing; or\n- (b) a pedestrian, or a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, is on or entering the crossing.\n- (a) there is no pedestrian, or rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing; and\n- (b) the holder of the sign— (i) no longer displays the sign towards the driver; or (ii) otherwise indicates that the driver may proceed.\n- (i) no longer displays the sign towards the driver; or\n- (ii) otherwise indicates that the driver may proceed.\n- (i) no longer displays the sign towards the driver; or\n- (ii) otherwise indicates that the driver may proceed.\n- (a) at a place with stop lines marked on the road, and— (i) children crossing flags; or (ii) children’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; and\n- (i) children crossing flags; or\n- (ii) children’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; and\n- (b) indicated by— (i) 2 red and white posts erected on each side of the road; or (ii) 2 parallel continuous or broken lines on the road surface from 1 side of the road completely or partly across the road; and\n- (i) 2 red and white posts erected on each side of the road; or\n- (ii) 2 parallel continuous or broken lines on the road surface from 1 side of the road completely or partly across the road; and\n- (c) extending across the road between the posts or lines.\n- (i) children crossing flags; or\n- (ii) children’s crossing signs and twin yellow lights; and\n- (i) 2 red and white posts erected on each side of the road; or\n- (ii) 2 parallel continuous or broken lines on the road surface from 1 side of the road completely or partly across the road; and","sortOrder":111},{"sectionNumber":"sec.81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at a pedestrian crossing","content":"### sec.81 Giving way at a pedestrian crossing\n\nA driver approaching a pedestrian crossing must drive at a speed at which the driver can, if necessary, stop safely before the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering a pedestrian crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA pedestrian crossing is an area of a road—\nat a place with white stripes on the road surface that—\nrun lengthwise along the road; and\nare of approximately the same length; and\nare approximately parallel to each other; and\nare in a row that extends completely, or partly, across the road; and\nwith or without either or both of the following—\na pedestrian crossing sign;\nalternating flashing twin yellow lights.\ns 81 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 10 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 10 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 35\n(sec.81-ssec.1) A driver approaching a pedestrian crossing must drive at a speed at which the driver can, if necessary, stop safely before the crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.81-ssec.2) A driver must give way to any pedestrian, or any rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering a pedestrian crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.81-ssec.3) A pedestrian crossing is an area of a road— at a place with white stripes on the road surface that— run lengthwise along the road; and are of approximately the same length; and are approximately parallel to each other; and are in a row that extends completely, or partly, across the road; and with or without either or both of the following— a pedestrian crossing sign; alternating flashing twin yellow lights.\n- (a) at a place with white stripes on the road surface that— (i) run lengthwise along the road; and (ii) are of approximately the same length; and (iii) are approximately parallel to each other; and (iv) are in a row that extends completely, or partly, across the road; and\n- (i) run lengthwise along the road; and\n- (ii) are of approximately the same length; and\n- (iii) are approximately parallel to each other; and\n- (iv) are in a row that extends completely, or partly, across the road; and\n- (b) with or without either or both of the following— (i) a pedestrian crossing sign; (ii) alternating flashing twin yellow lights. Examples— Pedestrian crossing sign Example 1 Giving way to a pedestrian on a pedestrian crossing Example 2 Giving way to a pedestrian on a pedestrian crossing at a slip lane In each of these examples, the driver must give way to the pedestrian on the crossing.\n- (i) a pedestrian crossing sign;\n- (ii) alternating flashing twin yellow lights.\n- (i) run lengthwise along the road; and\n- (ii) are of approximately the same length; and\n- (iii) are approximately parallel to each other; and\n- (iv) are in a row that extends completely, or partly, across the road; and\n- (i) a pedestrian crossing sign;\n- (ii) alternating flashing twin yellow lights.","sortOrder":112},{"sectionNumber":"sec.82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Overtaking or passing a vehicle at a children’s crossing or pedestrian crossing","content":"### sec.82 Overtaking or passing a vehicle at a children’s crossing or pedestrian crossing\n\nA driver approaching a children’s crossing, or pedestrian crossing, must not overtake or pass a vehicle that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and is stopping, or has stopped, to give way to a pedestrian, or a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, on or entering the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 82 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 11 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 11 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 36","sortOrder":113},{"sectionNumber":"sec.83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way to pedestrians in a shared zone","content":"### sec.83 Giving way to pedestrians in a shared zone\n\nA driver driving in a shared zone must give way to any pedestrian in the zone.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":114},{"sectionNumber":"pt.7-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Other give way rules","content":"## Other give way rules","sortOrder":115},{"sectionNumber":"sec.84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when driving through a break in a dividing strip","content":"### sec.84 Giving way when driving through a break in a dividing strip\n\nIf a driver drives through a break in a dividing strip that has no stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line, the driver must give way to—\nany tram on the dividing strip; and\nany vehicle travelling on the part of the road the driver is entering (except a vehicle to which a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line, applies).\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n(sec.84-ssec.1) If a driver drives through a break in a dividing strip that has no stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line, the driver must give way to— any tram on the dividing strip; and any vehicle travelling on the part of the road the driver is entering (except a vehicle to which a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line, applies). Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.84-ssec.2) In this section— tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n- (a) any tram on the dividing strip; and\n- (b) any vehicle travelling on the part of the road the driver is entering (except a vehicle to which a stop sign, stop line, give way sign, or give way line, applies).","sortOrder":116},{"sectionNumber":"sec.85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way on a painted island","content":"### sec.85 Giving way on a painted island\n\nA driver entering a turning lane from a painted island must give way to any vehicle—\nin the turning lane; or\nentering the turning lane from the marked lane, or line of traffic, immediately adjacent to the turning lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 85 amd 2024 SL No. 225 s 5\n- (a) in the turning lane; or\n- (b) entering the turning lane from the marked lane, or line of traffic, immediately adjacent to the turning lane.","sortOrder":117},{"sectionNumber":"sec.86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way in median turning bays","content":"### sec.86 Giving way in median turning bays\n\nA driver entering a median turning bay must give way to any oncoming vehicle already in the turning bay.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nmedian turning bay means a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane—\nto which a median turning lane sign applies; or\nwhere traffic lane arrows applying to the lane indicate that vehicles travelling in opposite directions must turn right.\n(sec.86-ssec.1) A driver entering a median turning bay must give way to any oncoming vehicle already in the turning bay. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.86-ssec.2) In this section— median turning bay means a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane— to which a median turning lane sign applies; or where traffic lane arrows applying to the lane indicate that vehicles travelling in opposite directions must turn right.\n- (a) to which a median turning lane sign applies; or\n- (b) where traffic lane arrows applying to the lane indicate that vehicles travelling in opposite directions must turn right.","sortOrder":118},{"sectionNumber":"sec.87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when moving from a side of a road or a median strip parking area","content":"### sec.87 Giving way when moving from a side of a road or a median strip parking area\n\nA driver entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from the far left or right side of a road must give way to any vehicle travelling in the lane or line of traffic.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, the driver of a bus does not have to give way to a vehicle if—\nthe driver of the vehicle is required to give way to the bus under section 77 ; and\nit is safe for the bus to enter the lane or line of traffic in which the vehicle is driving.\nA driver turning from a median strip parking area into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, must give way to any vehicle travelling in the lane or line of traffic.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.87-ssec.1) A driver entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from the far left or right side of a road must give way to any vehicle travelling in the lane or line of traffic. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.87-ssec.2) However, the driver of a bus does not have to give way to a vehicle if— the driver of the vehicle is required to give way to the bus under section 77 ; and it is safe for the bus to enter the lane or line of traffic in which the vehicle is driving.\n(sec.87-ssec.3) A driver turning from a median strip parking area into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, must give way to any vehicle travelling in the lane or line of traffic. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.87-ssec.4) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) the driver of the vehicle is required to give way to the bus under section 77 ; and\n- (b) it is safe for the bus to enter the lane or line of traffic in which the vehicle is driving.","sortOrder":119},{"sectionNumber":"pt.8","sectionType":"part","heading":"Traffic signs and road markings","content":"# Traffic signs and road markings","sortOrder":120},{"sectionNumber":"pt.8-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Traffic signs and road markings at intersections and other places","content":"## Traffic signs and road markings at intersections and other places","sortOrder":121},{"sectionNumber":"sec.88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Left turn signs","content":"### sec.88 Left turn signs\n\nIf there is a left turn only sign at an intersection, a driver must turn left at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is a left lane must turn left sign at an intersection, a driver who is in the left marked lane when entering the intersection must turn left at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.88-ssec.1) If there is a left turn only sign at an intersection, a driver must turn left at the intersection. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.88-ssec.2) If there is a left lane must turn left sign at an intersection, a driver who is in the left marked lane when entering the intersection must turn left at the intersection. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":122},{"sectionNumber":"sec.89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Right turn signs","content":"### sec.89 Right turn signs\n\nIf there is a right turn only sign at an intersection, a driver must turn right at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is a right lane must turn right sign at an intersection, a driver who is in the right marked lane when entering the intersection must turn right at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nturn right does not include make a U-turn.\n(sec.89-ssec.1) If there is a right turn only sign at an intersection, a driver must turn right at the intersection. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.89-ssec.2) If there is a right lane must turn right sign at an intersection, a driver who is in the right marked lane when entering the intersection must turn right at the intersection. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.89-ssec.3) In this section— turn right does not include make a U-turn.","sortOrder":123},{"sectionNumber":"sec.90","sectionType":"section","heading":"No turns signs","content":"### sec.90 No turns signs\n\nIf there is a no turns sign at an intersection, a driver must not turn left or right, or make a U-turn, at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":124},{"sectionNumber":"sec.91","sectionType":"section","heading":"No left turn and no right turn signs","content":"### sec.91 No left turn and no right turn signs\n\nIf there is a no left turn sign at an intersection, or another place on a road, a driver must not turn left at the intersection or place.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is a no right turn sign at an intersection, or another place on a road, a driver must not turn right or make a U-turn at the intersection or place.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, a driver may make a U-turn at the intersection or place if there is a U-turn permitted sign at the intersection or place.\n(sec.91-ssec.1) If there is a no left turn sign at an intersection, or another place on a road, a driver must not turn left at the intersection or place. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.91-ssec.2) If there is a no right turn sign at an intersection, or another place on a road, a driver must not turn right or make a U-turn at the intersection or place. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.91-ssec.3) However, a driver may make a U-turn at the intersection or place if there is a U-turn permitted sign at the intersection or place.","sortOrder":125},{"sectionNumber":"sec.92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic lane arrows","content":"### sec.92 Traffic lane arrows\n\nIf a driver is driving in a marked lane at an intersection (except a roundabout) and there are traffic lane arrows applying to the lane, the driver must—\nif the arrows indicate a single direction—drive in that direction; or\nif the arrows indicate 2 or more directions—drive in 1 of those directions.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, this section does not apply to a driver if—\nthe arrows indicate a direction to the right (whether or not they also indicate another direction) at an intersection and the driver is making a U-turn at the intersection; or\na traffic sign indicates that the driver may drive in a direction different to that indicated by the traffic lane arrows; or\nthe driver is driving in the direction indicated by traffic lane arrows that apply to 1 or more marked lanes and there is an obstruction in each of those lanes; or\nthe driver is turning at an intersection in accordance with section 28 (2) or 32 (2) .\nThe existence of a bicycle storage area in a marked lane does not alter a driver’s obligation to comply with this section.\n(sec.92-ssec.1) If a driver is driving in a marked lane at an intersection (except a roundabout) and there are traffic lane arrows applying to the lane, the driver must— if the arrows indicate a single direction—drive in that direction; or if the arrows indicate 2 or more directions—drive in 1 of those directions. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.92-ssec.2) However, this section does not apply to a driver if— the arrows indicate a direction to the right (whether or not they also indicate another direction) at an intersection and the driver is making a U-turn at the intersection; or a traffic sign indicates that the driver may drive in a direction different to that indicated by the traffic lane arrows; or the driver is driving in the direction indicated by traffic lane arrows that apply to 1 or more marked lanes and there is an obstruction in each of those lanes; or the driver is turning at an intersection in accordance with section 28 (2) or 32 (2) .\n(sec.92-ssec.3) The existence of a bicycle storage area in a marked lane does not alter a driver’s obligation to comply with this section.\n- (a) if the arrows indicate a single direction—drive in that direction; or\n- (b) if the arrows indicate 2 or more directions—drive in 1 of those directions.\n- (a) the arrows indicate a direction to the right (whether or not they also indicate another direction) at an intersection and the driver is making a U-turn at the intersection; or\n- (b) a traffic sign indicates that the driver may drive in a direction different to that indicated by the traffic lane arrows; or\n- (c) the driver is driving in the direction indicated by traffic lane arrows that apply to 1 or more marked lanes and there is an obstruction in each of those lanes; or\n- (d) the driver is turning at an intersection in accordance with section 28 (2) or 32 (2) .","sortOrder":126},{"sectionNumber":"pt.8-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Traffic signs and road markings generally","content":"## Traffic signs and road markings generally","sortOrder":127},{"sectionNumber":"sec.93","sectionType":"section","heading":"No overtaking or passing signs","content":"### sec.93 No overtaking or passing signs\n\nA driver must not—\ndrive past a no overtaking or passing sign if any oncoming vehicle is on the bridge or length of road to which the sign applies; or\novertake a vehicle on a bridge or length of road to which a no overtaking or passing sign applies.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA no overtaking or passing sign on a road applies to the length of road (including a length of road on a bridge) beginning at the sign and ending—\nif information on or with the sign indicates a distance—at that distance past the sign; or\nif the sign applies to a bridge—at the end of the bridge; or\nat an end no overtaking or passing sign on the road.\n(sec.93-ssec.1) A driver must not— drive past a no overtaking or passing sign if any oncoming vehicle is on the bridge or length of road to which the sign applies; or overtake a vehicle on a bridge or length of road to which a no overtaking or passing sign applies. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.93-ssec.2) A no overtaking or passing sign on a road applies to the length of road (including a length of road on a bridge) beginning at the sign and ending— if information on or with the sign indicates a distance—at that distance past the sign; or if the sign applies to a bridge—at the end of the bridge; or at an end no overtaking or passing sign on the road.\n- (a) drive past a no overtaking or passing sign if any oncoming vehicle is on the bridge or length of road to which the sign applies; or\n- (b) overtake a vehicle on a bridge or length of road to which a no overtaking or passing sign applies.\n- (a) if information on or with the sign indicates a distance—at that distance past the sign; or\n- (b) if the sign applies to a bridge—at the end of the bridge; or\n- (c) at an end no overtaking or passing sign on the road.","sortOrder":128},{"sectionNumber":"sec.94","sectionType":"section","heading":"No overtaking on bridge signs","content":"### sec.94 No overtaking on bridge signs\n\nA driver on a bridge with a no overtaking on bridge sign must not overtake a vehicle between the sign and the far end of the bridge.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":129},{"sectionNumber":"sec.95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Emergency stopping lane","content":"### sec.95 Emergency stopping lane\n\nA driver must not drive in an emergency stopping lane unless—\nthe driver needs to drive in the emergency stopping lane to avoid a collision, to stop in the lane, or because the driver’s vehicle is disabled; or\nthe driver is permitted to drive in the emergency stopping lane under another section; or\nthe driver is edge filtering in compliance with section 151B .\nOnly the rider of a motorbike may edge filter.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device.\nIn this regulation—\nemergency stopping lane means a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane, to which an emergency stopping lane only sign applies.\ns 95 amd 2014 SL No. 325 s 8 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 37\n(sec.95-ssec.1) A driver must not drive in an emergency stopping lane unless— the driver needs to drive in the emergency stopping lane to avoid a collision, to stop in the lane, or because the driver’s vehicle is disabled; or the driver is permitted to drive in the emergency stopping lane under another section; or the driver is edge filtering in compliance with section 151B . Only the rider of a motorbike may edge filter. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.95-ssec.2) This section does not apply to the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device.\n(sec.95-ssec.3) In this regulation— emergency stopping lane means a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane, to which an emergency stopping lane only sign applies.\n- (a) the driver needs to drive in the emergency stopping lane to avoid a collision, to stop in the lane, or because the driver’s vehicle is disabled; or\n- (b) the driver is permitted to drive in the emergency stopping lane under another section; or\n- (c) the driver is edge filtering in compliance with section 151B . Note— Only the rider of a motorbike may edge filter.","sortOrder":130},{"sectionNumber":"sec.96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keep clear markings","content":"### sec.96 Keep clear markings\n\nA driver must not stop on an area of a road marked with a keep clear marking.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nkeep clear marking means the words ‘keep clear’ marked across all or part of a road, with or without continuous lines marked across all or part of the road.\n(sec.96-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on an area of a road marked with a keep clear marking. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.96-ssec.2) In this section— keep clear marking means the words ‘keep clear’ marked across all or part of a road, with or without continuous lines marked across all or part of the road.","sortOrder":131},{"sectionNumber":"sec.97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Road access signs","content":"### sec.97 Road access signs\n\nA driver must not drive on a length of road to which a road access sign applies if information on or with the sign indicates that the driver or the driver’s vehicle is not permitted beyond the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA road access sign on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign (including any road into which the length of road merges) and ending—\nif the sign is on a freeway—at an end freeway sign or end road access sign on the road; or\nif the sign is not on a freeway—at the nearer of the following—\nif the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road;\nan end road access sign on the road.\nA road access sign on an access ramp to a freeway applies to the access ramp and the freeway into which the access ramp merges.\n(sec.97-ssec.1) A driver must not drive on a length of road to which a road access sign applies if information on or with the sign indicates that the driver or the driver’s vehicle is not permitted beyond the sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.97-ssec.2) A road access sign on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign (including any road into which the length of road merges) and ending— if the sign is on a freeway—at an end freeway sign or end road access sign on the road; or if the sign is not on a freeway—at the nearer of the following— if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road; an end road access sign on the road. A road access sign on an access ramp to a freeway applies to the access ramp and the freeway into which the access ramp merges.\n- (a) if the sign is on a freeway—at an end freeway sign or end road access sign on the road; or\n- (b) if the sign is not on a freeway—at the nearer of the following— (i) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road; (ii) an end road access sign on the road.\n- (i) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road;\n- (ii) an end road access sign on the road.\n- (i) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road;\n- (ii) an end road access sign on the road.","sortOrder":132},{"sectionNumber":"sec.98","sectionType":"section","heading":"One-way signs","content":"### sec.98 One-way signs\n\nA driver must not drive on a length of road to which a one-way sign applies except in the direction indicated by the arrow on the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA one-way sign on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearer of the following—\na two-way sign on the road;\na keep left sign on the road;\nanother sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the road is a two-way road;\nif the road ends at a T-intersection—the end of the road.\nThis section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike that is a postal vehicle, a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal if the rider—\nis riding on a bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path adjacent to the length of road; and\nis permitted to ride on the bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path under this regulation.\ns 98 amd 2016 SL No. 240 s 5 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 38\n(sec.98-ssec.1) A driver must not drive on a length of road to which a one-way sign applies except in the direction indicated by the arrow on the sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.98-ssec.2) A one-way sign on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearer of the following— a two-way sign on the road; a keep left sign on the road; another sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the road is a two-way road; if the road ends at a T-intersection—the end of the road.\n(sec.98-ssec.3) This section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike that is a postal vehicle, a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal if the rider— is riding on a bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path adjacent to the length of road; and is permitted to ride on the bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path under this regulation.\n- (a) a two-way sign on the road;\n- (b) a keep left sign on the road;\n- (c) another sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the road is a two-way road;\n- (d) if the road ends at a T-intersection—the end of the road.\n- (a) is riding on a bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path adjacent to the length of road; and\n- (b) is permitted to ride on the bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path under this regulation.","sortOrder":133},{"sectionNumber":"sec.99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keep left and keep right signs","content":"### sec.99 Keep left and keep right signs\n\nA driver driving past a keep left sign must drive to the left of the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver driving past a keep right sign must drive to the right of the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike that is a postal vehicle, a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal if the rider—\nis riding on a bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path; and\nis permitted to ride on the bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path under this regulation.\ns 99 amd 2016 SL No. 240 s 6 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 39\n(sec.99-ssec.1) A driver driving past a keep left sign must drive to the left of the sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.99-ssec.2) A driver driving past a keep right sign must drive to the right of the sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.99-ssec.3) This section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike that is a postal vehicle, a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal if the rider— is riding on a bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path; and is permitted to ride on the bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path under this regulation.\n- (a) is riding on a bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path; and\n- (b) is permitted to ride on the bicycle path, footpath, nature strip, separated footpath or shared path under this regulation.","sortOrder":134},{"sectionNumber":"sec.100","sectionType":"section","heading":"No entry signs","content":"### sec.100 No entry signs\n\nA driver must not drive past a no entry sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":135},{"sectionNumber":"sec.101","sectionType":"section","heading":"Hand-held stop signs","content":"### sec.101 Hand-held stop signs\n\nA driver approaching a hand-held stop sign must stop before reaching the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must not proceed until the holder of the sign—\nno longer displays the sign towards the driver; or\notherwise indicates that the driver may proceed.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to a driver approaching or at a hand-held stop sign at a children’s crossing.\n(sec.101-ssec.1) A driver approaching a hand-held stop sign must stop before reaching the sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.101-ssec.2) The driver must not proceed until the holder of the sign— no longer displays the sign towards the driver; or otherwise indicates that the driver may proceed. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.101-ssec.3) This section does not apply to a driver approaching or at a hand-held stop sign at a children’s crossing.\n- (a) no longer displays the sign towards the driver; or\n- (b) otherwise indicates that the driver may proceed.","sortOrder":136},{"sectionNumber":"sec.101A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Safety ramp and arrester bed signs","content":"### sec.101A Safety ramp and arrester bed signs\n\nA driver must not drive on a safety ramp or arrester bed unless it is necessary for the driver to do so in the interests of safety.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\narrester bed means an area to which an arrester bed sign applies.\nsafety ramp means an area to which a safety ramp sign applies.\n(sec.101A-ssec.1) A driver must not drive on a safety ramp or arrester bed unless it is necessary for the driver to do so in the interests of safety. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.101A-ssec.2) In this section— arrester bed means an area to which an arrester bed sign applies. safety ramp means an area to which a safety ramp sign applies.","sortOrder":137},{"sectionNumber":"pt.8-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles","content":"## Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles","sortOrder":138},{"sectionNumber":"sec.102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Clearance and low clearance signs","content":"### sec.102 Clearance and low clearance signs\n\nA driver must not drive past a clearance sign, or a low clearance sign, if the driver’s vehicle, or any vehicle connected to it, is higher than the height (in metres) indicated by the sign.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nvehicle includes any load carried by the vehicle.\ns 102 amd 2011 SL No. 3 s 6\n(sec.102-ssec.1) A driver must not drive past a clearance sign, or a low clearance sign, if the driver’s vehicle, or any vehicle connected to it, is higher than the height (in metres) indicated by the sign. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n(sec.102-ssec.2) In this section— vehicle includes any load carried by the vehicle.","sortOrder":139},{"sectionNumber":"sec.103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Load limit signs","content":"### sec.103 Load limit signs\n\nA driver must not drive past a bridge load limit (gross mass) sign or gross load limit sign if the total of the gross mass (in tonnes) of the driver’s vehicle, and any vehicle connected to it, is more than the gross mass indicated by the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not drive past a bridge load limit (mass per axle group) sign if the mass (in tonnes) carried by an axle group of the driver’s vehicle, or any vehicle connected to it, is more than the mass indicated by the sign for the axle group.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nvehicle includes any load carried by the vehicle.\n(sec.103-ssec.1) A driver must not drive past a bridge load limit (gross mass) sign or gross load limit sign if the total of the gross mass (in tonnes) of the driver’s vehicle, and any vehicle connected to it, is more than the gross mass indicated by the sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.103-ssec.2) A driver must not drive past a bridge load limit (mass per axle group) sign if the mass (in tonnes) carried by an axle group of the driver’s vehicle, or any vehicle connected to it, is more than the mass indicated by the sign for the axle group. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.103-ssec.3) In this section— vehicle includes any load carried by the vehicle.","sortOrder":140},{"sectionNumber":"sec.104","sectionType":"section","heading":"No trucks signs","content":"### sec.104 No trucks signs\n\nA driver (except the driver of a bus) must not contravene a no trucks sign that has information on or with it indicating a mass if the GVM of the driver’s vehicle (or, if the driver is driving a combination, any vehicle in the combination) is more than that mass.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver (except the driver of a bus) must not contravene a no trucks sign that has information on or with it indicating a length if the length of the driver’s vehicle (or, if the driver is driving a combination, the length of the combination) is longer than that length.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a truck must not contravene a no trucks sign that has no information on or with it indicating a mass or length.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIt is a defence to a charge under subsection (1) , (2) or (3) for the driver to prove—\nthe destination of the driver’s vehicle was on or near the road on which the no trucks sign was located; and\nthe driver—\ncould not reach the vehicle’s destination by another route; or\ncould reach the vehicle’s destination by another route only by contravening another no trucks sign in a way mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) or (3) .\nFor subsections (1) to (4) , a driver contravenes a no truck sign by—\nif the sign applies to 1 or more, but not all, marked lanes on a road—driving in a marked lane while the sign applies to the lane; or\notherwise—driving past the sign.\nSubsections (1) to (3) do not apply to—\na driver of a motorised caravan on the Brisbane Urban Corridor or on the part of the Ipswich Motorway between Granard Road and the Albert Street pedestrian bridge at Goodna; or\na driver passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\nIn this section—\nBrisbane Urban Corridor means the route between Archerfield and Wishart consisting of Mt Gravatt–Capalaba Road west of the Gateway Motorway, Kessels Road, Riawena Road and Granard Road.\nmotorised caravan means—\n1 vehicle with a GVM over 4.5t, designed mainly for people to live in; or\na combination of 2 vehicles with a GVM over 4.5t if 1 of the vehicles is designed mainly for people to live in and the other has a GVM of less than 4.5t.\ns 104 amd 2017 SL No. 44 s 8 ; 2022 SL No. 122 s 12\n(sec.104-ssec.1) A driver (except the driver of a bus) must not contravene a no trucks sign that has information on or with it indicating a mass if the GVM of the driver’s vehicle (or, if the driver is driving a combination, any vehicle in the combination) is more than that mass. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.104-ssec.2) A driver (except the driver of a bus) must not contravene a no trucks sign that has information on or with it indicating a length if the length of the driver’s vehicle (or, if the driver is driving a combination, the length of the combination) is longer than that length. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.104-ssec.3) The driver of a truck must not contravene a no trucks sign that has no information on or with it indicating a mass or length. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.104-ssec.4) It is a defence to a charge under subsection (1) , (2) or (3) for the driver to prove— the destination of the driver’s vehicle was on or near the road on which the no trucks sign was located; and the driver— could not reach the vehicle’s destination by another route; or could reach the vehicle’s destination by another route only by contravening another no trucks sign in a way mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) or (3) .\n(sec.104-ssec.5) For subsections (1) to (4) , a driver contravenes a no truck sign by— if the sign applies to 1 or more, but not all, marked lanes on a road—driving in a marked lane while the sign applies to the lane; or otherwise—driving past the sign.\n(sec.104-ssec.6) Subsections (1) to (3) do not apply to— a driver of a motorised caravan on the Brisbane Urban Corridor or on the part of the Ipswich Motorway between Granard Road and the Albert Street pedestrian bridge at Goodna; or a driver passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n(sec.104-ssec.7) In this section— Brisbane Urban Corridor means the route between Archerfield and Wishart consisting of Mt Gravatt–Capalaba Road west of the Gateway Motorway, Kessels Road, Riawena Road and Granard Road. motorised caravan means— 1 vehicle with a GVM over 4.5t, designed mainly for people to live in; or a combination of 2 vehicles with a GVM over 4.5t if 1 of the vehicles is designed mainly for people to live in and the other has a GVM of less than 4.5t.\n- (a) the destination of the driver’s vehicle was on or near the road on which the no trucks sign was located; and\n- (b) the driver— (i) could not reach the vehicle’s destination by another route; or (ii) could reach the vehicle’s destination by another route only by contravening another no trucks sign in a way mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) or (3) .\n- (i) could not reach the vehicle’s destination by another route; or\n- (ii) could reach the vehicle’s destination by another route only by contravening another no trucks sign in a way mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) or (3) .\n- (i) could not reach the vehicle’s destination by another route; or\n- (ii) could reach the vehicle’s destination by another route only by contravening another no trucks sign in a way mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) or (3) .\n- (a) if the sign applies to 1 or more, but not all, marked lanes on a road—driving in a marked lane while the sign applies to the lane; or\n- (b) otherwise—driving past the sign.\n- (a) a driver of a motorised caravan on the Brisbane Urban Corridor or on the part of the Ipswich Motorway between Granard Road and the Albert Street pedestrian bridge at Goodna; or\n- (b) a driver passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n- (a) 1 vehicle with a GVM over 4.5t, designed mainly for people to live in; or\n- (b) a combination of 2 vehicles with a GVM over 4.5t if 1 of the vehicles is designed mainly for people to live in and the other has a GVM of less than 4.5t.","sortOrder":141},{"sectionNumber":"sec.105","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trucks must enter signs","content":"### sec.105 Trucks must enter signs\n\nIf the driver of a truck drives past a trucks must enter sign, the driver must enter the area indicated by information on or with the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":142},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106","sectionType":"section","heading":"No buses signs","content":"### sec.106 No buses signs\n\nThe driver of a bus must not drive past a no buses sign that has information on or with it indicating a mass if the GVM of the bus is more than that mass.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a bus must not drive past a no buses sign that has information on or with it indicating a length if the bus is longer than that length.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a bus must not drive past a no buses sign that has no information on or with it indicating a mass or length.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.106-ssec.1) The driver of a bus must not drive past a no buses sign that has information on or with it indicating a mass if the GVM of the bus is more than that mass. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.106-ssec.2) The driver of a bus must not drive past a no buses sign that has information on or with it indicating a length if the bus is longer than that length. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.106-ssec.3) The driver of a bus must not drive past a no buses sign that has no information on or with it indicating a mass or length. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":143},{"sectionNumber":"sec.107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Buses must enter signs","content":"### sec.107 Buses must enter signs\n\nIf the driver of a bus drives past a buses must enter sign, the driver must enter the area indicated by information on or with the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":144},{"sectionNumber":"sec.108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trucks and buses low gear signs","content":"### sec.108 Trucks and buses low gear signs\n\nIf the driver of a truck or bus is driving on a length of road to which a trucks and buses low gear sign applies, the driver must drive the truck or bus in a gear that is low enough to limit the speed of the truck or bus without the use of a primary brake.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to the driver of a bus if information on or with the sign indicates that it applies only to trucks.\nA trucks and buses low gear sign on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending—\nif information on or with the sign indicates a distance—at that distance on the road from the sign; or\nin any other case—at an end trucks and buses low gear sign on the road.\nIn this section—\nprimary brake means the footbrake, or other brake, fitted to a truck or bus that is normally used to slow or stop the vehicle.\n(sec.108-ssec.1) If the driver of a truck or bus is driving on a length of road to which a trucks and buses low gear sign applies, the driver must drive the truck or bus in a gear that is low enough to limit the speed of the truck or bus without the use of a primary brake. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.108-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the driver of a bus if information on or with the sign indicates that it applies only to trucks.\n(sec.108-ssec.3) A trucks and buses low gear sign on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending— if information on or with the sign indicates a distance—at that distance on the road from the sign; or in any other case—at an end trucks and buses low gear sign on the road.\n(sec.108-ssec.4) In this section— primary brake means the footbrake, or other brake, fitted to a truck or bus that is normally used to slow or stop the vehicle.\n- (a) if information on or with the sign indicates a distance—at that distance on the road from the sign; or\n- (b) in any other case—at an end trucks and buses low gear sign on the road.","sortOrder":145},{"sectionNumber":"pt.9","sectionType":"part","heading":"Roundabouts","content":"# Roundabouts","sortOrder":146},{"sectionNumber":"sec.109","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is a roundabout","content":"### sec.109 What is a roundabout\n\nA roundabout is an intersection—\nwith either—\n1 or more marked lanes, all of which are for the use of vehicles travelling in the same direction around a central traffic island; or\nroom for 1 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction around a central traffic island; and\nwith or without a roundabout sign at each entrance.\n- (a) with either— (i) 1 or more marked lanes, all of which are for the use of vehicles travelling in the same direction around a central traffic island; or (ii) room for 1 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction around a central traffic island; and\n- (i) 1 or more marked lanes, all of which are for the use of vehicles travelling in the same direction around a central traffic island; or\n- (ii) room for 1 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction around a central traffic island; and\n- (b) with or without a roundabout sign at each entrance.\n- (i) 1 or more marked lanes, all of which are for the use of vehicles travelling in the same direction around a central traffic island; or\n- (ii) room for 1 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction around a central traffic island; and","sortOrder":147},{"sectionNumber":"sec.110","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of halfway around a roundabout","content":"### sec.110 Meaning of halfway around a roundabout\n\nA driver leaves a roundabout halfway around the roundabout if the driver leaves the roundabout on a road that is straight ahead, or substantially straight ahead, from the road on which the driver enters the roundabout.","sortOrder":148},{"sectionNumber":"sec.111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entering a roundabout from a multi-lane road or a road with 2 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction","content":"### sec.111 Entering a roundabout from a multi-lane road or a road with 2 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction\n\nA driver entering a roundabout from a multi-lane road, or a road with room for 2 or more lines of traffic (other than animals, bicycles, personal mobility devices or motorbikes) travelling in the same direction as the driver, must enter the roundabout in accordance with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver is to leave the roundabout less than halfway around it, the driver must enter the roundabout—\nfrom the left marked lane; or\nif the road is not a multi-lane road—as near as practicable to the left side of the road.\nIf the driver is to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it, the driver must enter the roundabout from—\nthe right marked lane; or\nif the road is not a multi-lane road—the left of, parallel to, and as near as practicable to, the dividing line or median strip of the road.\nIf the driver is to leave the roundabout halfway around it, the driver may enter the roundabout from—\nany marked lane; or\nif the road is not a multi-lane road—any part of the road on which vehicles travelling in the same direction as the driver may travel.\nDespite subsections (2) to (4) , if the driver is entering the roundabout from a marked lane and there are traffic lane arrows applying to the lane, the driver must—\nif the arrows indicate a single direction—drive in that direction after entering the roundabout; or\nif the arrows indicate 2 or more directions—drive in 1 of those directions after entering the roundabout.\nSubsection (2) (b) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device.\nSubsection (3) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\nSubsection (5) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal if the rider is to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it.\nDespite subsection (2) , a driver may approach and enter the roundabout from the marked lane next to the left lane as well as, or instead of, the left lane if—\nthe driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is at least 7.5m long; and\nthe vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\nany part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the roundabout; and\nit is not practicable for the driver to leave the roundabout less than halfway around it from within the left lane; and\nthe driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely leave the roundabout less than halfway around it by occupying the next marked lane or both lanes.\nDespite subsection (3) , a driver may approach and enter the roundabout from the marked lane next to the right lane as well as, or instead of, the right lane if—\nthe driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is at least 7.5m long; and\nthe vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\nany part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the roundabout; and\nit is not practicable for the driver to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it from within the right lane; and\nthe driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely leave the roundabout more than halfway around it by occupying the next marked lane or both lanes.\nIn this section—\nleft lane means—\nthe marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road; or\nif there is an obstruction, including, for example, a parked car or roadworks in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.\nmarked lane , for a driver, does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is not permitted to drive.\nright lane means—\nthe marked lane nearest to the dividing line or median strip of the road; or\nif there is an obstruction, including, for example, a parked car or roadworks in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.\ns 111 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 12 ; 2022 Act No. 19 s 31 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 40\n(sec.111-ssec.1) A driver entering a roundabout from a multi-lane road, or a road with room for 2 or more lines of traffic (other than animals, bicycles, personal mobility devices or motorbikes) travelling in the same direction as the driver, must enter the roundabout in accordance with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.111-ssec.2) If the driver is to leave the roundabout less than halfway around it, the driver must enter the roundabout— from the left marked lane; or if the road is not a multi-lane road—as near as practicable to the left side of the road.\n(sec.111-ssec.3) If the driver is to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it, the driver must enter the roundabout from— the right marked lane; or if the road is not a multi-lane road—the left of, parallel to, and as near as practicable to, the dividing line or median strip of the road.\n(sec.111-ssec.4) If the driver is to leave the roundabout halfway around it, the driver may enter the roundabout from— any marked lane; or if the road is not a multi-lane road—any part of the road on which vehicles travelling in the same direction as the driver may travel.\n(sec.111-ssec.5) Despite subsections (2) to (4) , if the driver is entering the roundabout from a marked lane and there are traffic lane arrows applying to the lane, the driver must— if the arrows indicate a single direction—drive in that direction after entering the roundabout; or if the arrows indicate 2 or more directions—drive in 1 of those directions after entering the roundabout.\n(sec.111-ssec.5A) Subsection (2) (b) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device.\n(sec.111-ssec.6) Subsection (3) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\n(sec.111-ssec.7) Subsection (5) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal if the rider is to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it.\n(sec.111-ssec.8) Despite subsection (2) , a driver may approach and enter the roundabout from the marked lane next to the left lane as well as, or instead of, the left lane if— the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is at least 7.5m long; and the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and any part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the roundabout; and it is not practicable for the driver to leave the roundabout less than halfway around it from within the left lane; and the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely leave the roundabout less than halfway around it by occupying the next marked lane or both lanes.\n(sec.111-ssec.9) Despite subsection (3) , a driver may approach and enter the roundabout from the marked lane next to the right lane as well as, or instead of, the right lane if— the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is at least 7.5m long; and the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and any part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the roundabout; and it is not practicable for the driver to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it from within the right lane; and the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely leave the roundabout more than halfway around it by occupying the next marked lane or both lanes.\n(sec.111-ssec.10) In this section— left lane means— the marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road; or if there is an obstruction, including, for example, a parked car or roadworks in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed. marked lane , for a driver, does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is not permitted to drive. right lane means— the marked lane nearest to the dividing line or median strip of the road; or if there is an obstruction, including, for example, a parked car or roadworks in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.\n- (a) from the left marked lane; or\n- (b) if the road is not a multi-lane road—as near as practicable to the left side of the road.\n- (a) the right marked lane; or\n- (b) if the road is not a multi-lane road—the left of, parallel to, and as near as practicable to, the dividing line or median strip of the road.\n- (a) any marked lane; or\n- (b) if the road is not a multi-lane road—any part of the road on which vehicles travelling in the same direction as the driver may travel.\n- (a) if the arrows indicate a single direction—drive in that direction after entering the roundabout; or\n- (b) if the arrows indicate 2 or more directions—drive in 1 of those directions after entering the roundabout.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is at least 7.5m long; and\n- (b) the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\n- (c) any part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the roundabout; and\n- (d) it is not practicable for the driver to leave the roundabout less than halfway around it from within the left lane; and\n- (e) the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely leave the roundabout less than halfway around it by occupying the next marked lane or both lanes.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle, together with any load or projection, is at least 7.5m long; and\n- (b) the vehicle displays a do not overtake turning vehicle sign; and\n- (c) any part of the vehicle is within 50m of the nearest point of the roundabout; and\n- (d) it is not practicable for the driver to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it from within the right lane; and\n- (e) the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and can safely leave the roundabout more than halfway around it by occupying the next marked lane or both lanes.\n- (a) the marked lane nearest to the far left side of the road; or\n- (b) if there is an obstruction, including, for example, a parked car or roadworks in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.\n- (a) the marked lane nearest to the dividing line or median strip of the road; or\n- (b) if there is an obstruction, including, for example, a parked car or roadworks in that marked lane—the marked lane nearest to that marked lane that is not obstructed.","sortOrder":149},{"sectionNumber":"sec.112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving a left change of direction signal when entering a roundabout","content":"### sec.112 Giving a left change of direction signal when entering a roundabout\n\nThis section applies to a driver entering a roundabout if—\nthe driver is to leave the roundabout at the first exit after entering the roundabout; and\nthe exit is less than halfway around the roundabout.\nBefore entering the roundabout, the driver must give a left change of direction signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and pedestrians.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must continue to give the change of direction signal until the driver has left the roundabout.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to a driver if the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights.\ns 112 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 15\n(sec.112-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver entering a roundabout if— the driver is to leave the roundabout at the first exit after entering the roundabout; and the exit is less than halfway around the roundabout.\n(sec.112-ssec.2) Before entering the roundabout, the driver must give a left change of direction signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and pedestrians. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.112-ssec.3) The driver must continue to give the change of direction signal until the driver has left the roundabout. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.112-ssec.4) This section does not apply to a driver if the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights.\n- (a) the driver is to leave the roundabout at the first exit after entering the roundabout; and\n- (b) the exit is less than halfway around the roundabout.","sortOrder":150},{"sectionNumber":"sec.113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving a right change of direction signal when entering a roundabout","content":"### sec.113 Giving a right change of direction signal when entering a roundabout\n\nThis section applies to a driver entering a roundabout if the driver is to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it.\nBefore entering the roundabout, the driver must give a right change of direction signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and pedestrians.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must continue to give the change of direction signal while the driver is driving in the roundabout, unless—\nthe driver is changing marked lanes, or entering another line of traffic; or\nthe driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights; or\nthe driver is about to leave the roundabout.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 113 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 16\n(sec.113-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver entering a roundabout if the driver is to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it.\n(sec.113-ssec.2) Before entering the roundabout, the driver must give a right change of direction signal for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and pedestrians. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.113-ssec.3) The driver must continue to give the change of direction signal while the driver is driving in the roundabout, unless— the driver is changing marked lanes, or entering another line of traffic; or the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights; or the driver is about to leave the roundabout. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the driver is changing marked lanes, or entering another line of traffic; or\n- (b) the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights; or\n- (c) the driver is about to leave the roundabout.","sortOrder":151},{"sectionNumber":"sec.114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when entering or driving in a roundabout","content":"### sec.114 Giving way when entering or driving in a roundabout\n\nA driver entering a roundabout must give way to—\nany vehicle in the roundabout; and\na tram that is entering or approaching the roundabout.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver driving in a roundabout must give way to a tram that is in, entering or approaching the roundabout.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n(sec.114-ssec.1) A driver entering a roundabout must give way to— any vehicle in the roundabout; and a tram that is entering or approaching the roundabout. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.114-ssec.2) A driver driving in a roundabout must give way to a tram that is in, entering or approaching the roundabout. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.114-ssec.3) In this section— tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n- (a) any vehicle in the roundabout; and\n- (b) a tram that is entering or approaching the roundabout.","sortOrder":152},{"sectionNumber":"sec.115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving in a roundabout","content":"### sec.115 Driving in a roundabout\n\nA driver driving in a roundabout must drive—\nto the left of the central traffic island in the roundabout; or\nif subsection (2) applies to the driver—on the edge of the central traffic island, to the left of the centre of the island; or\nif subsection (3) applies to the driver—over the central traffic island, as near as practicable to the left of the centre of the island.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis subsection applies to a driver if—\nthe driver’s vehicle is too large to drive in the roundabout without driving on the edge of the central traffic island; and\nthe driver can safely drive on the edge of the central traffic island.\nThis subsection applies to a driver if—\nthe driver’s vehicle is too large to drive in the roundabout without driving over the central traffic island; and\nthe central traffic island is designed to allow a vehicle of that kind to be driven over it; and\nthe driver can safely drive over the central traffic island.\ns 115 amd 2018 SL No. 195 s 12\n(sec.115-ssec.1) A driver driving in a roundabout must drive— to the left of the central traffic island in the roundabout; or if subsection (2) applies to the driver—on the edge of the central traffic island, to the left of the centre of the island; or if subsection (3) applies to the driver—over the central traffic island, as near as practicable to the left of the centre of the island. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.115-ssec.2) This subsection applies to a driver if— the driver’s vehicle is too large to drive in the roundabout without driving on the edge of the central traffic island; and the driver can safely drive on the edge of the central traffic island.\n(sec.115-ssec.3) This subsection applies to a driver if— the driver’s vehicle is too large to drive in the roundabout without driving over the central traffic island; and the central traffic island is designed to allow a vehicle of that kind to be driven over it; and the driver can safely drive over the central traffic island.\n- (a) to the left of the central traffic island in the roundabout; or\n- (b) if subsection (2) applies to the driver—on the edge of the central traffic island, to the left of the centre of the island; or\n- (c) if subsection (3) applies to the driver—over the central traffic island, as near as practicable to the left of the centre of the island.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle is too large to drive in the roundabout without driving on the edge of the central traffic island; and\n- (b) the driver can safely drive on the edge of the central traffic island.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle is too large to drive in the roundabout without driving over the central traffic island; and\n- (b) the central traffic island is designed to allow a vehicle of that kind to be driven over it; and\n- (c) the driver can safely drive over the central traffic island.","sortOrder":153},{"sectionNumber":"sec.116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obeying traffic lane arrows when driving in or leaving a roundabout","content":"### sec.116 Obeying traffic lane arrows when driving in or leaving a roundabout\n\nIf a driver is driving in a marked lane in a roundabout and there are traffic lane arrows applying to the lane, the driver must—\nif the arrows indicate a single direction—drive in or leave the roundabout in that direction; or\nif the arrows indicate 2 or more directions—drive in or leave the roundabout in 1 of those directions.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) if the arrows indicate a single direction—drive in or leave the roundabout in that direction; or\n- (b) if the arrows indicate 2 or more directions—drive in or leave the roundabout in 1 of those directions.","sortOrder":154},{"sectionNumber":"sec.117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving a change of direction signal when changing marked lanes or lines of traffic in a roundabout","content":"### sec.117 Giving a change of direction signal when changing marked lanes or lines of traffic in a roundabout\n\nA driver driving in a roundabout must give a left change of direction signal before the driver changes marked lanes to the left, or enters a part of the roundabout where there is room for another line of traffic to the left, in the roundabout, unless the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver driving in a roundabout must give a right change of direction signal before the driver changes marked lanes to the right, or enters a part of the roundabout where there is room for another line of traffic to the right, in the roundabout.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.117-ssec.1) A driver driving in a roundabout must give a left change of direction signal before the driver changes marked lanes to the left, or enters a part of the roundabout where there is room for another line of traffic to the left, in the roundabout, unless the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.117-ssec.2) A driver driving in a roundabout must give a right change of direction signal before the driver changes marked lanes to the right, or enters a part of the roundabout where there is room for another line of traffic to the right, in the roundabout. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":155},{"sectionNumber":"sec.118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving a left change of direction signal when leaving a roundabout","content":"### sec.118 Giving a left change of direction signal when leaving a roundabout\n\nIf practicable, a driver driving in a roundabout must give a left change of direction signal when leaving the roundabout.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must stop giving the change of direction signal as soon as the driver has left the roundabout.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to a driver if the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights.\n(sec.118-ssec.1) If practicable, a driver driving in a roundabout must give a left change of direction signal when leaving the roundabout. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.118-ssec.2) The driver must stop giving the change of direction signal as soon as the driver has left the roundabout. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.118-ssec.3) This section does not apply to a driver if the driver’s vehicle is not fitted with direction indicator lights.","sortOrder":156},{"sectionNumber":"sec.119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way by the rider of a bicycle, personal mobility device or animal to a vehicle leaving a roundabout","content":"### sec.119 Giving way by the rider of a bicycle, personal mobility device or animal to a vehicle leaving a roundabout\n\nThe rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal who is riding in the far left marked lane of a roundabout with 2 or more marked lanes, or the far left line of traffic in a roundabout with room for 2 or more lines of traffic (other than animals, bicycles, personal mobility devices or motorbikes) must give way to any vehicle leaving the roundabout.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 119 amd 2022 Act No. 19 s 32 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 41","sortOrder":157},{"sectionNumber":"pt.10","sectionType":"part","heading":"Level crossings","content":"# Level crossings","sortOrder":158},{"sectionNumber":"sec.120","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is a level crossing","content":"### sec.120 What is a level crossing\n\nA level crossing —\nis an area (the primary area ) where—\na road and a railway meet at substantially the same level, whether or not there is a level crossing sign on the road at all or any of the entrances to the area; or\na road and tram tracks meet at substantially the same level and that has a level crossing sign on the road at each entrance to the area; and\nincludes any other area adjacent to the primary area that has cross-hatched road markings painted on it.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\ns 120 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 13\n(sec.120-ssec.1) A level crossing — is an area (the primary area ) where— a road and a railway meet at substantially the same level, whether or not there is a level crossing sign on the road at all or any of the entrances to the area; or a road and tram tracks meet at substantially the same level and that has a level crossing sign on the road at each entrance to the area; and includes any other area adjacent to the primary area that has cross-hatched road markings painted on it.\n(sec.120-ssec.2) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.\n- (a) is an area (the primary area ) where— (i) a road and a railway meet at substantially the same level, whether or not there is a level crossing sign on the road at all or any of the entrances to the area; or (ii) a road and tram tracks meet at substantially the same level and that has a level crossing sign on the road at each entrance to the area; and\n- (i) a road and a railway meet at substantially the same level, whether or not there is a level crossing sign on the road at all or any of the entrances to the area; or\n- (ii) a road and tram tracks meet at substantially the same level and that has a level crossing sign on the road at each entrance to the area; and\n- (b) includes any other area adjacent to the primary area that has cross-hatched road markings painted on it.\n- (i) a road and a railway meet at substantially the same level, whether or not there is a level crossing sign on the road at all or any of the entrances to the area; or\n- (ii) a road and tram tracks meet at substantially the same level and that has a level crossing sign on the road at each entrance to the area; and","sortOrder":159},{"sectionNumber":"sec.121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping and giving way at a stop sign at a level crossing","content":"### sec.121 Stopping and giving way at a stop sign at a level crossing\n\nA driver at a level crossing with a stop sign must—\nstop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line or, if there is no stop line, as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop sign; and\ngive way to any train or tram on, approaching or entering the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line or, if there is no stop line, as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop sign; and\n- (b) give way to any train or tram on, approaching or entering the crossing.","sortOrder":160},{"sectionNumber":"sec.122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at a level crossing","content":"### sec.122 Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at a level crossing\n\nA driver at a level crossing with a give way sign or give way line must give way to any train or tram on, approaching or entering the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":161},{"sectionNumber":"sec.123","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entering a level crossing when a train or tram is approaching etc.","content":"### sec.123 Entering a level crossing when a train or tram is approaching etc.\n\nA driver must not enter a level crossing if—\nwarning lights (for example, twin red lights or rotating red lights) are operating or warning bells are ringing; or\na gate, boom or barrier at the crossing is closed or is opening or closing; or\na train or tram is on or entering the crossing; or\na train or tram approaching the crossing can be seen from the crossing, or is sounding a warning, and there would be a danger of a collision with the train or tram if the driver entered the crossing; or\nthe driver can not drive through the crossing because the crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, is blocked.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, may be blocked by congested traffic, a disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between a vehicle and a pedestrian, or by stock on the road.\n- (a) warning lights (for example, twin red lights or rotating red lights) are operating or warning bells are ringing; or\n- (b) a gate, boom or barrier at the crossing is closed or is opening or closing; or\n- (c) a train or tram is on or entering the crossing; or\n- (d) a train or tram approaching the crossing can be seen from the crossing, or is sounding a warning, and there would be a danger of a collision with the train or tram if the driver entered the crossing; or\n- (e) the driver can not drive through the crossing because the crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, is blocked.","sortOrder":162},{"sectionNumber":"sec.124","sectionType":"section","heading":"Leaving a level crossing","content":"### sec.124 Leaving a level crossing\n\nA driver who enters a level crossing must leave the level crossing as soon as the driver can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":163},{"sectionNumber":"pt.11","sectionType":"part","heading":"Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules","content":"# Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules","sortOrder":164},{"sectionNumber":"pt.11-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"General","content":"## General","sortOrder":165},{"sectionNumber":"sec.125","sectionType":"section","heading":"Unreasonably obstructing drivers or pedestrians","content":"### sec.125 Unreasonably obstructing drivers or pedestrians\n\nA driver must not unreasonably obstruct the path of another driver or a pedestrian.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, a driver does not unreasonably obstruct the path of another driver or a pedestrian only because—\nthe driver is stopped in traffic; or\nthe driver is driving more slowly than other vehicles (unless the driver is driving abnormally slowly in the circumstances).\na driver driving at a speed of 20km/h on a length of road to which a speed limit of 80km/h applies when there is no reason for the driver to drive at that speed on the length of road\n(sec.125-ssec.1) A driver must not unreasonably obstruct the path of another driver or a pedestrian. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.125-ssec.2) For this section, a driver does not unreasonably obstruct the path of another driver or a pedestrian only because— the driver is stopped in traffic; or the driver is driving more slowly than other vehicles (unless the driver is driving abnormally slowly in the circumstances). a driver driving at a speed of 20km/h on a length of road to which a speed limit of 80km/h applies when there is no reason for the driver to drive at that speed on the length of road\n- (a) the driver is stopped in traffic; or\n- (b) the driver is driving more slowly than other vehicles (unless the driver is driving abnormally slowly in the circumstances). Example of a driver driving abnormally slowly— a driver driving at a speed of 20km/h on a length of road to which a speed limit of 80km/h applies when there is no reason for the driver to drive at that speed on the length of road","sortOrder":166},{"sectionNumber":"sec.126","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping a safe distance behind vehicles","content":"### sec.126 Keeping a safe distance behind vehicles\n\nA driver must drive a sufficient distance behind a vehicle travelling in front of the driver so the driver can, if necessary, stop safely to avoid a collision with the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":167},{"sectionNumber":"sec.127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping a minimum distance between long vehicles","content":"### sec.127 Keeping a minimum distance between long vehicles\n\nThe driver of a long vehicle must drive at least the required minimum distance behind another long vehicle travelling in front of the driver, unless the driver is—\ndriving on—\na multi-lane road; or\na length of road in a built-up area; or\novertaking.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nlong vehicle means a vehicle that, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer.\nrequired minimum distance means—\nfor a road train—200m; or\notherwise—60m.\ns 127 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 66\n(sec.127-ssec.1) The driver of a long vehicle must drive at least the required minimum distance behind another long vehicle travelling in front of the driver, unless the driver is— driving on— a multi-lane road; or a length of road in a built-up area; or overtaking. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.127-ssec.2) In this section— long vehicle means a vehicle that, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer. required minimum distance means— for a road train—200m; or otherwise—60m.\n- (a) driving on— (i) a multi-lane road; or (ii) a length of road in a built-up area; or\n- (i) a multi-lane road; or\n- (ii) a length of road in a built-up area; or\n- (b) overtaking.\n- (i) a multi-lane road; or\n- (ii) a length of road in a built-up area; or\n- (a) for a road train—200m; or\n- (b) otherwise—60m.","sortOrder":168},{"sectionNumber":"sec.128","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entering blocked intersections","content":"### sec.128 Entering blocked intersections\n\nA driver must not enter an intersection if the driver can not drive through the intersection because the intersection, or a road beyond the intersection, is blocked.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe intersection, or a road beyond the intersection, may be blocked by congested traffic, a disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between a vehicle and a pedestrian, or by a fallen load on the road.","sortOrder":169},{"sectionNumber":"sec.128A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entering particular blocked crossings","content":"### sec.128A Entering particular blocked crossings\n\nA driver driving along a road must not enter a bicycle crossing, children’s crossing, marked foot crossing or pedestrian crossing on the road if the driver can not drive through the crossing because the crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, is blocked.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, may be blocked by congested traffic, a disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between a vehicle and a pedestrian, or a fallen load on the road.\ns 128A amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 17 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 42","sortOrder":170},{"sectionNumber":"pt.11-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Keeping to the left","content":"## Keeping to the left","sortOrder":171},{"sectionNumber":"sec.129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping to the far left side of a road","content":"### sec.129 Keeping to the far left side of a road\n\nA driver on a road, other than a multi-lane road, must drive as near as practicable to the far left side of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to—\nthe rider of a motorbike; or\nthe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device when approaching, entering or riding in a roundabout.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area.\ns 129 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 14 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 43 ; 2024 SL No. 225 s 6\n(sec.129-ssec.1) A driver on a road, other than a multi-lane road, must drive as near as practicable to the far left side of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.129-ssec.2) This section does not apply to— the rider of a motorbike; or the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device when approaching, entering or riding in a roundabout.\n(sec.129-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area.\n- (a) the rider of a motorbike; or\n- (b) the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device when approaching, entering or riding in a roundabout.","sortOrder":172},{"sectionNumber":"sec.130","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping to the left on a multi-lane road","content":"### sec.130 Keeping to the left on a multi-lane road\n\nThis section applies to a driver driving on a multi-lane road if—\nthe speed limit applying to the driver for the length of road where the driver is driving is over 80km/h; or\na keep left unless overtaking sign applies to the length of road where the driver is driving.\nThe driver must not drive in the right lane unless—\nthe driver is—\nturning right or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and\ngiving a right change of direction signal; or\nthe driver is overtaking; or\na left lane must turn left sign or left traffic lane arrows apply to any other lane and the driver is not turning left; or\nthe driver is required to drive in the right lane under section 159 ; or\nthe driver is avoiding an obstruction; or\nthe traffic in each other lane is congested; or\nthe traffic in every lane is congested; or\nthe right lane is a special purpose lane in which the driver, under another provision of this regulation, is permitted to drive; or\nthere are only 2 marked lanes and the left lane is a slow vehicle turn out lane; or\nthe driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA keep left unless overtaking sign on a multi-lane road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the following—\nan end keep left unless overtaking sign on the road;\na traffic sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the road is no longer a multi-lane road;\nif the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\nIn this section—\nlane , for a driver, means a marked lane for vehicles travelling in the same direction as the driver, but does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is not permitted to drive.\nslow vehicle turn out lane means a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane, to which a slow vehicle turn out lane sign applies.\nA slow vehicle turn out lane is designed for slow-moving vehicles to move into to allow faster vehicles to pass in an adjacent marked lane.\ns 130 amd 2022 SL No. 122 s 13\n(sec.130-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver driving on a multi-lane road if— the speed limit applying to the driver for the length of road where the driver is driving is over 80km/h; or a keep left unless overtaking sign applies to the length of road where the driver is driving.\n(sec.130-ssec.2) The driver must not drive in the right lane unless— the driver is— turning right or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and giving a right change of direction signal; or the driver is overtaking; or a left lane must turn left sign or left traffic lane arrows apply to any other lane and the driver is not turning left; or the driver is required to drive in the right lane under section 159 ; or the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or the traffic in each other lane is congested; or the traffic in every lane is congested; or the right lane is a special purpose lane in which the driver, under another provision of this regulation, is permitted to drive; or there are only 2 marked lanes and the left lane is a slow vehicle turn out lane; or the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.130-ssec.3) A keep left unless overtaking sign on a multi-lane road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the following— an end keep left unless overtaking sign on the road; a traffic sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the road is no longer a multi-lane road; if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\n(sec.130-ssec.4) In this section— lane , for a driver, means a marked lane for vehicles travelling in the same direction as the driver, but does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is not permitted to drive. slow vehicle turn out lane means a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane, to which a slow vehicle turn out lane sign applies. A slow vehicle turn out lane is designed for slow-moving vehicles to move into to allow faster vehicles to pass in an adjacent marked lane.\n- (a) the speed limit applying to the driver for the length of road where the driver is driving is over 80km/h; or\n- (b) a keep left unless overtaking sign applies to the length of road where the driver is driving.\n- (a) the driver is— (i) turning right or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and (ii) giving a right change of direction signal; or\n- (i) turning right or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and\n- (ii) giving a right change of direction signal; or\n- (b) the driver is overtaking; or\n- (c) a left lane must turn left sign or left traffic lane arrows apply to any other lane and the driver is not turning left; or\n- (d) the driver is required to drive in the right lane under section 159 ; or\n- (e) the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or\n- (f) the traffic in each other lane is congested; or\n- (g) the traffic in every lane is congested; or\n- (h) the right lane is a special purpose lane in which the driver, under another provision of this regulation, is permitted to drive; or\n- (i) there are only 2 marked lanes and the left lane is a slow vehicle turn out lane; or\n- (j) the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) .\n- (i) turning right or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and\n- (ii) giving a right change of direction signal; or\n- (a) an end keep left unless overtaking sign on the road;\n- (b) a traffic sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the road is no longer a multi-lane road;\n- (c) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.","sortOrder":173},{"sectionNumber":"sec.131","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping to the left of oncoming vehicles","content":"### sec.131 Keeping to the left of oncoming vehicles\n\nA driver must drive to the left of any oncoming vehicle unless—\nthe driver is turning right at an intersection; and\nthe driver is passing an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection; and\nthere is no traffic sign or road marking indicating that the driver must pass to the left of the oncoming vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike that is a postal vehicle, a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal if—\nthe rider is riding on a footpath, nature strip or shared path; and\nthe rider is permitted to ride on the footpath, nature strip or shared path under this regulation; and\neither—\nthe oncoming vehicle is not on the footpath, nature strip or shared path; or\nthe oncoming vehicle is not permitted, under this regulation, to be on the footpath, nature strip or shared path.\ns 131 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 44\n(sec.131-ssec.1) A driver must drive to the left of any oncoming vehicle unless— the driver is turning right at an intersection; and the driver is passing an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection; and there is no traffic sign or road marking indicating that the driver must pass to the left of the oncoming vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.131-ssec.2) This section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike that is a postal vehicle, a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal if— the rider is riding on a footpath, nature strip or shared path; and the rider is permitted to ride on the footpath, nature strip or shared path under this regulation; and either— the oncoming vehicle is not on the footpath, nature strip or shared path; or the oncoming vehicle is not permitted, under this regulation, to be on the footpath, nature strip or shared path.\n- (a) the driver is turning right at an intersection; and\n- (b) the driver is passing an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection; and\n- (c) there is no traffic sign or road marking indicating that the driver must pass to the left of the oncoming vehicle.\n- (a) the rider is riding on a footpath, nature strip or shared path; and\n- (b) the rider is permitted to ride on the footpath, nature strip or shared path under this regulation; and\n- (c) either— (i) the oncoming vehicle is not on the footpath, nature strip or shared path; or (ii) the oncoming vehicle is not permitted, under this regulation, to be on the footpath, nature strip or shared path.\n- (i) the oncoming vehicle is not on the footpath, nature strip or shared path; or\n- (ii) the oncoming vehicle is not permitted, under this regulation, to be on the footpath, nature strip or shared path.\n- (i) the oncoming vehicle is not on the footpath, nature strip or shared path; or\n- (ii) the oncoming vehicle is not permitted, under this regulation, to be on the footpath, nature strip or shared path.","sortOrder":174},{"sectionNumber":"sec.132","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping to the left of the centre of a road or the dividing line","content":"### sec.132 Keeping to the left of the centre of a road or the dividing line\n\nA driver on a two-way road without a dividing line or median strip must drive to the left of the centre of the road, except as permitted under section 133 , 139 (1) or 139A (1) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver on a road with a dividing line (exce pt 2 continuous dividing lines) must drive to the left of the dividing line, except as permitted under section 134 , 134A , 139 (2) or 139A (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver on a road with a single continuous dividing line, a single continuous dividing line to the left of a broken dividing line or 2 parallel continuous dividing lines must not drive across the dividing lines to perform a U-turn.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver on a road with 2 continuous dividing lines must drive to the left of the dividing lines, except as permitted under section 139 (2) or 139A (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section, and sections 133 , 134 , 134A , 139 (1) and (2) and 139A apply to a service road to which a two-way sign applies as if it were a separate road, but do not apply to any other service road.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a footpath, nature strip, bicycle path, separated footpath or shared path.\ns 132 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 18 ; 2014 SL No. 26 s 6 ; 2024 SL No. 225 s 7\n(sec.132-ssec.1) A driver on a two-way road without a dividing line or median strip must drive to the left of the centre of the road, except as permitted under section 133 , 139 (1) or 139A (1) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.132-ssec.2) A driver on a road with a dividing line (exce pt 2 continuous dividing lines) must drive to the left of the dividing line, except as permitted under section 134 , 134A , 139 (2) or 139A (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.132-ssec.2A) A driver on a road with a single continuous dividing line, a single continuous dividing line to the left of a broken dividing line or 2 parallel continuous dividing lines must not drive across the dividing lines to perform a U-turn. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.132-ssec.3) A driver on a road with 2 continuous dividing lines must drive to the left of the dividing lines, except as permitted under section 139 (2) or 139A (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.132-ssec.4) This section, and sections 133 , 134 , 134A , 139 (1) and (2) and 139A apply to a service road to which a two-way sign applies as if it were a separate road, but do not apply to any other service road.\n(sec.132-ssec.5) In this section— road does not include a footpath, nature strip, bicycle path, separated footpath or shared path.","sortOrder":175},{"sectionNumber":"sec.133","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exceptions to keeping to the left of the centre of a road","content":"### sec.133 Exceptions to keeping to the left of the centre of a road\n\nThis section applies to a driver on a two-way road without a dividing line or median strip.\nThe driver may drive to the right of the centre of the road—\nto overtake another driver; or\nto enter or leave the road; or\nto enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane).\nThe driver may also drive to the right of the centre of the road if—\nbecause of the width or condition of the road, it is not practicable to drive to the left of the centre of the road; and\nthe driver can do so safely.\n(sec.133-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver on a two-way road without a dividing line or median strip.\n(sec.133-ssec.2) The driver may drive to the right of the centre of the road— to overtake another driver; or to enter or leave the road; or to enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane).\n(sec.133-ssec.3) The driver may also drive to the right of the centre of the road if— because of the width or condition of the road, it is not practicable to drive to the left of the centre of the road; and the driver can do so safely.\n- (a) to overtake another driver; or\n- (b) to enter or leave the road; or\n- (c) to enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane).\n- (a) because of the width or condition of the road, it is not practicable to drive to the left of the centre of the road; and\n- (b) the driver can do so safely.","sortOrder":176},{"sectionNumber":"sec.134","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exceptions to keeping to the left of a dividing line","content":"### sec.134 Exceptions to keeping to the left of a dividing line\n\nThis section applies to a driver on a road with a dividing line.\nIf the dividing line is a single broken dividing line only, a broken dividing line to the left of a single continuous dividing line or 2 parallel broken dividing lines, the driver may drive to the right of the dividing line—\nto overtake another driver; or\nto perform a U-turn, unless the driver is prohibited from performing the U-turn under another provision of this regulation.\nIf the dividing line is a single continuous or broken dividing line, a broken dividing line to the left or right of a single continuous dividing line or 2 parallel broken dividing lines, the driver may drive to the right of the dividing line—\nto enter or leave the road; or\nto enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane); or\nto park in angle parking on the opposite side of the road.\ns 134 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 19 ; 2014 SL No. 279 s 15\n(sec.134-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver on a road with a dividing line.\n(sec.134-ssec.2) If the dividing line is a single broken dividing line only, a broken dividing line to the left of a single continuous dividing line or 2 parallel broken dividing lines, the driver may drive to the right of the dividing line— to overtake another driver; or to perform a U-turn, unless the driver is prohibited from performing the U-turn under another provision of this regulation.\n(sec.134-ssec.3) If the dividing line is a single continuous or broken dividing line, a broken dividing line to the left or right of a single continuous dividing line or 2 parallel broken dividing lines, the driver may drive to the right of the dividing line— to enter or leave the road; or to enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane); or to park in angle parking on the opposite side of the road.\n- (a) to overtake another driver; or\n- (b) to perform a U-turn, unless the driver is prohibited from performing the U-turn under another provision of this regulation.\n- (a) to enter or leave the road; or\n- (b) to enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane); or\n- (c) to park in angle parking on the opposite side of the road.","sortOrder":177},{"sectionNumber":"sec.134A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception to keeping to the left of a dividing line for drivers of long vehicles","content":"### sec.134A Exception to keeping to the left of a dividing line for drivers of long vehicles\n\nThis section applies to the driver of a long vehicle on a road with a dividing line.\nThe driver may drive to the right of the dividing line if—\nthe driver is—\nturning left from a single lane of a two-way road; or\ndriving on a road that has a bend, including, for example, a bend that is designed for traffic calming; and\nbecause of the width or condition of the road, or the bend, it is not practicable to drive to the left of the dividing line; and\nthe driver can do so safely.\nIn this section—\nlong vehicle means a vehicle that, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer.\ns 134A ins 2024 SL No. 225 s 8\n(sec.134A-ssec.1) This section applies to the driver of a long vehicle on a road with a dividing line.\n(sec.134A-ssec.2) The driver may drive to the right of the dividing line if— the driver is— turning left from a single lane of a two-way road; or driving on a road that has a bend, including, for example, a bend that is designed for traffic calming; and because of the width or condition of the road, or the bend, it is not practicable to drive to the left of the dividing line; and the driver can do so safely.\n(sec.134A-ssec.3) In this section— long vehicle means a vehicle that, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer.\n- (a) the driver is— (i) turning left from a single lane of a two-way road; or (ii) driving on a road that has a bend, including, for example, a bend that is designed for traffic calming; and\n- (i) turning left from a single lane of a two-way road; or\n- (ii) driving on a road that has a bend, including, for example, a bend that is designed for traffic calming; and\n- (b) because of the width or condition of the road, or the bend, it is not practicable to drive to the left of the dividing line; and\n- (c) the driver can do so safely.\n- (i) turning left from a single lane of a two-way road; or\n- (ii) driving on a road that has a bend, including, for example, a bend that is designed for traffic calming; and","sortOrder":178},{"sectionNumber":"sec.135","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping to the left of a median strip","content":"### sec.135 Keeping to the left of a median strip\n\nA driver on a road with a median strip must drive to the left of the median strip, unless the driver is—\nentering or driving in a median strip parking area; or\nrequired to drive to the right of the median strip by a keep right sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nmedian strip does not include a painted island.\n(sec.135-ssec.1) A driver on a road with a median strip must drive to the left of the median strip, unless the driver is— entering or driving in a median strip parking area; or required to drive to the right of the median strip by a keep right sign. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.135-ssec.2) In this section— median strip does not include a painted island.\n- (a) entering or driving in a median strip parking area; or\n- (b) required to drive to the right of the median strip by a keep right sign.","sortOrder":179},{"sectionNumber":"sec.136","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving on a one-way service road","content":"### sec.136 Driving on a one-way service road\n\nA driver on the part of the road that is a service road (except a service road to which a two-way sign applies) must drive in the same direction as a vehicle travelling on the part of the road closest to the service road must travel.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":180},{"sectionNumber":"sec.137","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping off a dividing strip","content":"### sec.137 Keeping off a dividing strip\n\nA driver must not drive on a dividing strip, except as permitted under this section or section 139 (4) or 139A (3) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may drive on a dividing strip that is at the same level as the road, and marked at each side by a continuous line—\nto enter or leave the road; or\nto enter or leave an area on the dividing strip to which a parking control sign applies if the driver is permitted to park in the area.\nFor subsection (2) , a dividing strip is taken to be at the same level as the road even if the dividing strip contains 1 or more pavement bars or markers.\nIn this section—\ndividing strip does not include a painted island.\npavement bar means a raised rectangular block, with an approximately hemispherical cross-section, attached to an area of road, including, for example, a dividing strip—\nperpendicular to the direction of travel of vehicles on the road; and\nto—\naugment the visibility of the area; and\ndiscourage, but not prohibit, movement of a vehicle in or across the area.\ns 137 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 20 ; 2014 SL No. 26 s 7 ; 2014 SL No. 161 s 70\n(sec.137-ssec.1) A driver must not drive on a dividing strip, except as permitted under this section or section 139 (4) or 139A (3) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.137-ssec.2) A driver may drive on a dividing strip that is at the same level as the road, and marked at each side by a continuous line— to enter or leave the road; or to enter or leave an area on the dividing strip to which a parking control sign applies if the driver is permitted to park in the area.\n(sec.137-ssec.2A) For subsection (2) , a dividing strip is taken to be at the same level as the road even if the dividing strip contains 1 or more pavement bars or markers.\n(sec.137-ssec.3) In this section— dividing strip does not include a painted island. pavement bar means a raised rectangular block, with an approximately hemispherical cross-section, attached to an area of road, including, for example, a dividing strip— perpendicular to the direction of travel of vehicles on the road; and to— augment the visibility of the area; and discourage, but not prohibit, movement of a vehicle in or across the area.\n- (a) to enter or leave the road; or\n- (b) to enter or leave an area on the dividing strip to which a parking control sign applies if the driver is permitted to park in the area.\n- (a) perpendicular to the direction of travel of vehicles on the road; and\n- (b) to— (i) augment the visibility of the area; and (ii) discourage, but not prohibit, movement of a vehicle in or across the area.\n- (i) augment the visibility of the area; and\n- (ii) discourage, but not prohibit, movement of a vehicle in or across the area.\n- (i) augment the visibility of the area; and\n- (ii) discourage, but not prohibit, movement of a vehicle in or across the area.","sortOrder":181},{"sectionNumber":"sec.138","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping off a painted island","content":"### sec.138 Keeping off a painted island\n\nA driver must not drive on or over a single continuous line, or 2 parallel continuous lines, along a side of or surrounding a painted island, except as permitted under this section or section 139 (4) or 139A (3) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may drive on or over a single continuous line along the side of or surrounding a painted island for up to 50m—\nto enter or leave the road; or\nto enter a turning lane that begins immediately after the painted island; or\nto enter a part of the road of one kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane); or\nto park in angle parking on the opposite side of the road.\nSubsection (2) (a) does not apply in the case of a painted island—\nthat separates a road that takes vehicles in 1 direction from another road that takes vehicles in the same direction at a place where the roads merge; or\nthat separates 1 part of a road from other parts of the road to create a slip lane.\ns 138 amd 2014 SL No. 26 s 7 ; 2014 SL No. 279 s 16\n(sec.138-ssec.1) A driver must not drive on or over a single continuous line, or 2 parallel continuous lines, along a side of or surrounding a painted island, except as permitted under this section or section 139 (4) or 139A (3) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.138-ssec.2) A driver may drive on or over a single continuous line along the side of or surrounding a painted island for up to 50m— to enter or leave the road; or to enter a turning lane that begins immediately after the painted island; or to enter a part of the road of one kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane); or to park in angle parking on the opposite side of the road.\n(sec.138-ssec.3) Subsection (2) (a) does not apply in the case of a painted island— that separates a road that takes vehicles in 1 direction from another road that takes vehicles in the same direction at a place where the roads merge; or that separates 1 part of a road from other parts of the road to create a slip lane.\n- (a) to enter or leave the road; or\n- (b) to enter a turning lane that begins immediately after the painted island; or\n- (c) to enter a part of the road of one kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or emergency stopping lane); or\n- (d) to park in angle parking on the opposite side of the road.\n- (a) that separates a road that takes vehicles in 1 direction from another road that takes vehicles in the same direction at a place where the roads merge; or\n- (b) that separates 1 part of a road from other parts of the road to create a slip lane.","sortOrder":182},{"sectionNumber":"sec.139","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exceptions for avoiding obstructions on a road","content":"### sec.139 Exceptions for avoiding obstructions on a road\n\nA driver on a two-way road without a dividing line or median strip may drive to the right of the centre of the road to avoid an obstruction if—\nthe driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\nit is necessary and reasonable, in all the circumstances, for the driver to drive to the right of the centre of the road to avoid the obstruction; and\nthe driver can do so safely.\nA driver on a road with a dividing line may drive to the right of the dividing line to avoid an obstruction if—\nthe driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\nit is necessary and reasonable, in all the circumstances, for the driver to drive to the right of the dividing line to avoid the obstruction; and\nthe driver can do so safely.\nFor subsection (2) , if the dividing line is a single continuous dividing line to the left of a broken dividing line, a single continuous dividing line only or 2 parallel continuous dividing lines, the hazard in driving to the right of the dividing line must be taken into account in deciding whether it is reasonable to drive to the right of the dividing line.\nA driver may drive on a dividing strip, or on or over a single continuous line, or 2 parallel continuous lines, along a side of or surrounding a painted island, to avoid an obstruction if—\nthe driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\nit is necessary and reasonable to drive on the dividing strip or painted island to avoid the obstruction; and\nthe driver can do so safely.\n(sec.139-ssec.1) A driver on a two-way road without a dividing line or median strip may drive to the right of the centre of the road to avoid an obstruction if— the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and it is necessary and reasonable, in all the circumstances, for the driver to drive to the right of the centre of the road to avoid the obstruction; and the driver can do so safely.\n(sec.139-ssec.2) A driver on a road with a dividing line may drive to the right of the dividing line to avoid an obstruction if— the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and it is necessary and reasonable, in all the circumstances, for the driver to drive to the right of the dividing line to avoid the obstruction; and the driver can do so safely.\n(sec.139-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , if the dividing line is a single continuous dividing line to the left of a broken dividing line, a single continuous dividing line only or 2 parallel continuous dividing lines, the hazard in driving to the right of the dividing line must be taken into account in deciding whether it is reasonable to drive to the right of the dividing line.\n(sec.139-ssec.4) A driver may drive on a dividing strip, or on or over a single continuous line, or 2 parallel continuous lines, along a side of or surrounding a painted island, to avoid an obstruction if— the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and it is necessary and reasonable to drive on the dividing strip or painted island to avoid the obstruction; and the driver can do so safely.\n- (a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\n- (b) it is necessary and reasonable, in all the circumstances, for the driver to drive to the right of the centre of the road to avoid the obstruction; and\n- (c) the driver can do so safely.\n- (a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\n- (b) it is necessary and reasonable, in all the circumstances, for the driver to drive to the right of the dividing line to avoid the obstruction; and\n- (c) the driver can do so safely.\n- (a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\n- (b) it is necessary and reasonable to drive on the dividing strip or painted island to avoid the obstruction; and\n- (c) the driver can do so safely.","sortOrder":183},{"sectionNumber":"sec.139A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exceptions for passing bicycle or personal mobility device rider","content":"### sec.139A Exceptions for passing bicycle or personal mobility device rider\n\nA driver on a two-way road without a dividing line or median strip may drive to the right of the centre of the road to pass the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver if—\nthe driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\nthe driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and\nthe driver can do so safely.\nA driver on a road with a dividing line may drive to the right of the dividing line to pass the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver if—\nthe driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\nthe driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and\nthe driver can do so safely.\nA driver may drive on a dividing strip that is at the same level as the road, or on or over a single continuous line, or 2 parallel continuous lines, along a side of or surrounding a painted island to pass the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver if—\nthe driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\nthe driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and\nthe driver can do so safely.\nFor the requirement to give a left or right change of direction signal, see section 46 or 48 .\nFor subsection (3) , a dividing strip is taken to be at the same level as the road even if the dividing strip contains 1 or more pavement bars or markers.\ns 139A ins 2014 SL No. 26 s 8\namd 2022 SL No. 142 s 45\n(sec.139A-ssec.1) A driver on a two-way road without a dividing line or median strip may drive to the right of the centre of the road to pass the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver if— the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and the driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and the driver can do so safely.\n(sec.139A-ssec.2) A driver on a road with a dividing line may drive to the right of the dividing line to pass the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver if— the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and the driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and the driver can do so safely.\n(sec.139A-ssec.3) A driver may drive on a dividing strip that is at the same level as the road, or on or over a single continuous line, or 2 parallel continuous lines, along a side of or surrounding a painted island to pass the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver if— the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and the driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and the driver can do so safely. For the requirement to give a left or right change of direction signal, see section 46 or 48 .\n(sec.139A-ssec.4) For subsection (3) , a dividing strip is taken to be at the same level as the road even if the dividing strip contains 1 or more pavement bars or markers.\n- (a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\n- (b) the driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and\n- (c) the driver can do so safely.\n- (a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\n- (b) the driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and\n- (c) the driver can do so safely.\n- (a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\n- (b) the driving is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; and\n- (c) the driver can do so safely.","sortOrder":184},{"sectionNumber":"pt.11-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Overtaking","content":"## Overtaking","sortOrder":185},{"sectionNumber":"sec.140","sectionType":"section","heading":"No overtaking unless safe to do so","content":"### sec.140 No overtaking unless safe to do so\n\nA driver must not overtake a vehicle unless—\nthe driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\nthe driver can safely overtake the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic; and\n- (b) the driver can safely overtake the vehicle.","sortOrder":186},{"sectionNumber":"sec.141","sectionType":"section","heading":"No overtaking etc. to the left of a vehicle","content":"### sec.141 No overtaking etc. to the left of a vehicle\n\nA driver (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not overtake a vehicle to the left of the vehicle unless—\nthe driver is driving on a multi-lane road and the vehicle can be safely overtaken in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or\nthe vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal and it is safe to overtake to the left of the vehicle; or\nthe vehicle is stationary and can be safely overtaken to the left of the vehicle; or\nthe driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A or edge filtering in compliance with section 151B .\nOnly the rider of a motorbike may lane filter or edge filter.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nWithout limiting subsection (1) (c) , it is not safe to overtake to the left of a stationary vehicle if it is reasonably likely the driver’s vehicle could strike a pedestrian, or a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, who is on or about to enter the road.\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride past, or overtake, to the left of a vehicle that is turning left and is giving a left change of direction signal.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nturning right does not include making a hook turn.\nvehicle does not include a tram, a bus travelling along tram tracks, or any vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign.\ns 141 amd 2014 SL No. 325 s 9 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 46\n(sec.141-ssec.1) A driver (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not overtake a vehicle to the left of the vehicle unless— the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and the vehicle can be safely overtaken in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or the vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal and it is safe to overtake to the left of the vehicle; or the vehicle is stationary and can be safely overtaken to the left of the vehicle; or the driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A or edge filtering in compliance with section 151B . Only the rider of a motorbike may lane filter or edge filter. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.141-ssec.1A) Without limiting subsection (1) (c) , it is not safe to overtake to the left of a stationary vehicle if it is reasonably likely the driver’s vehicle could strike a pedestrian, or a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, who is on or about to enter the road.\n(sec.141-ssec.2) The rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride past, or overtake, to the left of a vehicle that is turning left and is giving a left change of direction signal. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.141-ssec.3) In this section— turning right does not include making a hook turn. vehicle does not include a tram, a bus travelling along tram tracks, or any vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign.\n- (a) the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and the vehicle can be safely overtaken in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (b) the vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal and it is safe to overtake to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (c) the vehicle is stationary and can be safely overtaken to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (d) the driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A or edge filtering in compliance with section 151B . Note— Only the rider of a motorbike may lane filter or edge filter.","sortOrder":187},{"sectionNumber":"sec.142","sectionType":"section","heading":"No overtaking to the right of a vehicle turning right etc.","content":"### sec.142 No overtaking to the right of a vehicle turning right etc.\n\nA driver must not overtake to the right of a vehicle if the vehicle is—\nturning right or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and\ngiving a right change of direction signal.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nturning right does not include making a hook turn.\nvehicle does not include a tram, a bus travelling along tram tracks, or any vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign.\n(sec.142-ssec.1) A driver must not overtake to the right of a vehicle if the vehicle is— turning right or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and giving a right change of direction signal. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.142-ssec.2) In this section— turning right does not include making a hook turn. vehicle does not include a tram, a bus travelling along tram tracks, or any vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign.\n- (a) turning right or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and\n- (b) giving a right change of direction signal.","sortOrder":188},{"sectionNumber":"sec.143","sectionType":"section","heading":"Passing or overtaking a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign","content":"### sec.143 Passing or overtaking a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign\n\nA driver must not drive past, or overtake, to the left of a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign, unless—\nif the vehicle is turning left and is giving a left change of direction signal—\nthe driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or\nit is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\notherwise—\nthe driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or\nthe vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\nthe vehicle is stationary and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\nit is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not drive past, or overtake, to the right of a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign if the vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal, unless it is safe to do so.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver driving on a multi-lane road who is turning right at an intersection to which a right turn only sign applies may drive past a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign that is turning right from another marked lane, and giving a right change of direction signal, if it is safe to do so.\nIn this section—\nturning right does not include making a hook turn.\ns 143 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 21\n(sec.143-ssec.1) A driver must not drive past, or overtake, to the left of a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign, unless— if the vehicle is turning left and is giving a left change of direction signal— the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or it is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or otherwise— the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or the vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or the vehicle is stationary and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or it is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.143-ssec.2) A driver must not drive past, or overtake, to the right of a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign if the vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal, unless it is safe to do so. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units. A driver driving on a multi-lane road who is turning right at an intersection to which a right turn only sign applies may drive past a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign that is turning right from another marked lane, and giving a right change of direction signal, if it is safe to do so.\n(sec.143-ssec.3) In this section— turning right does not include making a hook turn.\n- (a) if the vehicle is turning left and is giving a left change of direction signal— (i) the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or (ii) it is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (i) the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (ii) it is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (b) otherwise— (i) the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or (ii) the vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or (iii) the vehicle is stationary and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or (iv) it is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle.\n- (i) the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (ii) the vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (iii) the vehicle is stationary and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (iv) it is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle.\n- (i) the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (ii) it is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (i) the driver is driving on a multi-lane road and it is safe to pass, or overtake, in a marked lane to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (ii) the vehicle is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (iii) the vehicle is stationary and it is safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle; or\n- (iv) it is otherwise safe to pass, or overtake, to the left of the vehicle.","sortOrder":189},{"sectionNumber":"sec.144","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping a safe distance when overtaking","content":"### sec.144 Keeping a safe distance when overtaking\n\nSubject to section 144A (1) , a driver overtaking a vehicle—\nmust pass the vehicle at a sufficient distance to avoid a collision with the vehicle or obstructing the path of the vehicle; and\nmust not return to the marked lane or line of traffic where the vehicle is travelling until the driver is a sufficient distance past the vehicle to avoid a collision with the vehicle or obstructing the path of the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 144 amd 2014 SL No. 26 s 9\n- (a) must pass the vehicle at a sufficient distance to avoid a collision with the vehicle or obstructing the path of the vehicle; and\n- (b) must not return to the marked lane or line of traffic where the vehicle is travelling until the driver is a sufficient distance past the vehicle to avoid a collision with the vehicle or obstructing the path of the vehicle.","sortOrder":190},{"sectionNumber":"sec.144A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping a safe lateral distance when passing bicycle or personal mobility device rider","content":"### sec.144A Keeping a safe lateral distance when passing bicycle or personal mobility device rider\n\nThe driver of a motor vehicle passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver must pass the bicycle or device at a sufficient distance from the bicycle or device.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\nSection 129 generally requires the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device on a road, other than a multi-lane road, to ride as near as practicable to the far left side of the road.\nA sufficient distance , from a bicycle or a personal mobility device, is—\nif the applicable speed limit is not more than 60km/h—a lateral distance from the bicycle or device of at least 1m; or\nif the applicable speed limit is more than 60km/h—a lateral distance from the bicycle or device of at least 1.5m.\nFor subsection (2) , the lateral distance is the distance between the following points—\nthe furthermost point to the left on the driver’s vehicle or any projection from the vehicle (whether or not attached to the vehicle);\nthe furthermost point to the right on—\nthe bicycle or personal mobility device; or\nany bicycle or PMD trailer towed by the bicycle or device; or\nthe rider or any passenger in or on the bicycle, device or trailer; or\na thing attached to, or carried on, the bicycle, device or trailer or carried by the rider or any passenger, other than a projection mentioned in subsection (4) .\na basket or pannier bags\nFor subsection (3) (b) (iv) , a projection is a flag, stick or similar thing, whether or not flexible, attached to the bicycle or device, that projects sideways from the bicycle or device.\ns 144A ins 2014 SL No. 26 s 10\namd 2014 SL No. 279 s 17 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 47\n(sec.144A-ssec.1) The driver of a motor vehicle passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver must pass the bicycle or device at a sufficient distance from the bicycle or device. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units. Section 129 generally requires the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device on a road, other than a multi-lane road, to ride as near as practicable to the far left side of the road.\n(sec.144A-ssec.2) A sufficient distance , from a bicycle or a personal mobility device, is— if the applicable speed limit is not more than 60km/h—a lateral distance from the bicycle or device of at least 1m; or if the applicable speed limit is more than 60km/h—a lateral distance from the bicycle or device of at least 1.5m.\n(sec.144A-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , the lateral distance is the distance between the following points— the furthermost point to the left on the driver’s vehicle or any projection from the vehicle (whether or not attached to the vehicle); the furthermost point to the right on— the bicycle or personal mobility device; or any bicycle or PMD trailer towed by the bicycle or device; or the rider or any passenger in or on the bicycle, device or trailer; or a thing attached to, or carried on, the bicycle, device or trailer or carried by the rider or any passenger, other than a projection mentioned in subsection (4) . a basket or pannier bags\n(sec.144A-ssec.4) For subsection (3) (b) (iv) , a projection is a flag, stick or similar thing, whether or not flexible, attached to the bicycle or device, that projects sideways from the bicycle or device.\n- (a) if the applicable speed limit is not more than 60km/h—a lateral distance from the bicycle or device of at least 1m; or\n- (b) if the applicable speed limit is more than 60km/h—a lateral distance from the bicycle or device of at least 1.5m.\n- (a) the furthermost point to the left on the driver’s vehicle or any projection from the vehicle (whether or not attached to the vehicle);\n- (b) the furthermost point to the right on— (i) the bicycle or personal mobility device; or (ii) any bicycle or PMD trailer towed by the bicycle or device; or (iii) the rider or any passenger in or on the bicycle, device or trailer; or (iv) a thing attached to, or carried on, the bicycle, device or trailer or carried by the rider or any passenger, other than a projection mentioned in subsection (4) . Examples of things for subparagraph (iv) — a basket or pannier bags\n- (i) the bicycle or personal mobility device; or\n- (ii) any bicycle or PMD trailer towed by the bicycle or device; or\n- (iii) the rider or any passenger in or on the bicycle, device or trailer; or\n- (iv) a thing attached to, or carried on, the bicycle, device or trailer or carried by the rider or any passenger, other than a projection mentioned in subsection (4) . Examples of things for subparagraph (iv) — a basket or pannier bags\n- (i) the bicycle or personal mobility device; or\n- (ii) any bicycle or PMD trailer towed by the bicycle or device; or\n- (iii) the rider or any passenger in or on the bicycle, device or trailer; or\n- (iv) a thing attached to, or carried on, the bicycle, device or trailer or carried by the rider or any passenger, other than a projection mentioned in subsection (4) . Examples of things for subparagraph (iv) — a basket or pannier bags","sortOrder":191},{"sectionNumber":"sec.145","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driver being overtaken not to increase speed","content":"### sec.145 Driver being overtaken not to increase speed\n\nIf a driver is overtaking another driver on a two-way road by crossing a dividing line, or crossing to the right of the centre of the road, the other driver must not increase the speed at which the driver is driving until the first driver—\nhas passed the other driver; and\nhas returned to the marked lane or line of traffic where the other driver is driving; and\nis a sufficient distance in front of the other driver to avoid a collision.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) has passed the other driver; and\n- (b) has returned to the marked lane or line of traffic where the other driver is driving; and\n- (c) is a sufficient distance in front of the other driver to avoid a collision.","sortOrder":192},{"sectionNumber":"pt.11-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic","content":"## Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic","sortOrder":193},{"sectionNumber":"sec.146","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving within a single marked lane or line of traffic","content":"### sec.146 Driving within a single marked lane or line of traffic\n\nA driver on a multi-lane road must drive so the driver’s vehicle is completely in a marked lane, unless the driver is—\nentering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or a shoulder of the road); or\nentering or leaving the road; or\nmoving from 1 marked lane to another marked lane; or\navoiding an obstruction; or\nobeying a traffic control device applying to the marked lane; or\npermitted to drive in more than 1 marked lane under this regulation; or\npassing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the driver’s vehicle is not completely in a marked lane in order to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; or\nlane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or\nOnly the rider of a motorbike may lane filter.\npassing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver on a road with 2 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the driver, but without marked lanes, must drive so the driver’s vehicle is completely in a single line of traffic unless—\nit is not practicable to drive completely in a single line of traffic; or\nthe driver is entering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or a shoulder of the road); or\nthe driver is entering or leaving the road; or\nthe driver is moving from 1 line of traffic to another line of traffic; or\nthe driver is avoiding an obstruction; or\nthe driver is passing a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the driver’s vehicle is not completely in a single line of traffic in order to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; or\nthe driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or\nthe driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 146 amd 2014 SL No. 26 s 11 ; 2014 SL No. 325 s 10 ; 2022 SL No. 122 s 14 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 48\n(sec.146-ssec.1) A driver on a multi-lane road must drive so the driver’s vehicle is completely in a marked lane, unless the driver is— entering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or a shoulder of the road); or entering or leaving the road; or moving from 1 marked lane to another marked lane; or avoiding an obstruction; or obeying a traffic control device applying to the marked lane; or permitted to drive in more than 1 marked lane under this regulation; or passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the driver’s vehicle is not completely in a marked lane in order to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; or lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or Only the rider of a motorbike may lane filter. passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.146-ssec.2) A driver on a road with 2 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the driver, but without marked lanes, must drive so the driver’s vehicle is completely in a single line of traffic unless— it is not practicable to drive completely in a single line of traffic; or the driver is entering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or a shoulder of the road); or the driver is entering or leaving the road; or the driver is moving from 1 line of traffic to another line of traffic; or the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or the driver is passing a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the driver’s vehicle is not completely in a single line of traffic in order to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; or the driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) entering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or a shoulder of the road); or\n- (b) entering or leaving the road; or\n- (c) moving from 1 marked lane to another marked lane; or\n- (d) avoiding an obstruction; or\n- (e) obeying a traffic control device applying to the marked lane; or\n- (f) permitted to drive in more than 1 marked lane under this regulation; or\n- (g) passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the driver’s vehicle is not completely in a marked lane in order to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; or\n- (h) lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or Note— Only the rider of a motorbike may lane filter.\n- (i) passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) .\n- (a) it is not practicable to drive completely in a single line of traffic; or\n- (b) the driver is entering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road or a shoulder of the road); or\n- (c) the driver is entering or leaving the road; or\n- (d) the driver is moving from 1 line of traffic to another line of traffic; or\n- (e) the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or\n- (f) the driver is passing a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the driver’s vehicle is not completely in a single line of traffic in order to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; or\n- (g) the driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or\n- (h) the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .","sortOrder":194},{"sectionNumber":"sec.147","sectionType":"section","heading":"Moving from 1 marked lane to another marked lane across a continuous line separating the lanes","content":"### sec.147 Moving from 1 marked lane to another marked lane across a continuous line separating the lanes\n\nA driver on a multi-lane road must not move from 1 marked lane to another marked lane by crossing a continuous line separating the lanes unless—\nthe driver is avoiding an obstruction; or\nthe driver is obeying a traffic control device applying to the first marked lane; or\nthe driver is permitted to drive in both marked lanes under subsection (2) ; or\neither of the marked lanes is a special purpose lane in which the driver is permitted to drive under this regulation and the driver is moving to or from the special purpose lane; or\neither of the marked lanes is a special purpose lane during specified times only and the driver—\nis moving to or from the lane when it is not a special purpose lane; and\nis permitted to drive in the lane when it is not a special purpose lane under this regulation; or\nthe driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or\nOnly the rider of a motorbike may lane filter.\nthe driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver on a multi-lane road may move from 1 marked lane to another marked lane by crossing a continuous line separating the lanes if—\nthe driver makes the move to approach or enter an intersection from the multi-lane road and section 28 (2) or 32 (2) applies to the driver for the purpose of making the move; or\nthe driver makes the move to approach or enter a roundabout from the multi-lane road and section 111 (8) or (9) applies to the driver for the purpose of making the move; or\nboth of the following apply—\nthe driver is passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the movement is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider;\nthe driver can perform the movement safely.\ns 147 amd 2014 SL No. 26 s 12 ; 2014 SL No. 279 s 18 ; 2014 SL No. 325 s 11 ; 2022 SL No. 122 s 15 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 49\n(sec.147-ssec.1) A driver on a multi-lane road must not move from 1 marked lane to another marked lane by crossing a continuous line separating the lanes unless— the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or the driver is obeying a traffic control device applying to the first marked lane; or the driver is permitted to drive in both marked lanes under subsection (2) ; or either of the marked lanes is a special purpose lane in which the driver is permitted to drive under this regulation and the driver is moving to or from the special purpose lane; or either of the marked lanes is a special purpose lane during specified times only and the driver— is moving to or from the lane when it is not a special purpose lane; and is permitted to drive in the lane when it is not a special purpose lane under this regulation; or the driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or Only the rider of a motorbike may lane filter. the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.147-ssec.2) A driver on a multi-lane road may move from 1 marked lane to another marked lane by crossing a continuous line separating the lanes if— the driver makes the move to approach or enter an intersection from the multi-lane road and section 28 (2) or 32 (2) applies to the driver for the purpose of making the move; or the driver makes the move to approach or enter a roundabout from the multi-lane road and section 111 (8) or (9) applies to the driver for the purpose of making the move; or both of the following apply— the driver is passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the movement is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; the driver can perform the movement safely.\n- (a) the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or\n- (b) the driver is obeying a traffic control device applying to the first marked lane; or\n- (c) the driver is permitted to drive in both marked lanes under subsection (2) ; or\n- (d) either of the marked lanes is a special purpose lane in which the driver is permitted to drive under this regulation and the driver is moving to or from the special purpose lane; or\n- (e) either of the marked lanes is a special purpose lane during specified times only and the driver— (i) is moving to or from the lane when it is not a special purpose lane; and (ii) is permitted to drive in the lane when it is not a special purpose lane under this regulation; or\n- (i) is moving to or from the lane when it is not a special purpose lane; and\n- (ii) is permitted to drive in the lane when it is not a special purpose lane under this regulation; or\n- (f) the driver is lane filtering in compliance with section 151A ; or Note— Only the rider of a motorbike may lane filter.\n- (g) the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) .\n- (i) is moving to or from the lane when it is not a special purpose lane; and\n- (ii) is permitted to drive in the lane when it is not a special purpose lane under this regulation; or\n- (a) the driver makes the move to approach or enter an intersection from the multi-lane road and section 28 (2) or 32 (2) applies to the driver for the purpose of making the move; or\n- (b) the driver makes the move to approach or enter a roundabout from the multi-lane road and section 111 (8) or (9) applies to the driver for the purpose of making the move; or\n- (c) both of the following apply— (i) the driver is passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the movement is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider; (ii) the driver can perform the movement safely.\n- (i) the driver is passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the movement is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider;\n- (ii) the driver can perform the movement safely.\n- (i) the driver is passing the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is travelling in the same direction as the driver and the movement is necessary to comply with section 144A (1) for the passing of the rider;\n- (ii) the driver can perform the movement safely.","sortOrder":195},{"sectionNumber":"sec.148","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when moving from 1 marked lane or line of traffic to another marked lane or line of traffic","content":"### sec.148 Giving way when moving from 1 marked lane or line of traffic to another marked lane or line of traffic\n\nA driver who is moving from 1 marked lane (whether or not the lane is ending) to another marked lane must give way to any vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver in the marked lane to which the driver is moving.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver on a road with 2 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the driver, and who is moving from 1 line of traffic to another line of traffic, must give way to any vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver in the line of traffic to which the driver is moving.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (2) does not apply to a driver if the line of traffic in which the driver is driving is merging with the line of traffic to which the driver is moving.\n(sec.148-ssec.1) A driver who is moving from 1 marked lane (whether or not the lane is ending) to another marked lane must give way to any vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver in the marked lane to which the driver is moving. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.148-ssec.2) A driver on a road with 2 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the driver, and who is moving from 1 line of traffic to another line of traffic, must give way to any vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver in the line of traffic to which the driver is moving. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.148-ssec.3) Subsection (2) does not apply to a driver if the line of traffic in which the driver is driving is merging with the line of traffic to which the driver is moving.","sortOrder":196},{"sectionNumber":"sec.148A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when moving within a single marked lane","content":"### sec.148A Giving way when moving within a single marked lane\n\nIf a driver diverges to the left or right within a marked lane, the driver must give way to any vehicle that is in the lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":197},{"sectionNumber":"sec.149","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way when lines of traffic merge into a single line of traffic","content":"### sec.149 Giving way when lines of traffic merge into a single line of traffic\n\nA driver in a line of traffic that is merging with 1 or more lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the driver must give way to a vehicle in another line of traffic if any part of the vehicle is ahead of the driver’s vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":198},{"sectionNumber":"sec.150","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving on or across a continuous white edge line","content":"### sec.150 Driving on or across a continuous white edge line\n\nA driver must not drive on or over a continuous white edge line on a road unless subsection (1A) , (1B) or (1C) applies to the driver.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may drive on or over a continuous white edge line on a road if the driver is—\novertaking a vehicle that is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal; or\ndriving a slow-moving vehicle, and it is necessary for the driver to drive on or over the edge line to allow the vehicle to be overtaken or passed by another vehicle; or\ndriving a vehicle that is too wide, or too long, to drive on the road without driving on or over the edge line; or\navoiding an obstruction; or\npassing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\nA driver may drive on or over a continuous white edge line on a road for up to 100m if the driver is—\nturning at an intersection; or\nentering or leaving the road; or\nentering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road, a shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane); or\nstopping at the side of the road (including any shoulder of the road).\nThe rider of a motorbike may ride on or over a continuous white edge line on a road if the rider is edge filtering in compliance with section 151B .\nThis section does not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\nFor this section, a driver drives over a continuous white edge line on a road if—\nfor a line on the far left side of the road—the driver’s vehicle is completely or partly to the left of the line; or\nfor a line on the far right side of the road—the driver’s vehicle is completely or partly to the right of the line.\ns 150 amd 2011 SL No. 3 s 7 ; 2014 SL No. 325 s 12 ; 2022 SL No. 122 s 16 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 50\n(sec.150-ssec.1) A driver must not drive on or over a continuous white edge line on a road unless subsection (1A) , (1B) or (1C) applies to the driver. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.150-ssec.1A) A driver may drive on or over a continuous white edge line on a road if the driver is— overtaking a vehicle that is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal; or driving a slow-moving vehicle, and it is necessary for the driver to drive on or over the edge line to allow the vehicle to be overtaken or passed by another vehicle; or driving a vehicle that is too wide, or too long, to drive on the road without driving on or over the edge line; or avoiding an obstruction; or passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n(sec.150-ssec.1B) A driver may drive on or over a continuous white edge line on a road for up to 100m if the driver is— turning at an intersection; or entering or leaving the road; or entering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road, a shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane); or stopping at the side of the road (including any shoulder of the road).\n(sec.150-ssec.1C) The rider of a motorbike may ride on or over a continuous white edge line on a road if the rider is edge filtering in compliance with section 151B .\n(sec.150-ssec.2) This section does not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\n(sec.150-ssec.3) For this section, a driver drives over a continuous white edge line on a road if— for a line on the far left side of the road—the driver’s vehicle is completely or partly to the left of the line; or for a line on the far right side of the road—the driver’s vehicle is completely or partly to the right of the line.\n- (a) overtaking a vehicle that is turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right change of direction signal; or\n- (b) driving a slow-moving vehicle, and it is necessary for the driver to drive on or over the edge line to allow the vehicle to be overtaken or passed by another vehicle; or\n- (c) driving a vehicle that is too wide, or too long, to drive on the road without driving on or over the edge line; or\n- (d) avoiding an obstruction; or\n- (e) passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n- (a) turning at an intersection; or\n- (b) entering or leaving the road; or\n- (c) entering a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road, a shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane); or\n- (d) stopping at the side of the road (including any shoulder of the road).\n- (a) for a line on the far left side of the road—the driver’s vehicle is completely or partly to the left of the line; or\n- (b) for a line on the far right side of the road—the driver’s vehicle is completely or partly to the right of the line.","sortOrder":199},{"sectionNumber":"sec.151","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding a motorbike, bicycle or personal mobility device alongside more than 1 other rider","content":"### sec.151 Riding a motorbike, bicycle or personal mobility device alongside more than 1 other rider\n\nThe rider of a motorbike, a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride on a road that is not a multi-lane road alongside more than 1 other rider, unless subsection (3) applies to the rider.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a motorbike, a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride in a marked lane alongside more than 1 other rider in the marked lane, unless subsection (3) applies to the rider.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a motorbike, a bicycle or a personal mobility device may ride alongside more than 1 other rider if the rider is overtaking the other riders.\nIf the rider of a motorbike, a bicycle or a personal mobility device is riding on a road that is not a multi-lane road alongside another rider, or in a marked lane alongside another rider in the marked lane, the rider must ride not over 1.5m from the other rider.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes a bicycle path, a shared path and any shoulder of the road.\ns 151 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 51\n(sec.151-ssec.1) The rider of a motorbike, a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride on a road that is not a multi-lane road alongside more than 1 other rider, unless subsection (3) applies to the rider. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.151-ssec.2) The rider of a motorbike, a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride in a marked lane alongside more than 1 other rider in the marked lane, unless subsection (3) applies to the rider. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.151-ssec.3) The rider of a motorbike, a bicycle or a personal mobility device may ride alongside more than 1 other rider if the rider is overtaking the other riders.\n(sec.151-ssec.4) If the rider of a motorbike, a bicycle or a personal mobility device is riding on a road that is not a multi-lane road alongside another rider, or in a marked lane alongside another rider in the marked lane, the rider must ride not over 1.5m from the other rider. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.151-ssec.5) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes a bicycle path, a shared path and any shoulder of the road.","sortOrder":200},{"sectionNumber":"sec.151A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Lane filtering between slow or stationary vehicles on a motorbike","content":"### sec.151A Lane filtering between slow or stationary vehicles on a motorbike\n\nThe rider of a motorbike is lane filtering along a length of road if the rider rides the motorbike between—\ntwo adjacent lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the motorbike; or\ntwo vehicles (regardless of whether the rider remains within a single marked lane), each vehicle travelling in—\nthe same direction as the motorbike; and\nseparate, but adjacent, marked lanes.\nThe rider of a motorbike must not unlawfully lane filter along a length of road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor subsection (2) , if 1 or more of the following circumstances apply while a rider is lane filtering along a length of road, the rider is taken to have unlawfully lane filtered along the length of road—\nthe rider does not hold an O type licence for the class of the motorbike;\nthe rider rides at a speed of more than 30km/h;\nthe rider rides in a school zone;\na no filtering sign applies to the length of road;\nit is not safe to lane filter.\nA no filtering sign on a road applies to a length of road starting at the sign and ending at the nearer of the following—\nif the length of road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the length of road;\nthe next end no filtering sign that is on the road.\nIn this section—\nend no filtering sign means a traffic sign—\nwith a symbol displaying a motorbike positioned between two vehicles with a black diagonal line across the symbol; and\nwith a symbol positioned below the symbol mentioned in paragraph (a) displaying the word ‘END’ in black letters.\nno filtering sign means—\na traffic sign with a symbol displaying a motorbike positioned between two vehicles with a red diagonal line across the symbol; or\na traffic sign displaying the words ‘no filtering’.\nschool zone means a school zone under section 23 (2) but only during the times when a lower speed limit applies to a driver in the school zone than the speed limit that applies to a driver for a length of road immediately outside the school zone.\ns 151A ins 2014 SL No. 325 s 13\namd 2018 SL No. 195 s 13\n(sec.151A-ssec.1) The rider of a motorbike is lane filtering along a length of road if the rider rides the motorbike between— two adjacent lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the motorbike; or two vehicles (regardless of whether the rider remains within a single marked lane), each vehicle travelling in— the same direction as the motorbike; and separate, but adjacent, marked lanes.\n(sec.151A-ssec.2) The rider of a motorbike must not unlawfully lane filter along a length of road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.151A-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , if 1 or more of the following circumstances apply while a rider is lane filtering along a length of road, the rider is taken to have unlawfully lane filtered along the length of road— the rider does not hold an O type licence for the class of the motorbike; the rider rides at a speed of more than 30km/h; the rider rides in a school zone; a no filtering sign applies to the length of road; it is not safe to lane filter.\n(sec.151A-ssec.4) A no filtering sign on a road applies to a length of road starting at the sign and ending at the nearer of the following— if the length of road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the length of road; the next end no filtering sign that is on the road.\n(sec.151A-ssec.5) In this section— end no filtering sign means a traffic sign— with a symbol displaying a motorbike positioned between two vehicles with a black diagonal line across the symbol; and with a symbol positioned below the symbol mentioned in paragraph (a) displaying the word ‘END’ in black letters. no filtering sign means— a traffic sign with a symbol displaying a motorbike positioned between two vehicles with a red diagonal line across the symbol; or a traffic sign displaying the words ‘no filtering’. school zone means a school zone under section 23 (2) but only during the times when a lower speed limit applies to a driver in the school zone than the speed limit that applies to a driver for a length of road immediately outside the school zone.\n- (a) two adjacent lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the motorbike; or\n- (b) two vehicles (regardless of whether the rider remains within a single marked lane), each vehicle travelling in— (i) the same direction as the motorbike; and (ii) separate, but adjacent, marked lanes.\n- (i) the same direction as the motorbike; and\n- (ii) separate, but adjacent, marked lanes.\n- (i) the same direction as the motorbike; and\n- (ii) separate, but adjacent, marked lanes.\n- (a) the rider does not hold an O type licence for the class of the motorbike;\n- (b) the rider rides at a speed of more than 30km/h;\n- (c) the rider rides in a school zone;\n- (d) a no filtering sign applies to the length of road;\n- (e) it is not safe to lane filter.\n- (a) if the length of road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the length of road;\n- (b) the next end no filtering sign that is on the road.\n- (a) with a symbol displaying a motorbike positioned between two vehicles with a black diagonal line across the symbol; and\n- (b) with a symbol positioned below the symbol mentioned in paragraph (a) displaying the word ‘END’ in black letters.\n- (a) a traffic sign with a symbol displaying a motorbike positioned between two vehicles with a red diagonal line across the symbol; or\n- (b) a traffic sign displaying the words ‘no filtering’.","sortOrder":201},{"sectionNumber":"sec.151B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Edge filtering past slow or stationary vehicles on a motorbike","content":"### sec.151B Edge filtering past slow or stationary vehicles on a motorbike\n\nThe rider of a motorbike is edge filtering along a length of road if the motorbike enters the edge of the road while the rider is passing 1 or more vehicles on the road.\nThe rider of a motorbike must not unlawfully edge filter along a length of road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor subsection (2) , if 1 or more of the following circumstances apply while a rider is edge filtering along a length of road, the rider is taken to have unlawfully edge filtered along the length of road—\nthe rider does not hold an O type licence for the class of the motorbike;\nthe speed limit for the length of road, other than indicated by a variable illuminated message sign, is less than 90km/h;\nThe speed limit for a length of road is 100km/h. A variable illuminated message sign indicates a speed limit of 80km/h for the length of road. In the circumstances, it is lawful for the rider to edge filter along the length of road.\nthe rider rides at a speed of more than 30km/h;\nthe length of road is in a tunnel ;\nthere are roadworks on the length of road;\nthe rider rides on any unsealed part of the road;\nit is not safe to edge filter.\nIn this section—\nedge , of a length of road—\nmeans the part of the road that is—\nto the left of the left edge line on the road; or\nto the right of the right edge line on the road; and\nincludes an emergency stopping lane along the road.\ns 151B ins 2014 SL No. 325 s 13\namd 2018 SL No. 144 s 7\n(sec.151B-ssec.1) The rider of a motorbike is edge filtering along a length of road if the motorbike enters the edge of the road while the rider is passing 1 or more vehicles on the road.\n(sec.151B-ssec.2) The rider of a motorbike must not unlawfully edge filter along a length of road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.151B-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , if 1 or more of the following circumstances apply while a rider is edge filtering along a length of road, the rider is taken to have unlawfully edge filtered along the length of road— the rider does not hold an O type licence for the class of the motorbike; the speed limit for the length of road, other than indicated by a variable illuminated message sign, is less than 90km/h; The speed limit for a length of road is 100km/h. A variable illuminated message sign indicates a speed limit of 80km/h for the length of road. In the circumstances, it is lawful for the rider to edge filter along the length of road. the rider rides at a speed of more than 30km/h; the length of road is in a tunnel ; there are roadworks on the length of road; the rider rides on any unsealed part of the road; it is not safe to edge filter.\n(sec.151B-ssec.4) In this section— edge , of a length of road— means the part of the road that is— to the left of the left edge line on the road; or to the right of the right edge line on the road; and includes an emergency stopping lane along the road.\n- (a) the rider does not hold an O type licence for the class of the motorbike;\n- (b) the speed limit for the length of road, other than indicated by a variable illuminated message sign, is less than 90km/h; Example for paragraph (b) — The speed limit for a length of road is 100km/h. A variable illuminated message sign indicates a speed limit of 80km/h for the length of road. In the circumstances, it is lawful for the rider to edge filter along the length of road.\n- (c) the rider rides at a speed of more than 30km/h;\n- (d) the length of road is in a tunnel ;\n- (e) there are roadworks on the length of road;\n- (f) the rider rides on any unsealed part of the road;\n- (g) it is not safe to edge filter.\n- (a) means the part of the road that is— (i) to the left of the left edge line on the road; or (ii) to the right of the right edge line on the road; and\n- (i) to the left of the left edge line on the road; or\n- (ii) to the right of the right edge line on the road; and\n- (b) includes an emergency stopping lane along the road.\n- (i) to the left of the left edge line on the road; or\n- (ii) to the right of the right edge line on the road; and","sortOrder":202},{"sectionNumber":"pt.11-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Obeying overhead lane control devices applying to marked lanes","content":"## Obeying overhead lane control devices applying to marked lanes","sortOrder":203},{"sectionNumber":"sec.152","sectionType":"section","heading":"Complying with overhead lane control devices","content":"### sec.152 Complying with overhead lane control devices\n\nA driver in a marked lane to which an overhead lane control device applies must comply with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the device displays an illuminated red diagonal cross or is a traffic sign displaying a red diagonal cross, the driver must not drive in the marked lane past the device.\nIf the device displays a flashing illuminated red diagonal cross, the driver must leave the marked lane as soon as it is safe to do so.\nIf the device displays an illuminated white, green or yellow arrow pointing downwards or indicating 1 or more directions, the driver may drive in the marked lane past the device.\nAlso, if the device displays a speed limit sign (variable illuminated message sign), the driver may drive in the marked lane past the device.\nSee also section 20 .\nA lane control ends sign on a road has the effect that once the driver has passed the sign, the overhead lane control device for which the sign is displayed no longer regulates which marked lanes the driver may or must drive in or must leave.\ns 152 amd 2011 SL No. 3 s 7\n(sec.152-ssec.1) A driver in a marked lane to which an overhead lane control device applies must comply with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.152-ssec.2) If the device displays an illuminated red diagonal cross or is a traffic sign displaying a red diagonal cross, the driver must not drive in the marked lane past the device.\n(sec.152-ssec.3) If the device displays a flashing illuminated red diagonal cross, the driver must leave the marked lane as soon as it is safe to do so.\n(sec.152-ssec.4) If the device displays an illuminated white, green or yellow arrow pointing downwards or indicating 1 or more directions, the driver may drive in the marked lane past the device.\n(sec.152-ssec.5) Also, if the device displays a speed limit sign (variable illuminated message sign), the driver may drive in the marked lane past the device. See also section 20 .\n(sec.152-ssec.6) A lane control ends sign on a road has the effect that once the driver has passed the sign, the overhead lane control device for which the sign is displayed no longer regulates which marked lanes the driver may or must drive in or must leave.","sortOrder":204},{"sectionNumber":"pt.11-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes","content":"## Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes","sortOrder":205},{"sectionNumber":"sec.153","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bicycle lanes","content":"### sec.153 Bicycle lanes\n\nA driver (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not drive in a bicycle lane, unless the driver is permitted to drive in the bicycle lane under this section or section 158 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf stopping or parking is permitted at a place in a bicycle lane under this regulation, a driver may drive for up to 50m in the bicycle lane to stop or park at that place.\nA driver may drive for up to 50m in a bicycle lane if the driver is—\ndriving a bus or taxi; and\ndropping off, or picking up, passengers.\nA bicycle lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane—\nbeginning at a bicycle lane sign applying to the lane, or a road marking consisting of a white bicycle symbol and the word ‘lane’ painted in white; and\nending at the nearest of the following—\nan end bicycle lane sign applying to the lane, or a road marking consisting of a white bicycle symbol and the words ‘end lane’ painted in white;\nan intersection (unless the lane is at the unbroken side of the continuing road at a T-intersection or continued across the intersection by broken lines);\nif the road ends at a dead end—the end of the road.\ns 153 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 19 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 52\n(sec.153-ssec.1) A driver (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not drive in a bicycle lane, unless the driver is permitted to drive in the bicycle lane under this section or section 158 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.153-ssec.2) If stopping or parking is permitted at a place in a bicycle lane under this regulation, a driver may drive for up to 50m in the bicycle lane to stop or park at that place.\n(sec.153-ssec.3) A driver may drive for up to 50m in a bicycle lane if the driver is— driving a bus or taxi; and dropping off, or picking up, passengers.\n(sec.153-ssec.4) A bicycle lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane— beginning at a bicycle lane sign applying to the lane, or a road marking consisting of a white bicycle symbol and the word ‘lane’ painted in white; and ending at the nearest of the following— an end bicycle lane sign applying to the lane, or a road marking consisting of a white bicycle symbol and the words ‘end lane’ painted in white; an intersection (unless the lane is at the unbroken side of the continuing road at a T-intersection or continued across the intersection by broken lines); if the road ends at a dead end—the end of the road.\n- (a) driving a bus or taxi; and\n- (b) dropping off, or picking up, passengers.\n- (a) beginning at a bicycle lane sign applying to the lane, or a road marking consisting of a white bicycle symbol and the word ‘lane’ painted in white; and\n- (b) ending at the nearest of the following— (i) an end bicycle lane sign applying to the lane, or a road marking consisting of a white bicycle symbol and the words ‘end lane’ painted in white; (ii) an intersection (unless the lane is at the unbroken side of the continuing road at a T-intersection or continued across the intersection by broken lines); (iii) if the road ends at a dead end—the end of the road.\n- (i) an end bicycle lane sign applying to the lane, or a road marking consisting of a white bicycle symbol and the words ‘end lane’ painted in white;\n- (ii) an intersection (unless the lane is at the unbroken side of the continuing road at a T-intersection or continued across the intersection by broken lines);\n- (iii) if the road ends at a dead end—the end of the road.\n- (i) an end bicycle lane sign applying to the lane, or a road marking consisting of a white bicycle symbol and the words ‘end lane’ painted in white;\n- (ii) an intersection (unless the lane is at the unbroken side of the continuing road at a T-intersection or continued across the intersection by broken lines);\n- (iii) if the road ends at a dead end—the end of the road.","sortOrder":206},{"sectionNumber":"sec.154","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bus lanes","content":"### sec.154 Bus lanes\n\nA driver must not drive in a bus lane, unless the driver is—\ndriving—\na bus; or\na bicycle or taxi; or\npermitted to drive in the bus lane under section 158 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA bus lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane—\nbeginning at a bus lane sign (whether or not there is also a bus lane road marking) and ending at the nearest of the following—\nan end bus lane sign;\na traffic sign that indicates the beginning of another special purpose lane; or\nbeginning at a bus lane road marking (if there is no bus lane sign) and ending at the next intersection.\nIn this section—\nbus lane road marking means a road marking consisting of—\nthe letters ‘BL’; or\nthe words ‘bus lane’.\ns 154 amd 2022 SL No. 3 s 16\n(sec.154-ssec.1) A driver must not drive in a bus lane, unless the driver is— driving— a bus; or a bicycle or taxi; or permitted to drive in the bus lane under section 158 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.154-ssec.2) A bus lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane— beginning at a bus lane sign (whether or not there is also a bus lane road marking) and ending at the nearest of the following— an end bus lane sign; a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of another special purpose lane; or beginning at a bus lane road marking (if there is no bus lane sign) and ending at the next intersection.\n(sec.154-ssec.3) In this section— bus lane road marking means a road marking consisting of— the letters ‘BL’; or the words ‘bus lane’.\n- (a) driving— (i) a bus; or (ii) a bicycle or taxi; or\n- (i) a bus; or\n- (ii) a bicycle or taxi; or\n- (b) permitted to drive in the bus lane under section 158 .\n- (i) a bus; or\n- (ii) a bicycle or taxi; or\n- (a) beginning at a bus lane sign (whether or not there is also a bus lane road marking) and ending at the nearest of the following— (i) an end bus lane sign; (ii) a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of another special purpose lane; or\n- (i) an end bus lane sign;\n- (ii) a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of another special purpose lane; or\n- (b) beginning at a bus lane road marking (if there is no bus lane sign) and ending at the next intersection.\n- (i) an end bus lane sign;\n- (ii) a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of another special purpose lane; or\n- (a) the letters ‘BL’; or\n- (b) the words ‘bus lane’.","sortOrder":207},{"sectionNumber":"sec.154A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bus only lanes","content":"### sec.154A Bus only lanes\n\nA driver must not drive in a bus only lane, unless the driver is—\na person permitted to drive on a busway under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 , section 336 ; or\npermitted to drive in the bus only lane under subsection (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may drive in a bus only lane if—\nit is necessary for the driver to drive in the bus only lane to avoid an obstruction; and\nthe driver does not obstruct the path of a bus travelling in the bus only lane; and\nif the driver is approaching the bus only lane from the same direction as vehicles travelling in the bus only lane—the driver approaches the bus only lane from the lane nearest to the bus only lane; and\nthe driver gives way to any vehicle travelling in the bus only lane; and\nthe driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\nA driver must not drive across a bus only lane, unless the driver is permitted to drive across the bus only lane under subsection (4) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may drive across a bus only lane only if—\nthe driver is driving across the bus only lane to—\nenter or leave a road; or\nenter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind, including, for example, moving to or from a service road, the shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane; and\nif the driver is approaching the bus only lane from the same direction as vehicles travelling in the bus only lane—the driver approaches the bus only lane from the lane nearest to the bus only lane; and\nthe driver gives way to any vehicle travelling in the bus only lane.\nA driver turning at an intersection immediately after a bus only lane must give way to any vehicle travelling in the bus only lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA bus only lane is a marked lane or the part of a marked lane—\nbeginning at a bus only lane sign (whether or not there is also a bus only lane road marking) and ending at the nearest of the following—\nan end bus only lane sign;\na traffic sign that indicates the beginning of a special purpose lane;\na traffic sign that indicates drivers of vehicles may drive in the lane beyond the sign;\nan intersection with traffic lights or traffic arrows; or\nbeginning at a bus only lane road marking (if there is no bus only lane sign) and ending at the next intersection; or\nthat is marked with a continuous line starting at the beginning of a bus only lane road marking and ending at an end bus only lane road marking.\nIn this section—\nbus only lane road marking means a road marking consisting of the words ‘bus only’.\nend bus only lane road marking means a road marking consisting of the words ‘end bus only’.\ns 154A ins 2022 SL No. 3 s 17\namd 2022 SL No. 122 s 17\n(sec.154A-ssec.1) A driver must not drive in a bus only lane, unless the driver is— a person permitted to drive on a busway under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 , section 336 ; or permitted to drive in the bus only lane under subsection (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.154A-ssec.2) A driver may drive in a bus only lane if— it is necessary for the driver to drive in the bus only lane to avoid an obstruction; and the driver does not obstruct the path of a bus travelling in the bus only lane; and if the driver is approaching the bus only lane from the same direction as vehicles travelling in the bus only lane—the driver approaches the bus only lane from the lane nearest to the bus only lane; and the driver gives way to any vehicle travelling in the bus only lane; and the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n(sec.154A-ssec.3) A driver must not drive across a bus only lane, unless the driver is permitted to drive across the bus only lane under subsection (4) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.154A-ssec.4) A driver may drive across a bus only lane only if— the driver is driving across the bus only lane to— enter or leave a road; or enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind, including, for example, moving to or from a service road, the shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane; and if the driver is approaching the bus only lane from the same direction as vehicles travelling in the bus only lane—the driver approaches the bus only lane from the lane nearest to the bus only lane; and the driver gives way to any vehicle travelling in the bus only lane.\n(sec.154A-ssec.5) A driver turning at an intersection immediately after a bus only lane must give way to any vehicle travelling in the bus only lane. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.154A-ssec.6) A bus only lane is a marked lane or the part of a marked lane— beginning at a bus only lane sign (whether or not there is also a bus only lane road marking) and ending at the nearest of the following— an end bus only lane sign; a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of a special purpose lane; a traffic sign that indicates drivers of vehicles may drive in the lane beyond the sign; an intersection with traffic lights or traffic arrows; or beginning at a bus only lane road marking (if there is no bus only lane sign) and ending at the next intersection; or that is marked with a continuous line starting at the beginning of a bus only lane road marking and ending at an end bus only lane road marking.\n(sec.154A-ssec.7) In this section— bus only lane road marking means a road marking consisting of the words ‘bus only’. end bus only lane road marking means a road marking consisting of the words ‘end bus only’.\n- (a) a person permitted to drive on a busway under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 , section 336 ; or\n- (b) permitted to drive in the bus only lane under subsection (2) .\n- (a) it is necessary for the driver to drive in the bus only lane to avoid an obstruction; and\n- (b) the driver does not obstruct the path of a bus travelling in the bus only lane; and\n- (c) if the driver is approaching the bus only lane from the same direction as vehicles travelling in the bus only lane—the driver approaches the bus only lane from the lane nearest to the bus only lane; and\n- (d) the driver gives way to any vehicle travelling in the bus only lane; and\n- (e) the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n- (a) the driver is driving across the bus only lane to— (i) enter or leave a road; or (ii) enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind, including, for example, moving to or from a service road, the shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane; and\n- (i) enter or leave a road; or\n- (ii) enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind, including, for example, moving to or from a service road, the shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane; and\n- (b) if the driver is approaching the bus only lane from the same direction as vehicles travelling in the bus only lane—the driver approaches the bus only lane from the lane nearest to the bus only lane; and\n- (c) the driver gives way to any vehicle travelling in the bus only lane.\n- (i) enter or leave a road; or\n- (ii) enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind, including, for example, moving to or from a service road, the shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane; and\n- (a) beginning at a bus only lane sign (whether or not there is also a bus only lane road marking) and ending at the nearest of the following— (i) an end bus only lane sign; (ii) a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of a special purpose lane; (iii) a traffic sign that indicates drivers of vehicles may drive in the lane beyond the sign; (iv) an intersection with traffic lights or traffic arrows; or\n- (i) an end bus only lane sign;\n- (ii) a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of a special purpose lane;\n- (iii) a traffic sign that indicates drivers of vehicles may drive in the lane beyond the sign;\n- (iv) an intersection with traffic lights or traffic arrows; or\n- (b) beginning at a bus only lane road marking (if there is no bus only lane sign) and ending at the next intersection; or\n- (c) that is marked with a continuous line starting at the beginning of a bus only lane road marking and ending at an end bus only lane road marking. Examples— Bus only lane sign End bus only lane sign\n- (i) an end bus only lane sign;\n- (ii) a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of a special purpose lane;\n- (iii) a traffic sign that indicates drivers of vehicles may drive in the lane beyond the sign;\n- (iv) an intersection with traffic lights or traffic arrows; or","sortOrder":208},{"sectionNumber":"sec.155","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tram lanes","content":"### sec.155 Tram lanes\n\nA driver must not drive in a tram lane, unless the driver is—\ndriving—\na tram, tram recovery vehicle or bus; or\na bicycle, bus or taxi; or\npermitted to drive in the tram lane under this section or section 158 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may drive in a tram lane if the driver is driving a truck and it is necessary for the driver to drive in the tram lane to reach a place to drop off, or pick up, passengers or goods.\nA tram lane is a part of a road with tram tracks that—\nis between a tram lane sign and an end tram lane sign; and\nis marked along the left side of the tracks (when facing the direction of travel of a tram on the tracks) by a continuous yellow line parallel to the tracks.\n(sec.155-ssec.1) A driver must not drive in a tram lane, unless the driver is— driving— a tram, tram recovery vehicle or bus; or a bicycle, bus or taxi; or permitted to drive in the tram lane under this section or section 158 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.155-ssec.2) A driver may drive in a tram lane if the driver is driving a truck and it is necessary for the driver to drive in the tram lane to reach a place to drop off, or pick up, passengers or goods.\n(sec.155-ssec.3) A tram lane is a part of a road with tram tracks that— is between a tram lane sign and an end tram lane sign; and is marked along the left side of the tracks (when facing the direction of travel of a tram on the tracks) by a continuous yellow line parallel to the tracks.\n- (a) driving— (i) a tram, tram recovery vehicle or bus; or (ii) a bicycle, bus or taxi; or\n- (i) a tram, tram recovery vehicle or bus; or\n- (ii) a bicycle, bus or taxi; or\n- (b) permitted to drive in the tram lane under this section or section 158 .\n- (i) a tram, tram recovery vehicle or bus; or\n- (ii) a bicycle, bus or taxi; or\n- (a) is between a tram lane sign and an end tram lane sign; and\n- (b) is marked along the left side of the tracks (when facing the direction of travel of a tram on the tracks) by a continuous yellow line parallel to the tracks.","sortOrder":209},{"sectionNumber":"sec.155A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tramways","content":"### sec.155A Tramways\n\nA driver (except the driver of a tram, tram recovery vehicle or bus) must not drive in a tramway, unless the driver is permitted to drive in the tramway under subsection (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may drive in a tramway if—\nit is necessary for the driver to drive in the tramway to avoid an obstruction; and\nwhen driving in the tramway, the driver does not move into the path of an approaching tram or bus travelling in the tramway.\nA tramway is a part of a road with tram tracks that—\nis between a tramway sign and an end tramway sign; and\nis marked along the left side of the tracks (when facing the direction of travel of a tram on the tracks) by either—\n2 continuous yellow lines parallel to the tracks; or\na structure (for example, a dividing strip, pedestrian refuge, traffic island, row of bollards or separation kerb), whether or not the structure is also being used to indicate a safety zone;\nbut does include any part of the road where vehicles are permitted to cross the tramway.\nFor the purposes of subsection (3) (b) (i) , a line is to be considered to be continuous despite any break in it that is designed to permit vehicles to cross the tramway.\ns 155A amd 2018 SL No. 195 s 14\n(sec.155A-ssec.1) A driver (except the driver of a tram, tram recovery vehicle or bus) must not drive in a tramway, unless the driver is permitted to drive in the tramway under subsection (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.155A-ssec.2) A driver may drive in a tramway if— it is necessary for the driver to drive in the tramway to avoid an obstruction; and when driving in the tramway, the driver does not move into the path of an approaching tram or bus travelling in the tramway.\n(sec.155A-ssec.3) A tramway is a part of a road with tram tracks that— is between a tramway sign and an end tramway sign; and is marked along the left side of the tracks (when facing the direction of travel of a tram on the tracks) by either— 2 continuous yellow lines parallel to the tracks; or a structure (for example, a dividing strip, pedestrian refuge, traffic island, row of bollards or separation kerb), whether or not the structure is also being used to indicate a safety zone; but does include any part of the road where vehicles are permitted to cross the tramway.\n(sec.155A-ssec.4) For the purposes of subsection (3) (b) (i) , a line is to be considered to be continuous despite any break in it that is designed to permit vehicles to cross the tramway.\n- (a) it is necessary for the driver to drive in the tramway to avoid an obstruction; and\n- (b) when driving in the tramway, the driver does not move into the path of an approaching tram or bus travelling in the tramway.\n- (a) is between a tramway sign and an end tramway sign; and\n- (b) is marked along the left side of the tracks (when facing the direction of travel of a tram on the tracks) by either— (i) 2 continuous yellow lines parallel to the tracks; or (ii) a structure (for example, a dividing strip, pedestrian refuge, traffic island, row of bollards or separation kerb), whether or not the structure is also being used to indicate a safety zone;\n- (i) 2 continuous yellow lines parallel to the tracks; or\n- (ii) a structure (for example, a dividing strip, pedestrian refuge, traffic island, row of bollards or separation kerb), whether or not the structure is also being used to indicate a safety zone;\n- (i) 2 continuous yellow lines parallel to the tracks; or\n- (ii) a structure (for example, a dividing strip, pedestrian refuge, traffic island, row of bollards or separation kerb), whether or not the structure is also being used to indicate a safety zone;","sortOrder":210},{"sectionNumber":"sec.156","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transit lanes","content":"### sec.156 Transit lanes\n\nA driver must not drive in a transit lane, unless—\nthe driver is driving—\na bicycle, bus, motorbike, taxi or tram; or\nif the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T2) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 1 other person; or\nif the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T3) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 2 other people; or\nthe driver is permitted to drive in the transit lane under section 158 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA transit lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane—\nbeginning at a transit lane sign; and\nending at an end transit lane sign.\n(sec.156-ssec.1) A driver must not drive in a transit lane, unless— the driver is driving— a bicycle, bus, motorbike, taxi or tram; or if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T2) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 1 other person; or if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T3) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 2 other people; or the driver is permitted to drive in the transit lane under section 158 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.156-ssec.2) A transit lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane— beginning at a transit lane sign; and ending at an end transit lane sign.\n- (a) the driver is driving— (i) a bicycle, bus, motorbike, taxi or tram; or (ii) if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T2) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 1 other person; or (iii) if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T3) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 2 other people; or\n- (i) a bicycle, bus, motorbike, taxi or tram; or\n- (ii) if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T2) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 1 other person; or\n- (iii) if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T3) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 2 other people; or\n- (b) the driver is permitted to drive in the transit lane under section 158 .\n- (i) a bicycle, bus, motorbike, taxi or tram; or\n- (ii) if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T2) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 1 other person; or\n- (iii) if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane is a transit lane (T3) sign—a vehicle carrying at least 2 other people; or\n- (a) beginning at a transit lane sign; and\n- (b) ending at an end transit lane sign.","sortOrder":211},{"sectionNumber":"sec.157","sectionType":"section","heading":"Truck lanes","content":"### sec.157 Truck lanes\n\nA driver must not drive in a truck lane, unless—\nthe driver is driving a truck; or\nthe driver is permitted to drive in the truck lane under section 158 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA truck lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane—\nbeginning at a truck lane sign; and\nending at an end truck lane sign.\n(sec.157-ssec.1) A driver must not drive in a truck lane, unless— the driver is driving a truck; or the driver is permitted to drive in the truck lane under section 158 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.157-ssec.2) A truck lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane— beginning at a truck lane sign; and ending at an end truck lane sign.\n- (a) the driver is driving a truck; or\n- (b) the driver is permitted to drive in the truck lane under section 158 .\n- (a) beginning at a truck lane sign; and\n- (b) ending at an end truck lane sign.","sortOrder":212},{"sectionNumber":"sec.158","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exceptions to driving in special purpose lanes etc.","content":"### sec.158 Exceptions to driving in special purpose lanes etc.\n\nThe driver of any vehicle may drive for up to the permitted distance in a bicycle lane, bus lane, tram lane, transit lane or truck lane if it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane—\nto enter or leave the road; or\nto enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road, the shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane); or\nto overtake a vehicle that is—\nturning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and\ngiving a right change of direction signal; or\nto enter a marked lane, or a part of the road where there is room for a line of traffic (other than animals, bicycles, personal mobility devices or motorbikes) from the side of the road.\nThe driver of any vehicle may drive in a bicycle lane, bus lane, tram lane, transit lane or truck lane if—\nit is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to avoid an obstruction; or\ninformation on or with a traffic sign applying to the lane indicates that the driver may drive in the lane; or\nthe driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\nIt is a defence to the prosecution of a driver for an offence against a provision of this division for driving in a bicycle lane, bus lane, tram lane, transit lane or truck lane if—\nit is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to stop at a place in the lane; and\neither—\nthe driver is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or\nit is a defence under section 165 for the driver to stop at that place; and\nif the lane is a bicycle lane—the driver drives in the lane for no more than the permitted distance.\nIn this section—\npermitted distance means—\nfor a bicycle lane or a tram lane—50m; or\nfor any other lane—100m.\ns 158 amd 2022 Act No. 19 s 33 ; 2022 SL No. 122 s 18 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 53\n(sec.158-ssec.1) The driver of any vehicle may drive for up to the permitted distance in a bicycle lane, bus lane, tram lane, transit lane or truck lane if it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane— to enter or leave the road; or to enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road, the shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane); or to overtake a vehicle that is— turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and giving a right change of direction signal; or to enter a marked lane, or a part of the road where there is room for a line of traffic (other than animals, bicycles, personal mobility devices or motorbikes) from the side of the road.\n(sec.158-ssec.2) The driver of any vehicle may drive in a bicycle lane, bus lane, tram lane, transit lane or truck lane if— it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to avoid an obstruction; or information on or with a traffic sign applying to the lane indicates that the driver may drive in the lane; or the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n(sec.158-ssec.3) It is a defence to the prosecution of a driver for an offence against a provision of this division for driving in a bicycle lane, bus lane, tram lane, transit lane or truck lane if— it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to stop at a place in the lane; and either— the driver is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or it is a defence under section 165 for the driver to stop at that place; and if the lane is a bicycle lane—the driver drives in the lane for no more than the permitted distance.\n(sec.158-ssec.4) In this section— permitted distance means— for a bicycle lane or a tram lane—50m; or for any other lane—100m.\n- (a) to enter or leave the road; or\n- (b) to enter a part of the road of 1 kind from a part of the road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a service road, the shoulder of the road or an emergency stopping lane); or\n- (c) to overtake a vehicle that is— (i) turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and (ii) giving a right change of direction signal; or\n- (i) turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and\n- (ii) giving a right change of direction signal; or\n- (d) to enter a marked lane, or a part of the road where there is room for a line of traffic (other than animals, bicycles, personal mobility devices or motorbikes) from the side of the road.\n- (i) turning right, or making a U-turn from the centre of the road; and\n- (ii) giving a right change of direction signal; or\n- (a) it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to avoid an obstruction; or\n- (b) information on or with a traffic sign applying to the lane indicates that the driver may drive in the lane; or\n- (c) the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n- (a) it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to stop at a place in the lane; and\n- (b) either— (i) the driver is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or (ii) it is a defence under section 165 for the driver to stop at that place; and\n- (i) the driver is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or\n- (ii) it is a defence under section 165 for the driver to stop at that place; and\n- (c) if the lane is a bicycle lane—the driver drives in the lane for no more than the permitted distance.\n- (i) the driver is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or\n- (ii) it is a defence under section 165 for the driver to stop at that place; and\n- (a) for a bicycle lane or a tram lane—50m; or\n- (b) for any other lane—100m.","sortOrder":213},{"sectionNumber":"sec.159","sectionType":"section","heading":"Marked lanes required to be used by particular kinds of vehicles","content":"### sec.159 Marked lanes required to be used by particular kinds of vehicles\n\nIf information on or with a traffic sign applying to a length of road indicates that a vehicle of a particular kind must drive in a particular marked lane, a driver driving a vehicle of that kind on the length of road must drive in the indicated lane, unless—\nthe driver is avoiding an obstruction; or\nthe driver is obeying a traffic control device applying to the indicated lane; or\nthe driver is permitted to drive in the indicated lane and also another marked lane under this regulation; or\nthe driver is intending to turn off the road or to make a U-turn and, in order to do so safely without disrupting other vehicles on the road, it is necessary to position the vehicle in another lane before starting or making the turn; or\nthe driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA traffic sign mentioned in this section that is on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the following—\na traffic sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the first traffic sign no longer applies;\nthe next intersection on the road;\nif the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\ns 159 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 22 ; 2022 SL No. 122 s 19\n(sec.159-ssec.1) If information on or with a traffic sign applying to a length of road indicates that a vehicle of a particular kind must drive in a particular marked lane, a driver driving a vehicle of that kind on the length of road must drive in the indicated lane, unless— the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or the driver is obeying a traffic control device applying to the indicated lane; or the driver is permitted to drive in the indicated lane and also another marked lane under this regulation; or the driver is intending to turn off the road or to make a U-turn and, in order to do so safely without disrupting other vehicles on the road, it is necessary to position the vehicle in another lane before starting or making the turn; or the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.159-ssec.2) A traffic sign mentioned in this section that is on a road applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the following— a traffic sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the first traffic sign no longer applies; the next intersection on the road; if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\n- (a) the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or\n- (b) the driver is obeying a traffic control device applying to the indicated lane; or\n- (c) the driver is permitted to drive in the indicated lane and also another marked lane under this regulation; or\n- (d) the driver is intending to turn off the road or to make a U-turn and, in order to do so safely without disrupting other vehicles on the road, it is necessary to position the vehicle in another lane before starting or making the turn; or\n- (e) the driver is passing an emergency response vehicle under section 78A (2) or (4) .\n- (a) a traffic sign or road marking on the road that indicates that the first traffic sign no longer applies;\n- (b) the next intersection on the road;\n- (c) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.","sortOrder":214},{"sectionNumber":"pt.11-div.7","sectionType":"division","heading":"Passing trams and safety zones","content":"## Passing trams and safety zones","sortOrder":215},{"sectionNumber":"sec.160","sectionType":"section","heading":"Passing or overtaking a tram that is not at or near the left side of the road","content":"### sec.160 Passing or overtaking a tram that is not at or near the left side of the road\n\nThis section applies to a driver driving on a road with tram tracks that are not at or near the far left side of the road.\nThe driver must not drive past, or overtake, a tram to the right of the tram, unless a traffic sign or a road marking indicates that the driver may drive past, or overtake, the tram to the right of the tram.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must not drive past, or overtake, a tram if the tram is turning left or is giving a left change of direction signal, unless—\nthe driver is turning left; and\nthere is no danger of a collision with the tram.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n(sec.160-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver driving on a road with tram tracks that are not at or near the far left side of the road.\n(sec.160-ssec.2) The driver must not drive past, or overtake, a tram to the right of the tram, unless a traffic sign or a road marking indicates that the driver may drive past, or overtake, the tram to the right of the tram. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.160-ssec.3) The driver must not drive past, or overtake, a tram if the tram is turning left or is giving a left change of direction signal, unless— the driver is turning left; and there is no danger of a collision with the tram. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.160-ssec.4) In this section— tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n- (a) the driver is turning left; and\n- (b) there is no danger of a collision with the tram.","sortOrder":216},{"sectionNumber":"sec.161","sectionType":"section","heading":"Passing or overtaking a tram at or near the left side of a road","content":"### sec.161 Passing or overtaking a tram at or near the left side of a road\n\nThis section applies to a driver driving on a road with tram tracks at or near the far left side of the road.\nThe driver must not drive past, or overtake, a tram to the left of the tram unless the driver is turning left and there is no danger of a collision with the tram.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must not drive past, or overtake, a tram if the tram is turning right or is giving a right change of direction signal.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n(sec.161-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver driving on a road with tram tracks at or near the far left side of the road.\n(sec.161-ssec.2) The driver must not drive past, or overtake, a tram to the left of the tram unless the driver is turning left and there is no danger of a collision with the tram. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.161-ssec.3) The driver must not drive past, or overtake, a tram if the tram is turning right or is giving a right change of direction signal. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.161-ssec.4) In this section— tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.","sortOrder":217},{"sectionNumber":"sec.162","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving past a safety zone","content":"### sec.162 Driving past a safety zone\n\nA driver driving past a safety zone—\nmust not drive on the safety zone, unless the driver is the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device; and\nmust drive to the left of the safety zone at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any pedestrian crossing the road to or from the safety zone.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA safety zone is an area of a road—\nat a place with safety zone signs at or near a tram stop; and\nindicated by a structure on the road (for example, a dividing strip, pedestrian refuge or traffic island).\ns 162 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 54\n(sec.162-ssec.1) A driver driving past a safety zone— must not drive on the safety zone, unless the driver is the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device; and must drive to the left of the safety zone at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any pedestrian crossing the road to or from the safety zone. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.162-ssec.2) A safety zone is an area of a road— at a place with safety zone signs at or near a tram stop; and indicated by a structure on the road (for example, a dividing strip, pedestrian refuge or traffic island).\n- (a) must not drive on the safety zone, unless the driver is the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device; and\n- (b) must drive to the left of the safety zone at a speed that does not put at risk the safety of any pedestrian crossing the road to or from the safety zone.\n- (a) at a place with safety zone signs at or near a tram stop; and\n- (b) indicated by a structure on the road (for example, a dividing strip, pedestrian refuge or traffic island).","sortOrder":218},{"sectionNumber":"sec.163","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving past the rear of a stopped tram at a tram stop","content":"### sec.163 Driving past the rear of a stopped tram at a tram stop\n\nThis section applies if—\na driver is driving behind the rear of a tram travelling in the same direction as the driver; and\nthe tram stops at a tram stop, other than a tram stop at the far left side of the road; and\nthere is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\nThe driver must stop before passing the rear of the tram.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nAfter stopping under subsection (2) , the driver must not drive past the tram if—\none or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or\na pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nAlso, after stopping under subsection (2) , if the tram remains at the tram stop and subsection (3) (a) and (b) do not apply, the driver must not drive past the tram at a speed over 10km/h.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsections (2) to (4) do not apply to a driver if the driver is directed to drive past the tram by an authorised officer.\nIn this section—\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\ns 163 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 23\n(sec.163-ssec.1) This section applies if— a driver is driving behind the rear of a tram travelling in the same direction as the driver; and the tram stops at a tram stop, other than a tram stop at the far left side of the road; and there is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\n(sec.163-ssec.2) The driver must stop before passing the rear of the tram. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.163-ssec.3) After stopping under subsection (2) , the driver must not drive past the tram if— one or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or a pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.163-ssec.4) Also, after stopping under subsection (2) , if the tram remains at the tram stop and subsection (3) (a) and (b) do not apply, the driver must not drive past the tram at a speed over 10km/h. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.163-ssec.5) Subsections (2) to (4) do not apply to a driver if the driver is directed to drive past the tram by an authorised officer.\n(sec.163-ssec.6) In this section— tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n- (a) a driver is driving behind the rear of a tram travelling in the same direction as the driver; and\n- (b) the tram stops at a tram stop, other than a tram stop at the far left side of the road; and\n- (c) there is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\n- (a) one or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or\n- (b) a pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road.","sortOrder":219},{"sectionNumber":"sec.164","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping beside a stopped tram at a tram stop","content":"### sec.164 Stopping beside a stopped tram at a tram stop\n\nThis section applies if—\na driver is driving alongside, or overtaking, a tram travelling in the same direction as the driver; and\nthe tram stops at a tram stop, other than a tram stop at the far left side of the road; and\nthere is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\nThe driver must stop when the tram stops.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nAfter stopping under subsection (2) , the driver must not drive past, or overtake, the tram if—\none or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or\na pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nAlso, after stopping under subsection (2) , if the tram remains at the tram stop and subsection (3) (a) and (b) do not apply, the driver must not drive past, or overtake, the tram at a speed over 10km/h.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsections (2) to (4) do not apply to a driver if the driver is directed to drive past the tram by an authorised officer.\nIn this section—\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\ns 164 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 24\n(sec.164-ssec.1) This section applies if— a driver is driving alongside, or overtaking, a tram travelling in the same direction as the driver; and the tram stops at a tram stop, other than a tram stop at the far left side of the road; and there is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\n(sec.164-ssec.2) The driver must stop when the tram stops. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.164-ssec.3) After stopping under subsection (2) , the driver must not drive past, or overtake, the tram if— one or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or a pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.164-ssec.4) Also, after stopping under subsection (2) , if the tram remains at the tram stop and subsection (3) (a) and (b) do not apply, the driver must not drive past, or overtake, the tram at a speed over 10km/h. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.164-ssec.5) Subsections (2) to (4) do not apply to a driver if the driver is directed to drive past the tram by an authorised officer.\n(sec.164-ssec.6) In this section— tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n- (a) a driver is driving alongside, or overtaking, a tram travelling in the same direction as the driver; and\n- (b) the tram stops at a tram stop, other than a tram stop at the far left side of the road; and\n- (c) there is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\n- (a) one or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or\n- (b) a pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road.","sortOrder":220},{"sectionNumber":"sec.164AA","sectionType":"section","heading":"Staying stopped if a tram comes from behind a stopped driver and stops","content":"### sec.164AA Staying stopped if a tram comes from behind a stopped driver and stops\n\nThis section applies if—\na driver is stopped beside a tram stop; and\na tram stops at the tram stop, other than at the far left side of the road; and\nthere is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\nThe driver must not proceed if—\none or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or\na pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the tram remains at the tram stop and subsection (2) (a) and (b) do not apply, the driver must not drive past the tram at a speed over 10km/h.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsections (2) and (3) do not apply to a driver if the driver is directed to drive past the tram by an authorised officer.\nIn this section—\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\ns 164AA ins 2013 SL No. 192 s 25\n(sec.164AA-ssec.1) This section applies if— a driver is stopped beside a tram stop; and a tram stops at the tram stop, other than at the far left side of the road; and there is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\n(sec.164AA-ssec.2) The driver must not proceed if— one or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or a pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.164AA-ssec.3) If the tram remains at the tram stop and subsection (2) (a) and (b) do not apply, the driver must not drive past the tram at a speed over 10km/h. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.164AA-ssec.4) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply to a driver if the driver is directed to drive past the tram by an authorised officer.\n(sec.164AA-ssec.5) In this section— tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n- (a) a driver is stopped beside a tram stop; and\n- (b) a tram stops at the tram stop, other than at the far left side of the road; and\n- (c) there is no safety zone, dividing strip or traffic island between the tram and the part of the road where the driver is driving.\n- (a) one or more of the doors on the side of the tram closest to the driver are open or opening; or\n- (b) a pedestrian is entering or crossing the road between the tram tracks and the far left side of the road.","sortOrder":221},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12","sectionType":"part","heading":"Restrictions on stopping and parking","content":"# Restrictions on stopping and parking","sortOrder":222},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"General","content":"## General","sortOrder":223},{"sectionNumber":"sec.164A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Minor traffic offences","content":"### sec.164A Minor traffic offences\n\nFor section 108 of the Act , definition minor traffic offence , the offences in this part are prescribed.","sortOrder":224},{"sectionNumber":"sec.165","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in an emergency etc. or to comply with another provision","content":"### sec.165 Stopping in an emergency etc. or to comply with another provision\n\nIt is a defence to the prosecution of a driver for an offence against a provision of this part if—\nthe driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, to avoid a collision, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary to avoid the collision; or\nthe driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, because the driver’s vehicle is disabled, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary for the vehicle to be moved safely to a place where the driver is permitted to park the vehicle under the Act ; or\nthe driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, to deal with a medical or other emergency, or to assist a disabled vehicle, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary in the circumstances; or\nthe driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, because the condition of the driver, a passenger, or the driver’s vehicle makes it necessary for the driver to stop in the interests of safety, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary in the circumstances; or\nthe driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, to comply with this regulation, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary to comply with the other provision.\nIf a driver stops at an intersection at a stop line, stop sign, or traffic lights, or to give way to a vehicle, the driver does not contravene section 170 (Stopping in or near an intersection).\n- (a) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, to avoid a collision, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary to avoid the collision; or\n- (b) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, because the driver’s vehicle is disabled, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary for the vehicle to be moved safely to a place where the driver is permitted to park the vehicle under the Act ; or\n- (c) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, to deal with a medical or other emergency, or to assist a disabled vehicle, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary in the circumstances; or\n- (d) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, because the condition of the driver, a passenger, or the driver’s vehicle makes it necessary for the driver to stop in the interests of safety, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary in the circumstances; or\n- (e) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular way, to comply with this regulation, and the driver stops for no longer than is necessary to comply with the other provision. Example for paragraph (e) — If a driver stops at an intersection at a stop line, stop sign, or traffic lights, or to give way to a vehicle, the driver does not contravene section 170 (Stopping in or near an intersection).","sortOrder":225},{"sectionNumber":"sec.166","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of part to bicycles and personal mobility devices","content":"### sec.166 Application of part to bicycles and personal mobility devices\n\nThis part does not apply to a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is stopped or parked—\nat a bicycle rail or in a bicycle rack; or\non a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip; or\non a part of a road that is designated for the parking of bicycles or personal mobility devices.\ns 166 sub 2022 SL No. 142 s 55\n- (a) at a bicycle rail or in a bicycle rack; or\n- (b) on a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip; or\n- (c) on a part of a road that is designated for the parking of bicycles or personal mobility devices.","sortOrder":226},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"No stopping and parking signs and road markings","content":"## No stopping and parking signs and road markings","sortOrder":227},{"sectionNumber":"sec.167","sectionType":"section","heading":"No stopping signs","content":"### sec.167 No stopping signs\n\nA driver must not stop on a length of road or in an area to which a no stopping sign applies.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":228},{"sectionNumber":"sec.168","sectionType":"section","heading":"No parking signs","content":"### sec.168 No parking signs\n\nThe driver of a vehicle must not stop on a length of road or in an area to which a no parking sign applies, unless the driver—\nis dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; and\ndoes not leave the vehicle unattended; and\ncompletes the dropping off, or picking up, of the passengers or goods, and drives on, as soon as possible and, in any case, within the required time after stopping.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, a driver leaves a vehicle unattended if the driver leaves the vehicle so the driver is over 3m from the closest point of the vehicle.\nIn this section—\nrequired time means—\nif information on or with the sign indicates a time—the indicated time; or\nif there is no indicated time—2 minutes; or\nif there is no indicated time, or the indicated time is less than 5 minutes, and section 206 applies to the driver—5 minutes.\n(sec.168-ssec.1) The driver of a vehicle must not stop on a length of road or in an area to which a no parking sign applies, unless the driver— is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; and does not leave the vehicle unattended; and completes the dropping off, or picking up, of the passengers or goods, and drives on, as soon as possible and, in any case, within the required time after stopping. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.168-ssec.2) For this section, a driver leaves a vehicle unattended if the driver leaves the vehicle so the driver is over 3m from the closest point of the vehicle.\n(sec.168-ssec.3) In this section— required time means— if information on or with the sign indicates a time—the indicated time; or if there is no indicated time—2 minutes; or if there is no indicated time, or the indicated time is less than 5 minutes, and section 206 applies to the driver—5 minutes.\n- (a) is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; and\n- (b) does not leave the vehicle unattended; and\n- (c) completes the dropping off, or picking up, of the passengers or goods, and drives on, as soon as possible and, in any case, within the required time after stopping.\n- (a) if information on or with the sign indicates a time—the indicated time; or\n- (b) if there is no indicated time—2 minutes; or\n- (c) if there is no indicated time, or the indicated time is less than 5 minutes, and section 206 applies to the driver—5 minutes.","sortOrder":229},{"sectionNumber":"sec.169","sectionType":"section","heading":"No stopping on a road with a yellow edge line","content":"### sec.169 No stopping on a road with a yellow edge line\n\nA driver must not stop at the side of a road marked with a continuous yellow edge line.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":230},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Stopping at intersections and crossings","content":"## Stopping at intersections and crossings","sortOrder":231},{"sectionNumber":"sec.170","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in or near an intersection","content":"### sec.170 Stopping in or near an intersection\n\nA driver must not stop at a place in an intersection unless—\nthe driver is permitted to stop at the place under this regulation; or\nthe intersection is a T-intersection without traffic lights and the driver stops along the continuous side of the continuing road at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not stop on a road within 20m from the nearest point of an intersecting road at an intersection with traffic lights, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, subsection (2) does not apply if a no stopping sign is installed within 20m from the nearest point.\nIf a no stopping sign is installed 6m from the nearest point of an intersecting road to which subsection (2) would otherwise apply, it is not an offence against subsection (2) for a driver to stop within 20m, but more than 6m, from the nearest point.\nA driver must not stop on a road within 10m from the nearest point of an intersecting road at an intersection without traffic lights, unless—\nthe driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or\nif the intersection is a T-intersection—the driver stops along the continuous side of the continuing road at the intersection.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, subsection (4) does not apply if a no stopping sign is installed within 10m from the nearest point.\nFor this section, distances are measured—\nin the direction in which the driver is driving; and\nas shown in—\nfor subsection (2) —example 1; or\nfor subsection (4) —example 2.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.170-ssec.1) A driver must not stop at a place in an intersection unless— the driver is permitted to stop at the place under this regulation; or the intersection is a T-intersection without traffic lights and the driver stops along the continuous side of the continuing road at the intersection. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.170-ssec.2) A driver must not stop on a road within 20m from the nearest point of an intersecting road at an intersection with traffic lights, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.170-ssec.3) However, subsection (2) does not apply if a no stopping sign is installed within 20m from the nearest point. If a no stopping sign is installed 6m from the nearest point of an intersecting road to which subsection (2) would otherwise apply, it is not an offence against subsection (2) for a driver to stop within 20m, but more than 6m, from the nearest point.\n(sec.170-ssec.4) A driver must not stop on a road within 10m from the nearest point of an intersecting road at an intersection without traffic lights, unless— the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or if the intersection is a T-intersection—the driver stops along the continuous side of the continuing road at the intersection. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.170-ssec.5) However, subsection (4) does not apply if a no stopping sign is installed within 10m from the nearest point.\n(sec.170-ssec.6) For this section, distances are measured— in the direction in which the driver is driving; and as shown in— for subsection (2) —example 1; or for subsection (4) —example 2.\n(sec.170-ssec.7) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) the driver is permitted to stop at the place under this regulation; or\n- (b) the intersection is a T-intersection without traffic lights and the driver stops along the continuous side of the continuing road at the intersection.\n- (a) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (a) the driver— (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or\n- (b) if the intersection is a T-intersection—the driver stops along the continuous side of the continuing road at the intersection.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation; or\n- (a) in the direction in which the driver is driving; and\n- (b) as shown in— (i) for subsection (2) —example 1; or (ii) for subsection (4) —example 2.\n- (i) for subsection (2) —example 1; or\n- (ii) for subsection (4) —example 2.\n- (i) for subsection (2) —example 1; or\n- (ii) for subsection (4) —example 2.","sortOrder":232},{"sectionNumber":"sec.171","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on or near a children’s crossing","content":"### sec.171 Stopping on or near a children’s crossing\n\nA driver driving along a road must not—\nstop on a children’s crossing on the road; or\nstop on the road within 20m before a children’s crossing or 10m after a children’s crossing, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, distances are measured—\nin the direction in which the driver is driving; and\nas shown in example 1 or 2.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 171 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 26 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 56\n(sec.171-ssec.1) A driver driving along a road must not— stop on a children’s crossing on the road; or stop on the road within 20m before a children’s crossing or 10m after a children’s crossing, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.171-ssec.2) For this section, distances are measured— in the direction in which the driver is driving; and as shown in example 1 or 2.\n(sec.171-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) stop on a children’s crossing on the road; or\n- (b) stop on the road within 20m before a children’s crossing or 10m after a children’s crossing, unless the driver— (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (a) in the direction in which the driver is driving; and\n- (b) as shown in example 1 or 2.","sortOrder":233},{"sectionNumber":"sec.172","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on or near a pedestrian crossing (except at an intersection)","content":"### sec.172 Stopping on or near a pedestrian crossing (except at an intersection)\n\nA driver driving along a road must not stop on a pedestrian crossing that is not at an intersection, or on the road within 20m before the crossing and 10m after the crossing, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, distances are measured—\nin the direction in which the driver is driving; and\nas shown in the example.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 172 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 57\n(sec.172-ssec.1) A driver driving along a road must not stop on a pedestrian crossing that is not at an intersection, or on the road within 20m before the crossing and 10m after the crossing, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.172-ssec.2) For this section, distances are measured— in the direction in which the driver is driving; and as shown in the example.\n(sec.172-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (a) in the direction in which the driver is driving; and\n- (b) as shown in the example.","sortOrder":234},{"sectionNumber":"sec.173","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on or near a marked foot crossing (except at an intersection)","content":"### sec.173 Stopping on or near a marked foot crossing (except at an intersection)\n\nA driver driving along a road must not stop on a marked foot crossing that is not at an intersection, or on the road within 10m before the traffic lights pole nearest to the driver at the crossing and 3m after the crossing, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, distances are measured—\nin the direction in which the driver is driving; and\nas shown in the example.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 173 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 58\n(sec.173-ssec.1) A driver driving along a road must not stop on a marked foot crossing that is not at an intersection, or on the road within 10m before the traffic lights pole nearest to the driver at the crossing and 3m after the crossing, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.173-ssec.2) For this section, distances are measured— in the direction in which the driver is driving; and as shown in the example.\n(sec.173-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (a) in the direction in which the driver is driving; and\n- (b) as shown in the example.","sortOrder":235},{"sectionNumber":"sec.174","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on or near a bicycle crossing (except at an intersection)","content":"### sec.174 Stopping on or near a bicycle crossing (except at an intersection)\n\nThis section applies to a bicycle crossing that is not at an intersection.\nA driver driving along the road on which the crossing is located must not stop on the crossing, or on the road within 10m before the traffic lights nearest to the driver at the crossing and 3m after the crossing, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, distances are measured—\nin the direction in which the driver is driving; and\nas shown in the example.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 174 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 27\n(sec.174-ssec.1) This section applies to a bicycle crossing that is not at an intersection.\n(sec.174-ssec.2) A driver driving along the road on which the crossing is located must not stop on the crossing, or on the road within 10m before the traffic lights nearest to the driver at the crossing and 3m after the crossing, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.174-ssec.3) For this section, distances are measured— in the direction in which the driver is driving; and as shown in the example.\n(sec.174-ssec.4) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (a) in the direction in which the driver is driving; and\n- (b) as shown in the example.","sortOrder":236},{"sectionNumber":"sec.175","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on or near a level crossing","content":"### sec.175 Stopping on or near a level crossing\n\nA driver must not stop on a level crossing, or on a road within 20m before the nearest rail or track to the driver approaching the crossing and 20m after the nearest rail or track to the driver leaving the crossing, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, distances are measured as shown in the example.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.175-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on a level crossing, or on a road within 20m before the nearest rail or track to the driver approaching the crossing and 20m after the nearest rail or track to the driver leaving the crossing, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.175-ssec.2) For this section, distances are measured as shown in the example.\n(sec.175-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.","sortOrder":237},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Stopping on clearways and freeways and in emergency stopping lanes","content":"## Stopping on clearways and freeways and in emergency stopping lanes","sortOrder":238},{"sectionNumber":"sec.176","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on a clearway","content":"### sec.176 Stopping on a clearway\n\nA driver must not stop on a length of road, other than a road-related area, to which a clearway sign applies, unless the driver is—\ndriving a bus or taxi; and\ndropping off, or picking up, passengers.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA clearway sign applies, for the days or times indicated on the sign, to a length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the following—\na clearway sign on the road that indicates different days or times;\nan end clearway sign on the road;\nthe end of the road.\n(sec.176-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on a length of road, other than a road-related area, to which a clearway sign applies, unless the driver is— driving a bus or taxi; and dropping off, or picking up, passengers. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.176-ssec.2) A clearway sign applies, for the days or times indicated on the sign, to a length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the following— a clearway sign on the road that indicates different days or times; an end clearway sign on the road; the end of the road.\n- (a) driving a bus or taxi; and\n- (b) dropping off, or picking up, passengers.\n- (a) a clearway sign on the road that indicates different days or times;\n- (b) an end clearway sign on the road;\n- (c) the end of the road.","sortOrder":239},{"sectionNumber":"sec.177","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on a freeway","content":"### sec.177 Stopping on a freeway\n\nA driver must not stop on a freeway, unless the driver stops in an emergency stopping lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA freeway is a length of road to which a freeway sign applies.\nA freeway sign on a road applies to a length of road beginning at the sign (including any road into which the length of road merges) and ending at the next end freeway sign on the road.\n(sec.177-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on a freeway, unless the driver stops in an emergency stopping lane. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.177-ssec.2) A freeway is a length of road to which a freeway sign applies.\n(sec.177-ssec.3) A freeway sign on a road applies to a length of road beginning at the sign (including any road into which the length of road merges) and ending at the next end freeway sign on the road.","sortOrder":240},{"sectionNumber":"sec.178","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in an emergency stopping lane","content":"### sec.178 Stopping in an emergency stopping lane\n\nA driver (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not stop in an emergency stopping lane unless—\nthe condition of the driver, a passenger or the driver’s vehicle, or any other factor, makes it necessary or desirable for the driver to stop in the emergency stopping lane in the interests of safety; and\nthe driver stops for no longer than is necessary in the circumstances.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 178 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 59\n- (a) the condition of the driver, a passenger or the driver’s vehicle, or any other factor, makes it necessary or desirable for the driver to stop in the emergency stopping lane in the interests of safety; and\n- (b) the driver stops for no longer than is necessary in the circumstances.","sortOrder":241},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Stopping in zones for particular vehicles","content":"## Stopping in zones for particular vehicles","sortOrder":242},{"sectionNumber":"sec.179","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a loading zone","content":"### sec.179 Stopping in a loading zone\n\nA driver must not stop in a loading zone, unless the driver is driving—\na bus that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or\na truck that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; or\na motor vehicle displaying a commercial vehicle identification label issued by the local government for the local government area in which the loading zone is situated; or\nanother motor vehicle that is—\ndropping off, or picking up, goods; or\ndropping off, or picking up, passengers.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver who is permitted to stop in a loading zone under subsection (1) (a) , (b) or (c) must not stay continuously in the zone for longer than—\n30 minutes; or\nif information on or with the loading zone signs applying to the loading zone indicates another time—the indicated time.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver who is permitted to stop in a loading zone under subsection (1) (d) (i) must not stay continuously in the zone for longer than—\n20 minutes; or\nif information on or with the loading zone signs applying to the loading zone indicates another time—the indicated time.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver who is permitted to stop in a loading zone under subsection (1) (d) (ii) must not stay continuously in the zone for longer than—\n2 minutes; or\nif the driver is dropping off or picking up a person with a disability—5 minutes.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA loading zone is a length of a road to which a loading zone sign applies.\nA person with a disability includes a person with an intellectual or cognitive impairment, or a physical impairment due to a medical condition, illness or injury, who requires assistance to get in and out of a vehicle.\ns 179 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 28 ; 2016 SL No. 240 s 7\n(sec.179-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a loading zone, unless the driver is driving— a bus that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or a truck that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; or a motor vehicle displaying a commercial vehicle identification label issued by the local government for the local government area in which the loading zone is situated; or another motor vehicle that is— dropping off, or picking up, goods; or dropping off, or picking up, passengers. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.179-ssec.2) A driver who is permitted to stop in a loading zone under subsection (1) (a) , (b) or (c) must not stay continuously in the zone for longer than— 30 minutes; or if information on or with the loading zone signs applying to the loading zone indicates another time—the indicated time. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.179-ssec.2A) A driver who is permitted to stop in a loading zone under subsection (1) (d) (i) must not stay continuously in the zone for longer than— 20 minutes; or if information on or with the loading zone signs applying to the loading zone indicates another time—the indicated time. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.179-ssec.2B) A driver who is permitted to stop in a loading zone under subsection (1) (d) (ii) must not stay continuously in the zone for longer than— 2 minutes; or if the driver is dropping off or picking up a person with a disability—5 minutes. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.179-ssec.3) A loading zone is a length of a road to which a loading zone sign applies.\n(sec.179-ssec.4) A person with a disability includes a person with an intellectual or cognitive impairment, or a physical impairment due to a medical condition, illness or injury, who requires assistance to get in and out of a vehicle.\n- (a) a bus that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or\n- (b) a truck that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; or\n- (c) a motor vehicle displaying a commercial vehicle identification label issued by the local government for the local government area in which the loading zone is situated; or\n- (d) another motor vehicle that is— (i) dropping off, or picking up, goods; or (ii) dropping off, or picking up, passengers.\n- (i) dropping off, or picking up, goods; or\n- (ii) dropping off, or picking up, passengers.\n- (i) dropping off, or picking up, goods; or\n- (ii) dropping off, or picking up, passengers.\n- (a) 30 minutes; or\n- (b) if information on or with the loading zone signs applying to the loading zone indicates another time—the indicated time.\n- (a) 20 minutes; or\n- (b) if information on or with the loading zone signs applying to the loading zone indicates another time—the indicated time.\n- (a) 2 minutes; or\n- (b) if the driver is dropping off or picking up a person with a disability—5 minutes.","sortOrder":243},{"sectionNumber":"sec.180","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a truck zone","content":"### sec.180 Stopping in a truck zone\n\nA driver must not stop in a truck zone, unless the driver is driving a truck that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA truck zone is a length of a road to which a truck zone sign applies.\n(sec.180-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a truck zone, unless the driver is driving a truck that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.180-ssec.2) A truck zone is a length of a road to which a truck zone sign applies.","sortOrder":244},{"sectionNumber":"sec.181","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a works zone","content":"### sec.181 Stopping in a works zone\n\nA driver must not stop in a works zone, unless the driver is driving a vehicle that is engaged in construction work in or near the zone.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA works zone is a length of a road to which a works zone sign applies.\n(sec.181-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a works zone, unless the driver is driving a vehicle that is engaged in construction work in or near the zone. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.181-ssec.2) A works zone is a length of a road to which a works zone sign applies.","sortOrder":245},{"sectionNumber":"sec.182","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a taxi zone","content":"### sec.182 Stopping in a taxi zone\n\nA driver must not stop in a taxi zone, unless the driver is driving a taxi.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA taxi zone is a length of a road to which a taxi zone sign applies.\n(sec.182-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a taxi zone, unless the driver is driving a taxi. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.182-ssec.2) A taxi zone is a length of a road to which a taxi zone sign applies.","sortOrder":246},{"sectionNumber":"sec.183","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a bus zone","content":"### sec.183 Stopping in a bus zone\n\nA driver must not stop in a bus zone, unless the driver is driving a bus (except a bus of a kind that is not permitted to stop in the bus zone by information on or with the bus zone sign applying to the bus zone).\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA bus zone is a length of a road to which a bus zone sign applies.\n(sec.183-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a bus zone, unless the driver is driving a bus (except a bus of a kind that is not permitted to stop in the bus zone by information on or with the bus zone sign applying to the bus zone). Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.183-ssec.2) A bus zone is a length of a road to which a bus zone sign applies.","sortOrder":247},{"sectionNumber":"sec.184","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section number not used","content":"### sec.184 Section number not used","sortOrder":248},{"sectionNumber":"sec.185","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a permit zone","content":"### sec.185 Stopping in a permit zone\n\nA driver must not stop in a permit zone, unless the driver’s vehicle displays a current permit issued under this regulation that permits the vehicle to stop in the zone.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA permit zone is a length of a road to which a permit zone sign applies.\n(sec.185-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a permit zone, unless the driver’s vehicle displays a current permit issued under this regulation that permits the vehicle to stop in the zone. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.185-ssec.2) A permit zone is a length of a road to which a permit zone sign applies.","sortOrder":249},{"sectionNumber":"sec.186","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a mail zone","content":"### sec.186 Stopping in a mail zone\n\nA driver must not stop in a mail zone.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA mail zone is a length of a road to which a mail zone sign applies.\n(sec.186-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a mail zone. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.186-ssec.2) A mail zone is a length of a road to which a mail zone sign applies.","sortOrder":250},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Other places where stopping is restricted","content":"## Other places where stopping is restricted","sortOrder":251},{"sectionNumber":"sec.187","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a bus lane, bus only lane, tram lane, tramway, transit lane, truck lane or on tram tracks","content":"### sec.187 Stopping in a bus lane, bus only lane, tram lane, tramway, transit lane, truck lane or on tram tracks\n\nA driver must not stop in a bus lane, transit lane or truck lane, unless the driver—\nis—\ndriving a bus or taxi; and\ndropping off, or picking up, passengers; or\nis permitted to drive in the lane under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver (except the driver of a tram, a tram recovery vehicle or a bus) must not stop in a tram lane, a tramway or on tram tracks.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not stop in a bus only lane unless the driver—\nis driving a bus and is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; and\nis permitted to drive in the bus only lane under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 187 amd 2022 SL No. 3 s 18\n(sec.187-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a bus lane, transit lane or truck lane, unless the driver— is— driving a bus or taxi; and dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or is permitted to drive in the lane under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.187-ssec.2) A driver (except the driver of a tram, a tram recovery vehicle or a bus) must not stop in a tram lane, a tramway or on tram tracks. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.187-ssec.3) A driver must not stop in a bus only lane unless the driver— is driving a bus and is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; and is permitted to drive in the bus only lane under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) is— (i) driving a bus or taxi; and (ii) dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or\n- (i) driving a bus or taxi; and\n- (ii) dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or\n- (b) is permitted to drive in the lane under this regulation.\n- (i) driving a bus or taxi; and\n- (ii) dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or\n- (a) is driving a bus and is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; and\n- (b) is permitted to drive in the bus only lane under this regulation.","sortOrder":252},{"sectionNumber":"sec.188","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a shared zone","content":"### sec.188 Stopping in a shared zone\n\nA driver must not stop in a shared zone unless—\nthe driver stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies and the driver is permitted to stop at that place under the Act ; or\nthe driver—\nstops in a parking bay; and\nis permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation; or\nthe driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; or\nthe driver is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the driver stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies and the driver is permitted to stop at that place under the Act ; or\n- (b) the driver— (i) stops in a parking bay; and (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation; or\n- (i) stops in a parking bay; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation; or\n- (c) the driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; or\n- (d) the driver is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage.\n- (i) stops in a parking bay; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation; or","sortOrder":253},{"sectionNumber":"sec.189","sectionType":"section","heading":"Double parking","content":"### sec.189 Double parking\n\nA driver must not stop on a road if to do so would put any part of the vehicle that the driver is driving between a vehicle that is parked on the road and the centre of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver does not contravene subsection (1) by parking on the side of the road, or in a median strip parking area, in accordance with section 210 .\ns 189 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 29\n(sec.189-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on a road if to do so would put any part of the vehicle that the driver is driving between a vehicle that is parked on the road and the centre of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.189-ssec.2) A driver does not contravene subsection (1) by parking on the side of the road, or in a median strip parking area, in accordance with section 210 .","sortOrder":254},{"sectionNumber":"sec.190","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in or near a safety zone","content":"### sec.190 Stopping in or near a safety zone\n\nA driver (other than the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not stop in a safety zone, or on a road within 10m before or after a safety zone, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, distances are measured—\nin the direction in which the driver is driving; and\nfrom the end of the structure; and\nas shown in example 2.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 190 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 60\n(sec.190-ssec.1) A driver (other than the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not stop in a safety zone, or on a road within 10m before or after a safety zone, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.190-ssec.2) For this section, distances are measured— in the direction in which the driver is driving; and from the end of the structure; and as shown in example 2.\n(sec.190-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (a) in the direction in which the driver is driving; and\n- (b) from the end of the structure; and\n- (c) as shown in example 2.","sortOrder":255},{"sectionNumber":"sec.191","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping near an obstruction","content":"### sec.191 Stopping near an obstruction\n\nA driver must not stop on a road near an obstruction on the road in a position that obstructs traffic on the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":256},{"sectionNumber":"sec.192","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on a bridge or in a tunnel etc.","content":"### sec.192 Stopping on a bridge or in a tunnel etc.\n\nA driver must not stop on a bridge, causeway, ramp or similar structure unless—\nthe road is at least as wide on the structure as it is on each of the approaches; or\nthe driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not stop in a tunnel or underpass unless—\nthe road is at least as wide in the tunnel or underpass as it is on each of the approaches; or\nthe driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.192-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on a bridge, causeway, ramp or similar structure unless— the road is at least as wide on the structure as it is on each of the approaches; or the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.192-ssec.2) A driver must not stop in a tunnel or underpass unless— the road is at least as wide in the tunnel or underpass as it is on each of the approaches; or the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the road is at least as wide on the structure as it is on each of the approaches; or\n- (b) the driver— (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (a) the road is at least as wide in the tunnel or underpass as it is on each of the approaches; or\n- (b) the driver— (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.","sortOrder":257},{"sectionNumber":"sec.193","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on a crest or curve outside a built-up area","content":"### sec.193 Stopping on a crest or curve outside a built-up area\n\nA driver must not stop on or near a crest or curve on a length of road that is not in a built-up area unless—\nthe driver’s vehicle is visible for 100m to drivers approaching the vehicle and travelling in the direction of travel of traffic on the same side of the road as the vehicle; or\nthe driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of a road.\n(sec.193-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on or near a crest or curve on a length of road that is not in a built-up area unless— the driver’s vehicle is visible for 100m to drivers approaching the vehicle and travelling in the direction of travel of traffic on the same side of the road as the vehicle; or the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.193-ssec.2) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of a road.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle is visible for 100m to drivers approaching the vehicle and travelling in the direction of travel of traffic on the same side of the road as the vehicle; or\n- (b) the driver— (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.","sortOrder":258},{"sectionNumber":"sec.194","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping near a fire hydrant etc.","content":"### sec.194 Stopping near a fire hydrant etc.\n\nA driver must not stop within 1m of a fire hydrant, fire hydrant indicator, or fire plug indicator, unless—\nthe driver—\nis driving a bus; and\nstops at a bus stop or in a bus zone; and\ndoes not leave the bus unattended; or\nthe driver—\nis driving a taxi; and\nstops in a taxi zone; and\ndoes not leave the taxi unattended.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, a driver leaves a vehicle unattended if the driver leaves the vehicle so the driver is over 3m from the closest point of the vehicle.\nIn this section—\nfire hydrant means an upright pipe with a spout, nozzle or other outlet for drawing water from a main or service pipe in case of fire or other emergency.\n(sec.194-ssec.1) A driver must not stop within 1m of a fire hydrant, fire hydrant indicator, or fire plug indicator, unless— the driver— is driving a bus; and stops at a bus stop or in a bus zone; and does not leave the bus unattended; or the driver— is driving a taxi; and stops in a taxi zone; and does not leave the taxi unattended. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.194-ssec.2) For this section, a driver leaves a vehicle unattended if the driver leaves the vehicle so the driver is over 3m from the closest point of the vehicle.\n(sec.194-ssec.3) In this section— fire hydrant means an upright pipe with a spout, nozzle or other outlet for drawing water from a main or service pipe in case of fire or other emergency.\n- (a) the driver— (i) is driving a bus; and (ii) stops at a bus stop or in a bus zone; and (iii) does not leave the bus unattended; or\n- (i) is driving a bus; and\n- (ii) stops at a bus stop or in a bus zone; and\n- (iii) does not leave the bus unattended; or\n- (b) the driver— (i) is driving a taxi; and (ii) stops in a taxi zone; and (iii) does not leave the taxi unattended.\n- (i) is driving a taxi; and\n- (ii) stops in a taxi zone; and\n- (iii) does not leave the taxi unattended.\n- (i) is driving a bus; and\n- (ii) stops at a bus stop or in a bus zone; and\n- (iii) does not leave the bus unattended; or\n- (i) is driving a taxi; and\n- (ii) stops in a taxi zone; and\n- (iii) does not leave the taxi unattended.","sortOrder":259},{"sectionNumber":"sec.195","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping at or near a bus stop","content":"### sec.195 Stopping at or near a bus stop\n\nA driver (except the driver of a bus) must not stop at a bus stop, or on the road, within 20m before a sign on the road that indicates the bus stop, and 10m after the sign, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, distances are measured in the direction in which the driver is driving.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.195-ssec.1) A driver (except the driver of a bus) must not stop at a bus stop, or on the road, within 20m before a sign on the road that indicates the bus stop, and 10m after the sign, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.195-ssec.2) For this section, distances are measured in the direction in which the driver is driving.\n(sec.195-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.","sortOrder":260},{"sectionNumber":"sec.196","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping at or near a tram stop","content":"### sec.196 Stopping at or near a tram stop\n\nA driver (except the driver of a tram, a tram recovery vehicle or a bus travelling along tram tracks) must not stop at a tram stop or on the road within 20m before a sign that indicates a tram stop, unless—\nthe driver stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nthe driver is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor this section, the distance is measured in the direction in which the driver is driving.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.196-ssec.1) A driver (except the driver of a tram, a tram recovery vehicle or a bus travelling along tram tracks) must not stop at a tram stop or on the road within 20m before a sign that indicates a tram stop, unless— the driver stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and the driver is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.196-ssec.2) For this section, the distance is measured in the direction in which the driver is driving.\n(sec.196-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) the driver stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) the driver is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.","sortOrder":261},{"sectionNumber":"sec.197","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip, painted island or traffic island","content":"### sec.197 Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip, painted island or traffic island\n\nA driver must not stop on a bicycle path, footpath, shared path or dividing strip, or a nature strip adjacent to a length of road in a built-up area, unless the driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not stop on a painted island.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not stop on a traffic island.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsections (1) and (1B) do not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\ns 197 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 20 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 61\n(sec.197-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on a bicycle path, footpath, shared path or dividing strip, or a nature strip adjacent to a length of road in a built-up area, unless the driver— stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.197-ssec.1A) A driver must not stop on a painted island. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.197-ssec.1B) A driver must not stop on a traffic island. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.197-ssec.2) Subsections (1) and (1B) do not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\n- (a) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.","sortOrder":262},{"sectionNumber":"sec.198","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obstructing access to and from a footpath, driveway etc.","content":"### sec.198 Obstructing access to and from a footpath, driveway etc.\n\nA driver must not stop on a road in a position that obstructs access by vehicles or pedestrians to or from a footpath ramp or a similar way of access to a footpath, or a bicycle path or passageway unless—\nthe driver is driving a bus that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or\nthe driver—\nstops in a parking bay; and\nis permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not stop on or across a driveway or other way of access for vehicles travelling to or from adjacent land unless—\nthe driver—\nis dropping off or picking up passengers; and\ndoes not leave the vehicle unattended; and\ncompletes the dropping off or picking up of the passengers, and drives on, as soon as practicable and, in any case, within 2 minutes after stopping; or\nthe driver—\nstops in a parking bay; and\nis permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor subsection (2) (a) (ii) , a driver leaves a vehicle unattended if the driver is more than 3m from the closest part of the vehicle.\n(sec.198-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on a road in a position that obstructs access by vehicles or pedestrians to or from a footpath ramp or a similar way of access to a footpath, or a bicycle path or passageway unless— the driver is driving a bus that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or the driver— stops in a parking bay; and is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.198-ssec.2) A driver must not stop on or across a driveway or other way of access for vehicles travelling to or from adjacent land unless— the driver— is dropping off or picking up passengers; and does not leave the vehicle unattended; and completes the dropping off or picking up of the passengers, and drives on, as soon as practicable and, in any case, within 2 minutes after stopping; or the driver— stops in a parking bay; and is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.198-ssec.3) For subsection (2) (a) (ii) , a driver leaves a vehicle unattended if the driver is more than 3m from the closest part of the vehicle.\n- (a) the driver is driving a bus that is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or\n- (b) the driver— (i) stops in a parking bay; and (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation.\n- (i) stops in a parking bay; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation.\n- (i) stops in a parking bay; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation.\n- (a) the driver— (i) is dropping off or picking up passengers; and (ii) does not leave the vehicle unattended; and (iii) completes the dropping off or picking up of the passengers, and drives on, as soon as practicable and, in any case, within 2 minutes after stopping; or\n- (i) is dropping off or picking up passengers; and\n- (ii) does not leave the vehicle unattended; and\n- (iii) completes the dropping off or picking up of the passengers, and drives on, as soon as practicable and, in any case, within 2 minutes after stopping; or\n- (b) the driver— (i) stops in a parking bay; and (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation.\n- (i) stops in a parking bay; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation.\n- (i) is dropping off or picking up passengers; and\n- (ii) does not leave the vehicle unattended; and\n- (iii) completes the dropping off or picking up of the passengers, and drives on, as soon as practicable and, in any case, within 2 minutes after stopping; or\n- (i) stops in a parking bay; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop in the parking bay under this regulation.","sortOrder":263},{"sectionNumber":"sec.199","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping near a postbox","content":"### sec.199 Stopping near a postbox\n\nA driver must not stop on a road within 3m of a public postbox unless—\nthe driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or mail; or\nthe driver—\nstops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nis permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or mail; or\n- (b) the driver— (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.\n- (i) stops at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (ii) is permitted to stop at that place under this regulation.","sortOrder":264},{"sectionNumber":"sec.200","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on roads—heavy and long vehicles","content":"### sec.200 Stopping on roads—heavy and long vehicles\n\nThe driver of a heavy vehicle, or long vehicle, must not stop on a length of road that is not in a built-up area, except on the shoulder of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubject to subsections (2A) and (2B) , the driver of a heavy vehicle, or long vehicle, must not stop on a length of road in a built-up area for longer than 1 hour, unless the driver is permitted to stop on the length of road for longer than 1 hour by information on or with a traffic control device.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a heavy vehicle, or long vehicle, may stop on a length of road in a built-up area for longer than 1 hour if the driver is engaged in dropping off or picking up goods for all of the period when the vehicle is stopped.\nSubsections (1) , (2) and (2A) apply unless a local law otherwise provides.\nIn this section—\nlong vehicle means a vehicle that, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer.\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of a road.\ns 200 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 67 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 15\n(sec.200-ssec.1) The driver of a heavy vehicle, or long vehicle, must not stop on a length of road that is not in a built-up area, except on the shoulder of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.200-ssec.2) Subject to subsections (2A) and (2B) , the driver of a heavy vehicle, or long vehicle, must not stop on a length of road in a built-up area for longer than 1 hour, unless the driver is permitted to stop on the length of road for longer than 1 hour by information on or with a traffic control device. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.200-ssec.2A) The driver of a heavy vehicle, or long vehicle, may stop on a length of road in a built-up area for longer than 1 hour if the driver is engaged in dropping off or picking up goods for all of the period when the vehicle is stopped.\n(sec.200-ssec.2B) Subsections (1) , (2) and (2A) apply unless a local law otherwise provides.\n(sec.200-ssec.3) In this section— long vehicle means a vehicle that, together with any load or projection, is 7.5m long, or longer. road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of a road.","sortOrder":265},{"sectionNumber":"sec.201","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on a road with bicycle parking sign","content":"### sec.201 Stopping on a road with bicycle parking sign\n\nA driver (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not stop on a length of road to which a bicycle parking sign applies, unless the driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 201 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 62","sortOrder":266},{"sectionNumber":"sec.202","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping on a road with motorbike parking sign","content":"### sec.202 Stopping on a road with motorbike parking sign\n\nA driver (except the rider of a motorbike) must not stop on a length of road to which a motorbike parking sign applies, unless the driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":267},{"sectionNumber":"sec.203","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a parking area for people with disabilities","content":"### sec.203 Stopping in a parking area for people with disabilities\n\nA driver must not stop in a parking area for people with disabilities unless—\nthe driver’s vehicle displays a current parking permit for people with disabilities; and\nthe driver complies with the conditions of use of the permit.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA parking area for people with disabilities is a length or area of a road—\nto which a permissive parking sign displaying a people with disabilities symbol applies; or\nto which a people with disabilities parking sign applies; or\nindicated by a road marking (a people with disabilities road marking ) that consists of, or includes, a people with disabilities symbol.\n(sec.203-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a parking area for people with disabilities unless— the driver’s vehicle displays a current parking permit for people with disabilities; and the driver complies with the conditions of use of the permit. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.203-ssec.2) A parking area for people with disabilities is a length or area of a road— to which a permissive parking sign displaying a people with disabilities symbol applies; or to which a people with disabilities parking sign applies; or indicated by a road marking (a people with disabilities road marking ) that consists of, or includes, a people with disabilities symbol.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle displays a current parking permit for people with disabilities; and\n- (b) the driver complies with the conditions of use of the permit.\n- (a) to which a permissive parking sign displaying a people with disabilities symbol applies; or\n- (b) to which a people with disabilities parking sign applies; or\n- (c) indicated by a road marking (a people with disabilities road marking ) that consists of, or includes, a people with disabilities symbol.","sortOrder":268},{"sectionNumber":"sec.203A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a slip lane","content":"### sec.203A Stopping in a slip lane\n\nA driver must not stop in a slip lane unless—\na parking control sign applies to the place where the driver stops; and\nthe driver is permitted to stop at the place under this regulation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) a parking control sign applies to the place where the driver stops; and\n- (b) the driver is permitted to stop at the place under this regulation.","sortOrder":269},{"sectionNumber":"sec.203B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section number not used","content":"### sec.203B Section number not used\n\ns 203B ins 2022 SL No. 3 s 19","sortOrder":270},{"sectionNumber":"sec.203C","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping in a parking area for the charging of electric-powered vehicles","content":"### sec.203C Stopping in a parking area for the charging of electric-powered vehicles\n\nA driver must not stop in a parking area for the charging of an electric-powered vehicle unless—\nthe driver’s vehicle is an electric-powered vehicle; and\nthe electric-powered vehicle—\nis plugged in to an external source of electricity; or\nis being plugged in to an external source of electricity; or\nhas just been unplugged from an external source of electricity.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA parking area for the charging of an electric-powered vehicle is a length or area of a road—\nto which a permissive parking sign displaying an electric-powered vehicle symbol applies; or\nto which an electric-powered vehicle charging parking sign applies; or\nindicated by a road marking that consists of, or includes, an electric-powered vehicle symbol.\nAn electric-powered vehicle is a vehicle that—\nis powered by 1 or more electric motors or traction motors, regardless of whether the vehicle is also powered by another form of propulsion; and\ncan be recharged from an external source of electricity.\ns 203C ins 2022 SL No. 3 s 19\n(sec.203C-ssec.1) A driver must not stop in a parking area for the charging of an electric-powered vehicle unless— the driver’s vehicle is an electric-powered vehicle; and the electric-powered vehicle— is plugged in to an external source of electricity; or is being plugged in to an external source of electricity; or has just been unplugged from an external source of electricity. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.203C-ssec.2) A parking area for the charging of an electric-powered vehicle is a length or area of a road— to which a permissive parking sign displaying an electric-powered vehicle symbol applies; or to which an electric-powered vehicle charging parking sign applies; or indicated by a road marking that consists of, or includes, an electric-powered vehicle symbol.\n(sec.203C-ssec.3) An electric-powered vehicle is a vehicle that— is powered by 1 or more electric motors or traction motors, regardless of whether the vehicle is also powered by another form of propulsion; and can be recharged from an external source of electricity.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle is an electric-powered vehicle; and\n- (b) the electric-powered vehicle— (i) is plugged in to an external source of electricity; or (ii) is being plugged in to an external source of electricity; or (iii) has just been unplugged from an external source of electricity.\n- (i) is plugged in to an external source of electricity; or\n- (ii) is being plugged in to an external source of electricity; or\n- (iii) has just been unplugged from an external source of electricity.\n- (i) is plugged in to an external source of electricity; or\n- (ii) is being plugged in to an external source of electricity; or\n- (iii) has just been unplugged from an external source of electricity.\n- (a) to which a permissive parking sign displaying an electric-powered vehicle symbol applies; or\n- (b) to which an electric-powered vehicle charging parking sign applies; or\n- (c) indicated by a road marking that consists of, or includes, an electric-powered vehicle symbol. Examples for subsection (2) — Electric-powered vehicle symbol Electric-powered vehicle charging parking signs\n- (a) is powered by 1 or more electric motors or traction motors, regardless of whether the vehicle is also powered by another form of propulsion; and\n- (b) can be recharged from an external source of electricity.","sortOrder":271},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.7","sectionType":"division","heading":"Permissive parking signs and parking fees","content":"## Permissive parking signs and parking fees","sortOrder":272},{"sectionNumber":"sec.204","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of particular information on or with permissive parking signs","content":"### sec.204 Meaning of particular information on or with permissive parking signs\n\nThis section explains the meaning of certain information on or with a permissive parking sign applying to a length of road or an area.\nA whole number, fraction, or whole number and fraction, immediately to the left of the letter ‘P’ indicates that a driver must not park on the length of road, or in the area, continuously for longer than the period of hours, or fraction of an hour, equal to the number, fraction, or number and fraction, shown.\nA number, together with the word ‘minute’, immediately to the right of the letter ‘P’ indicates that a driver must not park on the length of road, or in the area, continuously for longer than the number of minutes shown.\nThe word ‘parking’, together with words indicating a number of hours or minutes, indicates that a driver must not park on the length of road, or in the area, continuously for longer than the number of hours or minutes shown.\n(sec.204-ssec.1) This section explains the meaning of certain information on or with a permissive parking sign applying to a length of road or an area.\n(sec.204-ssec.2) A whole number, fraction, or whole number and fraction, immediately to the left of the letter ‘P’ indicates that a driver must not park on the length of road, or in the area, continuously for longer than the period of hours, or fraction of an hour, equal to the number, fraction, or number and fraction, shown.\n(sec.204-ssec.3) A number, together with the word ‘minute’, immediately to the right of the letter ‘P’ indicates that a driver must not park on the length of road, or in the area, continuously for longer than the number of minutes shown.\n(sec.204-ssec.4) The word ‘parking’, together with words indicating a number of hours or minutes, indicates that a driver must not park on the length of road, or in the area, continuously for longer than the number of hours or minutes shown.","sortOrder":273},{"sectionNumber":"sec.205","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parking for longer than indicated","content":"### sec.205 Parking for longer than indicated\n\nA driver must not park continuously on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies for longer than—\nthe period indicated by information on or with the sign; or\nif section 206 applies to the driver—the period permitted under that section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf a permissive parking sign does not indicate a period and does not indicate that it applies at particular times, or at particular times on particular days, a driver may, at any time, park continuously on a length of road, or in an area, to which the sign applies, unless—\nanother parking control sign applies to the length of road or area; and\nthe driver is prohibited from parking on the length of road, or in the area, under this regulation.\nFor subsection (1) , a driver parks continuously on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies from the time when the driver parks on the length of road or in the area until the driver or another driver moves the vehicle off the length of road or out of the area.\n(sec.205-ssec.1) A driver must not park continuously on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies for longer than— the period indicated by information on or with the sign; or if section 206 applies to the driver—the period permitted under that section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.205-ssec.1A) If a permissive parking sign does not indicate a period and does not indicate that it applies at particular times, or at particular times on particular days, a driver may, at any time, park continuously on a length of road, or in an area, to which the sign applies, unless— another parking control sign applies to the length of road or area; and the driver is prohibited from parking on the length of road, or in the area, under this regulation.\n(sec.205-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , a driver parks continuously on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies from the time when the driver parks on the length of road or in the area until the driver or another driver moves the vehicle off the length of road or out of the area.\n- (a) the period indicated by information on or with the sign; or\n- (b) if section 206 applies to the driver—the period permitted under that section.\n- (a) another parking control sign applies to the length of road or area; and\n- (b) the driver is prohibited from parking on the length of road, or in the area, under this regulation.","sortOrder":274},{"sectionNumber":"sec.205A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parking outside times indicated","content":"### sec.205A Parking outside times indicated\n\nIf a permissive parking sign indicates that it applies at particular times, or at particular times on particular days, a driver may park on the length of road, or in an area, to which the sign applies at a time, or at a time on a day, when the sign does not apply, unless—\nanother parking control sign applies to the length of road or area; and\nthe driver is prohibited from parking on the length of road, or in the area, at that time, or at that time on that day, under this regulation.\n- (a) another parking control sign applies to the length of road or area; and\n- (b) the driver is prohibited from parking on the length of road, or in the area, at that time, or at that time on that day, under this regulation.","sortOrder":275},{"sectionNumber":"sec.206","sectionType":"section","heading":"Time extension for people with disabilities","content":"### sec.206 Time extension for people with disabilities\n\nThis section applies to a driver if—\nthe driver’s vehicle displays a current parking permit for people with disabilities; and\nthe driver complies with the conditions of use of the permit.\nThe driver may park continuously on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies—\nif the time limit on the sign is less than 30 minutes—for 30 minutes; or\nif the time limit on the sign is 30 minutes or more—for an unlimited time.\ns 206 amd 2011 SL No. 8 s 20\n(sec.206-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver if— the driver’s vehicle displays a current parking permit for people with disabilities; and the driver complies with the conditions of use of the permit.\n(sec.206-ssec.2) The driver may park continuously on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies— if the time limit on the sign is less than 30 minutes—for 30 minutes; or if the time limit on the sign is 30 minutes or more—for an unlimited time.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle displays a current parking permit for people with disabilities; and\n- (b) the driver complies with the conditions of use of the permit.\n- (a) if the time limit on the sign is less than 30 minutes—for 30 minutes; or\n- (b) if the time limit on the sign is 30 minutes or more—for an unlimited time.","sortOrder":276},{"sectionNumber":"sec.207","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section number not used","content":"### sec.207 Section number not used","sortOrder":277},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.8","sectionType":"division","heading":"Parallel parking","content":"## Parallel parking","sortOrder":278},{"sectionNumber":"sec.208","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parallel parking on a road (except in a median strip parking area)","content":"### sec.208 Parallel parking on a road (except in a median strip parking area)\n\nA driver who parks on a road (except in a median strip parking area) must position the driver’s vehicle in accordance with subsections (2) to (8) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must position the vehicle to face—\nin the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic on, or next to, the part of the road where the driver parks; or\nif there is no traffic on, or next to, the part of the road—in the direction in which vehicles ordinarily travel on, or next to, the part of the road.\nIf the road is a two-way road, the driver must position the vehicle parallel, and as near as practicable, to the far left side of the road.\nIf the road is a one-way road, the driver must position the vehicle parallel, and as near as practicable, to the far left or far right side of the road, unless otherwise indicated by information on or with a parking control sign.\nIf the driver does not park in a parking bay, the driver must position the vehicle at least 1m from the closest point of any vehicle in front of it and any vehicle behind it.\nIf the road has a continuous dividing line or a dividing strip, the driver must position the vehicle at least 3m from the continuous dividing line or dividing strip, unless otherwise indicated by information on or with a parking control sign.\nIf the road does not have a continuous dividing line or a dividing strip, the driver must position the vehicle so there is at least 3m of the road alongside the vehicle that is clear for other vehicles to pass, unless otherwise indicated by information on or with a parking control sign.\nThe driver must position the vehicle so the vehicle does not unreasonably obstruct the path of other vehicles or pedestrians.\nThis section does not apply to—\na driver if the driver parks on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign or road marking applies, and information on or with the sign or road marking includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’; or\nthe rider of a motorbike if the rider parks the motorbike on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies and the sign indicates that the length of road or area is for parking motorbikes.\nSubsections (3) and (4) do not apply to the rider of a motorbike if the rider positions the motorbike so at least 1 wheel is as near as practicable to the far left or far right side of the road.\nIf a road has 1 or more service roads, the part of the road used by the main body of moving vehicles, and each service road, is taken to be a separate road for this section.\nIn this section—\ncontinuous dividing line means—\na single continuous dividing line only; or\na single continuous dividing line to the left or right of a broken dividing line; or\n2 parallel continuous dividing lines.\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.208-ssec.1) A driver who parks on a road (except in a median strip parking area) must position the driver’s vehicle in accordance with subsections (2) to (8) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.208-ssec.2) The driver must position the vehicle to face— in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic on, or next to, the part of the road where the driver parks; or if there is no traffic on, or next to, the part of the road—in the direction in which vehicles ordinarily travel on, or next to, the part of the road.\n(sec.208-ssec.3) If the road is a two-way road, the driver must position the vehicle parallel, and as near as practicable, to the far left side of the road.\n(sec.208-ssec.4) If the road is a one-way road, the driver must position the vehicle parallel, and as near as practicable, to the far left or far right side of the road, unless otherwise indicated by information on or with a parking control sign.\n(sec.208-ssec.5) If the driver does not park in a parking bay, the driver must position the vehicle at least 1m from the closest point of any vehicle in front of it and any vehicle behind it.\n(sec.208-ssec.6) If the road has a continuous dividing line or a dividing strip, the driver must position the vehicle at least 3m from the continuous dividing line or dividing strip, unless otherwise indicated by information on or with a parking control sign.\n(sec.208-ssec.7) If the road does not have a continuous dividing line or a dividing strip, the driver must position the vehicle so there is at least 3m of the road alongside the vehicle that is clear for other vehicles to pass, unless otherwise indicated by information on or with a parking control sign.\n(sec.208-ssec.8) The driver must position the vehicle so the vehicle does not unreasonably obstruct the path of other vehicles or pedestrians.\n(sec.208-ssec.9) This section does not apply to— a driver if the driver parks on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign or road marking applies, and information on or with the sign or road marking includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’; or the rider of a motorbike if the rider parks the motorbike on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies and the sign indicates that the length of road or area is for parking motorbikes.\n(sec.208-ssec.10) Subsections (3) and (4) do not apply to the rider of a motorbike if the rider positions the motorbike so at least 1 wheel is as near as practicable to the far left or far right side of the road.\n(sec.208-ssec.11) If a road has 1 or more service roads, the part of the road used by the main body of moving vehicles, and each service road, is taken to be a separate road for this section.\n(sec.208-ssec.12) In this section— continuous dividing line means— a single continuous dividing line only; or a single continuous dividing line to the left or right of a broken dividing line; or 2 parallel continuous dividing lines. road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic on, or next to, the part of the road where the driver parks; or\n- (b) if there is no traffic on, or next to, the part of the road—in the direction in which vehicles ordinarily travel on, or next to, the part of the road.\n- (a) a driver if the driver parks on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign or road marking applies, and information on or with the sign or road marking includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’; or\n- (b) the rider of a motorbike if the rider parks the motorbike on a length of road, or in an area, to which a permissive parking sign applies and the sign indicates that the length of road or area is for parking motorbikes.\n- (a) a single continuous dividing line only; or\n- (b) a single continuous dividing line to the left or right of a broken dividing line; or\n- (c) 2 parallel continuous dividing lines.","sortOrder":279},{"sectionNumber":"sec.208A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parallel parking in a road-related area (except in a median strip parking area)","content":"### sec.208A Parallel parking in a road-related area (except in a median strip parking area)\n\nA driver who parks in a road-related area (except in a median strip parking area) must position the driver’s vehicle to face—\nin the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic next to the part of the road-related area where the driver parks; or\nif there is no traffic next to that part of the road-related area—in the direction in which vehicles could lawfully travel in the road-related area; or\nif the road-related area is an area that divides a road—either—\nin the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or\nif there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles could lawfully travel on that part of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply if signs or road markings indicate that angle parking is required in the road-related area.\n(sec.208A-ssec.1) A driver who parks in a road-related area (except in a median strip parking area) must position the driver’s vehicle to face— in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic next to the part of the road-related area where the driver parks; or if there is no traffic next to that part of the road-related area—in the direction in which vehicles could lawfully travel in the road-related area; or if the road-related area is an area that divides a road—either— in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or if there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles could lawfully travel on that part of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.208A-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply if signs or road markings indicate that angle parking is required in the road-related area.\n- (a) in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic next to the part of the road-related area where the driver parks; or\n- (b) if there is no traffic next to that part of the road-related area—in the direction in which vehicles could lawfully travel in the road-related area; or\n- (c) if the road-related area is an area that divides a road—either— (i) in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or (ii) if there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles could lawfully travel on that part of the road.\n- (i) in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or\n- (ii) if there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles could lawfully travel on that part of the road.\n- (i) in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or\n- (ii) if there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles could lawfully travel on that part of the road.","sortOrder":280},{"sectionNumber":"sec.209","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parallel parking in a median strip parking area","content":"### sec.209 Parallel parking in a median strip parking area\n\nThis section applies to a driver who parks in a median strip parking area if a parking control sign or road marking applies to the area, and information on or with the sign or road marking indicates that the driver’s vehicle must be positioned parallel to the median strip.\nThe driver must position the driver’s vehicle—\nto face—\nin the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or\nif there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles ordinarily travel on the part of the road to the left of the driver; and\nparallel, and as near as practicable, to the centre of the median strip; and\nif the driver does not park in a parking bay—at least 1m from the closest point of any vehicle in front of it and any vehicle behind it.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike.\n(sec.209-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver who parks in a median strip parking area if a parking control sign or road marking applies to the area, and information on or with the sign or road marking indicates that the driver’s vehicle must be positioned parallel to the median strip.\n(sec.209-ssec.2) The driver must position the driver’s vehicle— to face— in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or if there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles ordinarily travel on the part of the road to the left of the driver; and parallel, and as near as practicable, to the centre of the median strip; and if the driver does not park in a parking bay—at least 1m from the closest point of any vehicle in front of it and any vehicle behind it. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.209-ssec.3) This section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike.\n- (a) to face— (i) in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or (ii) if there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles ordinarily travel on the part of the road to the left of the driver; and\n- (i) in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or\n- (ii) if there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles ordinarily travel on the part of the road to the left of the driver; and\n- (b) parallel, and as near as practicable, to the centre of the median strip; and\n- (c) if the driver does not park in a parking bay—at least 1m from the closest point of any vehicle in front of it and any vehicle behind it.\n- (i) in the direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; or\n- (ii) if there is no traffic to the left of the driver—in the direction in which vehicles ordinarily travel on the part of the road to the left of the driver; and","sortOrder":281},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.9","sectionType":"division","heading":"Angle parking","content":"## Angle parking","sortOrder":282},{"sectionNumber":"sec.210","sectionType":"section","heading":"Angle parking","content":"### sec.210 Angle parking\n\nIf a driver parks in a parking area on the side of a road, or in a median strip parking area, to which a parking control sign or road marking applies, and information on the sign includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’, or the road marking indicates a particular angle for parking, the driver must position the driver’s vehicle in accordance with subsections (2) to (4) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the parking control sign or road marking indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at a stated angle, other than 90°, the driver must position the vehicle—\nat an angle as near as practicable to the stated angle; and\nif the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\nIf the parking control sign or road marking does not indicate an angle at which the vehicle must be positioned, the driver must position the vehicle—\nat an angle as near as practicable to 45°, as shown in example 1 or 2; and\nif the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\nSubsections (2) and (2A) do not apply if the road marking or information on the parking control sign includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words.\nIf the parking control sign or road marking indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at an angle of 90°, the driver—\nmust position the driver’s vehicle so the vehicle is at an angle as near as practicable to 90°, as shown in example 3 or 4; and\nif the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—\nif the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words—must position the vehicle with the front of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or\nif the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘front in’ or similar words—must position the vehicle with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or\notherwise—may position the vehicle with either the front or rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\nIf the road marking, or information on the parking control sign, includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words, the driver must position the vehicle—\nat an angle as near as practicable to—\nif the road marking or sign indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at a stated angle—the stated angle; or\nif the road marking or sign does not indicate an angle at which the vehicle must be positioned—45°; and\nif the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the front of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\nSubsection (4) does not apply if the parking sign or road marking indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at an angle of 90°.\nThis section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike.\n(sec.210-ssec.1) If a driver parks in a parking area on the side of a road, or in a median strip parking area, to which a parking control sign or road marking applies, and information on the sign includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’, or the road marking indicates a particular angle for parking, the driver must position the driver’s vehicle in accordance with subsections (2) to (4) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.210-ssec.2) If the parking control sign or road marking indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at a stated angle, other than 90°, the driver must position the vehicle— at an angle as near as practicable to the stated angle; and if the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n(sec.210-ssec.2A) If the parking control sign or road marking does not indicate an angle at which the vehicle must be positioned, the driver must position the vehicle— at an angle as near as practicable to 45°, as shown in example 1 or 2; and if the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n(sec.210-ssec.2B) Subsections (2) and (2A) do not apply if the road marking or information on the parking control sign includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words.\n(sec.210-ssec.3) If the parking control sign or road marking indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at an angle of 90°, the driver— must position the driver’s vehicle so the vehicle is at an angle as near as practicable to 90°, as shown in example 3 or 4; and if the vehicle is parked on the side of the road— if the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words—must position the vehicle with the front of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or if the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘front in’ or similar words—must position the vehicle with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or otherwise—may position the vehicle with either the front or rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n(sec.210-ssec.4) If the road marking, or information on the parking control sign, includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words, the driver must position the vehicle— at an angle as near as practicable to— if the road marking or sign indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at a stated angle—the stated angle; or if the road marking or sign does not indicate an angle at which the vehicle must be positioned—45°; and if the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the front of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n(sec.210-ssec.4A) Subsection (4) does not apply if the parking sign or road marking indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at an angle of 90°.\n(sec.210-ssec.5) This section does not apply to the rider of a motorbike.\n- (a) at an angle as near as practicable to the stated angle; and\n- (b) if the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n- (a) at an angle as near as practicable to 45°, as shown in example 1 or 2; and\n- (b) if the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n- (a) must position the driver’s vehicle so the vehicle is at an angle as near as practicable to 90°, as shown in example 3 or 4; and\n- (b) if the vehicle is parked on the side of the road— (i) if the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words—must position the vehicle with the front of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or (ii) if the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘front in’ or similar words—must position the vehicle with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or (iii) otherwise—may position the vehicle with either the front or rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road. Examples— Example 3 Parking at 90° at the side of a two-way road Example 4 Parking at 90° at the right side of a one-way road\n- (i) if the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words—must position the vehicle with the front of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or\n- (ii) if the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘front in’ or similar words—must position the vehicle with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or\n- (iii) otherwise—may position the vehicle with either the front or rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n- (i) if the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘rear in’, or similar words—must position the vehicle with the front of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or\n- (ii) if the road marking, or information on the sign, includes the words ‘front in’ or similar words—must position the vehicle with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road; or\n- (iii) otherwise—may position the vehicle with either the front or rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n- (a) at an angle as near as practicable to— (i) if the road marking or sign indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at a stated angle—the stated angle; or (ii) if the road marking or sign does not indicate an angle at which the vehicle must be positioned—45°; and\n- (i) if the road marking or sign indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at a stated angle—the stated angle; or\n- (ii) if the road marking or sign does not indicate an angle at which the vehicle must be positioned—45°; and\n- (b) if the vehicle is parked on the side of the road—with the front of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the road.\n- (i) if the road marking or sign indicates that the vehicle must be positioned at a stated angle—the stated angle; or\n- (ii) if the road marking or sign does not indicate an angle at which the vehicle must be positioned—45°; and","sortOrder":283},{"sectionNumber":"pt.12-div.10","sectionType":"division","heading":"Other parking related rules","content":"## Other parking related rules","sortOrder":284},{"sectionNumber":"sec.211","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parking in parking bays","content":"### sec.211 Parking in parking bays\n\nThis section applies to a driver who parks on a length of road, or in an area, that has parking bays (whether or not a park in bays only sign applies to the length of road or area).\nThe driver must position the driver’s vehicle completely within a single parking bay, unless the vehicle is too wide or long to fit completely within the bay.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the vehicle is too wide or long to fit completely within a single parking bay, the driver must park the driver’s vehicle within the minimum number of parking bays needed to park the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.211-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver who parks on a length of road, or in an area, that has parking bays (whether or not a park in bays only sign applies to the length of road or area).\n(sec.211-ssec.2) The driver must position the driver’s vehicle completely within a single parking bay, unless the vehicle is too wide or long to fit completely within the bay. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.211-ssec.3) If the vehicle is too wide or long to fit completely within a single parking bay, the driver must park the driver’s vehicle within the minimum number of parking bays needed to park the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":285},{"sectionNumber":"sec.212","sectionType":"section","heading":"Entering and leaving a median strip parking area","content":"### sec.212 Entering and leaving a median strip parking area\n\nIf information on or with a traffic control device indicates that a driver must enter or leave a median strip parking area in a particular direction, the driver must enter or leave the area in that direction.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf there is no information on or with a traffic control device that indicates that a driver must enter or leave a median strip parking area in a particular direction, the driver must enter or leave the area by driving forward.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.212-ssec.1) If information on or with a traffic control device indicates that a driver must enter or leave a median strip parking area in a particular direction, the driver must enter or leave the area in that direction. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.212-ssec.2) If there is no information on or with a traffic control device that indicates that a driver must enter or leave a median strip parking area in a particular direction, the driver must enter or leave the area by driving forward. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":286},{"sectionNumber":"sec.213","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making a motor vehicle secure","content":"### sec.213 Making a motor vehicle secure\n\nThis section applies to the driver of a motor vehicle who stops and leaves the vehicle on a road, unless the driver need not comply with the section under another provision of this regulation.\nBefore leaving the vehicle, the driver must—\napply the vehicle’s parking brake effectively; or\nif weather conditions, for example, snow, prevent the effective operation of the parking brake—effectively restrain the vehicle’s movement in another way.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nAlso, before leaving the vehicle the driver must switch off the engine if the driver will be more than 3m from the closest part of the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn addition, before leaving the vehicle the driver must remove the ignition key if there is no-one 16 years or older remaining in the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver will be over 3m from the closest part of the vehicle and there is no-one left in the vehicle, the driver must—\nif the windows of the vehicle can be secured—secure the windows immediately before leaving the vehicle; and\nif the doors of the vehicle can be locked—lock the doors immediately after leaving the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor subsection (5) , a window is secure even if it is open by up to 50mm.\nSubsections (3) to (5) do not apply to—\nthe driver of a waste management vehicle while emptying or collecting wheelie bins; or\nthe driver of an armoured vehicle while on duty.\n(sec.213-ssec.1) This section applies to the driver of a motor vehicle who stops and leaves the vehicle on a road, unless the driver need not comply with the section under another provision of this regulation.\n(sec.213-ssec.2) Before leaving the vehicle, the driver must— apply the vehicle’s parking brake effectively; or if weather conditions, for example, snow, prevent the effective operation of the parking brake—effectively restrain the vehicle’s movement in another way. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.213-ssec.3) Also, before leaving the vehicle the driver must switch off the engine if the driver will be more than 3m from the closest part of the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.213-ssec.4) In addition, before leaving the vehicle the driver must remove the ignition key if there is no-one 16 years or older remaining in the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.213-ssec.5) If the driver will be over 3m from the closest part of the vehicle and there is no-one left in the vehicle, the driver must— if the windows of the vehicle can be secured—secure the windows immediately before leaving the vehicle; and if the doors of the vehicle can be locked—lock the doors immediately after leaving the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.213-ssec.6) For subsection (5) , a window is secure even if it is open by up to 50mm.\n(sec.213-ssec.7) Subsections (3) to (5) do not apply to— the driver of a waste management vehicle while emptying or collecting wheelie bins; or the driver of an armoured vehicle while on duty.\n- (a) apply the vehicle’s parking brake effectively; or\n- (b) if weather conditions, for example, snow, prevent the effective operation of the parking brake—effectively restrain the vehicle’s movement in another way.\n- (a) if the windows of the vehicle can be secured—secure the windows immediately before leaving the vehicle; and\n- (b) if the doors of the vehicle can be locked—lock the doors immediately after leaving the vehicle.\n- (a) the driver of a waste management vehicle while emptying or collecting wheelie bins; or\n- (b) the driver of an armoured vehicle while on duty.","sortOrder":287},{"sectionNumber":"sec.213A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Evidentiary provision","content":"### sec.213A Evidentiary provision\n\nFor this part, evidence that a vehicle was found stationary at a place is evidence that the vehicle was parked or stopped at the place.","sortOrder":288},{"sectionNumber":"pt.13","sectionType":"part","heading":"Lights and warning devices","content":"# Lights and warning devices","sortOrder":289},{"sectionNumber":"pt.13-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Lights on vehicles (except bicycles, personal mobility devices, animals and animal-drawn vehicles)","content":"## Lights on vehicles (except bicycles, personal mobility devices, animals and animal-drawn vehicles)","sortOrder":290},{"sectionNumber":"sec.214","sectionType":"section","heading":"Division does not apply to riders of bicycles, personal mobility devices, animals or animal-drawn vehicles","content":"### sec.214 Division does not apply to riders of bicycles, personal mobility devices, animals or animal-drawn vehicles\n\nThis division does not apply to the rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device, an animal or animal-drawn vehicle.\ns 214 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 64","sortOrder":291},{"sectionNumber":"sec.215","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using lights when driving at night or in hazardous weather conditions","content":"### sec.215 Using lights when driving at night or in hazardous weather conditions\n\nA driver must not drive at night, or in hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility unless—\nthe headlights, tail-lights and number plate light fitted to the driver’s vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; and\nif the vehicle is fitted with clearance lights or side marker lights—those lights are operating effectively and are clearly visible.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, this section does not apply to a driver if—\nthe driver’s vehicle is stopped or parked at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\nthe driver is permitted to stop or park at that place under this regulation.\nAlso, a driver driving during the day in fog, or other hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility, may drive without the headlights of the driver’s vehicle operating if the vehicle is fitted with front fog lights and those lights are operating effectively and are clearly visible.\nIn subsection (1) , a reference to a kind of light fitted to a vehicle is a reference to a light of that kind required to be fitted under—\nthe heavy vehicle standards under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or\nthe Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 .\ns 215 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 68 ; 2021 SL No. 114 s 153 sch 5\n(sec.215-ssec.1) A driver must not drive at night, or in hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility unless— the headlights, tail-lights and number plate light fitted to the driver’s vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; and if the vehicle is fitted with clearance lights or side marker lights—those lights are operating effectively and are clearly visible. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.215-ssec.2) However, this section does not apply to a driver if— the driver’s vehicle is stopped or parked at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and the driver is permitted to stop or park at that place under this regulation.\n(sec.215-ssec.3) Also, a driver driving during the day in fog, or other hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility, may drive without the headlights of the driver’s vehicle operating if the vehicle is fitted with front fog lights and those lights are operating effectively and are clearly visible.\n(sec.215-ssec.4) In subsection (1) , a reference to a kind of light fitted to a vehicle is a reference to a light of that kind required to be fitted under— the heavy vehicle standards under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 .\n- (a) the headlights, tail-lights and number plate light fitted to the driver’s vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; and\n- (b) if the vehicle is fitted with clearance lights or side marker lights—those lights are operating effectively and are clearly visible.\n- (a) the driver’s vehicle is stopped or parked at a place on a length of road, or in an area, to which a parking control sign applies; and\n- (b) the driver is permitted to stop or park at that place under this regulation.\n- (a) the heavy vehicle standards under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or\n- (b) the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 .","sortOrder":292},{"sectionNumber":"sec.216","sectionType":"section","heading":"Towing a vehicle at night or in hazardous weather conditions","content":"### sec.216 Towing a vehicle at night or in hazardous weather conditions\n\nA driver must not tow a vehicle at night, or in hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility, unless—\nif the towed vehicle is being towed from the front of the vehicle—\nthe tail-lights of the vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; or\nthe vehicle has portable rear lights that are operating; or\nif the towed vehicle is being towed from the rear of the vehicle—the vehicle has portable rear lights that are operating.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, this section does not apply to the driver of a tow truck if—\nthe driver is towing a disabled vehicle carrying a placard load of dangerous goods to a place that is safely off the road; and\na vehicle carrying a warning to other traffic is following immediately behind the disabled vehicle.\nIn this section—\ndangerous goods means goods that are dangerous goods under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Dangerous Goods) Regulation 2018 , section 32 .\nplacard load has the meaning given by the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Dangerous Goods) Regulation 2018 .\nportable rear lights means—\nfor a vehicle being towed from the front of the vehicle—a pair of lights attached to the rear of the vehicle that, when operating, show a red light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; or\nfor a vehicle being towed from the rear of the vehicle—a pair of lights attached to the front of the vehicle that, when operating, show a red light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the front of the vehicle.\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 216 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 69 ; 2018 SL No. 107 s 286\n(sec.216-ssec.1) A driver must not tow a vehicle at night, or in hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility, unless— if the towed vehicle is being towed from the front of the vehicle— the tail-lights of the vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; or the vehicle has portable rear lights that are operating; or if the towed vehicle is being towed from the rear of the vehicle—the vehicle has portable rear lights that are operating. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.216-ssec.2) However, this section does not apply to the driver of a tow truck if— the driver is towing a disabled vehicle carrying a placard load of dangerous goods to a place that is safely off the road; and a vehicle carrying a warning to other traffic is following immediately behind the disabled vehicle.\n(sec.216-ssec.3) In this section— dangerous goods means goods that are dangerous goods under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Dangerous Goods) Regulation 2018 , section 32 . placard load has the meaning given by the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Dangerous Goods) Regulation 2018 . portable rear lights means— for a vehicle being towed from the front of the vehicle—a pair of lights attached to the rear of the vehicle that, when operating, show a red light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; or for a vehicle being towed from the rear of the vehicle—a pair of lights attached to the front of the vehicle that, when operating, show a red light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the front of the vehicle. road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) if the towed vehicle is being towed from the front of the vehicle— (i) the tail-lights of the vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; or (ii) the vehicle has portable rear lights that are operating; or\n- (i) the tail-lights of the vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; or\n- (ii) the vehicle has portable rear lights that are operating; or\n- (b) if the towed vehicle is being towed from the rear of the vehicle—the vehicle has portable rear lights that are operating.\n- (i) the tail-lights of the vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; or\n- (ii) the vehicle has portable rear lights that are operating; or\n- (a) the driver is towing a disabled vehicle carrying a placard load of dangerous goods to a place that is safely off the road; and\n- (b) a vehicle carrying a warning to other traffic is following immediately behind the disabled vehicle.\n- (a) for a vehicle being towed from the front of the vehicle—a pair of lights attached to the rear of the vehicle that, when operating, show a red light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; or\n- (b) for a vehicle being towed from the rear of the vehicle—a pair of lights attached to the front of the vehicle that, when operating, show a red light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the front of the vehicle.","sortOrder":293},{"sectionNumber":"sec.217","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using fog lights","content":"### sec.217 Using fog lights\n\nThe driver of a vehicle fitted with a front fog light or rear fog light must not operate the fog light unless the driver is driving in fog or other hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nfront fog light means a light (other than a headlight) fitted to the front of a vehicle to improve illumination of the road in fog, snowfall, heavy rain or dust clouds.\nrear fog light means a light (other than a brake light, a tail-light, a number plate light or a reversing light) fitted to the rear of a vehicle to make the vehicle more easily visible from the rear in fog, snowfall, heavy rain or dust clouds.\ns 217 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 70\n(sec.217-ssec.1) The driver of a vehicle fitted with a front fog light or rear fog light must not operate the fog light unless the driver is driving in fog or other hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.217-ssec.2) In this section— front fog light means a light (other than a headlight) fitted to the front of a vehicle to improve illumination of the road in fog, snowfall, heavy rain or dust clouds. rear fog light means a light (other than a brake light, a tail-light, a number plate light or a reversing light) fitted to the rear of a vehicle to make the vehicle more easily visible from the rear in fog, snowfall, heavy rain or dust clouds.","sortOrder":294},{"sectionNumber":"sec.218","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using headlights on high-beam","content":"### sec.218 Using headlights on high-beam\n\nThe driver of a vehicle must not use the vehicle’s headlights on high-beam, or allow the vehicle’s headlights to be used on high-beam, if the driver is driving—\nless than 200m behind a vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver; or\nless than 200m from an oncoming vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, if the driver is overtaking a vehicle, the driver may briefly switch the headlights from low-beam to high-beam immediately before the driver begins to overtake the vehicle.\n(sec.218-ssec.1) The driver of a vehicle must not use the vehicle’s headlights on high-beam, or allow the vehicle’s headlights to be used on high-beam, if the driver is driving— less than 200m behind a vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver; or less than 200m from an oncoming vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.218-ssec.2) However, if the driver is overtaking a vehicle, the driver may briefly switch the headlights from low-beam to high-beam immediately before the driver begins to overtake the vehicle.\n- (a) less than 200m behind a vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver; or\n- (b) less than 200m from an oncoming vehicle.","sortOrder":295},{"sectionNumber":"sec.219","sectionType":"section","heading":"Lights not to be used to dazzle other road users","content":"### sec.219 Lights not to be used to dazzle other road users\n\nA driver must not use, or allow to be used, any light fitted to or in the driver’s vehicle to dazzle, or in a way that is likely to dazzle, another road user.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":296},{"sectionNumber":"sec.220","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using lights on vehicles that are stopped","content":"### sec.220 Using lights on vehicles that are stopped\n\nA driver must not stop on a road at night unless—\nif the driver’s vehicle is 2.2m wide, or wider—the clearance and side marker lights fitted to the vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; or\nin any other case—the parking lights fitted to the driver’s vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to a driver if the driver stops on a length of road, or in an area, with street lighting and the driver’s vehicle is visible for at least 200m in all directions from the vehicle.\nIn subsection (1) , a reference to a kind of light fitted to a vehicle is a reference to a light of that kind required to be fitted under—\nthe heavy vehicle standards under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or\nthe Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 .\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 220 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 71 ; 2021 SL No. 114 s 153 sch 5\n(sec.220-ssec.1) A driver must not stop on a road at night unless— if the driver’s vehicle is 2.2m wide, or wider—the clearance and side marker lights fitted to the vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; or in any other case—the parking lights fitted to the driver’s vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.220-ssec.2) This section does not apply to a driver if the driver stops on a length of road, or in an area, with street lighting and the driver’s vehicle is visible for at least 200m in all directions from the vehicle.\n(sec.220-ssec.3) In subsection (1) , a reference to a kind of light fitted to a vehicle is a reference to a light of that kind required to be fitted under— the heavy vehicle standards under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 .\n(sec.220-ssec.4) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) if the driver’s vehicle is 2.2m wide, or wider—the clearance and side marker lights fitted to the vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible; or\n- (b) in any other case—the parking lights fitted to the driver’s vehicle are operating effectively and are clearly visible.\n- (a) the heavy vehicle standards under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; or\n- (b) the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 .","sortOrder":297},{"sectionNumber":"sec.221","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using hazard warning lights","content":"### sec.221 Using hazard warning lights\n\nThe driver of a vehicle fitted with hazard warning lights must not use the hazard warning lights, or allow them to be used, unless—\nthe vehicle is stopped and is obstructing, or is likely to obstruct, the path of other vehicles or pedestrians; or\nthe vehicle is a slow-moving vehicle and is obstructing, or is likely to obstruct, the path of other vehicles or pedestrians; or\nthe vehicle is stopped in an emergency stopping lane; or\nthe driver stops the vehicle to sell a product (for example, ice creams) that may attract children onto the road; or\nthe driver is driving in hazardous weather conditions (for example, fog or smoke); or\nthe hazard warning lights are operating as part of an anti-theft device, or an alcohol ignition interlock, fitted to the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 221 amd 2010 SL No. 295 s 11\n- (a) the vehicle is stopped and is obstructing, or is likely to obstruct, the path of other vehicles or pedestrians; or\n- (b) the vehicle is a slow-moving vehicle and is obstructing, or is likely to obstruct, the path of other vehicles or pedestrians; or\n- (c) the vehicle is stopped in an emergency stopping lane; or\n- (d) the driver stops the vehicle to sell a product (for example, ice creams) that may attract children onto the road; or\n- (e) the driver is driving in hazardous weather conditions (for example, fog or smoke); or\n- (f) the hazard warning lights are operating as part of an anti-theft device, or an alcohol ignition interlock, fitted to the vehicle.","sortOrder":298},{"sectionNumber":"sec.222","sectionType":"section","heading":"School bus not to be driven without warning lights and warning signs","content":"### sec.222 School bus not to be driven without warning lights and warning signs\n\nA person must not drive a school bus unless it is fitted with warning signs and warning lights under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , schedule 1 , part 7 , division 19 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to a school bus that is a heavy vehicle.\nA person does not commit an offence under subsection (1) if the person drives a school bus that is a relevant vehicle to which the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , section 130 or 131 applies.\nIn this section—\nrelevant vehicle see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Regulation 2018 , schedule 9 .\ns 222 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 72 ; 2026 SL No. 4 s 41\n(sec.222-ssec.1) A person must not drive a school bus unless it is fitted with warning signs and warning lights under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , schedule 1 , part 7 , division 19 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.222-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a school bus that is a heavy vehicle.\n(sec.222-ssec.3) A person does not commit an offence under subsection (1) if the person drives a school bus that is a relevant vehicle to which the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , section 130 or 131 applies.\n(sec.222-ssec.4) In this section— relevant vehicle see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Regulation 2018 , schedule 9 .","sortOrder":299},{"sectionNumber":"sec.222A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of warning lights—picking up or setting down children","content":"### sec.222A Use of warning lights—picking up or setting down children\n\nThis section applies to the driver of a vehicle, whether or not a school bus—\nfitted with warning lights under the Heavy Vehicle (Vehicle Standards) National Regulation , schedule 2 , section 76 ; or\nfitted with warning lights under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , schedule 1 , section 111 ; or\nfitted with warning lights in compliance with the repealed Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Standard 2010 , schedule 1 , section 19 or 25 as in force from time to time before the commencement of the amendment regulation; or\nSee also the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , section 131 .\nthat has warning lights consisting of flashing yellow lamps mounted in compliance with the Traffic Regulation 1962 , schedule 1 , section 18B (a) as it was in force immediately before 1 October 1999.\nSee also the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , section 130 .\nSubsection (3) applies if—\nthe vehicle is fitted with warning lights that operate automatically; and\nthe driver of the vehicle intends to stop to pick up or set down children.\nThe driver may use a switch that allows the driver, from the driver’s normal driving position, to turn on the warning lights before the vehicle stops for a period that is no longer than is reasonably necessary in the circumstances.\nSubsection (5) applies if—\nthe vehicle is not fitted with warning lights that operate automatically; and\nthe vehicle is fitted with a switch that allows the driver, from the driver’s normal driving position, to turn on simultaneously all warning lights fitted to the vehicle; and\nthe driver of the vehicle intends to stop to pick up or set down children.\nThe driver must—\nturn on the warning lights at least 5 seconds before the vehicle stops; and\nkeep the warning lights on for at least 5 seconds after the vehicle has started to move off after stopping.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver must ensure the warning lights are not operating, other than under subsection (3) or (5) , or in compliance with a relevant law, while the vehicle is on a road, unless the driver has a reasonable excuse.\nThe driver is testing the lights to ensure their satisfactory operation.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) (c) , a reference in subsection (6) to a relevant law is taken to include a reference to the repealed Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Standard 2010 , schedule 1 , section 24 (3) as if the amendment regulation had not been made and that section were still in force.\nIn this section—\namendment regulation means the Transport and Other Legislation Amendment Regulation 2026 .\nrelevant law means—\nfor a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) (a) —the Heavy Vehicle (Vehicle Standards) National Regulation , schedule 2 , section 77 (3) ; or\nfor a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) (b) —the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , schedule 1 , section 112 (3) .\ns 222A amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 73\nsub 2026 SL No. 4 s 42\n(sec.222A-ssec.1) This section applies to the driver of a vehicle, whether or not a school bus— fitted with warning lights under the Heavy Vehicle (Vehicle Standards) National Regulation , schedule 2 , section 76 ; or fitted with warning lights under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , schedule 1 , section 111 ; or fitted with warning lights in compliance with the repealed Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Standard 2010 , schedule 1 , section 19 or 25 as in force from time to time before the commencement of the amendment regulation; or See also the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , section 131 . that has warning lights consisting of flashing yellow lamps mounted in compliance with the Traffic Regulation 1962 , schedule 1 , section 18B (a) as it was in force immediately before 1 October 1999. See also the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , section 130 .\n(sec.222A-ssec.2) Subsection (3) applies if— the vehicle is fitted with warning lights that operate automatically; and the driver of the vehicle intends to stop to pick up or set down children.\n(sec.222A-ssec.3) The driver may use a switch that allows the driver, from the driver’s normal driving position, to turn on the warning lights before the vehicle stops for a period that is no longer than is reasonably necessary in the circumstances.\n(sec.222A-ssec.4) Subsection (5) applies if— the vehicle is not fitted with warning lights that operate automatically; and the vehicle is fitted with a switch that allows the driver, from the driver’s normal driving position, to turn on simultaneously all warning lights fitted to the vehicle; and the driver of the vehicle intends to stop to pick up or set down children.\n(sec.222A-ssec.5) The driver must— turn on the warning lights at least 5 seconds before the vehicle stops; and keep the warning lights on for at least 5 seconds after the vehicle has started to move off after stopping. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.222A-ssec.6) The driver must ensure the warning lights are not operating, other than under subsection (3) or (5) , or in compliance with a relevant law, while the vehicle is on a road, unless the driver has a reasonable excuse. The driver is testing the lights to ensure their satisfactory operation. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.222A-ssec.7) For a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) (c) , a reference in subsection (6) to a relevant law is taken to include a reference to the repealed Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Standard 2010 , schedule 1 , section 24 (3) as if the amendment regulation had not been made and that section were still in force.\n(sec.222A-ssec.8) In this section— amendment regulation means the Transport and Other Legislation Amendment Regulation 2026 . relevant law means— for a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) (a) —the Heavy Vehicle (Vehicle Standards) National Regulation , schedule 2 , section 77 (3) ; or for a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) (b) —the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , schedule 1 , section 112 (3) .\n- (a) fitted with warning lights under the Heavy Vehicle (Vehicle Standards) National Regulation , schedule 2 , section 76 ; or\n- (b) fitted with warning lights under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , schedule 1 , section 111 ; or\n- (c) fitted with warning lights in compliance with the repealed Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Standard 2010 , schedule 1 , section 19 or 25 as in force from time to time before the commencement of the amendment regulation; or Note— See also the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , section 131 .\n- (d) that has warning lights consisting of flashing yellow lamps mounted in compliance with the Traffic Regulation 1962 , schedule 1 , section 18B (a) as it was in force immediately before 1 October 1999. Note— See also the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , section 130 .\n- (a) the vehicle is fitted with warning lights that operate automatically; and\n- (b) the driver of the vehicle intends to stop to pick up or set down children.\n- (a) the vehicle is not fitted with warning lights that operate automatically; and\n- (b) the vehicle is fitted with a switch that allows the driver, from the driver’s normal driving position, to turn on simultaneously all warning lights fitted to the vehicle; and\n- (c) the driver of the vehicle intends to stop to pick up or set down children.\n- (a) turn on the warning lights at least 5 seconds before the vehicle stops; and\n- (b) keep the warning lights on for at least 5 seconds after the vehicle has started to move off after stopping.\n- (a) for a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) (a) —the Heavy Vehicle (Vehicle Standards) National Regulation , schedule 2 , section 77 (3) ; or\n- (b) for a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) (b) —the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 , schedule 1 , section 112 (3) .","sortOrder":300},{"sectionNumber":"pt.13-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Lights on animal-drawn vehicles","content":"## Lights on animal-drawn vehicles","sortOrder":301},{"sectionNumber":"sec.223","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using lights when riding an animal-drawn vehicle at night or in hazardous weather conditions","content":"### sec.223 Using lights when riding an animal-drawn vehicle at night or in hazardous weather conditions\n\nA person must not ride an animal-drawn vehicle at night, or in hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility, unless the vehicle is fitted with, and displays—\na white light fitted at or towards the front of each side of the vehicle that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the front of the vehicle; and\na red light fitted at or towards the rear of each side of the vehicle that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and\na red reflector fitted at or towards the rear of each side of the vehicle that is—\nnot over 1.5m above ground level; and\nclearly visible for at least 50m from the rear of the vehicle when light is projected onto it by another vehicle’s headlight on low-beam.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) a white light fitted at or towards the front of each side of the vehicle that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the front of the vehicle; and\n- (b) a red light fitted at or towards the rear of each side of the vehicle that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and\n- (c) a red reflector fitted at or towards the rear of each side of the vehicle that is— (i) not over 1.5m above ground level; and (ii) clearly visible for at least 50m from the rear of the vehicle when light is projected onto it by another vehicle’s headlight on low-beam.\n- (i) not over 1.5m above ground level; and\n- (ii) clearly visible for at least 50m from the rear of the vehicle when light is projected onto it by another vehicle’s headlight on low-beam.\n- (i) not over 1.5m above ground level; and\n- (ii) clearly visible for at least 50m from the rear of the vehicle when light is projected onto it by another vehicle’s headlight on low-beam.","sortOrder":302},{"sectionNumber":"pt.13-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Horns and radar detectors","content":"## Horns and radar detectors","sortOrder":303},{"sectionNumber":"sec.224","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using horns and similar warning devices","content":"### sec.224 Using horns and similar warning devices\n\nA driver must not use, or allow to be used, a horn, or similar warning device, fitted to or in the driver’s vehicle unless—\nit is necessary to use the horn, or warning device, to warn other road users or animals of the approach or position of the vehicle; or\nthe horn, or warning device, is being used as part of an anti-theft device, or an alcohol ignition interlock, fitted to the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 224 amd 2010 SL No. 295 s 12\n- (a) it is necessary to use the horn, or warning device, to warn other road users or animals of the approach or position of the vehicle; or\n- (b) the horn, or warning device, is being used as part of an anti-theft device, or an alcohol ignition interlock, fitted to the vehicle.","sortOrder":304},{"sectionNumber":"sec.225","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using radar detectors and similar devices","content":"### sec.225 Using radar detectors and similar devices\n\nA person must not drive a vehicle if the vehicle, or a trailer being towed by the vehicle, has in or on it—\na device for preventing the effective use of a speed measuring device; or\na device for detecting the use of a speed measuring device.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\nA person who is travelling in or on a vehicle or trailer must not have in the person’s possession a device for preventing the effective use of a speed measuring device, or a device for detecting the use of a speed measuring device.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\nSubsections (1) and (2) apply whether or not the device is operating or in working order.\n(sec.225-ssec.1) A person must not drive a vehicle if the vehicle, or a trailer being towed by the vehicle, has in or on it— a device for preventing the effective use of a speed measuring device; or a device for detecting the use of a speed measuring device. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n(sec.225-ssec.2) A person who is travelling in or on a vehicle or trailer must not have in the person’s possession a device for preventing the effective use of a speed measuring device, or a device for detecting the use of a speed measuring device. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n(sec.225-ssec.3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply whether or not the device is operating or in working order.\n- (a) a device for preventing the effective use of a speed measuring device; or\n- (b) a device for detecting the use of a speed measuring device.","sortOrder":305},{"sectionNumber":"pt.13-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Portable warning triangles for heavy vehicles","content":"## Portable warning triangles for heavy vehicles","sortOrder":306},{"sectionNumber":"sec.226","sectionType":"section","heading":"Heavy vehicles to be equipped with portable warning triangles","content":"### sec.226 Heavy vehicles to be equipped with portable warning triangles\n\nA person must not drive a vehicle with a GVM over 12t unless the vehicle is equipped with at least 3 portable warning triangles.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":307},{"sectionNumber":"sec.227","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using portable warning triangles","content":"### sec.227 Using portable warning triangles\n\nThis section applies to a driver if the GVM of the driver’s vehicle is over 12t.\nIf the driver stops on a road, or if some or all of any load being carried by the vehicle falls onto a road, at a place where the speed limit is 80km/h or more and the vehicle is not visible at any time for at least 300m in all directions from that place, the driver must use at least 3 portable warning triangles, placed in accordance with subsection (4) , to warn other road users of the vehicle or load.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the driver stops on a road, or if some or all of any load being carried by the vehicle falls onto a road, at a place where the speed limit is less than 80km/h and the vehicle is not visible at any time for at least 200m in all directions from that place, the driver must use at least 3 portable warning triangles, placed in accordance with subsection (5) , to warn other road users of the vehicle or load.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor subsection (2) , the driver must—\nplace 1 triangle at least 200m, but not over 250m, behind the vehicle or fallen load; and\nif the vehicle or fallen load is on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle between the triangle mentioned in paragraph (a) and the vehicle or fallen load; and\nif the vehicle or fallen load is not on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle at least 200m, but not over 250m, in front of the vehicle or fallen load; and\nplace 1 triangle at the side of the vehicle, or fallen load, in a position that gives sufficient warning to other road users of the position of the vehicle or fallen load.\nFor subsection (3) , the driver must—\nplace 1 triangle at least 50m, but not over 150m, behind the vehicle or fallen load; and\nif the vehicle or fallen load is on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle between the triangle mentioned in paragraph (a) and the vehicle or fallen load; and\nif the vehicle or fallen load is not on a one-way or divided road, place 1 triangle at least 50m, but not over 150m, in front of the vehicle or fallen load; and\nplace 1 triangle at the side of the vehicle, or fallen load, in a position that gives sufficient warning to other road users of the position of the vehicle or fallen load.\nIn this section—\ndivided road means any length of a two-way road that has a median strip that is a structure.\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of a road.\ns 227 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 30 ; 2014 SL No. 279 s 21\n(sec.227-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver if the GVM of the driver’s vehicle is over 12t.\n(sec.227-ssec.2) If the driver stops on a road, or if some or all of any load being carried by the vehicle falls onto a road, at a place where the speed limit is 80km/h or more and the vehicle is not visible at any time for at least 300m in all directions from that place, the driver must use at least 3 portable warning triangles, placed in accordance with subsection (4) , to warn other road users of the vehicle or load. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.227-ssec.3) If the driver stops on a road, or if some or all of any load being carried by the vehicle falls onto a road, at a place where the speed limit is less than 80km/h and the vehicle is not visible at any time for at least 200m in all directions from that place, the driver must use at least 3 portable warning triangles, placed in accordance with subsection (5) , to warn other road users of the vehicle or load. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.227-ssec.4) For subsection (2) , the driver must— place 1 triangle at least 200m, but not over 250m, behind the vehicle or fallen load; and if the vehicle or fallen load is on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle between the triangle mentioned in paragraph (a) and the vehicle or fallen load; and if the vehicle or fallen load is not on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle at least 200m, but not over 250m, in front of the vehicle or fallen load; and place 1 triangle at the side of the vehicle, or fallen load, in a position that gives sufficient warning to other road users of the position of the vehicle or fallen load.\n(sec.227-ssec.5) For subsection (3) , the driver must— place 1 triangle at least 50m, but not over 150m, behind the vehicle or fallen load; and if the vehicle or fallen load is on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle between the triangle mentioned in paragraph (a) and the vehicle or fallen load; and if the vehicle or fallen load is not on a one-way or divided road, place 1 triangle at least 50m, but not over 150m, in front of the vehicle or fallen load; and place 1 triangle at the side of the vehicle, or fallen load, in a position that gives sufficient warning to other road users of the position of the vehicle or fallen load.\n(sec.227-ssec.6) In this section— divided road means any length of a two-way road that has a median strip that is a structure. road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of a road.\n- (a) place 1 triangle at least 200m, but not over 250m, behind the vehicle or fallen load; and\n- (b) if the vehicle or fallen load is on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle between the triangle mentioned in paragraph (a) and the vehicle or fallen load; and\n- (c) if the vehicle or fallen load is not on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle at least 200m, but not over 250m, in front of the vehicle or fallen load; and\n- (d) place 1 triangle at the side of the vehicle, or fallen load, in a position that gives sufficient warning to other road users of the position of the vehicle or fallen load.\n- (a) place 1 triangle at least 50m, but not over 150m, behind the vehicle or fallen load; and\n- (b) if the vehicle or fallen load is on a one-way road or divided road, place 1 triangle between the triangle mentioned in paragraph (a) and the vehicle or fallen load; and\n- (c) if the vehicle or fallen load is not on a one-way or divided road, place 1 triangle at least 50m, but not over 150m, in front of the vehicle or fallen load; and\n- (d) place 1 triangle at the side of the vehicle, or fallen load, in a position that gives sufficient warning to other road users of the position of the vehicle or fallen load.","sortOrder":308},{"sectionNumber":"pt.13-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Signs for oversize vehicles","content":"## Signs for oversize vehicles","sortOrder":309},{"sectionNumber":"sec.227A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Do not overtake turning vehicle signs for long vehicles","content":"### sec.227A Do not overtake turning vehicle signs for long vehicles\n\nA person must not drive a vehicle displaying a do not overtake turning vehicle sign if the vehicle, together with any load or projection, is not 7.5m long, or longer.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":310},{"sectionNumber":"sec.227B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Warning sign not to be displayed if not required by law","content":"### sec.227B Warning sign not to be displayed if not required by law\n\nA person must not drive a vehicle displaying an oversize warning sign unless—\nthe person is required under the Act or another Act to display the sign; or\nthe vehicle is temporarily in Queensland on a journey from another State and the sign must be displayed on the vehicle under the law of the other State.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the person is required under the Act or another Act to display the sign; or\n- (b) the vehicle is temporarily in Queensland on a journey from another State and the sign must be displayed on the vehicle under the law of the other State.","sortOrder":311},{"sectionNumber":"pt.14","sectionType":"part","heading":"Rules for pedestrians","content":"# Rules for pedestrians","sortOrder":312},{"sectionNumber":"pt.14-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"General","content":"## General","sortOrder":313},{"sectionNumber":"sec.228","sectionType":"section","heading":"No pedestrian signs","content":"### sec.228 No pedestrian signs\n\nA pedestrian must not travel past a no pedestrians sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":314},{"sectionNumber":"sec.229","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pedestrians on a road with a road access sign","content":"### sec.229 Pedestrians on a road with a road access sign\n\nA pedestrian must not be on a length of road to which a road access sign applies if information on or with the sign indicates that pedestrians are not permitted beyond the sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":315},{"sectionNumber":"sec.230","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crossing a road—general","content":"### sec.230 Crossing a road—general\n\nA pedestrian crossing a road—\nmust cross by the shortest safe route; and\nmust not stay on the road longer than necessary to cross the road safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, if the pedestrian is crossing the road at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign, the pedestrian may cross the road diagonally at the intersection.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.230-ssec.1) A pedestrian crossing a road— must cross by the shortest safe route; and must not stay on the road longer than necessary to cross the road safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.230-ssec.2) However, if the pedestrian is crossing the road at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign, the pedestrian may cross the road diagonally at the intersection.\n(sec.230-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) must cross by the shortest safe route; and\n- (b) must not stay on the road longer than necessary to cross the road safely.","sortOrder":316},{"sectionNumber":"sec.231","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crossing a road at pedestrian lights","content":"### sec.231 Crossing a road at pedestrian lights\n\nA pedestrian approaching or at an intersection, or another place on a road, with pedestrian lights and traffic lights must comply with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the pedestrian lights show a red pedestrian light and the pedestrian has not already started crossing the intersection or road, the pedestrian must not start to cross until the pedestrian lights change to green.\nIf, while the pedestrian is crossing the road, the pedestrian lights change to flashing red or red, the pedestrian must not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross safely to the nearer (in the direction of travel of the pedestrian) of the following—\na dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by pedestrians to cross the road at the intersection or place (the safety area );\nthe nearest side of the road.\nIf, under subsection (3) , the pedestrian crosses to the safety area, the pedestrian must remain in the safety area until the pedestrian lights change to green.\nHowever, if the pedestrian can not operate the pedestrian lights from the safety area, the pedestrian may cross to the far side of the road when—\nthe traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow, or there is no red traffic light showing; and\nit is safe to do so.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.231-ssec.1) A pedestrian approaching or at an intersection, or another place on a road, with pedestrian lights and traffic lights must comply with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.231-ssec.2) If the pedestrian lights show a red pedestrian light and the pedestrian has not already started crossing the intersection or road, the pedestrian must not start to cross until the pedestrian lights change to green.\n(sec.231-ssec.3) If, while the pedestrian is crossing the road, the pedestrian lights change to flashing red or red, the pedestrian must not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross safely to the nearer (in the direction of travel of the pedestrian) of the following— a dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by pedestrians to cross the road at the intersection or place (the safety area ); the nearest side of the road.\n(sec.231-ssec.4) If, under subsection (3) , the pedestrian crosses to the safety area, the pedestrian must remain in the safety area until the pedestrian lights change to green.\n(sec.231-ssec.5) However, if the pedestrian can not operate the pedestrian lights from the safety area, the pedestrian may cross to the far side of the road when— the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow, or there is no red traffic light showing; and it is safe to do so.\n(sec.231-ssec.6) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) a dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by pedestrians to cross the road at the intersection or place (the safety area );\n- (b) the nearest side of the road.\n- (a) the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow, or there is no red traffic light showing; and\n- (b) it is safe to do so.","sortOrder":317},{"sectionNumber":"sec.232","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crossing a road at traffic lights","content":"### sec.232 Crossing a road at traffic lights\n\nA pedestrian approaching or at an intersection, or another place on a road, with traffic lights, but without pedestrian lights must comply with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the traffic lights show a red or yellow traffic light and the pedestrian has not already started crossing the intersection or road, the pedestrian must not start to cross until—\nthe traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow; or\nthere is no red traffic light showing.\nIf, while the pedestrian is crossing the road, the traffic lights change to yellow or red, the pedestrian must not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross safely to the nearer (in the direction of travel of the pedestrian) of the following—\na dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by pedestrians to cross the road at the intersection or place (a safety area );\nthe far side of the road.\nDespite subsection (3) , the pedestrian may instead return to the side of the road, or a safety area, that the pedestrian has just left, but only if—\nat the time the lights change, that side or safety area is closer to the pedestrian than the side or safety area the pedestrian was approaching at the time; and\nthe pedestrian does not stay on the road for longer than is necessary to return to that side or safety area.\nIf, under subsection (3) or (3A) , the pedestrian crosses, or returns, to a safety area, the pedestrian must remain in the safety area until—\nthe traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow; or\nthere is no red traffic light showing.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 232 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 31\n(sec.232-ssec.1) A pedestrian approaching or at an intersection, or another place on a road, with traffic lights, but without pedestrian lights must comply with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.232-ssec.2) If the traffic lights show a red or yellow traffic light and the pedestrian has not already started crossing the intersection or road, the pedestrian must not start to cross until— the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow; or there is no red traffic light showing.\n(sec.232-ssec.3) If, while the pedestrian is crossing the road, the traffic lights change to yellow or red, the pedestrian must not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross safely to the nearer (in the direction of travel of the pedestrian) of the following— a dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by pedestrians to cross the road at the intersection or place (a safety area ); the far side of the road.\n(sec.232-ssec.3A) Despite subsection (3) , the pedestrian may instead return to the side of the road, or a safety area, that the pedestrian has just left, but only if— at the time the lights change, that side or safety area is closer to the pedestrian than the side or safety area the pedestrian was approaching at the time; and the pedestrian does not stay on the road for longer than is necessary to return to that side or safety area.\n(sec.232-ssec.4) If, under subsection (3) or (3A) , the pedestrian crosses, or returns, to a safety area, the pedestrian must remain in the safety area until— the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow; or there is no red traffic light showing.\n(sec.232-ssec.5) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow; or\n- (b) there is no red traffic light showing.\n- (a) a dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by pedestrians to cross the road at the intersection or place (a safety area );\n- (b) the far side of the road.\n- (a) at the time the lights change, that side or safety area is closer to the pedestrian than the side or safety area the pedestrian was approaching at the time; and\n- (b) the pedestrian does not stay on the road for longer than is necessary to return to that side or safety area.\n- (a) the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow; or\n- (b) there is no red traffic light showing.","sortOrder":318},{"sectionNumber":"sec.233","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crossing a road to or from a tram","content":"### sec.233 Crossing a road to or from a tram\n\nA pedestrian must not cross a road to get on a tram at a tram stop until the tram has stopped at the tram stop.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA pedestrian crossing a road after getting off a tram—\nmust cross to the nearest footpath by the shortest safe route or, if there is no footpath, cross the road by the shortest safe route; and\nmust not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross the road safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to a pedestrian—\non a safety zone; or\ncrossing a road to or from a safety zone.\nSubsection (2) does not apply to—\na pedestrian in a shared zone; or\nan employee of a public transport operator who is in uniform and engaged in carrying out the employee’s duties.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ntram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n(sec.233-ssec.1) A pedestrian must not cross a road to get on a tram at a tram stop until the tram has stopped at the tram stop. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.233-ssec.2) A pedestrian crossing a road after getting off a tram— must cross to the nearest footpath by the shortest safe route or, if there is no footpath, cross the road by the shortest safe route; and must not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross the road safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.233-ssec.3) This section does not apply to a pedestrian— on a safety zone; or crossing a road to or from a safety zone.\n(sec.233-ssec.4) Subsection (2) does not apply to— a pedestrian in a shared zone; or an employee of a public transport operator who is in uniform and engaged in carrying out the employee’s duties.\n(sec.233-ssec.5) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road. tram includes a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n- (a) must cross to the nearest footpath by the shortest safe route or, if there is no footpath, cross the road by the shortest safe route; and\n- (b) must not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross the road safely.\n- (a) on a safety zone; or\n- (b) crossing a road to or from a safety zone.\n- (a) a pedestrian in a shared zone; or\n- (b) an employee of a public transport operator who is in uniform and engaged in carrying out the employee’s duties.","sortOrder":319},{"sectionNumber":"sec.234","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crossing a road on or near a crossing for pedestrians","content":"### sec.234 Crossing a road on or near a crossing for pedestrians\n\nA pedestrian must not cross a road, or part of a road, within 20m of a crossing on the road, except at the crossing or another crossing, unless the pedestrian is—\ncrossing, or helping another pedestrian to cross, an area of the road between tram tracks and the far left side of the road to get on, or after getting off, a tram or bus; or\ncrossing to or from a safety zone; or\ncrossing at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign; or\ncrossing in a shared zone; or\ncrossing a road, or a part of a road, from which vehicles are excluded, either permanently or temporarily.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA pedestrian must not stay on a crossing on a road for longer than necessary to cross the road safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (2) does not apply to a person who is a crossing supervisor under the Act .\nIn this section—\ncrossing means a children’s crossing, marked foot crossing or pedestrian crossing.\n(sec.234-ssec.1) A pedestrian must not cross a road, or part of a road, within 20m of a crossing on the road, except at the crossing or another crossing, unless the pedestrian is— crossing, or helping another pedestrian to cross, an area of the road between tram tracks and the far left side of the road to get on, or after getting off, a tram or bus; or crossing to or from a safety zone; or crossing at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign; or crossing in a shared zone; or crossing a road, or a part of a road, from which vehicles are excluded, either permanently or temporarily. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.234-ssec.2) A pedestrian must not stay on a crossing on a road for longer than necessary to cross the road safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.234-ssec.3) Subsection (2) does not apply to a person who is a crossing supervisor under the Act .\n(sec.234-ssec.4) In this section— crossing means a children’s crossing, marked foot crossing or pedestrian crossing.\n- (a) crossing, or helping another pedestrian to cross, an area of the road between tram tracks and the far left side of the road to get on, or after getting off, a tram or bus; or\n- (b) crossing to or from a safety zone; or\n- (c) crossing at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign; or\n- (d) crossing in a shared zone; or\n- (e) crossing a road, or a part of a road, from which vehicles are excluded, either permanently or temporarily.","sortOrder":320},{"sectionNumber":"sec.235","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crossing a level crossing","content":"### sec.235 Crossing a level crossing\n\nA pedestrian must not cross a railway line, or tram tracks, at a level crossing unless—\nthere is a pedestrian facility at the crossing and the pedestrian uses the facility; or\nthere is no pedestrian facility at, or within 20m of, the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA pedestrian must not cross a railway line, or tram tracks, at a level crossing if—\nwarning lights (for example, twin red lights or rotating red lights) are flashing or warning bells are ringing; or\na gate, boom or barrier at the crossing is closed or is opening or closing; or\na train or tram is on or entering the crossing; or\na train or tram approaching the crossing can be seen from the crossing or is sounding a warning, and there would be a danger of the pedestrian being struck by the train or tram if the pedestrian entered the crossing; or\nthe crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, is blocked.\nThe crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, may be blocked by congested traffic, a disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between a vehicle and a pedestrian, or by stock on the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf any of the following events occurs after a pedestrian has started to cross a railway line, or tram tracks, at a level crossing, the pedestrian must finish crossing the line or tracks without delay—\nwarning lights start flashing, or warning bells start ringing;\na gate, boom or barrier starts to close;\na train or tram approaches the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\npedestrian facility means a footpath, bridge or other structure designed for the use of pedestrians.\n(sec.235-ssec.1) A pedestrian must not cross a railway line, or tram tracks, at a level crossing unless— there is a pedestrian facility at the crossing and the pedestrian uses the facility; or there is no pedestrian facility at, or within 20m of, the crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.235-ssec.2) A pedestrian must not cross a railway line, or tram tracks, at a level crossing if— warning lights (for example, twin red lights or rotating red lights) are flashing or warning bells are ringing; or a gate, boom or barrier at the crossing is closed or is opening or closing; or a train or tram is on or entering the crossing; or a train or tram approaching the crossing can be seen from the crossing or is sounding a warning, and there would be a danger of the pedestrian being struck by the train or tram if the pedestrian entered the crossing; or the crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, is blocked. The crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, may be blocked by congested traffic, a disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between a vehicle and a pedestrian, or by stock on the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.235-ssec.2A) If any of the following events occurs after a pedestrian has started to cross a railway line, or tram tracks, at a level crossing, the pedestrian must finish crossing the line or tracks without delay— warning lights start flashing, or warning bells start ringing; a gate, boom or barrier starts to close; a train or tram approaches the crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.235-ssec.3) In this section— pedestrian facility means a footpath, bridge or other structure designed for the use of pedestrians.\n- (a) there is a pedestrian facility at the crossing and the pedestrian uses the facility; or\n- (b) there is no pedestrian facility at, or within 20m of, the crossing.\n- (a) warning lights (for example, twin red lights or rotating red lights) are flashing or warning bells are ringing; or\n- (b) a gate, boom or barrier at the crossing is closed or is opening or closing; or\n- (c) a train or tram is on or entering the crossing; or\n- (d) a train or tram approaching the crossing can be seen from the crossing or is sounding a warning, and there would be a danger of the pedestrian being struck by the train or tram if the pedestrian entered the crossing; or\n- (e) the crossing, or a road beyond the crossing, is blocked.\n- (a) warning lights start flashing, or warning bells start ringing;\n- (b) a gate, boom or barrier starts to close;\n- (c) a train or tram approaches the crossing.","sortOrder":321},{"sectionNumber":"sec.235A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crossing a pedestrian level crossing that has a red pedestrian light","content":"### sec.235A Crossing a pedestrian level crossing that has a red pedestrian light\n\nA pedestrian level crossing is an area where a footpath or shared path crosses a railway or tram tracks at substantially the same level.\nIf a pedestrian approaches a pedestrian level crossing that has a red pedestrian light, the pedestrian must not start to cross the crossing while the light is red.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf a red pedestrian light at a pedestrian level crossing appears after a pedestrian has started to cross the crossing, the pedestrian must finish crossing the crossing without delay.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.235A-ssec.1) A pedestrian level crossing is an area where a footpath or shared path crosses a railway or tram tracks at substantially the same level.\n(sec.235A-ssec.2) If a pedestrian approaches a pedestrian level crossing that has a red pedestrian light, the pedestrian must not start to cross the crossing while the light is red. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.235A-ssec.3) If a red pedestrian light at a pedestrian level crossing appears after a pedestrian has started to cross the crossing, the pedestrian must finish crossing the crossing without delay. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":322},{"sectionNumber":"sec.236","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pedestrians not to cause a traffic hazard or obstruction","content":"### sec.236 Pedestrians not to cause a traffic hazard or obstruction\n\nA pedestrian must not cause a traffic hazard by moving into the path of a driver.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA pedestrian must not unreasonably obstruct the path of any driver or another pedestrian.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor subsection (2) , a pedestrian does not unreasonably obstruct the path of another pedestrian only by travelling more slowly than other pedestrians.\nA pedestrian must not stand on, or move onto, a road—\nto solicit contributions, employment or business from an occupant of a vehicle; or\nto hitchhike; or\nto display an advertisement; or\nto sell things or offer things for sale; or\nto wash or clean, or offer to wash or clean, a vehicle’s windscreen.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver, or a passenger, in or on a vehicle must not buy, or offer to buy, an article or service from a person standing on the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsections (4) (a) , (c) and (d) and (5) do not apply to a pedestrian who is engaged in roadside vending under a permit or other authority given to the person under a local law.\nIn this section—\nroad includes a shoulder of a road, a median strip, a painted island or a traffic island, but does not include another road-related area.\n(sec.236-ssec.1) A pedestrian must not cause a traffic hazard by moving into the path of a driver. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.236-ssec.2) A pedestrian must not unreasonably obstruct the path of any driver or another pedestrian. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.236-ssec.3) For subsection (2) , a pedestrian does not unreasonably obstruct the path of another pedestrian only by travelling more slowly than other pedestrians.\n(sec.236-ssec.4) A pedestrian must not stand on, or move onto, a road— to solicit contributions, employment or business from an occupant of a vehicle; or to hitchhike; or to display an advertisement; or to sell things or offer things for sale; or to wash or clean, or offer to wash or clean, a vehicle’s windscreen. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.236-ssec.5) A driver, or a passenger, in or on a vehicle must not buy, or offer to buy, an article or service from a person standing on the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.236-ssec.6) Subsections (4) (a) , (c) and (d) and (5) do not apply to a pedestrian who is engaged in roadside vending under a permit or other authority given to the person under a local law.\n(sec.236-ssec.7) In this section— road includes a shoulder of a road, a median strip, a painted island or a traffic island, but does not include another road-related area.\n- (a) to solicit contributions, employment or business from an occupant of a vehicle; or\n- (b) to hitchhike; or\n- (c) to display an advertisement; or\n- (d) to sell things or offer things for sale; or\n- (e) to wash or clean, or offer to wash or clean, a vehicle’s windscreen.","sortOrder":323},{"sectionNumber":"sec.237","sectionType":"section","heading":"Getting on or into a moving vehicle","content":"### sec.237 Getting on or into a moving vehicle\n\nA person must not get on, or into, a moving vehicle unless—\nthe person is—\nengaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage; and\nrequired to get in or out of the vehicle, or on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and\nthe vehicle is not travelling at a speed over 5km/h.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to a person who is getting on or off a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\ns 237 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 65\n(sec.237-ssec.1) A person must not get on, or into, a moving vehicle unless— the person is— engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage; and required to get in or out of the vehicle, or on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and the vehicle is not travelling at a speed over 5km/h. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.237-ssec.2) This section does not apply to a person who is getting on or off a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\n- (a) the person is— (i) engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage; and (ii) required to get in or out of the vehicle, or on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and\n- (i) engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage; and\n- (ii) required to get in or out of the vehicle, or on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and\n- (b) the vehicle is not travelling at a speed over 5km/h.\n- (i) engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage; and\n- (ii) required to get in or out of the vehicle, or on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and","sortOrder":324},{"sectionNumber":"sec.238","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pedestrians travelling along a road (except if using a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy)","content":"### sec.238 Pedestrians travelling along a road (except if using a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy)\n\nA pedestrian must not travel along a road if there is a footpath or nature strip adjacent to the road, unless it is impracticable to travel on the footpath or nature strip.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA pedestrian travelling along a road—\nmust keep as far to the left or right side of the road as is practicable; and\nmust, when moving forward, face approaching traffic that is moving in the direction opposite to which the pedestrian is travelling, unless it is impracticable to do so; and\nmust not travel on the road alongside more than 1 other pedestrian or vehicle travelling on the road in the same direction as the pedestrian, unless the pedestrian is overtaking other pedestrians.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\npedestrian does not include a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or a wheeled toy.\nroad —\nincludes any shoulder of the road; but\ndoes not include a road-related area or a road in a shared zone.\ns 238 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 12 ; 2014 SL No. 279 s 22 ; 2018 SL No. 217 s 6 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 66\n(sec.238-ssec.1) A pedestrian must not travel along a road if there is a footpath or nature strip adjacent to the road, unless it is impracticable to travel on the footpath or nature strip. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.238-ssec.2) A pedestrian travelling along a road— must keep as far to the left or right side of the road as is practicable; and must, when moving forward, face approaching traffic that is moving in the direction opposite to which the pedestrian is travelling, unless it is impracticable to do so; and must not travel on the road alongside more than 1 other pedestrian or vehicle travelling on the road in the same direction as the pedestrian, unless the pedestrian is overtaking other pedestrians. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.238-ssec.3) In this section— pedestrian does not include a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or a wheeled toy. road — includes any shoulder of the road; but does not include a road-related area or a road in a shared zone.\n- (a) must keep as far to the left or right side of the road as is practicable; and\n- (ab) must, when moving forward, face approaching traffic that is moving in the direction opposite to which the pedestrian is travelling, unless it is impracticable to do so; and\n- (b) must not travel on the road alongside more than 1 other pedestrian or vehicle travelling on the road in the same direction as the pedestrian, unless the pedestrian is overtaking other pedestrians.\n- (a) includes any shoulder of the road; but\n- (b) does not include a road-related area or a road in a shared zone.","sortOrder":325},{"sectionNumber":"sec.239","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pedestrians on a bicycle path or separated footpath","content":"### sec.239 Pedestrians on a bicycle path or separated footpath\n\nA pedestrian must not be on a bicycle path, or a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, unless the pedestrian—\nis crossing the bicycle path or separated footpath by the shortest safe route; and\ndoes not stay on the bicycle path or separated footpath for longer than necessary to cross the bicycle path or separated footpath safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, a pedestrian may be on a bicycle path, or a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, if—\nthe pedestrian is—\nin or pushing a wheelchair; or\non rollerblades, rollerskates or a similar wheeled recreational device; or\noperating a motorised mobility device; and\nthere is no traffic control device, or information on or with a traffic control device, applying to the bicycle path or separated footpath indicating that the pedestrian is not permitted to be on the bicycle path or the part of the separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles.\nA pedestrian who is crossing a bicycle path, or a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, must keep out of the path of any bicycle or personal mobility device, or any pedestrian who is permitted under subsection (2) to be on the bicycle path, or the part of the separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this regulation—\nbicycle path means a length of path beginning at a bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking, and ending at the nearest of the following—\nan end bicycle path sign or end bicycle path road marking;\na separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking;\na road (except a road-related area);\nthe end of the path.\nbicycle path road marking means a road marking on a path, consisting of a bicycle symbol, the words ‘bicycles only’, or both the bicycle symbol and the word ‘only’.\nend bicycle path road marking means a bicycle path road marking with the word ‘end’.\nend separated footpath road marking means a separated footpath road marking with the word ‘end’.\nseparated footpath means a length of footpath beginning at a separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking, and ending at the nearest of the following—\nan end separated footpath sign or end separated footpath road marking;\na bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking;\na no bicycles sign or no bicycles road marking;\na road (except a road-related area);\nthe end of the footpath.\nseparated footpath road marking means a road marking on a footpath consisting of a pedestrian symbol and a bicycle symbol side by side, with or without the word ‘only’.\ns 239 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 13 ; 2022 Act No. 19 s 34 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 67\n(sec.239-ssec.1) A pedestrian must not be on a bicycle path, or a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, unless the pedestrian— is crossing the bicycle path or separated footpath by the shortest safe route; and does not stay on the bicycle path or separated footpath for longer than necessary to cross the bicycle path or separated footpath safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.239-ssec.2) However, a pedestrian may be on a bicycle path, or a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, if— the pedestrian is— in or pushing a wheelchair; or on rollerblades, rollerskates or a similar wheeled recreational device; or operating a motorised mobility device; and there is no traffic control device, or information on or with a traffic control device, applying to the bicycle path or separated footpath indicating that the pedestrian is not permitted to be on the bicycle path or the part of the separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles.\n(sec.239-ssec.3) A pedestrian who is crossing a bicycle path, or a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, must keep out of the path of any bicycle or personal mobility device, or any pedestrian who is permitted under subsection (2) to be on the bicycle path, or the part of the separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.239-ssec.4) In this regulation— bicycle path means a length of path beginning at a bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking, and ending at the nearest of the following— an end bicycle path sign or end bicycle path road marking; a separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking; a road (except a road-related area); the end of the path. bicycle path road marking means a road marking on a path, consisting of a bicycle symbol, the words ‘bicycles only’, or both the bicycle symbol and the word ‘only’. end bicycle path road marking means a bicycle path road marking with the word ‘end’. end separated footpath road marking means a separated footpath road marking with the word ‘end’. separated footpath means a length of footpath beginning at a separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking, and ending at the nearest of the following— an end separated footpath sign or end separated footpath road marking; a bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking; a no bicycles sign or no bicycles road marking; a road (except a road-related area); the end of the footpath. separated footpath road marking means a road marking on a footpath consisting of a pedestrian symbol and a bicycle symbol side by side, with or without the word ‘only’.\n- (a) is crossing the bicycle path or separated footpath by the shortest safe route; and\n- (b) does not stay on the bicycle path or separated footpath for longer than necessary to cross the bicycle path or separated footpath safely.\n- (a) the pedestrian is— (i) in or pushing a wheelchair; or (ii) on rollerblades, rollerskates or a similar wheeled recreational device; or (iii) operating a motorised mobility device; and\n- (i) in or pushing a wheelchair; or\n- (ii) on rollerblades, rollerskates or a similar wheeled recreational device; or\n- (iii) operating a motorised mobility device; and\n- (b) there is no traffic control device, or information on or with a traffic control device, applying to the bicycle path or separated footpath indicating that the pedestrian is not permitted to be on the bicycle path or the part of the separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles.\n- (i) in or pushing a wheelchair; or\n- (ii) on rollerblades, rollerskates or a similar wheeled recreational device; or\n- (iii) operating a motorised mobility device; and\n- (a) an end bicycle path sign or end bicycle path road marking;\n- (b) a separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking;\n- (c) a road (except a road-related area);\n- (d) the end of the path.\n- (a) an end separated footpath sign or end separated footpath road marking;\n- (b) a bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking;\n- (c) a no bicycles sign or no bicycles road marking;\n- (d) a road (except a road-related area);\n- (e) the end of the footpath.","sortOrder":326},{"sectionNumber":"sec.239A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Operating a motorised mobility device on a path","content":"### sec.239A Operating a motorised mobility device on a path\n\nA person operating a motorised mobility device must not operate the device on a path unless—\nthe motorised mobility device is not travelling over 10km/h; and\nbecause of the physical condition of a person in the motorised mobility device, the person in the device has a reasonable need to use a motorised mobility device.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nmotorised mobility device includes—\na vehicle that would be a mobility scooter other than because it does not comply with the requirement in schedule 4 of the Act , definition mobility scooter , paragraph (d) ; and\na vehicle that would be a motorised wheelchair other than because it does not comply with the requirement in schedule 4 of the Act , definition motorised wheelchair , paragraph (a) (iii) .\npath means a bicycle path, footpath or shared path.\ns 239A ins 2022 Act No. 19 s 35\n(sec.239A-ssec.1) A person operating a motorised mobility device must not operate the device on a path unless— the motorised mobility device is not travelling over 10km/h; and because of the physical condition of a person in the motorised mobility device, the person in the device has a reasonable need to use a motorised mobility device. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.239A-ssec.2) In this section— motorised mobility device includes— a vehicle that would be a mobility scooter other than because it does not comply with the requirement in schedule 4 of the Act , definition mobility scooter , paragraph (d) ; and a vehicle that would be a motorised wheelchair other than because it does not comply with the requirement in schedule 4 of the Act , definition motorised wheelchair , paragraph (a) (iii) . path means a bicycle path, footpath or shared path.\n- (a) the motorised mobility device is not travelling over 10km/h; and\n- (b) because of the physical condition of a person in the motorised mobility device, the person in the device has a reasonable need to use a motorised mobility device.\n- (a) a vehicle that would be a mobility scooter other than because it does not comply with the requirement in schedule 4 of the Act , definition mobility scooter , paragraph (d) ; and\n- (b) a vehicle that would be a motorised wheelchair other than because it does not comply with the requirement in schedule 4 of the Act , definition motorised wheelchair , paragraph (a) (iii) .","sortOrder":327},{"sectionNumber":"pt.14-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Rules for persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational devices and wheeled toys","content":"## Rules for persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational devices and wheeled toys","sortOrder":328},{"sectionNumber":"sec.240","sectionType":"section","heading":"Wheeled recreational devices and toys not to be used on certain roads","content":"### sec.240 Wheeled recreational devices and toys not to be used on certain roads\n\nA person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy on—\na road with a dividing line or median strip; or\na road on which the speed limit is more than 50km/h; or\na one-way road with more than 1 marked lane; or\na road at night.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to a person who is crossing a road in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy, if the person—\ncrosses the road by the shortest safe route; and\ndoes not stay on the road longer than necessary to cross the road safely.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.240-ssec.1) A person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy on— a road with a dividing line or median strip; or a road on which the speed limit is more than 50km/h; or a one-way road with more than 1 marked lane; or a road at night. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.240-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person who is crossing a road in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy, if the person— crosses the road by the shortest safe route; and does not stay on the road longer than necessary to cross the road safely.\n(sec.240-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) a road with a dividing line or median strip; or\n- (b) a road on which the speed limit is more than 50km/h; or\n- (c) a one-way road with more than 1 marked lane; or\n- (d) a road at night.\n- (a) crosses the road by the shortest safe route; and\n- (b) does not stay on the road longer than necessary to cross the road safely.","sortOrder":329},{"sectionNumber":"sec.240A","sectionType":"section","heading":"No wheeled recreational devices or toys sign","content":"### sec.240A No wheeled recreational devices or toys sign\n\nA person on a road who is travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy must not travel past a no wheeled recreational devices or toys sign.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":330},{"sectionNumber":"sec.241","sectionType":"section","heading":"Travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or toy on a road","content":"### sec.241 Travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or toy on a road\n\nA person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy on a road—\nmust keep as far to the left side of the road as is practicable; and\nmust not travel alongside more than 1 other pedestrian or vehicle travelling on the road in the same direction as the person, unless the person is overtaking other pedestrians.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but, in subsection (1) (b) , includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.241-ssec.1) A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy on a road— must keep as far to the left side of the road as is practicable; and must not travel alongside more than 1 other pedestrian or vehicle travelling on the road in the same direction as the person, unless the person is overtaking other pedestrians. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.241-ssec.2) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but, in subsection (1) (b) , includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) must keep as far to the left side of the road as is practicable; and\n- (b) must not travel alongside more than 1 other pedestrian or vehicle travelling on the road in the same direction as the person, unless the person is overtaking other pedestrians.","sortOrder":331},{"sectionNumber":"sec.242","sectionType":"section","heading":"Travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or toy on a footpath or shared path","content":"### sec.242 Travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or toy on a footpath or shared path\n\nSubject to subsection (1A) , a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy on a footpath or shared path must—\nkeep to the left of the footpath or shared path unless it is impracticable to do so; and\ngive way to any pedestrian (except a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy) who is on the footpath or shared path.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy on a footpath if a local law prohibits the travelling.\nA shared path is an area open to the public (except a separated footpath) that is designated for, or has as 1 of its main uses, use by both the riders of bicycles and pedestrians, and includes a length of path for use by both bicycles and pedestrians beginning at a shared path sign, or shared path road marking, and ending at the nearest of the following—\nan end shared path sign or end shared path road marking;\na no bicycles sign or no bicycles road marking;\na bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking;\na road (except a road-related area);\nthe end of the path.\nIn this section—\nend shared path road marking means a shared path road marking that includes the word ‘end’.\nshared path road marking means a road marking consisting of a pedestrian symbol above a bicycle symbol.\ns 242 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 14 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 68\n(sec.242-ssec.1) Subject to subsection (1A) , a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy on a footpath or shared path must— keep to the left of the footpath or shared path unless it is impracticable to do so; and give way to any pedestrian (except a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy) who is on the footpath or shared path. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.242-ssec.1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy on a footpath if a local law prohibits the travelling.\n(sec.242-ssec.2) A shared path is an area open to the public (except a separated footpath) that is designated for, or has as 1 of its main uses, use by both the riders of bicycles and pedestrians, and includes a length of path for use by both bicycles and pedestrians beginning at a shared path sign, or shared path road marking, and ending at the nearest of the following— an end shared path sign or end shared path road marking; a no bicycles sign or no bicycles road marking; a bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking; a road (except a road-related area); the end of the path.\n(sec.242-ssec.3) In this section— end shared path road marking means a shared path road marking that includes the word ‘end’. shared path road marking means a road marking consisting of a pedestrian symbol above a bicycle symbol.\n- (a) keep to the left of the footpath or shared path unless it is impracticable to do so; and\n- (b) give way to any pedestrian (except a person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy) who is on the footpath or shared path.\n- (a) an end shared path sign or end shared path road marking;\n- (b) a no bicycles sign or no bicycles road marking;\n- (c) a bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking;\n- (d) a road (except a road-related area);\n- (e) the end of the path.","sortOrder":332},{"sectionNumber":"sec.243","sectionType":"section","heading":"Travelling on rollerblades etc. on a bicycle path or separated footpath","content":"### sec.243 Travelling on rollerblades etc. on a bicycle path or separated footpath\n\nA person travelling on rollerblades, rollerskates, or a similar wheeled recreational device, must not be on a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of pedestrians unless the person—\nis crossing the separated footpath by the shortest safe route; and\ndoes not stay on the separated footpath for longer than necessary to cross the separated footpath safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person travelling on rollerblades, rollerskates, or a similar wheeled recreational device, on a bicycle path, or a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, must keep out of the path of any bicycle or personal mobility device.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 243 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 69\n(sec.243-ssec.1) A person travelling on rollerblades, rollerskates, or a similar wheeled recreational device, must not be on a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of pedestrians unless the person— is crossing the separated footpath by the shortest safe route; and does not stay on the separated footpath for longer than necessary to cross the separated footpath safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.243-ssec.2) A person travelling on rollerblades, rollerskates, or a similar wheeled recreational device, on a bicycle path, or a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, must keep out of the path of any bicycle or personal mobility device. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) is crossing the separated footpath by the shortest safe route; and\n- (b) does not stay on the separated footpath for longer than necessary to cross the separated footpath safely.","sortOrder":333},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244","sectionType":"section","heading":"Wheeled recreational devices or wheeled toys being towed etc.","content":"### sec.244 Wheeled recreational devices or wheeled toys being towed etc.\n\nA person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy that is being towed by a vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy must not hold onto a vehicle while the vehicle is moving.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy must not travel within 2m of the rear of a moving motor vehicle continuously for more than 200m.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.244-ssec.1) A person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy that is being towed by a vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.244-ssec.2) A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy must not hold onto a vehicle while the vehicle is moving. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.244-ssec.3) A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy must not travel within 2m of the rear of a moving motor vehicle continuously for more than 200m. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":334},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section number not used","content":"### sec.244A Section number not used","sortOrder":335},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Wearing of helmets by users of low powered toy scooters","content":"### sec.244B Wearing of helmets by users of low powered toy scooters\n\nA person who is travelling on a low powered toy scooter on a road or road-related area must wear an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the person’s head.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person is exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet under subsection (1) if the person is carrying a current doctor’s certificate stating that, for a stated period—\nthe person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or\nbecause of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\nA person is also exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet under subsection (1) if—\nthe person is a member of a religious group; and\nthe person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and\nthe wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\ns 244B amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 15 ; 2024 Act No. 2 s 67\n(sec.244B-ssec.1) A person who is travelling on a low powered toy scooter on a road or road-related area must wear an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the person’s head. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.244B-ssec.2) A person is exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet under subsection (1) if the person is carrying a current doctor’s certificate stating that, for a stated period— the person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or because of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n(sec.244B-ssec.3) A person is also exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet under subsection (1) if— the person is a member of a religious group; and the person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and the wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n- (a) the person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or\n- (b) because of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n- (a) the person is a member of a religious group; and\n- (b) the person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and\n- (c) the wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.","sortOrder":336},{"sectionNumber":"pt.14-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":null,"content":"","sortOrder":337},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244C","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244C\n\ns 244C sub 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":338},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244D","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244D\n\ns 244D ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":339},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244E","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244E\n\ns 244E ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\namd 2018 SL No. 217 s 7\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":340},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244F","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244F\n\ns 244F ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":341},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244G","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244G\n\ns 244G ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nsub 2018 SL No. 217 s 8\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":342},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244GA","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244GA\n\ns 244GA ins 2018 SL No. 217 s 8\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":343},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244H","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244H\n\ns 244H ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":344},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244I","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244I\n\ns 244I ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nsub 2018 SL No. 217 s 9\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":345},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244J","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244J\n\ns 244J ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":346},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244JA","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244JA\n\ns 244JA ins 2018 SL No. 217 s 10\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":347},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244K","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244K\n\ns 244K ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":348},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244L","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244L\n\ns 244L ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2018 SL No. 217 s 11","sortOrder":349},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244M","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244M\n\ns 244M ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":350},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244N","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244N\n\ns 244N ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\namd 2016 SL No. 240 s 8 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":351},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244O","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244O\n\ns 244O ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":352},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244P","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244P\n\ns 244P ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 16\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":353},{"sectionNumber":"sec.244Q","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.244Q\n\ns 244Q ins 2018 SL No. 217 s 12\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 70","sortOrder":354},{"sectionNumber":"pt.15","sectionType":"part","heading":"Additional rules for bicycle and personal mobility device riders","content":"# Additional rules for bicycle and personal mobility device riders","sortOrder":355},{"sectionNumber":"sec.245","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding a bicycle","content":"### sec.245 Riding a bicycle\n\nThe rider of a bicycle must—\nbe astride the rider’s seat facing forwards (except if the bicycle is not built to be ridden astride); and\nride with at least 1 hand on the handlebars; and\nif the bicycle is equipped with a seat—not ride the bicycle seated in any other position on the bicycle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 245 amd 2016 SL No. 240 s 9\n- (a) be astride the rider’s seat facing forwards (except if the bicycle is not built to be ridden astride); and\n- (b) ride with at least 1 hand on the handlebars; and\n- (c) if the bicycle is equipped with a seat—not ride the bicycle seated in any other position on the bicycle.","sortOrder":356},{"sectionNumber":"sec.245A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Age restrictions for personal mobility device riders","content":"### sec.245A Age restrictions for personal mobility device riders\n\nA person riding a personal mobility device must be either—\nat least 16 years; or\nat least 12 years and supervised by an adult while riding the device.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 245A ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 72\n- (a) at least 16 years; or\n- (b) at least 12 years and supervised by an adult while riding the device.","sortOrder":357},{"sectionNumber":"sec.246","sectionType":"section","heading":"Carrying people on a bicycle","content":"### sec.246 Carrying people on a bicycle\n\nThe rider of a bicycle must not carry more persons on the bicycle than the bicycle is designed to carry.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA single-seat bicycle with a child’s seat attached is designed to carry 2 people, 1 on the bicycle seat and 1 on the attached child’s seat.\nA passenger on a bicycle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must sit in the seat designed for the passenger.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a bicycle must not ride with a passenger unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.246-ssec.1) The rider of a bicycle must not carry more persons on the bicycle than the bicycle is designed to carry. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units. A single-seat bicycle with a child’s seat attached is designed to carry 2 people, 1 on the bicycle seat and 1 on the attached child’s seat.\n(sec.246-ssec.2) A passenger on a bicycle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must sit in the seat designed for the passenger. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.246-ssec.3) The rider of a bicycle must not ride with a passenger unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":358},{"sectionNumber":"sec.246A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Carrying people on a personal mobility device","content":"### sec.246A Carrying people on a personal mobility device\n\nThe rider of a personal mobility device must not carry another person on the device.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 246A ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 72","sortOrder":359},{"sectionNumber":"sec.247","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.247\n\ns 247 om 2014 SL No. 279 s 23","sortOrder":360},{"sectionNumber":"sec.247A","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.247A\n\ns 247A om 2014 SL No. 279 s 23","sortOrder":361},{"sectionNumber":"sec.247B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way while entering or in a bicycle storage area","content":"### sec.247B Giving way while entering or in a bicycle storage area\n\nA rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike must, when entering a bicycle storage area, give way to—\nany vehicle that is in the area; and\nif the area is before any green or yellow traffic lights, any motor vehicle that is entering or about to enter the area, unless the motor vehicle is turning in a direction that is subject to a red traffic arrow; and\nif the area forms part of a lane to which traffic arrows apply, any motor vehicle that is entering or about to enter the area at a time when those arrows are green or yellow.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike that is in a bicycle storage area that extends across more than 1 lane of a multi-lane road must, if the area is before any green or yellow traffic lights, give way to a motor vehicle that is in any lane other than the lane that the bicycle, the personal mobility device or the motorbike is directly in front of, unless the motor vehicle is turning in a direction that is subject to a red traffic arrow.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 247B amd 2014 SL No. 325 s 14 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 74\n(sec.247B-ssec.1) A rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike must, when entering a bicycle storage area, give way to— any vehicle that is in the area; and if the area is before any green or yellow traffic lights, any motor vehicle that is entering or about to enter the area, unless the motor vehicle is turning in a direction that is subject to a red traffic arrow; and if the area forms part of a lane to which traffic arrows apply, any motor vehicle that is entering or about to enter the area at a time when those arrows are green or yellow. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.247B-ssec.2) A rider of a bicycle, a personal mobility device or a motorbike that is in a bicycle storage area that extends across more than 1 lane of a multi-lane road must, if the area is before any green or yellow traffic lights, give way to a motor vehicle that is in any lane other than the lane that the bicycle, the personal mobility device or the motorbike is directly in front of, unless the motor vehicle is turning in a direction that is subject to a red traffic arrow. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) any vehicle that is in the area; and\n- (b) if the area is before any green or yellow traffic lights, any motor vehicle that is entering or about to enter the area, unless the motor vehicle is turning in a direction that is subject to a red traffic arrow; and\n- (c) if the area forms part of a lane to which traffic arrows apply, any motor vehicle that is entering or about to enter the area at a time when those arrows are green or yellow.","sortOrder":362},{"sectionNumber":"sec.248","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device across a road on particular crossings","content":"### sec.248 Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device across a road on particular crossings\n\nThis section applies to the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device who is at—\na children’s crossing; or\na marked foot crossing; or\na pedestrian crossing.\nThe rider may ride across the crossing only in accordance with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider may ride across a children’s crossing or pedestrian crossing only if the rider stops as near as practicable to the crossing before riding across the crossing.\nThe rider may ride across a marked foot crossing only if—\nfor a crossing with bicycle crossing lights—the rider is allowed, under this regulation, to ride across the crossing; or\nfor a crossing without bicycle crossing lights—a pedestrian is allowed, under this regulation, to cross the crossing.\nSee sections 260 to 262 for circumstances in which a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device is allowed to cross a road at bicycle crossing lights.\nSee section 231 for circumstances in which a pedestrian is allowed to cross a road at pedestrian lights.\nThe rider may ride across the crossing only if the rider—\nproceeds slowly and safely; and\ngives way to a pedestrian on the crossing; and\nkeeps to the left of an oncoming rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device.\nHowever, if the rider is crossing the road at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign, the rider may cross the road diagonally at the intersection.\ns 248 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 32\nsub 2014 SL No. 279 s 24\namd 2022 SL No. 142 s 75\n(sec.248-ssec.1) This section applies to the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device who is at— a children’s crossing; or a marked foot crossing; or a pedestrian crossing.\n(sec.248-ssec.2) The rider may ride across the crossing only in accordance with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.248-ssec.3) The rider may ride across a children’s crossing or pedestrian crossing only if the rider stops as near as practicable to the crossing before riding across the crossing.\n(sec.248-ssec.4) The rider may ride across a marked foot crossing only if— for a crossing with bicycle crossing lights—the rider is allowed, under this regulation, to ride across the crossing; or for a crossing without bicycle crossing lights—a pedestrian is allowed, under this regulation, to cross the crossing. See sections 260 to 262 for circumstances in which a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device is allowed to cross a road at bicycle crossing lights. See section 231 for circumstances in which a pedestrian is allowed to cross a road at pedestrian lights.\n(sec.248-ssec.5) The rider may ride across the crossing only if the rider— proceeds slowly and safely; and gives way to a pedestrian on the crossing; and keeps to the left of an oncoming rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device.\n(sec.248-ssec.6) However, if the rider is crossing the road at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign, the rider may cross the road diagonally at the intersection.\n- (a) a children’s crossing; or\n- (b) a marked foot crossing; or\n- (c) a pedestrian crossing.\n- (a) for a crossing with bicycle crossing lights—the rider is allowed, under this regulation, to ride across the crossing; or\n- (b) for a crossing without bicycle crossing lights—a pedestrian is allowed, under this regulation, to cross the crossing.\n- (a) proceeds slowly and safely; and\n- (b) gives way to a pedestrian on the crossing; and\n- (c) keeps to the left of an oncoming rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device.","sortOrder":363},{"sectionNumber":"sec.249","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device on a separated footpath","content":"### sec.249 Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device on a separated footpath\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride on a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of pedestrians unless the rider—\nis crossing the separated footpath by the shortest safe route; and\ndoes not stay on the separated footpath for longer than necessary to cross the separated footpath safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 249 sub 2022 SL No. 142 s 76\n- (a) is crossing the separated footpath by the shortest safe route; and\n- (b) does not stay on the separated footpath for longer than necessary to cross the separated footpath safely.","sortOrder":364},{"sectionNumber":"sec.250","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device on a footpath or shared path","content":"### sec.250 Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device on a footpath or shared path\n\nSubject to subsection (1A) , the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device riding on a footpath or shared path must—\nkeep to the left of the footpath or shared path unless it is impracticable to do so; and\ngive way to any pedestrian on the footpath or shared path.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to a person riding a bicycle or a personal mobility device on a footpath if a local law otherwise provides.\nIn this section—\nfootpath does not include a separated footpath.\ns 250 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 17 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 77\n(sec.250-ssec.1) Subject to subsection (1A) , the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device riding on a footpath or shared path must— keep to the left of the footpath or shared path unless it is impracticable to do so; and give way to any pedestrian on the footpath or shared path. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.250-ssec.1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person riding a bicycle or a personal mobility device on a footpath if a local law otherwise provides.\n(sec.250-ssec.2) In this section— footpath does not include a separated footpath.\n- (a) keep to the left of the footpath or shared path unless it is impracticable to do so; and\n- (b) give way to any pedestrian on the footpath or shared path.","sortOrder":365},{"sectionNumber":"sec.251","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding bicycles and personal mobility devices to the left of oncoming riders on a path","content":"### sec.251 Riding bicycles and personal mobility devices to the left of oncoming riders on a path\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device riding on a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath or shared path must keep to the left of any oncoming rider of a bicycle or personal mobility device on the path.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 251 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 18\nsub 2022 SL No. 142 s 78","sortOrder":366},{"sectionNumber":"sec.252","sectionType":"section","heading":"No bicycles signs and markings","content":"### sec.252 No bicycles signs and markings\n\nThe rider of a bicycle must not ride on a length of road or footpath to which a no bicycles sign, or a no bicycles road marking, applies.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA no bicycles sign, or a no bicycles road marking, applies to a length of road or footpath beginning at the sign or marking and ending at the nearest of the following—\na bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking;\na bicycle lane sign;\na separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking;\na shared path sign;\nan end no bicycles sign;\nthe next intersection.\n(sec.252-ssec.1) The rider of a bicycle must not ride on a length of road or footpath to which a no bicycles sign, or a no bicycles road marking, applies. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.252-ssec.2) A no bicycles sign, or a no bicycles road marking, applies to a length of road or footpath beginning at the sign or marking and ending at the nearest of the following— a bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking; a bicycle lane sign; a separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking; a shared path sign; an end no bicycles sign; the next intersection.\n- (a) a bicycle path sign or bicycle path road marking;\n- (b) a bicycle lane sign;\n- (c) a separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking;\n- (d) a shared path sign;\n- (e) an end no bicycles sign;\n- (f) the next intersection.","sortOrder":367},{"sectionNumber":"sec.252A","sectionType":"section","heading":"No personal mobility devices sign and road marking","content":"### sec.252A No personal mobility devices sign and road marking\n\nThe rider of a personal mobility device must not ride on a length of road, bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath or shared path to which a no personal mobility devices sign, or a no personal mobility devices road marking, applies.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA no personal mobility devices sign, or a no personal mobility devices road marking, applies to a length of road, bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath or shared path beginning at the sign or marking and ending at the nearest of the following—\na bicycle lane sign on a PMD-permitted bicycle lane;\na separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking;\na shared path sign;\nan end no personal mobility devices sign;\nthe next intersection.\nIn this section—\nno personal mobility devices road marking means a road marking consisting of a personal mobility device symbol with a diagonal line across it, or the words ‘no personal mobility devices’, or both the symbol and the words.\ns 252A ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 79\n(sec.252A-ssec.1) The rider of a personal mobility device must not ride on a length of road, bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath or shared path to which a no personal mobility devices sign, or a no personal mobility devices road marking, applies. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.252A-ssec.2) A no personal mobility devices sign, or a no personal mobility devices road marking, applies to a length of road, bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath or shared path beginning at the sign or marking and ending at the nearest of the following— a bicycle lane sign on a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; a separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking; a shared path sign; an end no personal mobility devices sign; the next intersection.\n(sec.252A-ssec.3) In this section— no personal mobility devices road marking means a road marking consisting of a personal mobility device symbol with a diagonal line across it, or the words ‘no personal mobility devices’, or both the symbol and the words.\n- (a) a bicycle lane sign on a PMD-permitted bicycle lane;\n- (b) a separated footpath sign or separated footpath road marking;\n- (c) a shared path sign;\n- (d) an end no personal mobility devices sign;\n- (e) the next intersection.","sortOrder":368},{"sectionNumber":"sec.252B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Personal mobility devices not to be ridden on particular roads","content":"### sec.252B Personal mobility devices not to be ridden on particular roads\n\nSubject to sections 252C and 252D , the rider of a personal mobility device must not ride on—\na road with a dividing line or median strip; or\na length of road for which the speed limit applying to a driver is more than 50km/h; or\na one-way road with more than 1 marked lane.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of a road.\ns 252B ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 79\n(sec.252B-ssec.1) Subject to sections 252C and 252D , the rider of a personal mobility device must not ride on— a road with a dividing line or median strip; or a length of road for which the speed limit applying to a driver is more than 50km/h; or a one-way road with more than 1 marked lane. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.252B-ssec.2) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of a road.\n- (a) a road with a dividing line or median strip; or\n- (b) a length of road for which the speed limit applying to a driver is more than 50km/h; or\n- (c) a one-way road with more than 1 marked lane.","sortOrder":369},{"sectionNumber":"sec.252C","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception to not riding personal mobility devices on particular roads—PMD-permitted bicycle lane","content":"### sec.252C Exception to not riding personal mobility devices on particular roads—PMD-permitted bicycle lane\n\nThe rider of a personal mobility device does not commit an offence against section 252B (1) if the rider—\nis riding in a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; or\nis riding on a road mentioned in section 252B (a prohibited road ) to enter or leave a PMD-permitted bicycle lane by the shortest safe route; or\na rider of a personal mobility device riding from a footpath, using a kerb ramp or driveway nearest to a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, and on a prohibited road to enter the bicycle lane\na rider of a personal mobility device leaving a PMD-permitted bicycle lane by riding on a prohibited road to reach the nearest kerb ramp or driveway in order to ride on a footpath\nis in a bicycle storage area at the end of a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; or\nis riding through an intersection from a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, a bicycle storage area at the end of a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, or a road (other than a prohibited road) to—\na PMD-permitted bicycle lane adjacent to the intersection; or\na road (other than a prohibited road) adjacent to the intersection; or\na place on a road adjacent to the intersection where the rider reasonably believes there is a PMD-permitted bicycle lane or a road (other than a prohibited road).\nA bicycle lane is a PMD-permitted bicycle lane if—\nthe speed limit applying to a driver on the road is not more than 50km/h; or\nthe bicycle lane is physically separated from other lines of traffic on the road by a structure including, for example, a dividing strip, traffic island, row of bollards or separation kerb.\ns 252C ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 79\n(sec.252C-ssec.1) The rider of a personal mobility device does not commit an offence against section 252B (1) if the rider— is riding in a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; or is riding on a road mentioned in section 252B (a prohibited road ) to enter or leave a PMD-permitted bicycle lane by the shortest safe route; or a rider of a personal mobility device riding from a footpath, using a kerb ramp or driveway nearest to a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, and on a prohibited road to enter the bicycle lane a rider of a personal mobility device leaving a PMD-permitted bicycle lane by riding on a prohibited road to reach the nearest kerb ramp or driveway in order to ride on a footpath is in a bicycle storage area at the end of a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; or is riding through an intersection from a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, a bicycle storage area at the end of a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, or a road (other than a prohibited road) to— a PMD-permitted bicycle lane adjacent to the intersection; or a road (other than a prohibited road) adjacent to the intersection; or a place on a road adjacent to the intersection where the rider reasonably believes there is a PMD-permitted bicycle lane or a road (other than a prohibited road).\n(sec.252C-ssec.2) A bicycle lane is a PMD-permitted bicycle lane if— the speed limit applying to a driver on the road is not more than 50km/h; or the bicycle lane is physically separated from other lines of traffic on the road by a structure including, for example, a dividing strip, traffic island, row of bollards or separation kerb.\n- (a) is riding in a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; or\n- (b) is riding on a road mentioned in section 252B (a prohibited road ) to enter or leave a PMD-permitted bicycle lane by the shortest safe route; or Examples for subsection (1) (b) — • a rider of a personal mobility device riding from a footpath, using a kerb ramp or driveway nearest to a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, and on a prohibited road to enter the bicycle lane • a rider of a personal mobility device leaving a PMD-permitted bicycle lane by riding on a prohibited road to reach the nearest kerb ramp or driveway in order to ride on a footpath\n- • a rider of a personal mobility device riding from a footpath, using a kerb ramp or driveway nearest to a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, and on a prohibited road to enter the bicycle lane\n- • a rider of a personal mobility device leaving a PMD-permitted bicycle lane by riding on a prohibited road to reach the nearest kerb ramp or driveway in order to ride on a footpath\n- (c) is in a bicycle storage area at the end of a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; or\n- (d) is riding through an intersection from a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, a bicycle storage area at the end of a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, or a road (other than a prohibited road) to— (i) a PMD-permitted bicycle lane adjacent to the intersection; or (ii) a road (other than a prohibited road) adjacent to the intersection; or (iii) a place on a road adjacent to the intersection where the rider reasonably believes there is a PMD-permitted bicycle lane or a road (other than a prohibited road).\n- (i) a PMD-permitted bicycle lane adjacent to the intersection; or\n- (ii) a road (other than a prohibited road) adjacent to the intersection; or\n- (iii) a place on a road adjacent to the intersection where the rider reasonably believes there is a PMD-permitted bicycle lane or a road (other than a prohibited road).\n- • a rider of a personal mobility device riding from a footpath, using a kerb ramp or driveway nearest to a PMD-permitted bicycle lane, and on a prohibited road to enter the bicycle lane\n- • a rider of a personal mobility device leaving a PMD-permitted bicycle lane by riding on a prohibited road to reach the nearest kerb ramp or driveway in order to ride on a footpath\n- (i) a PMD-permitted bicycle lane adjacent to the intersection; or\n- (ii) a road (other than a prohibited road) adjacent to the intersection; or\n- (iii) a place on a road adjacent to the intersection where the rider reasonably believes there is a PMD-permitted bicycle lane or a road (other than a prohibited road).\n- (a) the speed limit applying to a driver on the road is not more than 50km/h; or\n- (b) the bicycle lane is physically separated from other lines of traffic on the road by a structure including, for example, a dividing strip, traffic island, row of bollards or separation kerb.","sortOrder":370},{"sectionNumber":"sec.252D","sectionType":"section","heading":"Other exceptions to not riding personal mobility devices on particular roads","content":"### sec.252D Other exceptions to not riding personal mobility devices on particular roads\n\nThe rider of a personal mobility device does not commit an offence against section 252B (1) if the rider—\nis crossing a road on the device; and\ncrosses the road by the shortest safe route or in accordance with section 248 (6) ; and\ndoes not stay on the road longer than is necessary to cross the road safely.\nAlso, the rider of a personal mobility device does not commit an offence against section 252B (1) if—\nthere is an obstruction—\non a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip adjacent to the road; or\nin a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; and\nbecause of the obstruction, it is impracticable to ride on the path, nature strip or PMD-permitted bicycle lane; and\nthe rider rides less than 50m along the road to avoid the obstruction.\nIn this section—\nobstruction does not include a pedestrian.\ns 252D ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 79\n(sec.252D-ssec.1) The rider of a personal mobility device does not commit an offence against section 252B (1) if the rider— is crossing a road on the device; and crosses the road by the shortest safe route or in accordance with section 248 (6) ; and does not stay on the road longer than is necessary to cross the road safely.\n(sec.252D-ssec.2) Also, the rider of a personal mobility device does not commit an offence against section 252B (1) if— there is an obstruction— on a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip adjacent to the road; or in a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; and because of the obstruction, it is impracticable to ride on the path, nature strip or PMD-permitted bicycle lane; and the rider rides less than 50m along the road to avoid the obstruction.\n(sec.252D-ssec.3) In this section— obstruction does not include a pedestrian.\n- (a) is crossing a road on the device; and\n- (b) crosses the road by the shortest safe route or in accordance with section 248 (6) ; and\n- (c) does not stay on the road longer than is necessary to cross the road safely.\n- (a) there is an obstruction— (i) on a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip adjacent to the road; or (ii) in a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; and\n- (i) on a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip adjacent to the road; or\n- (ii) in a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; and\n- (b) because of the obstruction, it is impracticable to ride on the path, nature strip or PMD-permitted bicycle lane; and\n- (c) the rider rides less than 50m along the road to avoid the obstruction.\n- (i) on a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip adjacent to the road; or\n- (ii) in a PMD-permitted bicycle lane; and","sortOrder":371},{"sectionNumber":"sec.252E","sectionType":"section","heading":"Personal mobility device rider crossing a road on or near a crossing for pedestrians","content":"### sec.252E Personal mobility device rider crossing a road on or near a crossing for pedestrians\n\nThe rider of a personal mobility device must not cross a road, or part of a road, within 20m of a crossing on the road, except at the crossing or another crossing, unless the rider—\nis crossing to or from a safety zone; or\nis crossing at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign; or\nis crossing in a shared zone; or\nis crossing a road, or a part of a road, from which vehicles, other than bicycles and personal mobility devices, are excluded (either permanently or temporarily); or\nis crossing at a bicycle crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\ncrossing means a children’s crossing, marked foot crossing or pedestrian crossing.\ns 252E ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 79\n(sec.252E-ssec.1) The rider of a personal mobility device must not cross a road, or part of a road, within 20m of a crossing on the road, except at the crossing or another crossing, unless the rider— is crossing to or from a safety zone; or is crossing at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign; or is crossing in a shared zone; or is crossing a road, or a part of a road, from which vehicles, other than bicycles and personal mobility devices, are excluded (either permanently or temporarily); or is crossing at a bicycle crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.252E-ssec.2) In this section— crossing means a children’s crossing, marked foot crossing or pedestrian crossing.\n- (a) is crossing to or from a safety zone; or\n- (b) is crossing at an intersection with traffic lights and a pedestrians may cross diagonally sign; or\n- (c) is crossing in a shared zone; or\n- (d) is crossing a road, or a part of a road, from which vehicles, other than bicycles and personal mobility devices, are excluded (either permanently or temporarily); or\n- (e) is crossing at a bicycle crossing.","sortOrder":372},{"sectionNumber":"sec.252F","sectionType":"section","heading":"Personal mobility device rider crossing a level crossing","content":"### sec.252F Personal mobility device rider crossing a level crossing\n\nThe rider of a personal mobility device must not cross a railway line, or tram tracks, at a level crossing unless—\nthere is a pedestrian facility at the crossing and the rider uses the facility; or\nthere is no pedestrian facility at, or within 20m of, the crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a personal mobility device must not cross a pedestrian level crossing at a level crossing if—\nwarning lights (for example, twin red lights or rotating red lights) are flashing or warning bells are ringing; or\na gate, boom or barrier at the pedestrian level crossing or level crossing is closed or is opening or closing; or\na train or tram is on or entering the pedestrian level crossing or level crossing; or\na train or tram approaching the pedestrian level crossing can be seen from the pedestrian level crossing or is sounding a warning, and there would be a danger of the rider being struck by the train or tram if the rider entered the pedestrian level crossing; or\nthe pedestrian level crossing, or a footpath or shared path beyond the pedestrian level crossing, is blocked.\nThe pedestrian level crossing, or a footpath or shared path beyond the pedestrian level crossing, may be blocked by a collision between a vehicle and a pedestrian.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf any of the following events occurs after the rider of a personal mobility device has started to cross a pedestrian level crossing, the rider must finish crossing the pedestrian level crossing without delay—\nwarning lights start flashing, or warning bells start ringing;\na gate, boom or barrier starts to close;\na train or tram approaches the pedestrian level crossing.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\npedestrian facility means a footpath, bridge or other structure designed for the use of pedestrians.\ns 252F ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 79\n(sec.252F-ssec.1) The rider of a personal mobility device must not cross a railway line, or tram tracks, at a level crossing unless— there is a pedestrian facility at the crossing and the rider uses the facility; or there is no pedestrian facility at, or within 20m of, the crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.252F-ssec.2) The rider of a personal mobility device must not cross a pedestrian level crossing at a level crossing if— warning lights (for example, twin red lights or rotating red lights) are flashing or warning bells are ringing; or a gate, boom or barrier at the pedestrian level crossing or level crossing is closed or is opening or closing; or a train or tram is on or entering the pedestrian level crossing or level crossing; or a train or tram approaching the pedestrian level crossing can be seen from the pedestrian level crossing or is sounding a warning, and there would be a danger of the rider being struck by the train or tram if the rider entered the pedestrian level crossing; or the pedestrian level crossing, or a footpath or shared path beyond the pedestrian level crossing, is blocked. The pedestrian level crossing, or a footpath or shared path beyond the pedestrian level crossing, may be blocked by a collision between a vehicle and a pedestrian. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.252F-ssec.3) If any of the following events occurs after the rider of a personal mobility device has started to cross a pedestrian level crossing, the rider must finish crossing the pedestrian level crossing without delay— warning lights start flashing, or warning bells start ringing; a gate, boom or barrier starts to close; a train or tram approaches the pedestrian level crossing. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.252F-ssec.4) In this section— pedestrian facility means a footpath, bridge or other structure designed for the use of pedestrians.\n- (a) there is a pedestrian facility at the crossing and the rider uses the facility; or\n- (b) there is no pedestrian facility at, or within 20m of, the crossing.\n- (a) warning lights (for example, twin red lights or rotating red lights) are flashing or warning bells are ringing; or\n- (b) a gate, boom or barrier at the pedestrian level crossing or level crossing is closed or is opening or closing; or\n- (c) a train or tram is on or entering the pedestrian level crossing or level crossing; or\n- (d) a train or tram approaching the pedestrian level crossing can be seen from the pedestrian level crossing or is sounding a warning, and there would be a danger of the rider being struck by the train or tram if the rider entered the pedestrian level crossing; or\n- (e) the pedestrian level crossing, or a footpath or shared path beyond the pedestrian level crossing, is blocked.\n- (a) warning lights start flashing, or warning bells start ringing;\n- (b) a gate, boom or barrier starts to close;\n- (c) a train or tram approaches the pedestrian level crossing.","sortOrder":373},{"sectionNumber":"sec.252G","sectionType":"section","heading":"Personal mobility device rider crossing a pedestrian level crossing that has a red pedestrian light","content":"### sec.252G Personal mobility device rider crossing a pedestrian level crossing that has a red pedestrian light\n\nIf the rider of a personal mobility device approaches a pedestrian level crossing that has a red pedestrian light, the rider must not start to cross the crossing while the light is red.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf a red pedestrian light at a pedestrian level crossing appears after the rider of a personal mobility device has started to cross the crossing, the rider must finish crossing the crossing without delay.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 252G ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 79\n(sec.252G-ssec.1) If the rider of a personal mobility device approaches a pedestrian level crossing that has a red pedestrian light, the rider must not start to cross the crossing while the light is red. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.252G-ssec.2) If a red pedestrian light at a pedestrian level crossing appears after the rider of a personal mobility device has started to cross the crossing, the rider must finish crossing the crossing without delay. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":374},{"sectionNumber":"sec.253","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bicycle and personal mobility device riders not to cause a traffic hazard","content":"### sec.253 Bicycle and personal mobility device riders not to cause a traffic hazard\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not cause a traffic hazard by moving into the path of a driver or pedestrian.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 253 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 80","sortOrder":375},{"sectionNumber":"sec.254","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bicycles or personal mobility devices being towed etc.","content":"### sec.254 Bicycles or personal mobility devices being towed etc.\n\nA person must not ride on a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is being towed by another vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not hold onto another vehicle while the vehicle is moving.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 254 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 81\n(sec.254-ssec.1) A person must not ride on a bicycle or a personal mobility device that is being towed by another vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.254-ssec.2) The rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not hold onto another vehicle while the vehicle is moving. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":376},{"sectionNumber":"sec.255","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device too close to the rear of a motor vehicle","content":"### sec.255 Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device too close to the rear of a motor vehicle\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride within 2m of the rear of a moving motor vehicle continuously for more than 200m.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 255 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 82","sortOrder":377},{"sectionNumber":"sec.256","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bicycle helmets","content":"### sec.256 Bicycle helmets\n\nThe rider of a bicycle must wear an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the rider’s head.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA passenger on a bicycle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must wear an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the passenger’s head, unless the passenger is a paying passenger on a three- or four-wheeled bicycle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a bicycle must not ride with a passenger on the bicycle unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person is exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet under subsection (1) or (2) if the person is carrying a current doctor’s certificate stating that, for a stated period—\nthe person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or\nbecause of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\nA person is also exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet under subsection (1) or (2) if—\nthe person is a member of a religious group; and\nthe person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and\nthe wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\ns 256 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 19\n(sec.256-ssec.1) The rider of a bicycle must wear an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the rider’s head. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.256-ssec.2) A passenger on a bicycle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must wear an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the passenger’s head, unless the passenger is a paying passenger on a three- or four-wheeled bicycle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.256-ssec.3) The rider of a bicycle must not ride with a passenger on the bicycle unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.256-ssec.4) A person is exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet under subsection (1) or (2) if the person is carrying a current doctor’s certificate stating that, for a stated period— the person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or because of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n(sec.256-ssec.5) A person is also exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet under subsection (1) or (2) if— the person is a member of a religious group; and the person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and the wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n- (a) the person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or\n- (b) because of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n- (a) the person is a member of a religious group; and\n- (b) the person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and\n- (c) the wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.","sortOrder":378},{"sectionNumber":"sec.256A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Personal mobility device rider required to wear helmet","content":"### sec.256A Personal mobility device rider required to wear helmet\n\nThe rider of a personal mobility device must wear an approved bicycle helmet or an approved motorbike helmet securely fitted and fastened on the rider’s head.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person is exempt from wearing a helmet under subsection (1) if the person is carrying a current doctor’s certificate stating that, for a stated period—\nthe person can not wear a helmet for medical reasons; or\nbecause of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a helmet.\nA person is also exempt from wearing a helmet under subsection (1) if—\nthe person is a member of a religious group; and\nthe person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and\nthe wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a helmet.\nIf, for any reason, a person can not wear an approved motorbike helmet, the person is not exempt from the requirement to wear an approved bicycle helmet under subsection (1) unless subsection (2) or (3) also applies to the person in relation to a bicycle helmet.\ns 256A ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 83\n(sec.256A-ssec.1) The rider of a personal mobility device must wear an approved bicycle helmet or an approved motorbike helmet securely fitted and fastened on the rider’s head. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.256A-ssec.2) A person is exempt from wearing a helmet under subsection (1) if the person is carrying a current doctor’s certificate stating that, for a stated period— the person can not wear a helmet for medical reasons; or because of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a helmet.\n(sec.256A-ssec.3) A person is also exempt from wearing a helmet under subsection (1) if— the person is a member of a religious group; and the person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and the wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a helmet.\n(sec.256A-ssec.4) If, for any reason, a person can not wear an approved motorbike helmet, the person is not exempt from the requirement to wear an approved bicycle helmet under subsection (1) unless subsection (2) or (3) also applies to the person in relation to a bicycle helmet.\n- (a) the person can not wear a helmet for medical reasons; or\n- (b) because of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a helmet.\n- (a) the person is a member of a religious group; and\n- (b) the person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and\n- (c) the wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a helmet.","sortOrder":379},{"sectionNumber":"sec.257","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device with a person on a bicycle or PMD trailer","content":"### sec.257 Riding a bicycle or personal mobility device with a person on a bicycle or PMD trailer\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not tow a bicycle or PMD trailer with a person in or on the trailer, unless—\nthe rider is at least 16 years; and\nthe person in or on the trailer is under 10 years; and\nthe trailer can safely carry the person; and\nthe person in or on the trailer is wearing an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the person’s head.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person is exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet if the person is carrying a current doctor’s certificate stating that, for a stated period—\nthe person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or\nbecause of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\nA person is also exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet if—\nthe person is a member of a religious group; and\nthe person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and\nthe wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\nIn this section—\nbicycle or PMD trailer means a vehicle that is built to be towed, or is towed, by a bicycle or personal mobility device.\ns 257 amd 2010 SL No. 65 s 3 ; 2013 SL No. 150 s 20 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 84\n(sec.257-ssec.1) The rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not tow a bicycle or PMD trailer with a person in or on the trailer, unless— the rider is at least 16 years; and the person in or on the trailer is under 10 years; and the trailer can safely carry the person; and the person in or on the trailer is wearing an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the person’s head. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.257-ssec.1A) A person is exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet if the person is carrying a current doctor’s certificate stating that, for a stated period— the person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or because of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n(sec.257-ssec.1B) A person is also exempt from wearing a bicycle helmet if— the person is a member of a religious group; and the person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and the wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n(sec.257-ssec.2) In this section— bicycle or PMD trailer means a vehicle that is built to be towed, or is towed, by a bicycle or personal mobility device.\n- (a) the rider is at least 16 years; and\n- (b) the person in or on the trailer is under 10 years; and\n- (c) the trailer can safely carry the person; and\n- (d) the person in or on the trailer is wearing an approved bicycle helmet securely fitted and fastened on the person’s head.\n- (a) the person can not wear a bicycle helmet for medical reasons; or\n- (b) because of a physical characteristic of the person, it would be unreasonable to require the person to wear a bicycle helmet.\n- (a) the person is a member of a religious group; and\n- (b) the person is wearing a type of headdress customarily worn by members of the group; and\n- (c) the wearing of the headdress makes it impractical for the person to wear a bicycle helmet.","sortOrder":380},{"sectionNumber":"sec.258","sectionType":"section","heading":"Equipment on a bicycle or personal mobility device","content":"### sec.258 Equipment on a bicycle or personal mobility device\n\nA person must not ride a bicycle that does not have—\nat least 1 effective brake; and\na bell, horn or similar warning device in working order.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person must not ride a personal mobility device that does not have an effective stopping system controlled by using brakes, gears or motor control.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person must not ride a personal mobility device that is steered by handlebars unless the device has a bell, horn or similar warning device in working order.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 258 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 85\n(sec.258-ssec.1) A person must not ride a bicycle that does not have— at least 1 effective brake; and a bell, horn or similar warning device in working order. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.258-ssec.2) A person must not ride a personal mobility device that does not have an effective stopping system controlled by using brakes, gears or motor control. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.258-ssec.3) A person must not ride a personal mobility device that is steered by handlebars unless the device has a bell, horn or similar warning device in working order. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) at least 1 effective brake; and\n- (b) a bell, horn or similar warning device in working order.","sortOrder":381},{"sectionNumber":"sec.258A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Personal mobility devices with sharp protrusions","content":"### sec.258A Personal mobility devices with sharp protrusions\n\nA person must not ride a personal mobility device that has sharp protrusions.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 258A ins 2022 SL No. 142 s 86","sortOrder":382},{"sectionNumber":"sec.259","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding bicycles or personal mobility devices at night","content":"### sec.259 Riding bicycles or personal mobility devices at night\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not ride at night, or in hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility, unless the bicycle, personal mobility device or rider displays—\na flashing or steady white light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the front of the bicycle or device; and\na flashing or steady red light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the rear of the bicycle or device; and\na red reflector that is clearly visible for at least 50m from the rear of the bicycle or device when light is projected onto it by a vehicle’s headlight on low-beam.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 259 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 21 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 87\n- (a) a flashing or steady white light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the front of the bicycle or device; and\n- (b) a flashing or steady red light that is clearly visible for at least 200m from the rear of the bicycle or device; and\n- (c) a red reflector that is clearly visible for at least 50m from the rear of the bicycle or device when light is projected onto it by a vehicle’s headlight on low-beam.","sortOrder":383},{"sectionNumber":"sec.260","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping a bicycle or personal mobility device for a red bicycle crossing light","content":"### sec.260 Stopping a bicycle or personal mobility device for a red bicycle crossing light\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device approaching or at an intersection, or another place on a road or road-related area, with bicycle crossing lights must comply with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the bicycle crossing lights show a red bicycle crossing light and the rider has not already started crossing the intersection or place, the rider must not start to cross until—\nthe bicycle crossing lights change to green; or\nthere is no red or yellow bicycle crossing light showing.\nIn this section—\nroad includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 260 sub 2014 SL No. 279 s 25\namd 2022 SL No. 142 s 88\n(sec.260-ssec.1) The rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device approaching or at an intersection, or another place on a road or road-related area, with bicycle crossing lights must comply with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.260-ssec.2) If the bicycle crossing lights show a red bicycle crossing light and the rider has not already started crossing the intersection or place, the rider must not start to cross until— the bicycle crossing lights change to green; or there is no red or yellow bicycle crossing light showing.\n(sec.260-ssec.3) In this section— road includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) the bicycle crossing lights change to green; or\n- (b) there is no red or yellow bicycle crossing light showing.","sortOrder":384},{"sectionNumber":"sec.261","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping a bicycle or personal mobility device for a yellow bicycle crossing light","content":"### sec.261 Stopping a bicycle or personal mobility device for a yellow bicycle crossing light\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device approaching or at an intersection, or another place on a road or road-related area, with bicycle crossing lights must comply with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the bicycle crossing lights show a yellow bicycle crossing light and the rider has not already started crossing the intersection or place, the rider must not start to cross until—\nthe bicycle crossing lights change to green; or\nthere is no red or yellow bicycle crossing light showing.\nIn this section—\nroad includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 261 sub 2014 SL No. 279 s 25\namd 2022 SL No. 142 s 89\n(sec.261-ssec.1) The rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device approaching or at an intersection, or another place on a road or road-related area, with bicycle crossing lights must comply with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.261-ssec.2) If the bicycle crossing lights show a yellow bicycle crossing light and the rider has not already started crossing the intersection or place, the rider must not start to cross until— the bicycle crossing lights change to green; or there is no red or yellow bicycle crossing light showing.\n(sec.261-ssec.3) In this section— road includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) the bicycle crossing lights change to green; or\n- (b) there is no red or yellow bicycle crossing light showing.","sortOrder":385},{"sectionNumber":"sec.262","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding when bicycle crossing at an intersection or another place on a road","content":"### sec.262 Proceeding when bicycle crossing at an intersection or another place on a road\n\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device who is crossing at an intersection, or another place on a road, with bicycle crossing lights and traffic lights must comply with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the bicycle crossing lights change from green to yellow, flashing yellow, red or flashing red while the rider is crossing the road, the rider must not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross safely to the nearer (in the direction of travel of the rider) of the following—\na dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by riders of bicycles or personal mobility devices to cross the road at the intersection or place (a safety area );\nthe far side of the road.\nDespite subsection (2) , the rider may instead return to the side of the road, or a safety area, that the rider has just left, but only if—\nat the time the lights change, that side or safety area is closer to the rider than the side or safety area the rider was approaching at the time; and\nthe rider does not stay on the road for longer than is necessary to return to that side or safety area.\nIf, under subsection (2) or (2A) , the rider crosses, or returns, to a safety area, the rider must remain in the safety area until the bicycle crossing lights change to green.\nHowever, if the rider can not operate the bicycle crossing lights from the safety area, the rider may cross to the far side of the road when—\nthe traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow, or there is no red traffic light showing; and\nit is safe to do so.\nIf the bicycle crossing lights show a green bicycle crossing light, the rider may cross at the intersection, or another place on the road, even though the traffic lights show a red traffic light or yellow traffic light.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\ns 262 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 33 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 17 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 90\n(sec.262-ssec.1) The rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device who is crossing at an intersection, or another place on a road, with bicycle crossing lights and traffic lights must comply with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.262-ssec.2) If the bicycle crossing lights change from green to yellow, flashing yellow, red or flashing red while the rider is crossing the road, the rider must not stay on the road for longer than necessary to cross safely to the nearer (in the direction of travel of the rider) of the following— a dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by riders of bicycles or personal mobility devices to cross the road at the intersection or place (a safety area ); the far side of the road.\n(sec.262-ssec.2A) Despite subsection (2) , the rider may instead return to the side of the road, or a safety area, that the rider has just left, but only if— at the time the lights change, that side or safety area is closer to the rider than the side or safety area the rider was approaching at the time; and the rider does not stay on the road for longer than is necessary to return to that side or safety area.\n(sec.262-ssec.3) If, under subsection (2) or (2A) , the rider crosses, or returns, to a safety area, the rider must remain in the safety area until the bicycle crossing lights change to green.\n(sec.262-ssec.4) However, if the rider can not operate the bicycle crossing lights from the safety area, the rider may cross to the far side of the road when— the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow, or there is no red traffic light showing; and it is safe to do so.\n(sec.262-ssec.4A) If the bicycle crossing lights show a green bicycle crossing light, the rider may cross at the intersection, or another place on the road, even though the traffic lights show a red traffic light or yellow traffic light.\n(sec.262-ssec.5) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n- (a) a dividing strip, safety zone, or traffic island, forming part of the area set aside or used by riders of bicycles or personal mobility devices to cross the road at the intersection or place (a safety area );\n- (b) the far side of the road.\n- (a) at the time the lights change, that side or safety area is closer to the rider than the side or safety area the rider was approaching at the time; and\n- (b) the rider does not stay on the road for longer than is necessary to return to that side or safety area.\n- (a) the traffic lights change to green or flashing yellow, or there is no red traffic light showing; and\n- (b) it is safe to do so.","sortOrder":386},{"sectionNumber":"pt.16","sectionType":"part","heading":"Rules for persons travelling in or on vehicles","content":"# Rules for persons travelling in or on vehicles","sortOrder":387},{"sectionNumber":"sec.263","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of part to persons in or on trams","content":"### sec.263 Application of part to persons in or on trams\n\nThis part, except section 269 (1) , does not apply to a person in or on a tram.","sortOrder":388},{"sectionNumber":"sec.264","sectionType":"section","heading":"Wearing of seatbelts by drivers","content":"### sec.264 Wearing of seatbelts by drivers\n\nThe driver of a motor vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must wear an approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply if the driver is—\nreversing the vehicle; or\nexempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 .\ns 264 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 34 ; 2021 SL No. 102 s 14 ; 2024 SL No. 225 s 9\n(sec.264-ssec.1) The driver of a motor vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must wear an approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.264-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the driver is— reversing the vehicle; or exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 .\n- (a) reversing the vehicle; or\n- (b) exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 .","sortOrder":389},{"sectionNumber":"sec.264A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driver must ensure passengers comply with seatbelt requirements","content":"### sec.264A Driver must ensure passengers comply with seatbelt requirements\n\nThe driver of a motor vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must ensure each passenger in or on the vehicle—\nis wearing an approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; and\nHowever, see also section 267B (2) .\ncomplies with the other requirements applying to the passenger under section 265 or 266 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply—\nin relation to a passenger who is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ; or\nto a driver to the extent the driver is exempt under section 267A from complying with subsection (1) in relation to a passenger.\nIn this section—\napproved seatbelt includes, for a passenger under 16 years old—\na seatbelt, harness or other restraint that is a part of—\nan approved child restraint; or\na child restraint that reasonably appears to be an approved child restraint; or\nan approved child safety harness or a harness that reasonably appears to be an approved child safety harness.\ns 264A ins 2021 SL No. 102 s 15\namd 2024 SL No. 225 s 10\n(sec.264A-ssec.1) The driver of a motor vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must ensure each passenger in or on the vehicle— is wearing an approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; and However, see also section 267B (2) . complies with the other requirements applying to the passenger under section 265 or 266 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.264A-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply— in relation to a passenger who is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ; or to a driver to the extent the driver is exempt under section 267A from complying with subsection (1) in relation to a passenger.\n(sec.264A-ssec.3) In this section— approved seatbelt includes, for a passenger under 16 years old— a seatbelt, harness or other restraint that is a part of— an approved child restraint; or a child restraint that reasonably appears to be an approved child restraint; or an approved child safety harness or a harness that reasonably appears to be an approved child safety harness.\n- (a) is wearing an approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; and Note— However, see also section 267B (2) .\n- (b) complies with the other requirements applying to the passenger under section 265 or 266 .\n- (a) in relation to a passenger who is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ; or\n- (b) to a driver to the extent the driver is exempt under section 267A from complying with subsection (1) in relation to a passenger.\n- (a) a seatbelt, harness or other restraint that is a part of— (i) an approved child restraint; or (ii) a child restraint that reasonably appears to be an approved child restraint; or\n- (i) an approved child restraint; or\n- (ii) a child restraint that reasonably appears to be an approved child restraint; or\n- (b) an approved child safety harness or a harness that reasonably appears to be an approved child safety harness.\n- (i) an approved child restraint; or\n- (ii) a child restraint that reasonably appears to be an approved child restraint; or","sortOrder":390},{"sectionNumber":"sec.265","sectionType":"section","heading":"Seatbelt requirements for passengers 16 years old or older","content":"### sec.265 Seatbelt requirements for passengers 16 years old or older\n\nA passenger in or on a motor vehicle that is moving, or that is stationary but not parked, must comply with subsection (2) if the passenger—\nis 16 years old or older; and\nis not exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe passenger—\nmust occupy a seating position that is fitted with an approved seatbelt; and\nmust not occupy the same seating position as another passenger (whether or not the other passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ); and\nmust wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\nSubsection (2) (b) does not apply to a passenger in a booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck who has a child who is less than 1 year old seated in the passenger’s lap if—\nno suitable approved child restraint is fitted and available for use; and\nif the booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats.\ns 265 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 35 ; 2014 SL No. 279 s 26 ; 2016 SL No. 161 s 53 ; 2021 SL No. 102 s 16 ; 2024 SL No. 225 s 11\n(sec.265-ssec.1) A passenger in or on a motor vehicle that is moving, or that is stationary but not parked, must comply with subsection (2) if the passenger— is 16 years old or older; and is not exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.265-ssec.2) The passenger— must occupy a seating position that is fitted with an approved seatbelt; and must not occupy the same seating position as another passenger (whether or not the other passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ); and must wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\n(sec.265-ssec.3) Subsection (2) (b) does not apply to a passenger in a booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck who has a child who is less than 1 year old seated in the passenger’s lap if— no suitable approved child restraint is fitted and available for use; and if the booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats.\n- (a) is 16 years old or older; and\n- (b) is not exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 .\n- (a) must occupy a seating position that is fitted with an approved seatbelt; and\n- (b) must not occupy the same seating position as another passenger (whether or not the other passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ); and\n- (c) must wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\n- (a) no suitable approved child restraint is fitted and available for use; and\n- (b) if the booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats.","sortOrder":391},{"sectionNumber":"sec.266","sectionType":"section","heading":"Seatbelt requirements for passengers under 16 years old","content":"### sec.266 Seatbelt requirements for passengers under 16 years old\n\nThis section states, for section 264A , the requirements applying to a passenger in or on a motor vehicle who is under 16 years old.\nIf the passenger is less than 6 months old, the passenger must be restrained in a suitable and properly fastened and adjusted rearward facing approved child restraint.\nIf the passenger is 6 months old or older, but is less than 4 years old, the passenger must be restrained in a suitable and properly fastened and adjusted—\nrearward facing approved child restraint; or\nforward facing approved child restraint that has an inbuilt harness.\nIf the passenger is 4 years old or older, but is less than 7 years old, the passenger must—\nbe restrained in a suitable and properly fastened and adjusted forward facing approved child restraint that has an inbuilt harness; or\nbe placed on a properly positioned approved booster seat and be restrained by—\na lap and sash type approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or\na suitable approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened; or\nif the passenger is seated in a seating position in a part of the vehicle that is designed primarily for the carriage of goods—\nbe restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap and sash type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or\nhave the midsection of their body restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) , and have their upper body restrained by an approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened.\nA passenger who is under 4 years old must not be in the front row of a motor vehicle that has 2 or more rows of seats.\nA passenger who is 4 years old or older, but is less than 7 years old, must not be in the front row of a motor vehicle that has 2 or more rows of seats unless in the row or rows behind the front row—\nall of the other seats are occupied by passengers who are also less than 7 years old; or\nthere is no remaining seating position in which the passenger can sit in accordance with this section because of the occupation of other seats, in compliance with this section, by passengers who are also less than 7 years old.\nThis subsection would permit a passenger who is 6 years old to sit in the front row of a vehicle that has 2 rows of seats if 2 occupied approved child restraints in the back row encroached on an empty seating position between them in a way that made it impossible for another approved child restraint or booster seat to be placed in that position.\nIf the passenger is 7 years old or older but under 16 years old—\nthe passenger must be restrained in a suitable approved child restraint that is properly adjusted and fastened; or\nthe passenger—\nmust occupy a seating position that is fitted with a suitable approved seatbelt; and\nmust not occupy the same seating position as another passenger (whether or not the other passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ); and\nmust wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\nIf a passenger can not safely be restrained as required by subsection (2) because of the passenger’s height or weight, the passenger must be restrained as if subsection (2A) applied to the passenger.\nIf a passenger can not safely be restrained as required by subsection (2A) or (4B) because of the passenger’s height or weight, the passenger must be restrained as if subsection (2B) applied to the passenger.\nIf a passenger can not safely be restrained as required by subsection (2B) or (4C) because of the passenger’s height or weight, the passenger must be restrained as if subsection (4) applied to the passenger.\nIn the case of a passenger sitting in a seating position that is fitted with a lap and sash type seatbelt, it is sufficient compliance with subsection (2B) (b) or (4) (b) (iii) , as the case may be, if, instead of using the sash part of the seatbelt, an approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened is used to restrain the upper body of the passenger.\nFor this section—\nan approved child restraint is available in the motor vehicle for a passenger if an approved child restraint is fitted in the vehicle and is not occupied by someone else under 16 years old; and\nan approved child restraint or approved seatbelt is suitable for a passenger if it is suitable for restraining, or to be worn by the passenger.\nFor this section, a child restraint that is properly fastened and adjusted—\nis forward facing if, once it restrains a passenger, the passenger’s head is closer to the rear of the vehicle than the passenger’s feet; or\nis rearward facing if, once it restrains a passenger, the passenger’s feet are closer to the rear of the vehicle than the passenger’s head.\nIn this section—\napproved booster seat means—\na booster seat or cushion that complies with—\nAS/NZS 1754; or\nanother standard the chief executive considers is at least equal to that standard; or\na child restraint that—\nis incorporated in a vehicle; and\nis of a type mentioned in—\nthe Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/01—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2005 (Cwlth) , clause 34.8; or\nthe Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/02—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2012 (Cwlth) , clause 34.9; and\ncomplies with that clause.\ns 266 amd 2010 SL No. 65 s 4 ; 2013 SL No. 42 s 5 ; 2013 SL No. 192 s 36 ; 2014 SL No. 279 s 27 ; 2016 SL No. 161 s 54 ; 2016 SL No. 240 s 10 ; 2021 SL No. 102 s 17 ; 2024 SL No. 225 s 12\n(sec.266-ssec.1) This section states, for section 264A , the requirements applying to a passenger in or on a motor vehicle who is under 16 years old.\n(sec.266-ssec.2) If the passenger is less than 6 months old, the passenger must be restrained in a suitable and properly fastened and adjusted rearward facing approved child restraint.\n(sec.266-ssec.2A) If the passenger is 6 months old or older, but is less than 4 years old, the passenger must be restrained in a suitable and properly fastened and adjusted— rearward facing approved child restraint; or forward facing approved child restraint that has an inbuilt harness.\n(sec.266-ssec.2B) If the passenger is 4 years old or older, but is less than 7 years old, the passenger must— be restrained in a suitable and properly fastened and adjusted forward facing approved child restraint that has an inbuilt harness; or be placed on a properly positioned approved booster seat and be restrained by— a lap and sash type approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or a suitable approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened; or if the passenger is seated in a seating position in a part of the vehicle that is designed primarily for the carriage of goods— be restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap and sash type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or have the midsection of their body restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) , and have their upper body restrained by an approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened.\n(sec.266-ssec.3) A passenger who is under 4 years old must not be in the front row of a motor vehicle that has 2 or more rows of seats.\n(sec.266-ssec.3A) A passenger who is 4 years old or older, but is less than 7 years old, must not be in the front row of a motor vehicle that has 2 or more rows of seats unless in the row or rows behind the front row— all of the other seats are occupied by passengers who are also less than 7 years old; or there is no remaining seating position in which the passenger can sit in accordance with this section because of the occupation of other seats, in compliance with this section, by passengers who are also less than 7 years old. This subsection would permit a passenger who is 6 years old to sit in the front row of a vehicle that has 2 rows of seats if 2 occupied approved child restraints in the back row encroached on an empty seating position between them in a way that made it impossible for another approved child restraint or booster seat to be placed in that position.\n(sec.266-ssec.4) If the passenger is 7 years old or older but under 16 years old— the passenger must be restrained in a suitable approved child restraint that is properly adjusted and fastened; or the passenger— must occupy a seating position that is fitted with a suitable approved seatbelt; and must not occupy the same seating position as another passenger (whether or not the other passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ); and must wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\n(sec.266-ssec.4B) If a passenger can not safely be restrained as required by subsection (2) because of the passenger’s height or weight, the passenger must be restrained as if subsection (2A) applied to the passenger.\n(sec.266-ssec.4C) If a passenger can not safely be restrained as required by subsection (2A) or (4B) because of the passenger’s height or weight, the passenger must be restrained as if subsection (2B) applied to the passenger.\n(sec.266-ssec.4D) If a passenger can not safely be restrained as required by subsection (2B) or (4C) because of the passenger’s height or weight, the passenger must be restrained as if subsection (4) applied to the passenger.\n(sec.266-ssec.4E) In the case of a passenger sitting in a seating position that is fitted with a lap and sash type seatbelt, it is sufficient compliance with subsection (2B) (b) or (4) (b) (iii) , as the case may be, if, instead of using the sash part of the seatbelt, an approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened is used to restrain the upper body of the passenger.\n(sec.266-ssec.6) For this section— an approved child restraint is available in the motor vehicle for a passenger if an approved child restraint is fitted in the vehicle and is not occupied by someone else under 16 years old; and an approved child restraint or approved seatbelt is suitable for a passenger if it is suitable for restraining, or to be worn by the passenger.\n(sec.266-ssec.6A) For this section, a child restraint that is properly fastened and adjusted— is forward facing if, once it restrains a passenger, the passenger’s head is closer to the rear of the vehicle than the passenger’s feet; or is rearward facing if, once it restrains a passenger, the passenger’s feet are closer to the rear of the vehicle than the passenger’s head.\n(sec.266-ssec.7) In this section— approved booster seat means— a booster seat or cushion that complies with— AS/NZS 1754; or another standard the chief executive considers is at least equal to that standard; or a child restraint that— is incorporated in a vehicle; and is of a type mentioned in— the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/01—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2005 (Cwlth) , clause 34.8; or the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/02—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2012 (Cwlth) , clause 34.9; and complies with that clause.\n- (a) rearward facing approved child restraint; or\n- (b) forward facing approved child restraint that has an inbuilt harness.\n- (a) be restrained in a suitable and properly fastened and adjusted forward facing approved child restraint that has an inbuilt harness; or\n- (b) be placed on a properly positioned approved booster seat and be restrained by— (i) a lap and sash type approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or (ii) a suitable approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened; or\n- (i) a lap and sash type approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or\n- (ii) a suitable approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened; or\n- (c) if the passenger is seated in a seating position in a part of the vehicle that is designed primarily for the carriage of goods— (i) be restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap and sash type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or (ii) have the midsection of their body restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) , and have their upper body restrained by an approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened.\n- (i) be restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap and sash type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or\n- (ii) have the midsection of their body restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) , and have their upper body restrained by an approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened.\n- (i) a lap and sash type approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or\n- (ii) a suitable approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened; or\n- (i) be restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap and sash type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) ; or\n- (ii) have the midsection of their body restrained by an approved seatbelt of a lap type that is properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) , and have their upper body restrained by an approved child safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened.\n- (a) all of the other seats are occupied by passengers who are also less than 7 years old; or\n- (b) there is no remaining seating position in which the passenger can sit in accordance with this section because of the occupation of other seats, in compliance with this section, by passengers who are also less than 7 years old.\n- (a) the passenger must be restrained in a suitable approved child restraint that is properly adjusted and fastened; or\n- (b) the passenger— (i) must occupy a seating position that is fitted with a suitable approved seatbelt; and (ii) must not occupy the same seating position as another passenger (whether or not the other passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ); and (iii) must wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\n- (i) must occupy a seating position that is fitted with a suitable approved seatbelt; and\n- (ii) must not occupy the same seating position as another passenger (whether or not the other passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ); and\n- (iii) must wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\n- (i) must occupy a seating position that is fitted with a suitable approved seatbelt; and\n- (ii) must not occupy the same seating position as another passenger (whether or not the other passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under section 267 ); and\n- (iii) must wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and fastened in the way required under section 267B (1) .\n- (a) an approved child restraint is available in the motor vehicle for a passenger if an approved child restraint is fitted in the vehicle and is not occupied by someone else under 16 years old; and\n- (b) an approved child restraint or approved seatbelt is suitable for a passenger if it is suitable for restraining, or to be worn by the passenger.\n- (a) is forward facing if, once it restrains a passenger, the passenger’s head is closer to the rear of the vehicle than the passenger’s feet; or\n- (b) is rearward facing if, once it restrains a passenger, the passenger’s feet are closer to the rear of the vehicle than the passenger’s head.\n- (a) a booster seat or cushion that complies with— (i) AS/NZS 1754; or (ii) another standard the chief executive considers is at least equal to that standard; or\n- (i) AS/NZS 1754; or\n- (ii) another standard the chief executive considers is at least equal to that standard; or\n- (b) a child restraint that— (i) is incorporated in a vehicle; and (ii) is of a type mentioned in— (A) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/01—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2005 (Cwlth) , clause 34.8; or (B) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/02—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2012 (Cwlth) , clause 34.9; and (iii) complies with that clause.\n- (i) is incorporated in a vehicle; and\n- (ii) is of a type mentioned in— (A) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/01—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2005 (Cwlth) , clause 34.8; or (B) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/02—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2012 (Cwlth) , clause 34.9; and\n- (A) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/01—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2005 (Cwlth) , clause 34.8; or\n- (B) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/02—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2012 (Cwlth) , clause 34.9; and\n- (iii) complies with that clause.\n- (i) AS/NZS 1754; or\n- (ii) another standard the chief executive considers is at least equal to that standard; or\n- (i) is incorporated in a vehicle; and\n- (ii) is of a type mentioned in— (A) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/01—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2005 (Cwlth) , clause 34.8; or (B) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/02—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2012 (Cwlth) , clause 34.9; and\n- (A) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/01—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2005 (Cwlth) , clause 34.8; or\n- (B) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/02—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2012 (Cwlth) , clause 34.9; and\n- (iii) complies with that clause.\n- (A) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/01—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2005 (Cwlth) , clause 34.8; or\n- (B) the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 34/02—Child Restraint Anchorages and Child Restraint Anchor Fittings) 2012 (Cwlth) , clause 34.9; and","sortOrder":392},{"sectionNumber":"sec.267","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemptions from wearing seatbelts","content":"### sec.267 Exemptions from wearing seatbelts\n\nA person in or on a motor vehicle is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if—\nthe seating position that the person occupies is not fitted with a seatbelt; and\nthere is no requirement for that seating position to be fitted with a seatbelt; and\nall passengers in the vehicle who are exempt from wearing a seatbelt are complying with subsection (8) .\nSubsection (1A) does not apply to a person who is under 7 years old.\nTo remove any doubt, it is declared that subsection (1A) does not authorise a passenger to whom section 266 (3) or (3A) applies to occupy a seat in the front row of seats in a vehicle that has 2 or more rows of seats.\nA person in or on a motor vehicle who is 7 years of age or older is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if—\nthe person is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage, and is required to get in or out of the vehicle, or on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and\nthe vehicle is not travelling over 25km/h.\nA person is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if—\nthe person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) is carrying a certificate that—\nis signed by a doctor; and\nstates that, in the opinion of the doctor, the person should not wear a seatbelt due to the person’s medical condition or disability; and\ndisplays a date of issue; and\ndisplays an expiry date that is a date not more than 12 months after the date of issue; and\nhas not expired; and\nthe person is complying with any conditions stated in the certificate; and\nthe person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger)—\nproduces the certificate to a police officer immediately after the officer asks the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) to produce the certificate; or\nfor a camera-detected offence against section 264 or 264A —complies with the condition mentioned in subsection (4) .\nFor subsection (3A) (c) (ii) , the condition is that—\nthe person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) produces the certificate, or a copy of the certificate, mentioned in subsection (3A) (a) to the commissioner or the chief executive before the relevant time; or\nthe person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger)—\ndoes not have, or no longer has, the certificate, or a copy of the certificate, mentioned in subsection (3A) (a) ; and\nproduces to the commissioner or the chief executive, before the relevant time, a document signed by a doctor stating that the certificate was issued in relation to the person and the date of issue and expiry date for the certificate; or\nthe person is a passenger, and the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger—\nis unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) ; and\nhas a reasonable excuse for being unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) .\nFor subsection (4) , the relevant time is the end of the day that is 28 days after a camera-detected seatbelt offence notice for the alleged offence is first given to the person in charge of the vehicle in relation to the alleged offence.\nA person is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if—\nthe person is a passenger in or on a police vehicle or emergency vehicle; and\neither—\nif the vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats—the person is not in the front row of seats or there is not a seating position available for the person in another row of seats; or\nif the vehicle is a police vehicle and has a caged, or other secured, area designed for the carriage of passengers—the person occupies a seating position in that area.\nA person is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if the person is providing or receiving medical treatment of an urgent and necessary nature while in or on a vehicle.\nIf a truck or bus has a sleeper compartment, a two-up driver of the truck or bus is exempt from wearing a seatbelt while the two-up driver occupies the sleeper compartment for rest purposes.\nIf a vehicle does not have approved seatbelts or approved child restraints fitted to all its passenger seating positions, a passenger who is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under this section must not occupy—\na seating position that is fitted with an approved seatbelt; or\nan approved child restraint;\nif the result would be that a passenger who is not exempt from wearing a seatbelt under this section would be required to occupy a seating position that is not fitted with an approved seatbelt or an approved child restraint.\nA passenger on a bus is exempt from wearing a seatbelt while the passenger is—\na standing passenger mentioned in the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Regulation 2018 , section 59B ; or\nentering or leaving the bus.\nA passenger on a booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if—\nthe passenger is less than 1 year old; and\nno suitable approved child restraint is fitted and available for use by the passenger; and\nif the booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats; and\nthe passenger is seated in the lap of another passenger who is 16 years of age or older; and\nif the vehicle is a tow truck—the person is a passenger in the tow truck because the vehicle in which the person was a passenger is being towed.\nTo remove any doubt, it is declared that subsection (8C) does not limit the exemption given to—\na driver of a bus in relation to a passenger under section 267A (1) ; or\na driver of a booked hire vehicle or taxi in relation to a passenger under section 267A (4) .\nIn this section—\nperson in charge , of a vehicle, in relation to an alleged offence against section 264 or 264A , has the meaning given by section 113 of the Act .\ntwo-up driver , for a vehicle that is a bus or truck, means a person accompanying the vehicle’s driver on a journey or part of a journey, who has been, is or will be, sharing the task of driving the vehicle during the journey.\ns 267 amd 2010 SL No. 65 s 5 ; 2013 SL No. 42 s 6 ; 2013 SL No. 192 s 37 ; 2014 SL No. 279 s 28 ; 2016 SL No. 161 s 55 ; 2018 SL No. 144 s 8 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 18 ; 2021 SL No. 102 s 18 ; 2026 SL No. 4 s 43\n(sec.267-ssec.1A) A person in or on a motor vehicle is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if— the seating position that the person occupies is not fitted with a seatbelt; and there is no requirement for that seating position to be fitted with a seatbelt; and all passengers in the vehicle who are exempt from wearing a seatbelt are complying with subsection (8) .\n(sec.267-ssec.1B) Subsection (1A) does not apply to a person who is under 7 years old.\n(sec.267-ssec.1C) To remove any doubt, it is declared that subsection (1A) does not authorise a passenger to whom section 266 (3) or (3A) applies to occupy a seat in the front row of seats in a vehicle that has 2 or more rows of seats.\n(sec.267-ssec.2) A person in or on a motor vehicle who is 7 years of age or older is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if— the person is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage, and is required to get in or out of the vehicle, or on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and the vehicle is not travelling over 25km/h.\n(sec.267-ssec.3A) A person is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if— the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) is carrying a certificate that— is signed by a doctor; and states that, in the opinion of the doctor, the person should not wear a seatbelt due to the person’s medical condition or disability; and displays a date of issue; and displays an expiry date that is a date not more than 12 months after the date of issue; and has not expired; and the person is complying with any conditions stated in the certificate; and the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger)— produces the certificate to a police officer immediately after the officer asks the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) to produce the certificate; or for a camera-detected offence against section 264 or 264A —complies with the condition mentioned in subsection (4) .\n(sec.267-ssec.4) For subsection (3A) (c) (ii) , the condition is that— the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) produces the certificate, or a copy of the certificate, mentioned in subsection (3A) (a) to the commissioner or the chief executive before the relevant time; or the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger)— does not have, or no longer has, the certificate, or a copy of the certificate, mentioned in subsection (3A) (a) ; and produces to the commissioner or the chief executive, before the relevant time, a document signed by a doctor stating that the certificate was issued in relation to the person and the date of issue and expiry date for the certificate; or the person is a passenger, and the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger— is unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) ; and has a reasonable excuse for being unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) .\n(sec.267-ssec.4A) For subsection (4) , the relevant time is the end of the day that is 28 days after a camera-detected seatbelt offence notice for the alleged offence is first given to the person in charge of the vehicle in relation to the alleged offence.\n(sec.267-ssec.5) A person is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if— the person is a passenger in or on a police vehicle or emergency vehicle; and either— if the vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats—the person is not in the front row of seats or there is not a seating position available for the person in another row of seats; or if the vehicle is a police vehicle and has a caged, or other secured, area designed for the carriage of passengers—the person occupies a seating position in that area.\n(sec.267-ssec.6) A person is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if the person is providing or receiving medical treatment of an urgent and necessary nature while in or on a vehicle.\n(sec.267-ssec.7) If a truck or bus has a sleeper compartment, a two-up driver of the truck or bus is exempt from wearing a seatbelt while the two-up driver occupies the sleeper compartment for rest purposes.\n(sec.267-ssec.8) If a vehicle does not have approved seatbelts or approved child restraints fitted to all its passenger seating positions, a passenger who is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under this section must not occupy— a seating position that is fitted with an approved seatbelt; or an approved child restraint; if the result would be that a passenger who is not exempt from wearing a seatbelt under this section would be required to occupy a seating position that is not fitted with an approved seatbelt or an approved child restraint.\n(sec.267-ssec.8B) A passenger on a bus is exempt from wearing a seatbelt while the passenger is— a standing passenger mentioned in the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Regulation 2018 , section 59B ; or entering or leaving the bus.\n(sec.267-ssec.8C) A passenger on a booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if— the passenger is less than 1 year old; and no suitable approved child restraint is fitted and available for use by the passenger; and if the booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats; and the passenger is seated in the lap of another passenger who is 16 years of age or older; and if the vehicle is a tow truck—the person is a passenger in the tow truck because the vehicle in which the person was a passenger is being towed.\n(sec.267-ssec.8D) To remove any doubt, it is declared that subsection (8C) does not limit the exemption given to— a driver of a bus in relation to a passenger under section 267A (1) ; or a driver of a booked hire vehicle or taxi in relation to a passenger under section 267A (4) .\n(sec.267-ssec.9) In this section— person in charge , of a vehicle, in relation to an alleged offence against section 264 or 264A , has the meaning given by section 113 of the Act . two-up driver , for a vehicle that is a bus or truck, means a person accompanying the vehicle’s driver on a journey or part of a journey, who has been, is or will be, sharing the task of driving the vehicle during the journey.\n- (a) the seating position that the person occupies is not fitted with a seatbelt; and\n- (b) there is no requirement for that seating position to be fitted with a seatbelt; and\n- (c) all passengers in the vehicle who are exempt from wearing a seatbelt are complying with subsection (8) .\n- (a) the person is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage, and is required to get in or out of the vehicle, or on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and\n- (b) the vehicle is not travelling over 25km/h.\n- (a) the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) is carrying a certificate that— (i) is signed by a doctor; and (ii) states that, in the opinion of the doctor, the person should not wear a seatbelt due to the person’s medical condition or disability; and (iii) displays a date of issue; and (iv) displays an expiry date that is a date not more than 12 months after the date of issue; and (v) has not expired; and\n- (i) is signed by a doctor; and\n- (ii) states that, in the opinion of the doctor, the person should not wear a seatbelt due to the person’s medical condition or disability; and\n- (iii) displays a date of issue; and\n- (iv) displays an expiry date that is a date not more than 12 months after the date of issue; and\n- (v) has not expired; and\n- (b) the person is complying with any conditions stated in the certificate; and\n- (c) the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger)— (i) produces the certificate to a police officer immediately after the officer asks the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) to produce the certificate; or (ii) for a camera-detected offence against section 264 or 264A —complies with the condition mentioned in subsection (4) .\n- (i) produces the certificate to a police officer immediately after the officer asks the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) to produce the certificate; or\n- (ii) for a camera-detected offence against section 264 or 264A —complies with the condition mentioned in subsection (4) .\n- (i) is signed by a doctor; and\n- (ii) states that, in the opinion of the doctor, the person should not wear a seatbelt due to the person’s medical condition or disability; and\n- (iii) displays a date of issue; and\n- (iv) displays an expiry date that is a date not more than 12 months after the date of issue; and\n- (v) has not expired; and\n- (i) produces the certificate to a police officer immediately after the officer asks the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) to produce the certificate; or\n- (ii) for a camera-detected offence against section 264 or 264A —complies with the condition mentioned in subsection (4) .\n- (a) the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger) produces the certificate, or a copy of the certificate, mentioned in subsection (3A) (a) to the commissioner or the chief executive before the relevant time; or\n- (b) the person (or, for a passenger, the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger)— (i) does not have, or no longer has, the certificate, or a copy of the certificate, mentioned in subsection (3A) (a) ; and (ii) produces to the commissioner or the chief executive, before the relevant time, a document signed by a doctor stating that the certificate was issued in relation to the person and the date of issue and expiry date for the certificate; or\n- (i) does not have, or no longer has, the certificate, or a copy of the certificate, mentioned in subsection (3A) (a) ; and\n- (ii) produces to the commissioner or the chief executive, before the relevant time, a document signed by a doctor stating that the certificate was issued in relation to the person and the date of issue and expiry date for the certificate; or\n- (c) the person is a passenger, and the driver of the vehicle in or on which the person is a passenger— (i) is unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) ; and (ii) has a reasonable excuse for being unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) .\n- (i) is unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) ; and\n- (ii) has a reasonable excuse for being unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) .\n- (i) does not have, or no longer has, the certificate, or a copy of the certificate, mentioned in subsection (3A) (a) ; and\n- (ii) produces to the commissioner or the chief executive, before the relevant time, a document signed by a doctor stating that the certificate was issued in relation to the person and the date of issue and expiry date for the certificate; or\n- (i) is unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) ; and\n- (ii) has a reasonable excuse for being unable to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) .\n- (a) the person is a passenger in or on a police vehicle or emergency vehicle; and\n- (b) either— (i) if the vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats—the person is not in the front row of seats or there is not a seating position available for the person in another row of seats; or (ii) if the vehicle is a police vehicle and has a caged, or other secured, area designed for the carriage of passengers—the person occupies a seating position in that area.\n- (i) if the vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats—the person is not in the front row of seats or there is not a seating position available for the person in another row of seats; or\n- (ii) if the vehicle is a police vehicle and has a caged, or other secured, area designed for the carriage of passengers—the person occupies a seating position in that area.\n- (i) if the vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats—the person is not in the front row of seats or there is not a seating position available for the person in another row of seats; or\n- (ii) if the vehicle is a police vehicle and has a caged, or other secured, area designed for the carriage of passengers—the person occupies a seating position in that area.\n- (a) a seating position that is fitted with an approved seatbelt; or\n- (b) an approved child restraint;\n- (a) a standing passenger mentioned in the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Regulation 2018 , section 59B ; or\n- (b) entering or leaving the bus.\n- (a) the passenger is less than 1 year old; and\n- (b) no suitable approved child restraint is fitted and available for use by the passenger; and\n- (c) if the booked hire vehicle, bus, taxi or tow truck has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats; and\n- (d) the passenger is seated in the lap of another passenger who is 16 years of age or older; and\n- (e) if the vehicle is a tow truck—the person is a passenger in the tow truck because the vehicle in which the person was a passenger is being towed.\n- (a) a driver of a bus in relation to a passenger under section 267A (1) ; or\n- (b) a driver of a booked hire vehicle or taxi in relation to a passenger under section 267A (4) .","sortOrder":393},{"sectionNumber":"sec.267A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemptions for driver in relation to passengers","content":"### sec.267A Exemptions for driver in relation to passengers\n\nThe driver of a bus is exempt from section 264A .\nThe rider of a motorbike is exempt from section 264A in relation to a passenger under 16 years old.\nSome seating positions on a motorbike are not required to be fitted with a seatbelt. See section 267 (1A) for an exemption from wearing a seatbelt for persons occupying a seating position that is not required to be fitted with a seatbelt.\nThe driver of a booked hire vehicle or taxi is exempt from section 264A in relation to a passenger 16 years old or older.\nThe driver of a booked hire vehicle or taxi is exempt from section 264A in relation to the requirements for a passenger mentioned in section 266 (2) , (2A) and (2B) if—\nthere is no suitable approved child restraint available in the booked hire vehicle or taxi for the passenger; and\nfor a booked hire vehicle or taxi that has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats.\nThe driver of a motor vehicle is exempt from section 264A in relation to the requirements for a passenger mentioned in section 266 (2) , (2A) , (2B) and (4) if each of the following applies—\nthe passenger is restrained in a child restraint prescribed for the passenger by a specialist in accordance with AS/NZS 4370;\nthe driver is carrying an advice to parent form issued by the specialist in accordance with AS/NZS 4370, clause 2.2;\nthe driver is complying with any conditions stated in the form;\nthe driver produces the form to a police officer immediately after the officer asks the driver to produce the form;\nthe form has not expired.\nAn advice to parent form mentioned in subsection (5) expires at the end of the last day of the period stated in the form as the period the restraint is prescribed for.\nThe driver of a motor vehicle is exempt from section 264A in relation to the requirements for a passenger mentioned in section 266 (3) and (3A) if—\nthe driver is carrying a certificate that—\nis signed by a health practitioner; and\nstates that, in the opinion of the health practitioner, the passenger must not be in a row of seats behind the front row of a vehicle because of the passenger’s medical condition or disability; and\nstates the method (if any) by which the passenger must be restrained; and\ndisplays a date of issue; and\ndisplays an expiry date that is not more than 7 years after the date of issue; and\nthe driver is complying with any conditions stated in the certificate; and\nthe driver immediately produces the certificate when a police officer asks to see the certificate.\nA detention officer driving a vehicle to transport a passenger who is a detained person is exempt from section 264A if—\nthe vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats and either—\nthe passenger occupies a seating position that is not in the front row; or\nthe passenger occupies a seating position in the front row because no seating position is available for the passenger in the other rows; or\nthe vehicle has a caged or other secured area designed for the carriage of passengers and the passenger occupies a seating position in the caged or secured area.\nIn this section—\ndetained person means a person in the custody or care of a detention officer.\ndetention officer means—\na corrective services officer under the Corrective Services Act 2006 ; or\nthe Sheriff of Queensland or a deputy sheriff appointed under the Supreme Court of Queensland Act 1991 , section 73 ; or\na bailiff appointed under the Supreme Court of Queensland Act 1991 , the District Court of Queensland Act 1967 or the Magistrates Courts Act 1921 ; or\na staff member under the Police Service Administration Act 1990 who, in the course of the staff member’s duties, transports persons in the custody or care of the staff member or a person mentioned in paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) .\nhealth practitioner means a doctor, occupational therapist or physiotherapist.\nspecialist means a doctor, occupational therapist, psychologist, physiotherapist or biomedical engineer.\ns 267A ins 2021 SL No. 102 s 19\n(sec.267A-ssec.1) The driver of a bus is exempt from section 264A .\n(sec.267A-ssec.2) The rider of a motorbike is exempt from section 264A in relation to a passenger under 16 years old. Some seating positions on a motorbike are not required to be fitted with a seatbelt. See section 267 (1A) for an exemption from wearing a seatbelt for persons occupying a seating position that is not required to be fitted with a seatbelt.\n(sec.267A-ssec.3) The driver of a booked hire vehicle or taxi is exempt from section 264A in relation to a passenger 16 years old or older.\n(sec.267A-ssec.4) The driver of a booked hire vehicle or taxi is exempt from section 264A in relation to the requirements for a passenger mentioned in section 266 (2) , (2A) and (2B) if— there is no suitable approved child restraint available in the booked hire vehicle or taxi for the passenger; and for a booked hire vehicle or taxi that has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats.\n(sec.267A-ssec.5) The driver of a motor vehicle is exempt from section 264A in relation to the requirements for a passenger mentioned in section 266 (2) , (2A) , (2B) and (4) if each of the following applies— the passenger is restrained in a child restraint prescribed for the passenger by a specialist in accordance with AS/NZS 4370; the driver is carrying an advice to parent form issued by the specialist in accordance with AS/NZS 4370, clause 2.2; the driver is complying with any conditions stated in the form; the driver produces the form to a police officer immediately after the officer asks the driver to produce the form; the form has not expired.\n(sec.267A-ssec.6) An advice to parent form mentioned in subsection (5) expires at the end of the last day of the period stated in the form as the period the restraint is prescribed for.\n(sec.267A-ssec.7) The driver of a motor vehicle is exempt from section 264A in relation to the requirements for a passenger mentioned in section 266 (3) and (3A) if— the driver is carrying a certificate that— is signed by a health practitioner; and states that, in the opinion of the health practitioner, the passenger must not be in a row of seats behind the front row of a vehicle because of the passenger’s medical condition or disability; and states the method (if any) by which the passenger must be restrained; and displays a date of issue; and displays an expiry date that is not more than 7 years after the date of issue; and the driver is complying with any conditions stated in the certificate; and the driver immediately produces the certificate when a police officer asks to see the certificate.\n(sec.267A-ssec.8) A detention officer driving a vehicle to transport a passenger who is a detained person is exempt from section 264A if— the vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats and either— the passenger occupies a seating position that is not in the front row; or the passenger occupies a seating position in the front row because no seating position is available for the passenger in the other rows; or the vehicle has a caged or other secured area designed for the carriage of passengers and the passenger occupies a seating position in the caged or secured area.\n(sec.267A-ssec.9) In this section— detained person means a person in the custody or care of a detention officer. detention officer means— a corrective services officer under the Corrective Services Act 2006 ; or the Sheriff of Queensland or a deputy sheriff appointed under the Supreme Court of Queensland Act 1991 , section 73 ; or a bailiff appointed under the Supreme Court of Queensland Act 1991 , the District Court of Queensland Act 1967 or the Magistrates Courts Act 1921 ; or a staff member under the Police Service Administration Act 1990 who, in the course of the staff member’s duties, transports persons in the custody or care of the staff member or a person mentioned in paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) . health practitioner means a doctor, occupational therapist or physiotherapist. specialist means a doctor, occupational therapist, psychologist, physiotherapist or biomedical engineer.\n- (a) there is no suitable approved child restraint available in the booked hire vehicle or taxi for the passenger; and\n- (b) for a booked hire vehicle or taxi that has 2 or more rows of seats—the passenger is not in the front row of seats.\n- (a) the passenger is restrained in a child restraint prescribed for the passenger by a specialist in accordance with AS/NZS 4370;\n- (b) the driver is carrying an advice to parent form issued by the specialist in accordance with AS/NZS 4370, clause 2.2;\n- (c) the driver is complying with any conditions stated in the form;\n- (d) the driver produces the form to a police officer immediately after the officer asks the driver to produce the form;\n- (e) the form has not expired.\n- (a) the driver is carrying a certificate that— (i) is signed by a health practitioner; and (ii) states that, in the opinion of the health practitioner, the passenger must not be in a row of seats behind the front row of a vehicle because of the passenger’s medical condition or disability; and (iii) states the method (if any) by which the passenger must be restrained; and (iv) displays a date of issue; and (v) displays an expiry date that is not more than 7 years after the date of issue; and\n- (i) is signed by a health practitioner; and\n- (ii) states that, in the opinion of the health practitioner, the passenger must not be in a row of seats behind the front row of a vehicle because of the passenger’s medical condition or disability; and\n- (iii) states the method (if any) by which the passenger must be restrained; and\n- (iv) displays a date of issue; and\n- (v) displays an expiry date that is not more than 7 years after the date of issue; and\n- (b) the driver is complying with any conditions stated in the certificate; and\n- (c) the driver immediately produces the certificate when a police officer asks to see the certificate.\n- (i) is signed by a health practitioner; and\n- (ii) states that, in the opinion of the health practitioner, the passenger must not be in a row of seats behind the front row of a vehicle because of the passenger’s medical condition or disability; and\n- (iii) states the method (if any) by which the passenger must be restrained; and\n- (iv) displays a date of issue; and\n- (v) displays an expiry date that is not more than 7 years after the date of issue; and\n- (a) the vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats and either— (i) the passenger occupies a seating position that is not in the front row; or (ii) the passenger occupies a seating position in the front row because no seating position is available for the passenger in the other rows; or\n- (i) the passenger occupies a seating position that is not in the front row; or\n- (ii) the passenger occupies a seating position in the front row because no seating position is available for the passenger in the other rows; or\n- (b) the vehicle has a caged or other secured area designed for the carriage of passengers and the passenger occupies a seating position in the caged or secured area.\n- (i) the passenger occupies a seating position that is not in the front row; or\n- (ii) the passenger occupies a seating position in the front row because no seating position is available for the passenger in the other rows; or\n- (a) a corrective services officer under the Corrective Services Act 2006 ; or\n- (b) the Sheriff of Queensland or a deputy sheriff appointed under the Supreme Court of Queensland Act 1991 , section 73 ; or\n- (c) a bailiff appointed under the Supreme Court of Queensland Act 1991 , the District Court of Queensland Act 1967 or the Magistrates Courts Act 1921 ; or\n- (d) a staff member under the Police Service Administration Act 1990 who, in the course of the staff member’s duties, transports persons in the custody or care of the staff member or a person mentioned in paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) .","sortOrder":394},{"sectionNumber":"sec.267B","sectionType":"section","heading":"When an approved seatbelt is properly adjusted and fastened","content":"### sec.267B When an approved seatbelt is properly adjusted and fastened\n\nIf a provision of this part requires a person to wear an approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened under this section, the approved seatbelt must comply with the following—\nfor a lap and sash type approved seatbelt—\nthe seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and\nthe lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area; and\nthe sash portion of the belt must pass firmly and diagonally across the person’s chest from the buckle to over the person’s shoulder furthest from the secured buckle;\nfor a lap type approved seatbelt—\nthe seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and\nthe lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area.\nHowever, this section does not apply in relation to an approved seatbelt mentioned in section 264A (3) , definition approved seatbelt .\ns 267B ins 2024 SL No. 225 s 13\n(sec.267B-ssec.1) If a provision of this part requires a person to wear an approved seatbelt that is properly adjusted and fastened under this section, the approved seatbelt must comply with the following— for a lap and sash type approved seatbelt— the seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and the lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area; and the sash portion of the belt must pass firmly and diagonally across the person’s chest from the buckle to over the person’s shoulder furthest from the secured buckle; for a lap type approved seatbelt— the seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and the lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area.\n(sec.267B-ssec.2) However, this section does not apply in relation to an approved seatbelt mentioned in section 264A (3) , definition approved seatbelt .\n- (a) for a lap and sash type approved seatbelt— (i) the seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and (ii) the lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area; and (iii) the sash portion of the belt must pass firmly and diagonally across the person’s chest from the buckle to over the person’s shoulder furthest from the secured buckle;\n- (i) the seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and\n- (ii) the lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area; and\n- (iii) the sash portion of the belt must pass firmly and diagonally across the person’s chest from the buckle to over the person’s shoulder furthest from the secured buckle;\n- (b) for a lap type approved seatbelt— (i) the seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and (ii) the lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area.\n- (i) the seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and\n- (ii) the lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area.\n- (i) the seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and\n- (ii) the lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area; and\n- (iii) the sash portion of the belt must pass firmly and diagonally across the person’s chest from the buckle to over the person’s shoulder furthest from the secured buckle;\n- (i) the seatbelt must be secured in the buckle; and\n- (ii) the lap portion of the seatbelt must pass firmly across the person’s pelvic area.","sortOrder":395},{"sectionNumber":"sec.268","sectionType":"section","heading":"How persons must travel in or on a motor vehicle","content":"### sec.268 How persons must travel in or on a motor vehicle\n\nA person must not travel in or on a part of a motor vehicle that is not a part designed primarily for the carriage of passengers or goods.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person must not travel in or on a part of a motor vehicle that is a part designed primarily for the carriage of goods unless—\nthe part is enclosed; and\nthe person occupies a seating position that is suitable for the size and weight of the person and is fitted with an approved seatbelt.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person must not travel in or on a motor vehicle with any part of the person’s body outside a window or door of the vehicle, unless the person is the driver of the vehicle and is giving a hand signal—\nfor changing direction to the right in accordance with section 50 ; or\nfor stopping or slowing in accordance with section 55 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a motor vehicle (except a bus) must not drive with a passenger if any part of the passenger’s body is outside a window or door of the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a motor vehicle must not drive with a passenger in or on a part of the vehicle that is not a part designed primarily for the carriage of passengers or goods.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a motor vehicle must not drive with a passenger in or on a part of the vehicle that is a part designed primarily for the carriage of goods unless—\nthe part is enclosed; and\nthe person occupies a seating position that is suitable for the size and weight of the person and is fitted with an approved seatbelt.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to a person who is—\nin or on a police vehicle or emergency vehicle; or\non a motorbike; or\nengaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage, in or on a motor vehicle that is not travelling over 25km/h.\nIn this section—\nenclosed , for a part of a vehicle—\nmeans enclosed by the structure of the vehicle; but\ndoes not include enclosed by a canopy or cage fitted to the vehicle.\ns 268 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 38 ; 2018 SL No. 144 s 9\n(sec.268-ssec.1) A person must not travel in or on a part of a motor vehicle that is not a part designed primarily for the carriage of passengers or goods. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.268-ssec.2) A person must not travel in or on a part of a motor vehicle that is a part designed primarily for the carriage of goods unless— the part is enclosed; and the person occupies a seating position that is suitable for the size and weight of the person and is fitted with an approved seatbelt. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.268-ssec.3) A person must not travel in or on a motor vehicle with any part of the person’s body outside a window or door of the vehicle, unless the person is the driver of the vehicle and is giving a hand signal— for changing direction to the right in accordance with section 50 ; or for stopping or slowing in accordance with section 55 . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.268-ssec.4) The driver of a motor vehicle (except a bus) must not drive with a passenger if any part of the passenger’s body is outside a window or door of the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.268-ssec.4A) The driver of a motor vehicle must not drive with a passenger in or on a part of the vehicle that is not a part designed primarily for the carriage of passengers or goods. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.268-ssec.4B) The driver of a motor vehicle must not drive with a passenger in or on a part of the vehicle that is a part designed primarily for the carriage of goods unless— the part is enclosed; and the person occupies a seating position that is suitable for the size and weight of the person and is fitted with an approved seatbelt. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.268-ssec.5) This section does not apply to a person who is— in or on a police vehicle or emergency vehicle; or on a motorbike; or engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage, in or on a motor vehicle that is not travelling over 25km/h.\n(sec.268-ssec.6) In this section— enclosed , for a part of a vehicle— means enclosed by the structure of the vehicle; but does not include enclosed by a canopy or cage fitted to the vehicle.\n- (a) the part is enclosed; and\n- (b) the person occupies a seating position that is suitable for the size and weight of the person and is fitted with an approved seatbelt.\n- (a) for changing direction to the right in accordance with section 50 ; or\n- (b) for stopping or slowing in accordance with section 55 .\n- (a) the part is enclosed; and\n- (b) the person occupies a seating position that is suitable for the size and weight of the person and is fitted with an approved seatbelt.\n- (a) in or on a police vehicle or emergency vehicle; or\n- (b) on a motorbike; or\n- (c) engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage, in or on a motor vehicle that is not travelling over 25km/h.\n- (a) means enclosed by the structure of the vehicle; but\n- (b) does not include enclosed by a canopy or cage fitted to the vehicle.","sortOrder":396},{"sectionNumber":"sec.269","sectionType":"section","heading":"Opening doors and getting out of a vehicle etc.","content":"### sec.269 Opening doors and getting out of a vehicle etc.\n\nA person must not get off, or out of, a moving vehicle, unless the person is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage, and the vehicle is not travelling over 5km/h.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to a person getting off a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\nA person must not cause a hazard to any person or vehicle by opening a door of a vehicle, leaving a door of a vehicle open, or getting off, or out of, a vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a bus must not drive the bus unless the doors of the bus are closed while the bus is moving.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 269 amd 2022 SL No. 142 s 91\n(sec.269-ssec.1) A person must not get off, or out of, a moving vehicle, unless the person is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or garbage, and the vehicle is not travelling over 5km/h. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.269-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person getting off a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal.\n(sec.269-ssec.3) A person must not cause a hazard to any person or vehicle by opening a door of a vehicle, leaving a door of a vehicle open, or getting off, or out of, a vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.269-ssec.4) The driver of a bus must not drive the bus unless the doors of the bus are closed while the bus is moving. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":397},{"sectionNumber":"sec.270","sectionType":"section","heading":"Wearing motorbike helmets","content":"### sec.270 Wearing motorbike helmets\n\nA person riding a motorbike or quad bike or driving a utility off-road vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked—\nmust wear an approved motorbike helmet securely fitted and fastened on the person’s head; and\nmust not ride or drive with a passenger unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to a person riding a motorbike or quad bike that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, if—\nthe bike’s engine is not on; and\nthe person is pushing the bike; and\nit is safe for the person not to wear the helmet.\nA passenger on a motorbike or quad bike or in or on a utility off-road vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must wear an approved motorbike helmet securely fitted and fastened on the passenger’s head.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsections (1) and (2) do not apply to a driver of, or a passenger in or on, a utility off-road vehicle if—\nthe vehicle is required, under the conditional registration guideline, to comply with the conditions mentioned in ‘code LO3’ under the guideline; and\nthe vehicle is fitted with seatbelts and a roll over protection system that were fitted to the vehicle at the time of the vehicle’s manufacture.\nIn this section—\nconditional registration guideline see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , schedule 8 .\npassenger , of a motorbike, includes a person on a passenger seat of the motorbike, including the pillion seat, or in a sidecar.\nIn relation to a passenger on a quad bike or in or on a utility off-road vehicle, see the Act , schedule 4 , definition passenger .\ns 270 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 39 ; 2014 SL No. 325 s 15 ; 2016 SL No. 240 s 11 ; 2018 SL No. 195 s 19 ; 2021 SL No. 113 s 296 ; 2022 SL No. 3 s 20 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 92\n(sec.270-ssec.1) A person riding a motorbike or quad bike or driving a utility off-road vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked— must wear an approved motorbike helmet securely fitted and fastened on the person’s head; and must not ride or drive with a passenger unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.270-ssec.1A) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a person riding a motorbike or quad bike that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, if— the bike’s engine is not on; and the person is pushing the bike; and it is safe for the person not to wear the helmet.\n(sec.270-ssec.2) A passenger on a motorbike or quad bike or in or on a utility off-road vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must wear an approved motorbike helmet securely fitted and fastened on the passenger’s head. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.270-ssec.2A) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to a driver of, or a passenger in or on, a utility off-road vehicle if— the vehicle is required, under the conditional registration guideline, to comply with the conditions mentioned in ‘code LO3’ under the guideline; and the vehicle is fitted with seatbelts and a roll over protection system that were fitted to the vehicle at the time of the vehicle’s manufacture.\n(sec.270-ssec.3) In this section— conditional registration guideline see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , schedule 8 . passenger , of a motorbike, includes a person on a passenger seat of the motorbike, including the pillion seat, or in a sidecar. In relation to a passenger on a quad bike or in or on a utility off-road vehicle, see the Act , schedule 4 , definition passenger .\n- (a) must wear an approved motorbike helmet securely fitted and fastened on the person’s head; and\n- (b) must not ride or drive with a passenger unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) .\n- (a) the bike’s engine is not on; and\n- (b) the person is pushing the bike; and\n- (c) it is safe for the person not to wear the helmet.\n- (a) the vehicle is required, under the conditional registration guideline, to comply with the conditions mentioned in ‘code LO3’ under the guideline; and\n- (b) the vehicle is fitted with seatbelts and a roll over protection system that were fitted to the vehicle at the time of the vehicle’s manufacture.","sortOrder":398},{"sectionNumber":"sec.271","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding on motorbikes","content":"### sec.271 Riding on motorbikes\n\nThe rider of a motorbike that is moving (other than a rider who is walking beside and pushing a motorbike), or the rider of a motorbike that is stationary but not parked, must be astride the rider’s seat.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA passenger on a motorbike (except a passenger in a sidecar or on a seat, other than a pillion seat, designed for a passenger) that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must be astride the pillion seat facing forwards.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a motorbike must not ride with a passenger (except a passenger in a sidecar or on a seat, other than a pillion seat, designed for a passenger) unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a motorbike must not ride with more than 1 passenger (excluding any passenger in a sidecar or on a seat, other than a pillion seat, designed for a passenger).\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a motorbike must not ride with more passengers in a sidecar, or on a seat designed for a passenger, than the sidecar or seat is designed to carry.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a motorbike must not ride with a passenger (except a passenger in a sidecar) unless—\nthe passenger is at least 8 years old; and\nfor a passenger on a pillion seat—\nthe motorbike has footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger; and\nthe passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, reach the footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA passenger must not ride in a sidecar of a motorbike unless the passenger is seated safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a motorbike must not ride with a passenger in a sidecar unless the passenger complies with subsection (5B) .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 271 amd 2014 SL No. 325 s 16 ; 2016 SL No. 240 s 12\n(sec.271-ssec.1) The rider of a motorbike that is moving (other than a rider who is walking beside and pushing a motorbike), or the rider of a motorbike that is stationary but not parked, must be astride the rider’s seat. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.271-ssec.2) A passenger on a motorbike (except a passenger in a sidecar or on a seat, other than a pillion seat, designed for a passenger) that is moving, or is stationary but not parked, must be astride the pillion seat facing forwards. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.271-ssec.3) The rider of a motorbike must not ride with a passenger (except a passenger in a sidecar or on a seat, other than a pillion seat, designed for a passenger) unless the passenger complies with subsection (2) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.271-ssec.4) The rider of a motorbike must not ride with more than 1 passenger (excluding any passenger in a sidecar or on a seat, other than a pillion seat, designed for a passenger). Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.271-ssec.5) The rider of a motorbike must not ride with more passengers in a sidecar, or on a seat designed for a passenger, than the sidecar or seat is designed to carry. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.271-ssec.5A) The rider of a motorbike must not ride with a passenger (except a passenger in a sidecar) unless— the passenger is at least 8 years old; and for a passenger on a pillion seat— the motorbike has footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger; and the passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, reach the footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.271-ssec.5B) A passenger must not ride in a sidecar of a motorbike unless the passenger is seated safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.271-ssec.5C) The rider of a motorbike must not ride with a passenger in a sidecar unless the passenger complies with subsection (5B) . Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the passenger is at least 8 years old; and\n- (b) for a passenger on a pillion seat— (i) the motorbike has footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger; and (ii) the passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, reach the footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger.\n- (i) the motorbike has footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger; and\n- (ii) the passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, reach the footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger.\n- (i) the motorbike has footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger; and\n- (ii) the passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, reach the footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger.","sortOrder":399},{"sectionNumber":"sec.271A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Passengers in or on quad bikes or utility off-road vehicles","content":"### sec.271A Passengers in or on quad bikes or utility off-road vehicles\n\nA person must not ride a quad bike or drive a utility off-road vehicle with a passenger unless—\nthe passenger is at least 8 years old; and\nfor a passenger on a quad bike—the passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, reach the footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger; and\nfor a passenger in or on a utility off-road vehicle—the passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, be placed flat on the floor of the vehicle; and\nthe passenger can, while the passenger is seated, hold the vehicle’s handrail (if any).\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 271A ins 2016 SL No. 240 s 13\n- (a) the passenger is at least 8 years old; and\n- (b) for a passenger on a quad bike—the passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, reach the footrests designed for use by a pillion passenger; and\n- (c) for a passenger in or on a utility off-road vehicle—the passenger’s feet can, while the passenger is seated, be placed flat on the floor of the vehicle; and\n- (d) the passenger can, while the passenger is seated, hold the vehicle’s handrail (if any).","sortOrder":400},{"sectionNumber":"sec.272","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interfering with the driver’s control of the vehicle etc.","content":"### sec.272 Interfering with the driver’s control of the vehicle etc.\n\nA passenger in or on a vehicle must not—\ninterfere with the driver’s control of the vehicle; or\nobstruct the driver’s view of the road or traffic.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) interfere with the driver’s control of the vehicle; or\n- (b) obstruct the driver’s view of the road or traffic.","sortOrder":401},{"sectionNumber":"pt.17","sectionType":"part","heading":"Additional rules for drivers of trams, tram recovery vehicles and buses","content":"# Additional rules for drivers of trams, tram recovery vehicles and buses","sortOrder":402},{"sectionNumber":"pt.17-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Trams","content":"## Trams","sortOrder":403},{"sectionNumber":"sec.273","sectionType":"section","heading":"Division also applies to tram recovery vehicles and buses travelling along tram tracks","content":"### sec.273 Division also applies to tram recovery vehicles and buses travelling along tram tracks\n\nThis division applies to the driver of a tram recovery vehicle as if a reference in the division to a tram included a reference to a tram recovery vehicle.\nThis division applies to the driver of a bus travelling along tram tracks as if a reference in the division to a tram included a reference to a bus travelling along tram tracks.\n(sec.273-ssec.1) This division applies to the driver of a tram recovery vehicle as if a reference in the division to a tram included a reference to a tram recovery vehicle.\n(sec.273-ssec.2) This division applies to the driver of a bus travelling along tram tracks as if a reference in the division to a tram included a reference to a bus travelling along tram tracks.","sortOrder":404},{"sectionNumber":"sec.274","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping for a red T light","content":"### sec.274 Stopping for a red T light\n\nThe driver of a tram approaching or at T lights showing a red T light must stop—\nif there is a stop line at or near the T lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\nif there is no stop line at or near the T lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only T lights.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) if there is a stop line at or near the T lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (b) if there is no stop line at or near the T lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only T lights.","sortOrder":405},{"sectionNumber":"sec.275","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping for a yellow T light","content":"### sec.275 Stopping for a yellow T light\n\nThe driver of a tram approaching or at T lights showing a yellow T light must stop—\nif there is a stop line at or near the T lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\nif there is no stop line at or near the T lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the T lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only T lights.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) if there is a stop line at or near the T lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (b) if there is no stop line at or near the T lights and the driver can stop safely before reaching the T lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only T lights.","sortOrder":406},{"sectionNumber":"sec.276","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception to stopping for a red or yellow T light","content":"### sec.276 Exception to stopping for a red or yellow T light\n\nThe driver of a tram approaching or at T lights showing a red or yellow T light does not have to stop if a white traffic arrow is also showing and the driver is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow.","sortOrder":407},{"sectionNumber":"sec.277","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding after stopping for a red or yellow T light","content":"### sec.277 Proceeding after stopping for a red or yellow T light\n\nThe driver of a tram who stops for T lights showing a red or yellow T light must not proceed until—\na white T light is showing; or\nno T light is showing and traffic lights at or near the T lights are showing a green traffic light.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) a white T light is showing; or\n- (b) no T light is showing and traffic lights at or near the T lights are showing a green traffic light.","sortOrder":408},{"sectionNumber":"sec.278","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding when a red traffic light and a white T light or white traffic arrow is showing","content":"### sec.278 Proceeding when a red traffic light and a white T light or white traffic arrow is showing\n\nThe driver of a tram approaching or at a white T light at or near traffic lights showing a red traffic light may proceed straight ahead, or turn, despite the red traffic light.\nThe driver of a tram approaching or at a white traffic arrow at or near traffic lights showing a red traffic light may turn in the direction indicated by the arrow, despite the red traffic light.\n(sec.278-ssec.1) The driver of a tram approaching or at a white T light at or near traffic lights showing a red traffic light may proceed straight ahead, or turn, despite the red traffic light.\n(sec.278-ssec.2) The driver of a tram approaching or at a white traffic arrow at or near traffic lights showing a red traffic light may turn in the direction indicated by the arrow, despite the red traffic light.","sortOrder":409},{"sectionNumber":"sec.279","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding when a white T light or white traffic arrow is no longer showing","content":"### sec.279 Proceeding when a white T light or white traffic arrow is no longer showing\n\nThis section applies to—\nthe driver of a tram at an intersection with T lights showing a white T light who has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only T lights, at the intersection; or\nthe driver of a tram at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a white traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection.\nThe driver of a tram may stop after the stop line at an intersection with T lights showing a white T light, and not proceed through the intersection, because the intersection, or a road beyond the intersection, is blocked by traffic.\nIf the T lights or traffic arrows change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver is stopped and the driver has not entered the intersection, the driver must not proceed until—\na white T light is showing; or\nthere is no T light showing, and traffic lights at or near the T lights are showing a green traffic light; or\nif the driver is turning at the intersection—a white traffic arrow is showing that indicates the direction in which the driver is turning.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the T lights or traffic arrows change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver is stopped and the driver has entered the intersection, the driver must leave the intersection as soon as the driver can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.279-ssec.1) This section applies to— the driver of a tram at an intersection with T lights showing a white T light who has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only T lights, at the intersection; or the driver of a tram at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a white traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection. The driver of a tram may stop after the stop line at an intersection with T lights showing a white T light, and not proceed through the intersection, because the intersection, or a road beyond the intersection, is blocked by traffic.\n(sec.279-ssec.2) If the T lights or traffic arrows change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver is stopped and the driver has not entered the intersection, the driver must not proceed until— a white T light is showing; or there is no T light showing, and traffic lights at or near the T lights are showing a green traffic light; or if the driver is turning at the intersection—a white traffic arrow is showing that indicates the direction in which the driver is turning. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.279-ssec.3) If the T lights or traffic arrows change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver is stopped and the driver has entered the intersection, the driver must leave the intersection as soon as the driver can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the driver of a tram at an intersection with T lights showing a white T light who has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only T lights, at the intersection; or\n- (b) the driver of a tram at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a white traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection.\n- (a) a white T light is showing; or\n- (b) there is no T light showing, and traffic lights at or near the T lights are showing a green traffic light; or\n- (c) if the driver is turning at the intersection—a white traffic arrow is showing that indicates the direction in which the driver is turning.","sortOrder":410},{"sectionNumber":"pt.17-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Buses, taxis and bicycles","content":"## Buses, taxis and bicycles","sortOrder":411},{"sectionNumber":"sec.280","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sec.280 Application of division\n\nThis division applies to any of the following who is driving in a bus lane or bus only lane—\nthe driver of a bus;\nthe driver of a taxi;\nthe rider of a bicycle.\nThis division applies to the driver of a vehicle other than a bus, taxi or bicycle in the same way as it applies to the driver of a bus, if—\nthe driver is driving in a bus lane or bus only lane to which B lights apply; and\nthe driver is permitted to drive in the lane under this regulation.\ns 280 amd 2024 SL No. 225 s 14\n(sec.280-ssec.1) This division applies to any of the following who is driving in a bus lane or bus only lane— the driver of a bus; the driver of a taxi; the rider of a bicycle.\n(sec.280-ssec.2) This division applies to the driver of a vehicle other than a bus, taxi or bicycle in the same way as it applies to the driver of a bus, if— the driver is driving in a bus lane or bus only lane to which B lights apply; and the driver is permitted to drive in the lane under this regulation.\n- (a) the driver of a bus;\n- (b) the driver of a taxi;\n- (c) the rider of a bicycle.\n- (a) the driver is driving in a bus lane or bus only lane to which B lights apply; and\n- (b) the driver is permitted to drive in the lane under this regulation.","sortOrder":412},{"sectionNumber":"sec.281","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping for a red B light","content":"### sec.281 Stopping for a red B light\n\nThe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, approaching or at B lights showing a red B light must stop—\nif there is a stop line at or near the B lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\nif there is no stop line at or near the B lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only B lights.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) if there is a stop line at or near the B lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (b) if there is no stop line at or near the B lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only B lights.","sortOrder":413},{"sectionNumber":"sec.282","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping for a yellow B light","content":"### sec.282 Stopping for a yellow B light\n\nThe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, approaching or at B lights showing a yellow B light must stop—\nif there is a stop line at or near the B lights and the driver or rider can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\nif there is no stop line at or near the B lights and the driver or rider can stop safely before reaching the B lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only B lights.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) if there is a stop line at or near the B lights and the driver or rider can stop safely before reaching the stop line—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or\n- (b) if there is no stop line at or near the B lights and the driver or rider can stop safely before reaching the B lights—as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only B lights.","sortOrder":414},{"sectionNumber":"sec.283","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exception to stopping for a red or yellow B light","content":"### sec.283 Exception to stopping for a red or yellow B light\n\nThe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, approaching or at B lights showing a red or yellow B light does not have to stop if a white traffic arrow is also showing and the driver or rider is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow.","sortOrder":415},{"sectionNumber":"sec.284","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding after stopping for a red or yellow B light","content":"### sec.284 Proceeding after stopping for a red or yellow B light\n\nThe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, who stops for B lights showing a red or yellow B light must not proceed until—\na white B light is showing; or\nno B light is showing and traffic lights at or near the B lights are showing a green traffic light.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) a white B light is showing; or\n- (b) no B light is showing and traffic lights at or near the B lights are showing a green traffic light.","sortOrder":416},{"sectionNumber":"sec.285","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding when a red traffic light and a white B light or white traffic arrow is showing","content":"### sec.285 Proceeding when a red traffic light and a white B light or white traffic arrow is showing\n\nThe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, approaching or at a white B light at or near traffic lights showing a red traffic light may proceed straight ahead, or turn, despite the red traffic light.\nThe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, approaching or at a white traffic arrow at or near traffic lights showing a red traffic light may turn in the direction indicated by the arrow, despite the red traffic light.\n(sec.285-ssec.1) The driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, approaching or at a white B light at or near traffic lights showing a red traffic light may proceed straight ahead, or turn, despite the red traffic light.\n(sec.285-ssec.2) The driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, approaching or at a white traffic arrow at or near traffic lights showing a red traffic light may turn in the direction indicated by the arrow, despite the red traffic light.","sortOrder":417},{"sectionNumber":"sec.286","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proceeding when a white B light or white traffic arrow is no longer showing","content":"### sec.286 Proceeding when a white B light or white traffic arrow is no longer showing\n\nThis section applies to—\nthe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, at an intersection with B lights showing a white B light who has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only B lights, at the intersection; or\nthe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a white traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection.\nThe driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, may stop after the stop line at an intersection with B lights showing a white B light, and not proceed through the intersection, because the intersection, or a road beyond the intersection, is blocked by traffic.\nIf the B lights or traffic arrows change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver or rider is stopped and has not entered the intersection, the driver or rider must not proceed until—\na white B light is showing; or\nthere is no B light showing, and traffic lights at or near the B lights are showing a green traffic light; or\nif the driver or rider is turning at the intersection—a white traffic arrow is showing that indicates the direction in which the driver or rider is turning.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the B lights or traffic arrows change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver or rider is stopped and has entered the intersection, the driver or rider must leave the intersection as soon as the driver or rider can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.286-ssec.1) This section applies to— the driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, at an intersection with B lights showing a white B light who has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only B lights, at the intersection; or the driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a white traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection. The driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, may stop after the stop line at an intersection with B lights showing a white B light, and not proceed through the intersection, because the intersection, or a road beyond the intersection, is blocked by traffic.\n(sec.286-ssec.2) If the B lights or traffic arrows change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver or rider is stopped and has not entered the intersection, the driver or rider must not proceed until— a white B light is showing; or there is no B light showing, and traffic lights at or near the B lights are showing a green traffic light; or if the driver or rider is turning at the intersection—a white traffic arrow is showing that indicates the direction in which the driver or rider is turning. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.286-ssec.3) If the B lights or traffic arrows change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver or rider is stopped and has entered the intersection, the driver or rider must leave the intersection as soon as the driver or rider can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, at an intersection with B lights showing a white B light who has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only B lights, at the intersection; or\n- (b) the driver of a bus or taxi, or the rider of a bicycle, at an intersection with traffic arrows showing a white traffic arrow who is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has stopped after the stop line, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the intersection.\n- (a) a white B light is showing; or\n- (b) there is no B light showing, and traffic lights at or near the B lights are showing a green traffic light; or\n- (c) if the driver or rider is turning at the intersection—a white traffic arrow is showing that indicates the direction in which the driver or rider is turning.","sortOrder":418},{"sectionNumber":"pt.18","sectionType":"part","heading":"Miscellaneous road rules","content":"# Miscellaneous road rules","sortOrder":419},{"sectionNumber":"pt.18-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Miscellaneous rules for drivers","content":"## Miscellaneous rules for drivers","sortOrder":420},{"sectionNumber":"sec.287","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.287\n\ns 287 amd 2014 SL No. 219 s 54\nom 2018 Act No. 10 s 55","sortOrder":421},{"sectionNumber":"sec.288","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving on a path","content":"### sec.288 Driving on a path\n\nA driver (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not drive on a path, unless subsection (2) applies to the driver.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver may drive on a path if the driver is—\ndriving on a part of the path indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or\ndriving on the path to enter or leave, by the shortest practicable route, a road-related area or adjacent land and there is not a part of the path indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive.\nA driver on a path (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must give way to all other road users, and to animals, on the path unless the driver is driving on the path—\nto enter a road from a road-related area or adjacent land; or\nto enter a road-related area or adjacent land from a road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to the rider of an animal riding the animal on a footpath.\nIn this section—\npath means a bicycle path, footpath or shared path.\ns 288 amd 2011 SL No. 212 s 8 ; 2022 Act No. 19 s 36 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 93\n(sec.288-ssec.1) A driver (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must not drive on a path, unless subsection (2) applies to the driver. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.288-ssec.2) A driver may drive on a path if the driver is— driving on a part of the path indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or driving on the path to enter or leave, by the shortest practicable route, a road-related area or adjacent land and there is not a part of the path indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive.\n(sec.288-ssec.4) A driver on a path (except the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device) must give way to all other road users, and to animals, on the path unless the driver is driving on the path— to enter a road from a road-related area or adjacent land; or to enter a road-related area or adjacent land from a road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.288-ssec.5) This section does not apply to the rider of an animal riding the animal on a footpath.\n(sec.288-ssec.6) In this section— path means a bicycle path, footpath or shared path.\n- (a) driving on a part of the path indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or\n- (b) driving on the path to enter or leave, by the shortest practicable route, a road-related area or adjacent land and there is not a part of the path indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive.\n- (a) to enter a road from a road-related area or adjacent land; or\n- (b) to enter a road-related area or adjacent land from a road.","sortOrder":422},{"sectionNumber":"sec.289","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving on a nature strip","content":"### sec.289 Driving on a nature strip\n\nA driver must not drive on a nature strip adjacent to a length of road in a built-up area, unless the driver is—\nentering or leaving, by the shortest practicable route, an area on the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as an area where vehicles may drive; or\ndriving on a part of the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or\ndriving on the nature strip to enter or leave, by the shortest practicable route, a road-related area or adjacent land and there is not a part of the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or\nriding a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal; or\ndriving a ride-on lawnmower that is cutting grass on the nature strip.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver driving on a nature strip (except the rider of an animal, or a driver driving on the nature strip to enter a road from a road-related area or adjacent land, or to enter a road-related area or adjacent land from a road) must give way to all other road users, and to animals, on the nature strip.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 289 amd 2022 Act No. 19 s 37 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 94\n(sec.289-ssec.1) A driver must not drive on a nature strip adjacent to a length of road in a built-up area, unless the driver is— entering or leaving, by the shortest practicable route, an area on the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as an area where vehicles may drive; or driving on a part of the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or driving on the nature strip to enter or leave, by the shortest practicable route, a road-related area or adjacent land and there is not a part of the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or riding a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal; or driving a ride-on lawnmower that is cutting grass on the nature strip. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.289-ssec.2) A driver driving on a nature strip (except the rider of an animal, or a driver driving on the nature strip to enter a road from a road-related area or adjacent land, or to enter a road-related area or adjacent land from a road) must give way to all other road users, and to animals, on the nature strip. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) entering or leaving, by the shortest practicable route, an area on the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as an area where vehicles may drive; or\n- (b) driving on a part of the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or\n- (c) driving on the nature strip to enter or leave, by the shortest practicable route, a road-related area or adjacent land and there is not a part of the nature strip indicated by information on or with a traffic control device as a part where vehicles may drive; or\n- (d) riding a bicycle, a personal mobility device or an animal; or\n- (e) driving a ride-on lawnmower that is cutting grass on the nature strip.","sortOrder":423},{"sectionNumber":"sec.290","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving on a traffic island","content":"### sec.290 Driving on a traffic island\n\nA driver must not drive on a traffic island (except the central traffic island in a roundabout), unless the traffic island is designed to allow vehicles to be driven on it.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":424},{"sectionNumber":"sec.291","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making unnecessary noise or smoke","content":"### sec.291 Making unnecessary noise or smoke\n\nA person must not—\nstart a vehicle, or drive a vehicle, in a way that makes unnecessary noise or smoke; or\nwilfully start a vehicle, or drive a vehicle, in a way that makes unnecessary noise or smoke.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ndriving a vehicle in a way that causes noise or smoke because of—\ndisrepair of the vehicle; or\nthe way the vehicle is loaded; or\nthe condition, construction or adjustment of the vehicle’s engine or other equipment\ndriving a vehicle in a way that causes noise or smoke by wilfully and unnecessarily causing the wheels of the vehicle to lose traction and spin on the road surface\nAn offence against paragraph (b) is an offence mentioned in the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 69A (1) (a) (iv) .\nA person must not drive a vehicle to which a noisy instrument is attached or on which a noisy instrument is used.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a vehicle or a passenger in or on the vehicle must not—\nring a bell or sound a horn, except a horn or similar warning device under section 224 ; or\nplay or use a noisy instrument.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 291 amd 2014 SL No. 161 s 71\n(sec.291-ssec.1) A person must not— start a vehicle, or drive a vehicle, in a way that makes unnecessary noise or smoke; or wilfully start a vehicle, or drive a vehicle, in a way that makes unnecessary noise or smoke. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units. driving a vehicle in a way that causes noise or smoke because of— disrepair of the vehicle; or the way the vehicle is loaded; or the condition, construction or adjustment of the vehicle’s engine or other equipment driving a vehicle in a way that causes noise or smoke by wilfully and unnecessarily causing the wheels of the vehicle to lose traction and spin on the road surface An offence against paragraph (b) is an offence mentioned in the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 69A (1) (a) (iv) .\n(sec.291-ssec.2) A person must not drive a vehicle to which a noisy instrument is attached or on which a noisy instrument is used. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.291-ssec.3) The driver of a vehicle or a passenger in or on the vehicle must not— ring a bell or sound a horn, except a horn or similar warning device under section 224 ; or play or use a noisy instrument. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) start a vehicle, or drive a vehicle, in a way that makes unnecessary noise or smoke; or\n- (b) wilfully start a vehicle, or drive a vehicle, in a way that makes unnecessary noise or smoke.\n- (a) disrepair of the vehicle; or\n- (b) the way the vehicle is loaded; or\n- (c) the condition, construction or adjustment of the vehicle’s engine or other equipment\n- (a) ring a bell or sound a horn, except a horn or similar warning device under section 224 ; or\n- (b) play or use a noisy instrument.","sortOrder":425},{"sectionNumber":"sec.292","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section number not used","content":"### sec.292 Section number not used\n\ns 292 sub 2013 SL No. 192 s 40","sortOrder":426},{"sectionNumber":"sec.293","sectionType":"section","heading":"Removing fallen etc. things from the road","content":"### sec.293 Removing fallen etc. things from the road\n\nThis section applies to a driver if—\nsomething falls onto the road from the driver’s vehicle, or the driver, or a passenger in or on the driver’s vehicle, puts something on the road; and\nthere is a possibility that the thing, if left on the road, may injure a person, obstruct the path of other drivers or pedestrians, or damage a vehicle or anything else (for example, the road surface).\nThe driver must remove the thing, or take action to have the thing removed, from the road as soon as the driver can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\na fallen load, oil, grease, a wheel chock, debris from an accident\nIf something has fallen onto the road from a vehicle because of a crash and the vehicle is towed away by a person, the person must remove the thing from the road as soon as the person can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nput , something onto the road, includes—\nthrow, drop or propel the thing onto the road; and\notherwise cause the thing to be on the road.\n(sec.293-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver if— something falls onto the road from the driver’s vehicle, or the driver, or a passenger in or on the driver’s vehicle, puts something on the road; and there is a possibility that the thing, if left on the road, may injure a person, obstruct the path of other drivers or pedestrians, or damage a vehicle or anything else (for example, the road surface).\n(sec.293-ssec.2) The driver must remove the thing, or take action to have the thing removed, from the road as soon as the driver can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units. a fallen load, oil, grease, a wheel chock, debris from an accident\n(sec.293-ssec.3) If something has fallen onto the road from a vehicle because of a crash and the vehicle is towed away by a person, the person must remove the thing from the road as soon as the person can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.293-ssec.4) In this section— put , something onto the road, includes— throw, drop or propel the thing onto the road; and otherwise cause the thing to be on the road.\n- (a) something falls onto the road from the driver’s vehicle, or the driver, or a passenger in or on the driver’s vehicle, puts something on the road; and\n- (b) there is a possibility that the thing, if left on the road, may injure a person, obstruct the path of other drivers or pedestrians, or damage a vehicle or anything else (for example, the road surface).\n- (a) throw, drop or propel the thing onto the road; and\n- (b) otherwise cause the thing to be on the road.","sortOrder":427},{"sectionNumber":"sec.293A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Oil and grease","content":"### sec.293A Oil and grease\n\nA person must not drive a vehicle without taking adequate precautions to stop oil or grease from the engine or another part of the vehicle dropping onto the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":428},{"sectionNumber":"sec.293B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Restriction on driving or stopping vehicle on road","content":"### sec.293B Restriction on driving or stopping vehicle on road\n\nA person must not drive or stop a vehicle on a road for the purpose of soliciting employment or business from the vehicle, unless the person—\nis permitted to drive or stop the vehicle for the primary purpose of business advertising under a permit issued under the Traffic Regulation 1962 , section 126 (1) (b) ; or\nis engaged in roadside vending under a permit or other authority given to the person under a local law.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad includes a shoulder of a road, a median strip, a painted island or a traffic island, but does not include another road-related area.\n(sec.293B-ssec.1) A person must not drive or stop a vehicle on a road for the purpose of soliciting employment or business from the vehicle, unless the person— is permitted to drive or stop the vehicle for the primary purpose of business advertising under a permit issued under the Traffic Regulation 1962 , section 126 (1) (b) ; or is engaged in roadside vending under a permit or other authority given to the person under a local law. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.293B-ssec.2) In this section— road includes a shoulder of a road, a median strip, a painted island or a traffic island, but does not include another road-related area.\n- (a) is permitted to drive or stop the vehicle for the primary purpose of business advertising under a permit issued under the Traffic Regulation 1962 , section 126 (1) (b) ; or\n- (b) is engaged in roadside vending under a permit or other authority given to the person under a local law.","sortOrder":429},{"sectionNumber":"sec.294","sectionType":"section","heading":"Keeping control of a vehicle being towed","content":"### sec.294 Keeping control of a vehicle being towed\n\nThe driver of a motor vehicle must not tow another motor vehicle unless—\neither—\nthe driver can control the movement of the towed vehicle; or\nthe brakes and steering of the towed vehicle are in working order and a person who is licensed to drive the towed vehicle is sitting in the driver’s seat of the towed vehicle, and is in control of its brakes and steering; and\nit is safe to tow the towed vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a motor vehicle must not tow a trailer unless—\nthe driver can control the movement of the trailer; and\nit is safe to tow the trailer.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a motor vehicle must not tow a bicycle, personal mobility device, wheeled recreational device, wheeled toy, wheelchair or motorised mobility device.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a motor vehicle, other than a heavy vehicle, must not tow more than 1 motor vehicle or trailer.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, the driver may tow a car towing trailer with a vehicle secured to the trailer if—\nthe trailer has effective independent brakes or overrun brakes; and\ninstructions for securing a vehicle to the trailer are attached to the trailer.\nIn this section—\ncar towing trailer means a trailer with 1 axle that allows a vehicle to be towed by securing the wheels of 1 axle of the vehicle to the trailer.\nmotor vehicle does not include a trailer attached to the motor vehicle.\ns 294 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 74 ; 2022 Act No. 19 s 38 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 95\n(sec.294-ssec.1) The driver of a motor vehicle must not tow another motor vehicle unless— either— the driver can control the movement of the towed vehicle; or the brakes and steering of the towed vehicle are in working order and a person who is licensed to drive the towed vehicle is sitting in the driver’s seat of the towed vehicle, and is in control of its brakes and steering; and it is safe to tow the towed vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.294-ssec.2) The driver of a motor vehicle must not tow a trailer unless— the driver can control the movement of the trailer; and it is safe to tow the trailer. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.294-ssec.3) The driver of a motor vehicle must not tow a bicycle, personal mobility device, wheeled recreational device, wheeled toy, wheelchair or motorised mobility device. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.294-ssec.4) The driver of a motor vehicle, other than a heavy vehicle, must not tow more than 1 motor vehicle or trailer. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.294-ssec.5) However, the driver may tow a car towing trailer with a vehicle secured to the trailer if— the trailer has effective independent brakes or overrun brakes; and instructions for securing a vehicle to the trailer are attached to the trailer.\n(sec.294-ssec.6) In this section— car towing trailer means a trailer with 1 axle that allows a vehicle to be towed by securing the wheels of 1 axle of the vehicle to the trailer. motor vehicle does not include a trailer attached to the motor vehicle.\n- (a) either— (i) the driver can control the movement of the towed vehicle; or (ii) the brakes and steering of the towed vehicle are in working order and a person who is licensed to drive the towed vehicle is sitting in the driver’s seat of the towed vehicle, and is in control of its brakes and steering; and\n- (i) the driver can control the movement of the towed vehicle; or\n- (ii) the brakes and steering of the towed vehicle are in working order and a person who is licensed to drive the towed vehicle is sitting in the driver’s seat of the towed vehicle, and is in control of its brakes and steering; and\n- (b) it is safe to tow the towed vehicle.\n- (i) the driver can control the movement of the towed vehicle; or\n- (ii) the brakes and steering of the towed vehicle are in working order and a person who is licensed to drive the towed vehicle is sitting in the driver’s seat of the towed vehicle, and is in control of its brakes and steering; and\n- (a) the driver can control the movement of the trailer; and\n- (b) it is safe to tow the trailer.\n- (a) the trailer has effective independent brakes or overrun brakes; and\n- (b) instructions for securing a vehicle to the trailer are attached to the trailer.","sortOrder":430},{"sectionNumber":"sec.295","sectionType":"section","heading":"Motor vehicle towing another vehicle with a towline","content":"### sec.295 Motor vehicle towing another vehicle with a towline\n\nThe driver of a motor vehicle towing another vehicle using a chain, rope, fabric, strap or wire (the towline ) must comply with this section.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf neither of the vehicles is a motorbike, the driver must keep a distance of not over 4m between the vehicles.\nIf at least 1 of the vehicles is a motorbike, the driver must keep a distance of not over 2.5m between the vehicles.\nIf the towline is longer than 2m, the driver must attach a white or brightly coloured flag, piece of cloth or other similar material (the warning material ) to the towline in accordance with subsection (5) .\nThe warning material must—\nbe substantially square or rectangular with 2 adjacent sides at least 300mm long; and\nbe attached midway along the towline; and\nbe visible for at least 100m from either side of the warning material.\nIf the driver is towing at night, the driver must ensure the warning material is lit by a light attached to 1 of the vehicles.\n(sec.295-ssec.1) The driver of a motor vehicle towing another vehicle using a chain, rope, fabric, strap or wire (the towline ) must comply with this section. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.295-ssec.2) If neither of the vehicles is a motorbike, the driver must keep a distance of not over 4m between the vehicles.\n(sec.295-ssec.3) If at least 1 of the vehicles is a motorbike, the driver must keep a distance of not over 2.5m between the vehicles.\n(sec.295-ssec.4) If the towline is longer than 2m, the driver must attach a white or brightly coloured flag, piece of cloth or other similar material (the warning material ) to the towline in accordance with subsection (5) .\n(sec.295-ssec.5) The warning material must— be substantially square or rectangular with 2 adjacent sides at least 300mm long; and be attached midway along the towline; and be visible for at least 100m from either side of the warning material.\n(sec.295-ssec.6) If the driver is towing at night, the driver must ensure the warning material is lit by a light attached to 1 of the vehicles.\n- (a) be substantially square or rectangular with 2 adjacent sides at least 300mm long; and\n- (b) be attached midway along the towline; and\n- (c) be visible for at least 100m from either side of the warning material.","sortOrder":431},{"sectionNumber":"sec.296","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving a vehicle in reverse","content":"### sec.296 Driving a vehicle in reverse\n\nThe driver of a vehicle must not reverse the vehicle unless the driver can do so safely.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe driver of a vehicle must not reverse the vehicle further than is reasonable in the circumstances.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.296-ssec.1) The driver of a vehicle must not reverse the vehicle unless the driver can do so safely. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.296-ssec.2) The driver of a vehicle must not reverse the vehicle further than is reasonable in the circumstances. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":432},{"sectionNumber":"sec.297","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driver to have proper control of a vehicle etc.","content":"### sec.297 Driver to have proper control of a vehicle etc.\n\nA driver must not drive a vehicle unless the driver has proper control of the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not drive a vehicle if a person or an animal is in the driver’s lap.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA driver must not drive a motor vehicle unless the driver has a clear view of the road, and traffic, ahead, behind and to each side of the driver.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a motorbike must not ride with an animal on the motorbike between the rider and the handle bars, or in another position that interferes with the rider’s ability to control the motorbike or to have a clear view of the road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (3) does not apply to the rider of a motorbike who rides with an animal between the rider and the handle bars for a distance of not more than 500 metres on a road for the purpose of a farming activity that the rider is carrying out.\ns 297 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 41\n(sec.297-ssec.1) A driver must not drive a vehicle unless the driver has proper control of the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.297-ssec.1A) A driver must not drive a vehicle if a person or an animal is in the driver’s lap. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.297-ssec.2) A driver must not drive a motor vehicle unless the driver has a clear view of the road, and traffic, ahead, behind and to each side of the driver. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.297-ssec.3) The rider of a motorbike must not ride with an animal on the motorbike between the rider and the handle bars, or in another position that interferes with the rider’s ability to control the motorbike or to have a clear view of the road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.297-ssec.4) Subsection (3) does not apply to the rider of a motorbike who rides with an animal between the rider and the handle bars for a distance of not more than 500 metres on a road for the purpose of a farming activity that the rider is carrying out.","sortOrder":433},{"sectionNumber":"sec.298","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driving with a person in a trailer","content":"### sec.298 Driving with a person in a trailer\n\nA driver must not drive a motor vehicle towing a trailer with a person in or on the trailer.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":434},{"sectionNumber":"sec.299","sectionType":"section","heading":"Television receivers and visual display units in motor vehicles","content":"### sec.299 Television receivers and visual display units in motor vehicles\n\nA driver must not drive a motor vehicle that has a television receiver or visual display unit in or on the vehicle operating while the vehicle is moving, or is stationary but not parked, if any part of the image on the screen—\nis visible to the driver from the normal driving position; or\nis likely to distract another driver.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThis section does not apply to the driver if—\nthe driver is driving a bus and the visual display unit is, or displays, a destination sign or other bus sign; or\nthe visual display unit—\nis, or is part of, a driver’s aid; and\nis not being held by the driver in the driver’s hand; or\nclosed-circuit television security cameras\ndispatch system\nmobile phones or tablet computers equipped with GPS receivers, or paired with GPS receivers by bluetooth, being used as navigational aids\nnavigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment\nrearview screens\nticket-issuing machines\nvehicle monitoring devices\nthe visual display unit is a mobile data terminal fitted to a police vehicle or an emergency vehicle.\ns 299 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 29\n(sec.299-ssec.1) A driver must not drive a motor vehicle that has a television receiver or visual display unit in or on the vehicle operating while the vehicle is moving, or is stationary but not parked, if any part of the image on the screen— is visible to the driver from the normal driving position; or is likely to distract another driver. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.299-ssec.2) This section does not apply to the driver if— the driver is driving a bus and the visual display unit is, or displays, a destination sign or other bus sign; or the visual display unit— is, or is part of, a driver’s aid; and is not being held by the driver in the driver’s hand; or closed-circuit television security cameras dispatch system mobile phones or tablet computers equipped with GPS receivers, or paired with GPS receivers by bluetooth, being used as navigational aids navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment rearview screens ticket-issuing machines vehicle monitoring devices the visual display unit is a mobile data terminal fitted to a police vehicle or an emergency vehicle.\n- (a) is visible to the driver from the normal driving position; or\n- (b) is likely to distract another driver.\n- (a) the driver is driving a bus and the visual display unit is, or displays, a destination sign or other bus sign; or\n- (b) the visual display unit— (i) is, or is part of, a driver’s aid; and (ii) is not being held by the driver in the driver’s hand; or Examples of driver’s aids— • closed-circuit television security cameras • dispatch system • mobile phones or tablet computers equipped with GPS receivers, or paired with GPS receivers by bluetooth, being used as navigational aids • navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment • rearview screens • ticket-issuing machines • vehicle monitoring devices\n- (i) is, or is part of, a driver’s aid; and\n- (ii) is not being held by the driver in the driver’s hand; or\n- • closed-circuit television security cameras\n- • dispatch system\n- • mobile phones or tablet computers equipped with GPS receivers, or paired with GPS receivers by bluetooth, being used as navigational aids\n- • navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment\n- • rearview screens\n- • ticket-issuing machines\n- • vehicle monitoring devices\n- (ba) the visual display unit is a mobile data terminal fitted to a police vehicle or an emergency vehicle.\n- (i) is, or is part of, a driver’s aid; and\n- (ii) is not being held by the driver in the driver’s hand; or\n- • closed-circuit television security cameras\n- • dispatch system\n- • mobile phones or tablet computers equipped with GPS receivers, or paired with GPS receivers by bluetooth, being used as navigational aids\n- • navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment\n- • rearview screens\n- • ticket-issuing machines\n- • vehicle monitoring devices","sortOrder":435},{"sectionNumber":"sec.300","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of mobile phones","content":"### sec.300 Use of mobile phones\n\nThe driver of a vehicle must not use a mobile phone while the vehicle is moving, or is stationary but not parked.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to a driver using a mobile phone—\nto the extent the mobile phone—\nis in a pocket of the driver’s clothing, or in a pouch worn by the driver; and\nkept in a way that—\ndoes not allow the driver to operate the phone, or a function of the phone, other than by using only the driver’s voice; and\ndoes not allow the driver to see the face of the phone while the phone, or a function of the phone, is operating; or\nwhile the vehicle is stationary and to the extent the mobile phone is in a wallet, or has attached to it a wallet, that the driver is using for any of the following purposes—\nto obtain and produce for inspection a licence, permit, authority or other document, as required under an Act or by a police officer or another person acting under an Act;\nto obtain and use money, or another form of payment, to pay for goods or services, if the place where the vehicle is stationary is a place where the goods or services are lawfully paid for;\na drive-through retail outlet\nto obtain and use a card or other thing to enter a road-related area or land adjacent to a road-related area.\nAlso, subsection (1) does not apply to a driver using a mobile phone while the vehicle is stationary for any of the following purposes—\nto produce for inspection a digital authority or other document stored on the phone, as required under an Act or by a police officer or another person acting under an Act;\nto pay for goods or services, if the place where the vehicle is stationary is a place where the goods or services are lawfully paid for;\na drive-through retail outlet\nto use the phone as an electronic device that enables the driver to enter a road-related area or land adjacent to a road-related area.\nFurther, subsection (1) does not apply to a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device if the rider is using a mobile phone while the bicycle or device is stationary on a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip.\nThis section does not apply to the driver of an emergency vehicle or police vehicle.\nIn this section—\nmobile phone —\nincludes a mobile phone—\nwhose telephone function is not capable of being used; or\na mobile phone whose telephone function is not capable of being used because the phone does not have a SIM card or other means of connecting to a cellular radio system\nthat is being used for a function other than its telephone function; but\na smartphone being used as a music player or camera\ndoes not include a CB radio or any other two-way radio.\nuse , in relation to a mobile phone, means hold the phone in the driver’s hand, or rest the phone on any part of the driver’s body—\nwhether or not the phone is on or operating; and\nwhether or not for the purpose of operating the phone or a function of the phone; and\nwhether or not the phone is partially or wholly supported by another part of the driver’s body or another thing.\ns 300 sub 2021 SL No. 102 s 20\namd 2022 SL No. 142 s 96 ; 2023 SL No. 4 s 10\n(sec.300-ssec.1) The driver of a vehicle must not use a mobile phone while the vehicle is moving, or is stationary but not parked. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.300-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a driver using a mobile phone— to the extent the mobile phone— is in a pocket of the driver’s clothing, or in a pouch worn by the driver; and kept in a way that— does not allow the driver to operate the phone, or a function of the phone, other than by using only the driver’s voice; and does not allow the driver to see the face of the phone while the phone, or a function of the phone, is operating; or while the vehicle is stationary and to the extent the mobile phone is in a wallet, or has attached to it a wallet, that the driver is using for any of the following purposes— to obtain and produce for inspection a licence, permit, authority or other document, as required under an Act or by a police officer or another person acting under an Act; to obtain and use money, or another form of payment, to pay for goods or services, if the place where the vehicle is stationary is a place where the goods or services are lawfully paid for; a drive-through retail outlet to obtain and use a card or other thing to enter a road-related area or land adjacent to a road-related area.\n(sec.300-ssec.3) Also, subsection (1) does not apply to a driver using a mobile phone while the vehicle is stationary for any of the following purposes— to produce for inspection a digital authority or other document stored on the phone, as required under an Act or by a police officer or another person acting under an Act; to pay for goods or services, if the place where the vehicle is stationary is a place where the goods or services are lawfully paid for; a drive-through retail outlet to use the phone as an electronic device that enables the driver to enter a road-related area or land adjacent to a road-related area.\n(sec.300-ssec.3A) Further, subsection (1) does not apply to a rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device if the rider is using a mobile phone while the bicycle or device is stationary on a bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath, shared path or nature strip.\n(sec.300-ssec.4) This section does not apply to the driver of an emergency vehicle or police vehicle.\n(sec.300-ssec.5) In this section— mobile phone — includes a mobile phone— whose telephone function is not capable of being used; or a mobile phone whose telephone function is not capable of being used because the phone does not have a SIM card or other means of connecting to a cellular radio system that is being used for a function other than its telephone function; but a smartphone being used as a music player or camera does not include a CB radio or any other two-way radio. use , in relation to a mobile phone, means hold the phone in the driver’s hand, or rest the phone on any part of the driver’s body— whether or not the phone is on or operating; and whether or not for the purpose of operating the phone or a function of the phone; and whether or not the phone is partially or wholly supported by another part of the driver’s body or another thing.\n- (a) to the extent the mobile phone— (i) is in a pocket of the driver’s clothing, or in a pouch worn by the driver; and (ii) kept in a way that— (A) does not allow the driver to operate the phone, or a function of the phone, other than by using only the driver’s voice; and (B) does not allow the driver to see the face of the phone while the phone, or a function of the phone, is operating; or\n- (i) is in a pocket of the driver’s clothing, or in a pouch worn by the driver; and\n- (ii) kept in a way that— (A) does not allow the driver to operate the phone, or a function of the phone, other than by using only the driver’s voice; and (B) does not allow the driver to see the face of the phone while the phone, or a function of the phone, is operating; or\n- (A) does not allow the driver to operate the phone, or a function of the phone, other than by using only the driver’s voice; and\n- (B) does not allow the driver to see the face of the phone while the phone, or a function of the phone, is operating; or\n- (b) while the vehicle is stationary and to the extent the mobile phone is in a wallet, or has attached to it a wallet, that the driver is using for any of the following purposes— (i) to obtain and produce for inspection a licence, permit, authority or other document, as required under an Act or by a police officer or another person acting under an Act; (ii) to obtain and use money, or another form of payment, to pay for goods or services, if the place where the vehicle is stationary is a place where the goods or services are lawfully paid for; Example of a place for subparagraph (ii) — a drive-through retail outlet (iii) to obtain and use a card or other thing to enter a road-related area or land adjacent to a road-related area.\n- (i) to obtain and produce for inspection a licence, permit, authority or other document, as required under an Act or by a police officer or another person acting under an Act;\n- (ii) to obtain and use money, or another form of payment, to pay for goods or services, if the place where the vehicle is stationary is a place where the goods or services are lawfully paid for; Example of a place for subparagraph (ii) — a drive-through retail outlet\n- (iii) to obtain and use a card or other thing to enter a road-related area or land adjacent to a road-related area.\n- (i) is in a pocket of the driver’s clothing, or in a pouch worn by the driver; and\n- (ii) kept in a way that— (A) does not allow the driver to operate the phone, or a function of the phone, other than by using only the driver’s voice; and (B) does not allow the driver to see the face of the phone while the phone, or a function of the phone, is operating; or\n- (A) does not allow the driver to operate the phone, or a function of the phone, other than by using only the driver’s voice; and\n- (B) does not allow the driver to see the face of the phone while the phone, or a function of the phone, is operating; or\n- (A) does not allow the driver to operate the phone, or a function of the phone, other than by using only the driver’s voice; and\n- (B) does not allow the driver to see the face of the phone while the phone, or a function of the phone, is operating; or\n- (i) to obtain and produce for inspection a licence, permit, authority or other document, as required under an Act or by a police officer or another person acting under an Act;\n- (ii) to obtain and use money, or another form of payment, to pay for goods or services, if the place where the vehicle is stationary is a place where the goods or services are lawfully paid for; Example of a place for subparagraph (ii) — a drive-through retail outlet\n- (iii) to obtain and use a card or other thing to enter a road-related area or land adjacent to a road-related area.\n- (a) to produce for inspection a digital authority or other document stored on the phone, as required under an Act or by a police officer or another person acting under an Act;\n- (b) to pay for goods or services, if the place where the vehicle is stationary is a place where the goods or services are lawfully paid for; Example of a place for paragraph (b) — a drive-through retail outlet\n- (c) to use the phone as an electronic device that enables the driver to enter a road-related area or land adjacent to a road-related area.\n- (a) includes a mobile phone— (i) whose telephone function is not capable of being used; or Example for subparagraph (i) — a mobile phone whose telephone function is not capable of being used because the phone does not have a SIM card or other means of connecting to a cellular radio system (ii) that is being used for a function other than its telephone function; but Example for subparagraph (ii) — a smartphone being used as a music player or camera\n- (i) whose telephone function is not capable of being used; or Example for subparagraph (i) — a mobile phone whose telephone function is not capable of being used because the phone does not have a SIM card or other means of connecting to a cellular radio system\n- (ii) that is being used for a function other than its telephone function; but Example for subparagraph (ii) — a smartphone being used as a music player or camera\n- (b) does not include a CB radio or any other two-way radio.\n- (i) whose telephone function is not capable of being used; or Example for subparagraph (i) — a mobile phone whose telephone function is not capable of being used because the phone does not have a SIM card or other means of connecting to a cellular radio system\n- (ii) that is being used for a function other than its telephone function; but Example for subparagraph (ii) — a smartphone being used as a music player or camera\n- (a) whether or not the phone is on or operating; and\n- (b) whether or not for the purpose of operating the phone or a function of the phone; and\n- (c) whether or not the phone is partially or wholly supported by another part of the driver’s body or another thing.","sortOrder":436},{"sectionNumber":"sec.300A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Drinking liquor while driving","content":"### sec.300A Drinking liquor while driving\n\nThe following persons must not drink liquor—\nthe driver of a vehicle while driving the vehicle;\na supervisor of a learner while the learner is driving a motor vehicle under the direction of the supervisor.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nlearner see the Act , section 79AA (4) .\nsupervisor , of a learner, means a person—\nwith whom a learner is authorised to drive under the person’s direction under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Driver Licensing) Regulation 2021 ; or\nwho purports to be a person mentioned in paragraph (a) .\ns 300A sub 2013 SL No. 150 s 22\namd 2021 SL No. 112 s 465\n(sec.300A-ssec.1) The following persons must not drink liquor— the driver of a vehicle while driving the vehicle; a supervisor of a learner while the learner is driving a motor vehicle under the direction of the supervisor. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.300A-ssec.2) In this section— learner see the Act , section 79AA (4) . supervisor , of a learner, means a person— with whom a learner is authorised to drive under the person’s direction under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Driver Licensing) Regulation 2021 ; or who purports to be a person mentioned in paragraph (a) .\n- (a) the driver of a vehicle while driving the vehicle;\n- (b) a supervisor of a learner while the learner is driving a motor vehicle under the direction of the supervisor.\n- (a) with whom a learner is authorised to drive under the person’s direction under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Driver Licensing) Regulation 2021 ; or\n- (b) who purports to be a person mentioned in paragraph (a) .","sortOrder":437},{"sectionNumber":"sec.300B","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.300B\n\ns 300B om 2013 SL No. 192 s 42","sortOrder":438},{"sectionNumber":"sec.300C","sectionType":"section","heading":"Limitation on use of wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy","content":"### sec.300C Limitation on use of wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy\n\nA person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy if a propellant is attached to it or the person.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\npropellant means a machine (other than a lever, wheel and axle, pulley, screw, wedge or inclined plane) capable of propelling a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy.\n(sec.300C-ssec.1) A person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy if a propellant is attached to it or the person. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.300C-ssec.2) In this section— propellant means a machine (other than a lever, wheel and axle, pulley, screw, wedge or inclined plane) capable of propelling a wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy.","sortOrder":439},{"sectionNumber":"sec.300D","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driver must not damage rail infrastructure or obstruct level crossing","content":"### sec.300D Driver must not damage rail infrastructure or obstruct level crossing\n\nA driver must not cause damage to rail infrastructure at a railway crossing, unless the driver has a reasonable excuse.\nMaximum penalty—80 penalty units.\nA driver driving near, on or through a level crossing must not cause an obstruction to the path of trains or other drivers through the level crossing, unless the driver has a reasonable excuse.\nMaximum penalty—80 penalty units.\nIn this section—\ndamage , to rail infrastructure, means damage that hinders or prevents the normal operation or use of the rail infrastructure.\nrail infrastructure means the following—\na warning bell, warning light, gate, boom or barrier;\nrail transport infrastructure within the meaning of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 .\nrailway crossing means a level crossing, bridge or another structure used to cross over or under a railway.\ns 300D ins 2012 SL No. 215 s 7\n(sec.300D-ssec.1) A driver must not cause damage to rail infrastructure at a railway crossing, unless the driver has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—80 penalty units.\n(sec.300D-ssec.2) A driver driving near, on or through a level crossing must not cause an obstruction to the path of trains or other drivers through the level crossing, unless the driver has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—80 penalty units.\n(sec.300D-ssec.3) In this section— damage , to rail infrastructure, means damage that hinders or prevents the normal operation or use of the rail infrastructure. rail infrastructure means the following— a warning bell, warning light, gate, boom or barrier; rail transport infrastructure within the meaning of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 . railway crossing means a level crossing, bridge or another structure used to cross over or under a railway.\n- (a) a warning bell, warning light, gate, boom or barrier;\n- (b) rail transport infrastructure within the meaning of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 .","sortOrder":440},{"sectionNumber":"sec.300E","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interfering with or interrupting funeral procession","content":"### sec.300E Interfering with or interrupting funeral procession\n\nA driver must not, without a reasonable excuse, interfere with, or interrupt, the free passage along any length of road of—\nany funeral procession; or\nany vehicle or person apparently forming part of the procession.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 300E ins 2022 SL No. 3 s 21\n- (a) any funeral procession; or\n- (b) any vehicle or person apparently forming part of the procession.","sortOrder":441},{"sectionNumber":"pt.18-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Rules for people in charge of animals","content":"## Rules for people in charge of animals","sortOrder":442},{"sectionNumber":"sec.301","sectionType":"section","heading":"Leading an animal while in or on a vehicle","content":"### sec.301 Leading an animal while in or on a vehicle\n\nThe driver of a motor vehicle must not lead an animal, including by tethering the animal to the motor vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person who is a passenger in, or on any part of, a motor vehicle must not lead an animal while the motor vehicle is moving.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not lead an animal, including by tethering the animal to the bicycle or device.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe rider of an animal must not lead more than 1 other animal on a road, unless the rider holds a permit issued by a local government.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\ns 301 amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 43 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 97\n(sec.301-ssec.1) The driver of a motor vehicle must not lead an animal, including by tethering the animal to the motor vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.301-ssec.2) A person who is a passenger in, or on any part of, a motor vehicle must not lead an animal while the motor vehicle is moving. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.301-ssec.3) The rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device must not lead an animal, including by tethering the animal to the bicycle or device. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.301-ssec.4) The rider of an animal must not lead more than 1 other animal on a road, unless the rider holds a permit issued by a local government. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":443},{"sectionNumber":"sec.301A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Harnessing an animal drawing a vehicle","content":"### sec.301A Harnessing an animal drawing a vehicle\n\nThe driver of a vehicle drawn by an animal must ensure the animal is harnessed in a way that enables the driver to—\ncontrol the animal; and\nregulate its speed.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) control the animal; and\n- (b) regulate its speed.","sortOrder":444},{"sectionNumber":"sec.301B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding an animal on a road-related area when possible","content":"### sec.301B Riding an animal on a road-related area when possible\n\nA person must not ride or lead an animal on a road if it is practicable to ride or lead the animal on a road-related area.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.301B-ssec.1) A person must not ride or lead an animal on a road if it is practicable to ride or lead the animal on a road-related area. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.301B-ssec.2) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes any shoulder of the road.","sortOrder":445},{"sectionNumber":"sec.302","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rider of an animal on a footpath or nature strip to give way to pedestrians","content":"### sec.302 Rider of an animal on a footpath or nature strip to give way to pedestrians\n\nThe rider of an animal must give way to any pedestrian on a footpath or nature strip.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":446},{"sectionNumber":"sec.303","sectionType":"section","heading":"Riding an animal alongside more than 1 other rider","content":"### sec.303 Riding an animal alongside more than 1 other rider\n\nThe rider of an animal must not ride on a road alongside more than 1 other rider, unless the rider is overtaking the other riders or droving stock.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf the rider of an animal is riding on a road alongside another rider, the rider must ride not over 1.5m from the other rider.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nroad does not include a road-related area, but includes a bicycle path, shared path and any shoulder of the road.\n(sec.303-ssec.1) The rider of an animal must not ride on a road alongside more than 1 other rider, unless the rider is overtaking the other riders or droving stock. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.303-ssec.2) If the rider of an animal is riding on a road alongside another rider, the rider must ride not over 1.5m from the other rider. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.303-ssec.3) In this section— road does not include a road-related area, but includes a bicycle path, shared path and any shoulder of the road.","sortOrder":447},{"sectionNumber":"sec.303A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way to restive horses","content":"### sec.303A Giving way to restive horses\n\nThis section applies if a person in charge of a restive horse gives a signal, by raising a hand and pointing to the horse, to the driver of a motor vehicle on a road.\nThe driver must—\ndrive the vehicle as near as practicable to the far left side of the road; and\nstop the vehicle’s engine; and\nnot move the vehicle until there is no reasonable likelihood that the noise of the motor, or the movement of the vehicle, will aggravate the restiveness of the horse.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nin charge of includes leading, driving or riding.\n(sec.303A-ssec.1) This section applies if a person in charge of a restive horse gives a signal, by raising a hand and pointing to the horse, to the driver of a motor vehicle on a road.\n(sec.303A-ssec.2) The driver must— drive the vehicle as near as practicable to the far left side of the road; and stop the vehicle’s engine; and not move the vehicle until there is no reasonable likelihood that the noise of the motor, or the movement of the vehicle, will aggravate the restiveness of the horse. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.303A-ssec.3) In this section— in charge of includes leading, driving or riding.\n- (a) drive the vehicle as near as practicable to the far left side of the road; and\n- (b) stop the vehicle’s engine; and\n- (c) not move the vehicle until there is no reasonable likelihood that the noise of the motor, or the movement of the vehicle, will aggravate the restiveness of the horse.","sortOrder":448},{"sectionNumber":"pt.18-div.2A","sectionType":"division","heading":"Rules for people in charge of animal-drawn vehicles","content":"## Rules for people in charge of animal-drawn vehicles","sortOrder":449},{"sectionNumber":"sec.303B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Brakes","content":"### sec.303B Brakes\n\nA person in charge of an animal drawing a vehicle must ensure that the vehicle has an efficient brake capable of stopping and holding the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor a 2-wheeled vehicle, subsection (1) is satisfied if the vehicle is attached to the animal by a harness that is suitable and sufficient to enable the vehicle to be stopped.\nIf the vehicle is a van, lorry, wagon, or other heavy animal drawn vehicle, subsection (1) is not satisfied if the vehicle is equipped only with a nave brake.\n(sec.303B-ssec.1) A person in charge of an animal drawing a vehicle must ensure that the vehicle has an efficient brake capable of stopping and holding the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.303B-ssec.2) For a 2-wheeled vehicle, subsection (1) is satisfied if the vehicle is attached to the animal by a harness that is suitable and sufficient to enable the vehicle to be stopped.\n(sec.303B-ssec.3) If the vehicle is a van, lorry, wagon, or other heavy animal drawn vehicle, subsection (1) is not satisfied if the vehicle is equipped only with a nave brake.","sortOrder":450},{"sectionNumber":"pt.18-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Obeying directions","content":"## Obeying directions","sortOrder":451},{"sectionNumber":"sec.304","sectionType":"section","heading":"Direction by particular persons","content":"### sec.304 Direction by particular persons\n\nIt is a defence to the prosecution of a person for an offence against a provision of this regulation if, at the time of the offence, the person was obeying a direction given to the person—\nby a police officer under the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 59 ; or\nby a traffic controller carrying out the functions of a traffic controller under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 51 ; or\nby a person—\ncarrying out the functions of a traffic controller under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 51 , in relation to a special event conducted under a special event permit; and\nto whom the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 126A (2) applies in relation to the carrying out of the function.\nIn this section—\nspecial event see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 124 .\nspecial event permit see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 124 .\ntraffic controller means a person who holds an appointment under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , part 2 as an accredited person with the function of a traffic controller.\ns 304 amd 2015 SL No. 87 s 174 sch 8 ; 2017 SL No. 170 s 15\n(sec.304-ssec.1) It is a defence to the prosecution of a person for an offence against a provision of this regulation if, at the time of the offence, the person was obeying a direction given to the person— by a police officer under the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 59 ; or by a traffic controller carrying out the functions of a traffic controller under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 51 ; or by a person— carrying out the functions of a traffic controller under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 51 , in relation to a special event conducted under a special event permit; and to whom the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 126A (2) applies in relation to the carrying out of the function.\n(sec.304-ssec.2) In this section— special event see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 124 . special event permit see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 124 . traffic controller means a person who holds an appointment under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , part 2 as an accredited person with the function of a traffic controller.\n- (a) by a police officer under the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 59 ; or\n- (b) by a traffic controller carrying out the functions of a traffic controller under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 51 ; or\n- (c) by a person— (i) carrying out the functions of a traffic controller under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 51 , in relation to a special event conducted under a special event permit; and (ii) to whom the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 126A (2) applies in relation to the carrying out of the function.\n- (i) carrying out the functions of a traffic controller under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 51 , in relation to a special event conducted under a special event permit; and\n- (ii) to whom the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 126A (2) applies in relation to the carrying out of the function.\n- (i) carrying out the functions of a traffic controller under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 51 , in relation to a special event conducted under a special event permit; and\n- (ii) to whom the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , section 126A (2) applies in relation to the carrying out of the function.","sortOrder":452},{"sectionNumber":"pt.19","sectionType":"part","heading":"Exemptions","content":"# Exemptions","sortOrder":453},{"sectionNumber":"sec.305","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for drivers of police vehicles","content":"### sec.305 Exemption for drivers of police vehicles\n\nA provision of this regulation does not apply to the driver of a police vehicle if—\nin the circumstances—\nthe driver is taking reasonable care; and\nit is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and\nif the vehicle is a motor vehicle that is moving—the vehicle is displaying a blue or red flashing light or sounding an alarm.\nSubsection (1) (b) does not apply to the driver if, in the circumstances, it is reasonable—\nnot to display the light or sound the alarm; or\nfor the vehicle not to be fitted or equipped with a blue or red flashing light or an alarm.\n(sec.305-ssec.1) A provision of this regulation does not apply to the driver of a police vehicle if— in the circumstances— the driver is taking reasonable care; and it is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and if the vehicle is a motor vehicle that is moving—the vehicle is displaying a blue or red flashing light or sounding an alarm.\n(sec.305-ssec.2) Subsection (1) (b) does not apply to the driver if, in the circumstances, it is reasonable— not to display the light or sound the alarm; or for the vehicle not to be fitted or equipped with a blue or red flashing light or an alarm.\n- (a) in the circumstances— (i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and (ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and\n- (i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and\n- (ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and\n- (b) if the vehicle is a motor vehicle that is moving—the vehicle is displaying a blue or red flashing light or sounding an alarm.\n- (i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and\n- (ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and\n- (a) not to display the light or sound the alarm; or\n- (b) for the vehicle not to be fitted or equipped with a blue or red flashing light or an alarm.","sortOrder":454},{"sectionNumber":"sec.306","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemptions for drivers of emergency vehicles","content":"### sec.306 Exemptions for drivers of emergency vehicles\n\nA provision of this regulation does not apply to the driver of an emergency vehicle if—\nin the circumstances—\nthe driver is taking reasonable care; and\nit is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and\nthe vehicle is moving—the vehicle is displaying a blue or red flashing light or sounding an alarm.\ns 306 amd 2018 SL No. 144 s 10\n- (a) in the circumstances— (i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and (ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and\n- (i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and\n- (ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and\n- (b) the vehicle is moving—the vehicle is displaying a blue or red flashing light or sounding an alarm.\n- (i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and\n- (ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply; and","sortOrder":455},{"sectionNumber":"sec.307","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stopping and parking exemption for police and emergency vehicles","content":"### sec.307 Stopping and parking exemption for police and emergency vehicles\n\nA provision of part 12 does not apply to the driver of a police vehicle or emergency vehicle if, in the circumstances—\nthe driver is taking reasonable care; and\nit is reasonable that the provision should not apply.\n- (a) the driver is taking reasonable care; and\n- (b) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply.","sortOrder":456},{"sectionNumber":"sec.308","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for police officers and emergency workers on foot","content":"### sec.308 Exemption for police officers and emergency workers on foot\n\nA provision of part 14 does not apply to a police officer or emergency worker on foot and acting in the course of the police officer’s or emergency worker’s duty if, in the circumstances—\nthe police officer or emergency worker is taking reasonable care; and\nit is reasonable that the provision should not apply.\ns 308 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 23\n- (a) the police officer or emergency worker is taking reasonable care; and\n- (b) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply.","sortOrder":457},{"sectionNumber":"sec.308A","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.308A\n\ns 308A ins 2013 SL No. 150 s 24\namd 2018 SL No. 217 s 13\nom 2022 SL No. 142 s 98","sortOrder":458},{"sectionNumber":"sec.309","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemptions for drivers of trams etc.","content":"### sec.309 Exemptions for drivers of trams etc.\n\nThe following provisions do not apply to the driver of a tram, the driver of a tram recovery vehicle engaged in accessing or recovering a disabled tram, or the driver of a bus travelling along tram tracks—\npart 4 (Making turns), division 1 (Left turns)\nsection 88 (Left turn signs)\nsection 89 (Right turn signs)\nsection 90 (No turns signs)\nsection 91 (No left turn and no right turn signs)\nsection 92 (Traffic lane arrows)\nsection 99 (Keep left and keep right signs)\nsection 100 (No entry signs)\npart 9 (Roundabouts)\npart 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules), divisions 2 (Keeping to the left), 3 (Overtaking), and 7 (Passing trams and safety zones)\npart 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking).\n- • part 4 (Making turns), division 1 (Left turns)\n- • section 88 (Left turn signs)\n- • section 89 (Right turn signs)\n- • section 90 (No turns signs)\n- • section 91 (No left turn and no right turn signs)\n- • section 92 (Traffic lane arrows)\n- • section 99 (Keep left and keep right signs)\n- • section 100 (No entry signs)\n- • part 9 (Roundabouts)\n- • part 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules), divisions 2 (Keeping to the left), 3 (Overtaking), and 7 (Passing trams and safety zones)\n- • part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking).","sortOrder":459},{"sectionNumber":"sec.310","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for road workers etc.","content":"### sec.310 Exemption for road workers etc.\n\nA provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to a person at the site of, and engaged in, roadworks if, in the circumstances—\nit is not practicable for the person to comply with the provision; and\nsufficient warning of the roadworks has been given to other road users.\nSubsection (1) applies to the following provisions—\npart 4 (Making turns), divisions 1 (Left turns) and 2 (Right turns)\npart 7 (Giving way), except—\nsection 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights)\nsection 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places)\nsection 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout)\nsection 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road)\nsection 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places)\npart 8 (Traffic signs and road markings), except—\nsection 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs)\nsection 103 (Load limit signs)\npart 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules)\npart 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)\nsection 224 (Using horns and similar warning devices)\npart 14 (Rules for pedestrians), except section 236 (1) (which is about causing a traffic hazard by moving into the path of an approaching vehicle)\nsection 264 (Wearing of seatbelts by drivers)\nsection 264A (Driver must ensure passengers comply with seatbelt requirements) in relation to a passenger 16 years old or older\nsection 265 (Seatbelt requirements for passengers 16 years old or older)\nsection 268 (How persons must travel in or on a motor vehicle)\nsection 288 (Driving on a path)\nsection 289 (Driving on a nature strip)\nsection 290 (Driving on a traffic island)\nsection 295 (Motor vehicle towing another vehicle with a towline)\nsection 296 (Driving a vehicle in reverse)\nsection 297 (2) (which requires a driver to have a clear view of the surrounding road and traffic)\nsection 298 (Driving with a person in a trailer).\nSection 20 does not apply to a driver driving a snow-clearing vehicle and engaged in snow clearing.\nIn this section—\nroad transport infrastructure has the meaning given by the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 .\ns 310 amd 2018 SL No. 144 s 11 ; 2021 SL No. 102 s 26 sch 1\n(sec.310-ssec.1) A provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to a person at the site of, and engaged in, roadworks if, in the circumstances— it is not practicable for the person to comply with the provision; and sufficient warning of the roadworks has been given to other road users.\n(sec.310-ssec.2) Subsection (1) applies to the following provisions— part 4 (Making turns), divisions 1 (Left turns) and 2 (Right turns) part 7 (Giving way), except— section 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights) section 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places) section 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout) section 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road) section 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places) part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings), except— section 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs) section 103 (Load limit signs) part 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules) part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking) section 224 (Using horns and similar warning devices) part 14 (Rules for pedestrians), except section 236 (1) (which is about causing a traffic hazard by moving into the path of an approaching vehicle) section 264 (Wearing of seatbelts by drivers) section 264A (Driver must ensure passengers comply with seatbelt requirements) in relation to a passenger 16 years old or older section 265 (Seatbelt requirements for passengers 16 years old or older) section 268 (How persons must travel in or on a motor vehicle) section 288 (Driving on a path) section 289 (Driving on a nature strip) section 290 (Driving on a traffic island) section 295 (Motor vehicle towing another vehicle with a towline) section 296 (Driving a vehicle in reverse) section 297 (2) (which requires a driver to have a clear view of the surrounding road and traffic) section 298 (Driving with a person in a trailer).\n(sec.310-ssec.3) Section 20 does not apply to a driver driving a snow-clearing vehicle and engaged in snow clearing.\n(sec.310-ssec.4) In this section— road transport infrastructure has the meaning given by the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 .\n- (a) it is not practicable for the person to comply with the provision; and\n- (b) sufficient warning of the roadworks has been given to other road users.\n- • part 4 (Making turns), divisions 1 (Left turns) and 2 (Right turns)\n- • part 7 (Giving way), except— — section 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights) — section 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places) — section 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout) — section 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road) — section 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places)\n- — section 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights)\n- — section 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places)\n- — section 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout)\n- — section 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road)\n- — section 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places)\n- • part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings), except— — section 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs) — section 103 (Load limit signs)\n- — section 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs)\n- — section 103 (Load limit signs)\n- • part 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules)\n- • part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)\n- • section 224 (Using horns and similar warning devices)\n- • part 14 (Rules for pedestrians), except section 236 (1) (which is about causing a traffic hazard by moving into the path of an approaching vehicle)\n- • section 264 (Wearing of seatbelts by drivers)\n- • section 264A (Driver must ensure passengers comply with seatbelt requirements) in relation to a passenger 16 years old or older\n- • section 265 (Seatbelt requirements for passengers 16 years old or older)\n- • section 268 (How persons must travel in or on a motor vehicle)\n- • section 288 (Driving on a path)\n- • section 289 (Driving on a nature strip)\n- • section 290 (Driving on a traffic island)\n- • section 295 (Motor vehicle towing another vehicle with a towline)\n- • section 296 (Driving a vehicle in reverse)\n- • section 297 (2) (which requires a driver to have a clear view of the surrounding road and traffic)\n- • section 298 (Driving with a person in a trailer).\n- — section 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights)\n- — section 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places)\n- — section 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout)\n- — section 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road)\n- — section 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places)\n- — section 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs)\n- — section 103 (Load limit signs)","sortOrder":460},{"sectionNumber":"sec.311","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for oversize vehicles","content":"### sec.311 Exemption for oversize vehicles\n\nA provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to the driver of an oversize vehicle, or the driver of a vehicle escorting or piloting an oversize vehicle, if—\nit is not practicable for the driver to comply with the provision; and\nthe driver is taking reasonable care; and\nthe driver is complying with—\na safe movement approval under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 applying to the vehicle; or\nany mass or dimension exemption applying to the movement of the vehicle under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; and\nthe vehicle is displaying an oversize warning sign.\nFor subsection (1) , the provisions are as follows—\npart 7 (Giving way), except—\nsection 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights)\nsection 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places)\nsection 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout)\nsection 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road)\nsection 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places)\npart 8 (Traffic signs and road markings), except—\nsection 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs)\nsection 103 (Load limit signs)\nsection 111 (3) (which is about entering a roundabout from the right marked lane or line of traffic)\nsection 116 (Obeying traffic lane arrows when driving in or leaving a roundabout)\npart 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules)\npart 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)\nsection 268 (How persons must travel in or on a motor vehicle)\nsection 288 (Driving on a path)\nsection 289 (Driving on a nature strip)\nsection 290 (Driving on a traffic island)\nsection 296 (Driving a vehicle in reverse)\nsection 297 (2) (which requires a driver to have a clear view of the surrounding road and traffic).\ns 311 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 75 ; 2021 SL No. 114 s 153 sch 5\n(sec.311-ssec.1) A provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to the driver of an oversize vehicle, or the driver of a vehicle escorting or piloting an oversize vehicle, if— it is not practicable for the driver to comply with the provision; and the driver is taking reasonable care; and the driver is complying with— a safe movement approval under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 applying to the vehicle; or any mass or dimension exemption applying to the movement of the vehicle under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; and the vehicle is displaying an oversize warning sign.\n(sec.311-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , the provisions are as follows— part 7 (Giving way), except— section 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights) section 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places) section 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout) section 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road) section 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places) part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings), except— section 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs) section 103 (Load limit signs) section 111 (3) (which is about entering a roundabout from the right marked lane or line of traffic) section 116 (Obeying traffic lane arrows when driving in or leaving a roundabout) part 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules) part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking) section 268 (How persons must travel in or on a motor vehicle) section 288 (Driving on a path) section 289 (Driving on a nature strip) section 290 (Driving on a traffic island) section 296 (Driving a vehicle in reverse) section 297 (2) (which requires a driver to have a clear view of the surrounding road and traffic).\n- (a) it is not practicable for the driver to comply with the provision; and\n- (b) the driver is taking reasonable care; and\n- (c) the driver is complying with— (i) a safe movement approval under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 applying to the vehicle; or (ii) any mass or dimension exemption applying to the movement of the vehicle under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; and\n- (i) a safe movement approval under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 applying to the vehicle; or\n- (ii) any mass or dimension exemption applying to the movement of the vehicle under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; and\n- (d) the vehicle is displaying an oversize warning sign.\n- (i) a safe movement approval under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 applying to the vehicle; or\n- (ii) any mass or dimension exemption applying to the movement of the vehicle under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) ; and\n- • part 7 (Giving way), except— — section 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights) — section 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places) — section 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout) — section 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road) — section 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places)\n- — section 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights)\n- — section 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places)\n- — section 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout)\n- — section 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road)\n- — section 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places)\n- • part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings), except— — section 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs) — section 103 (Load limit signs)\n- — section 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs)\n- — section 103 (Load limit signs)\n- • section 111 (3) (which is about entering a roundabout from the right marked lane or line of traffic)\n- • section 116 (Obeying traffic lane arrows when driving in or leaving a roundabout)\n- • part 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules)\n- • part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)\n- • section 268 (How persons must travel in or on a motor vehicle)\n- • section 288 (Driving on a path)\n- • section 289 (Driving on a nature strip)\n- • section 290 (Driving on a traffic island)\n- • section 296 (Driving a vehicle in reverse)\n- • section 297 (2) (which requires a driver to have a clear view of the surrounding road and traffic).\n- — section 67 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at an intersection without traffic lights)\n- — section 68 (Stopping and giving way at a stop sign or stop line at other places)\n- — section 69 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at an intersection, other than a roundabout)\n- — section 70 (Giving way at a give way sign at a bridge or length of narrow road)\n- — section 71 (Giving way at a give way sign or give way line at other places)\n- — section 102 (Clearance and low clearance signs)\n- — section 103 (Load limit signs)","sortOrder":461},{"sectionNumber":"sec.312","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for tow truck drivers","content":"### sec.312 Exemption for tow truck drivers\n\nIt is a defence to the prosecution of the driver of a tow truck for an offence against a provision mentioned in subsection (2) if, at the time of the offence—\nthe driver is engaged in loading, or connecting to, a vehicle to which this section applies; and\nthe driver is unable to comply with the provision; and\nthe tow truck is displaying a flashing light; and\nthe driver is acting safely.\nFor subsection (1) , the provisions are as follows—\npart 4 (Making turns)\npart 6 (Traffic lights, traffic arrows and twin red lights)\npart 7 (Giving way), division 1 (Giving way at a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to the driver)\npart 8 (Traffic signs and road markings)\npart 9 (Roundabouts)\npart 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules)\npart 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)\nsection 288 (Driving on a path)\nsection 289 (Driving on a nature strip)\nsection 290 (Driving on a traffic island).\nThis section applies to the following vehicles—\na vehicle at the scene of a crash;\na disabled vehicle;\na vehicle unsafely or unlawfully parked that the driver is authorised to tow away under the Act or the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) .\ns 312 amd 2014 SL No. 8 s 76\n(sec.312-ssec.1) It is a defence to the prosecution of the driver of a tow truck for an offence against a provision mentioned in subsection (2) if, at the time of the offence— the driver is engaged in loading, or connecting to, a vehicle to which this section applies; and the driver is unable to comply with the provision; and the tow truck is displaying a flashing light; and the driver is acting safely.\n(sec.312-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , the provisions are as follows— part 4 (Making turns) part 6 (Traffic lights, traffic arrows and twin red lights) part 7 (Giving way), division 1 (Giving way at a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to the driver) part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings) part 9 (Roundabouts) part 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules) part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking) section 288 (Driving on a path) section 289 (Driving on a nature strip) section 290 (Driving on a traffic island).\n(sec.312-ssec.3) This section applies to the following vehicles— a vehicle at the scene of a crash; a disabled vehicle; a vehicle unsafely or unlawfully parked that the driver is authorised to tow away under the Act or the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) .\n- (a) the driver is engaged in loading, or connecting to, a vehicle to which this section applies; and\n- (b) the driver is unable to comply with the provision; and\n- (c) the tow truck is displaying a flashing light; and\n- (d) the driver is acting safely.\n- • part 4 (Making turns)\n- • part 6 (Traffic lights, traffic arrows and twin red lights)\n- • part 7 (Giving way), division 1 (Giving way at a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to the driver)\n- • part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings)\n- • part 9 (Roundabouts)\n- • part 11 (Keeping left, overtaking and other driving rules)\n- • part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)\n- • section 288 (Driving on a path)\n- • section 289 (Driving on a nature strip)\n- • section 290 (Driving on a traffic island).\n- (a) a vehicle at the scene of a crash;\n- (b) a disabled vehicle;\n- (c) a vehicle unsafely or unlawfully parked that the driver is authorised to tow away under the Act or the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) .","sortOrder":462},{"sectionNumber":"sec.313","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for postal vehicles","content":"### sec.313 Exemption for postal vehicles\n\nA provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to the driver of a postal vehicle.\nSubsection (1) applies to the following provisions—\nsection 179 (Stopping in a loading zone)\nsection 180 (Stopping in a truck zone)\nsection 182 (Stopping in a taxi zone)\nsection 185 (Stopping in a permit zone)\nsection 186 (Stopping in a mail zone)\nsection 189 (Double parking)\nsection 198 (Obstructing access to and from a footpath, driveway etc.).\nSections 288 and 289 do not apply to the driver of a postal vehicle if—\nthe postal vehicle is a motorbike with an engine capacity of 125mL or less; and\nthe driver is driving the motorbike at a speed of 10km/h or less; and\nthe driver drives in a way that does not cause danger to, or obstruct, anyone or anything on the path or nature strip; and\nthe driver takes reasonable precautions to avoid crashing with anyone or anything on the path or nature strip.\n(sec.313-ssec.1) A provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to the driver of a postal vehicle.\n(sec.313-ssec.2) Subsection (1) applies to the following provisions— section 179 (Stopping in a loading zone) section 180 (Stopping in a truck zone) section 182 (Stopping in a taxi zone) section 185 (Stopping in a permit zone) section 186 (Stopping in a mail zone) section 189 (Double parking) section 198 (Obstructing access to and from a footpath, driveway etc.).\n(sec.313-ssec.3) Sections 288 and 289 do not apply to the driver of a postal vehicle if— the postal vehicle is a motorbike with an engine capacity of 125mL or less; and the driver is driving the motorbike at a speed of 10km/h or less; and the driver drives in a way that does not cause danger to, or obstruct, anyone or anything on the path or nature strip; and the driver takes reasonable precautions to avoid crashing with anyone or anything on the path or nature strip.\n- • section 179 (Stopping in a loading zone)\n- • section 180 (Stopping in a truck zone)\n- • section 182 (Stopping in a taxi zone)\n- • section 185 (Stopping in a permit zone)\n- • section 186 (Stopping in a mail zone)\n- • section 189 (Double parking)\n- • section 198 (Obstructing access to and from a footpath, driveway etc.).\n- (a) the postal vehicle is a motorbike with an engine capacity of 125mL or less; and\n- (b) the driver is driving the motorbike at a speed of 10km/h or less; and\n- (c) the driver drives in a way that does not cause danger to, or obstruct, anyone or anything on the path or nature strip; and\n- (d) the driver takes reasonable precautions to avoid crashing with anyone or anything on the path or nature strip.","sortOrder":463},{"sectionNumber":"sec.313A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for garbage truck drivers etc.","content":"### sec.313A Exemption for garbage truck drivers etc.\n\nA provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to the driver of a garbage truck, a waste disposal truck or a vehicle designed for collecting goods for recycling if—\nthe driver is engaged in the collection of garbage, waste or goods for recycling; and\nit is not practicable for the driver to comply with the provision; and\nthe truck or vehicle is displaying a flashing light; and\nthe driver is acting safely.\nFor subsection (1) , the provisions are as follows—\nsection 98 (One-way signs)\nsection 99 (Keep left and keep right signs)\nsection 100 (No entry signs)\npart 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking), except—\nsection 175 (Stopping on or near a level crossing)\nsection 177 (Stopping on a freeway)\nsection 178 (Stopping in an emergency stopping lane)\nsection 192 (Stopping on a bridge or in a tunnel etc.)\nsection 196 (Stopping at or near a tram stop)\nsection 197 (Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted island)\nsection 228 (No pedestrian signs)\nsection 230 (Crossing a road—general)\nsection 234 (Crossing a road on or near a crossing for pedestrians)\nsection 238 (Pedestrians travelling along a road (except in or on a wheeled recreational device or toy)).\n(sec.313A-ssec.1) A provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to the driver of a garbage truck, a waste disposal truck or a vehicle designed for collecting goods for recycling if— the driver is engaged in the collection of garbage, waste or goods for recycling; and it is not practicable for the driver to comply with the provision; and the truck or vehicle is displaying a flashing light; and the driver is acting safely.\n(sec.313A-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , the provisions are as follows— section 98 (One-way signs) section 99 (Keep left and keep right signs) section 100 (No entry signs) part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking), except— section 175 (Stopping on or near a level crossing) section 177 (Stopping on a freeway) section 178 (Stopping in an emergency stopping lane) section 192 (Stopping on a bridge or in a tunnel etc.) section 196 (Stopping at or near a tram stop) section 197 (Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted island) section 228 (No pedestrian signs) section 230 (Crossing a road—general) section 234 (Crossing a road on or near a crossing for pedestrians) section 238 (Pedestrians travelling along a road (except in or on a wheeled recreational device or toy)).\n- (a) the driver is engaged in the collection of garbage, waste or goods for recycling; and\n- (b) it is not practicable for the driver to comply with the provision; and\n- (c) the truck or vehicle is displaying a flashing light; and\n- (d) the driver is acting safely.\n- • section 98 (One-way signs)\n- • section 99 (Keep left and keep right signs)\n- • section 100 (No entry signs)\n- • part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking), except— — section 175 (Stopping on or near a level crossing) — section 177 (Stopping on a freeway) — section 178 (Stopping in an emergency stopping lane) — section 192 (Stopping on a bridge or in a tunnel etc.) — section 196 (Stopping at or near a tram stop) — section 197 (Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted island)\n- — section 175 (Stopping on or near a level crossing)\n- — section 177 (Stopping on a freeway)\n- — section 178 (Stopping in an emergency stopping lane)\n- — section 192 (Stopping on a bridge or in a tunnel etc.)\n- — section 196 (Stopping at or near a tram stop)\n- — section 197 (Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted island)\n- • section 228 (No pedestrian signs)\n- • section 230 (Crossing a road—general)\n- • section 234 (Crossing a road on or near a crossing for pedestrians)\n- • section 238 (Pedestrians travelling along a road (except in or on a wheeled recreational device or toy)).\n- — section 175 (Stopping on or near a level crossing)\n- — section 177 (Stopping on a freeway)\n- — section 178 (Stopping in an emergency stopping lane)\n- — section 192 (Stopping on a bridge or in a tunnel etc.)\n- — section 196 (Stopping at or near a tram stop)\n- — section 197 (Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted island)","sortOrder":464},{"sectionNumber":"sec.313B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption for motor breakdown service vehicles","content":"### sec.313B Exemption for motor breakdown service vehicles\n\nA provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to the driver of a motor breakdown service vehicle while—\nthe driver is engaged in repairing a disabled vehicle or is assisting a person to gain access to a locked vehicle; and\nthe driver is unable to comply with the provision; and\nthe motor breakdown service vehicle is displaying a flashing yellow warning light; and\nthe driver is acting safely.\nFor subsection (1) , the provisions are as follows—\nsection 137 (Keeping off a dividing strip)\nsection 138 (Keeping off a painted island)\nsection 147 (Moving from 1 marked lane to another marked lane across a continuous line separating the lanes)\nsection 197 (Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted island)\nsection 288 (1) (Driving on a path)\nsection 289 (Driving on a nature strip)\nsection 290 (Driving on a traffic island).\ns 313B amd 2013 SL No. 192 s 44 ; 2022 SL No. 122 s 20\n(sec.313B-ssec.1) A provision mentioned in subsection (2) does not apply to the driver of a motor breakdown service vehicle while— the driver is engaged in repairing a disabled vehicle or is assisting a person to gain access to a locked vehicle; and the driver is unable to comply with the provision; and the motor breakdown service vehicle is displaying a flashing yellow warning light; and the driver is acting safely.\n(sec.313B-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , the provisions are as follows— section 137 (Keeping off a dividing strip) section 138 (Keeping off a painted island) section 147 (Moving from 1 marked lane to another marked lane across a continuous line separating the lanes) section 197 (Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted island) section 288 (1) (Driving on a path) section 289 (Driving on a nature strip) section 290 (Driving on a traffic island).\n- (a) the driver is engaged in repairing a disabled vehicle or is assisting a person to gain access to a locked vehicle; and\n- (b) the driver is unable to comply with the provision; and\n- (c) the motor breakdown service vehicle is displaying a flashing yellow warning light; and\n- (d) the driver is acting safely.\n- • section 137 (Keeping off a dividing strip)\n- • section 138 (Keeping off a painted island)\n- • section 147 (Moving from 1 marked lane to another marked lane across a continuous line separating the lanes)\n- • section 197 (Stopping on a path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted island)\n- • section 288 (1) (Driving on a path)\n- • section 289 (Driving on a nature strip)\n- • section 290 (Driving on a traffic island).","sortOrder":465},{"sectionNumber":"pt.20","sectionType":"part","heading":"Traffic control devices and traffic-related items","content":"# Traffic control devices and traffic-related items","sortOrder":466},{"sectionNumber":"pt.20-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"General","content":"## General","sortOrder":467},{"sectionNumber":"sec.314","sectionType":"section","heading":"Diagrams of traffic control devices, traffic-related items and symbols","content":"### sec.314 Diagrams of traffic control devices, traffic-related items and symbols\n\nA diagram in this regulation of a traffic control device, traffic-related item, or symbol represents a likeness of the device, item or symbol.\nIf there are 2 or more diagrams of a traffic sign in schedules 2 and 3 or of a traffic-related item or symbol in schedule 4 , each diagram represents a likeness of a permitted version of the sign, item or symbol.\nIf a diagram of a traffic sign in schedule 2 or 3 or of a traffic-related item or symbol in schedule 4 is in black and white, the permitted version of the sign, item or symbol is in black and white only.\nIf a diagram of a traffic sign, traffic-related item or symbol in a section of this regulation is in black and white and the sign, item or symbol is not in black and white only in schedule 2 , 3 or 4 , the diagram is a black and white representation of the sign, item or symbol and is not a permitted version of the sign, item or symbol.\n(sec.314-ssec.1) A diagram in this regulation of a traffic control device, traffic-related item, or symbol represents a likeness of the device, item or symbol.\n(sec.314-ssec.2) If there are 2 or more diagrams of a traffic sign in schedules 2 and 3 or of a traffic-related item or symbol in schedule 4 , each diagram represents a likeness of a permitted version of the sign, item or symbol.\n(sec.314-ssec.3) If a diagram of a traffic sign in schedule 2 or 3 or of a traffic-related item or symbol in schedule 4 is in black and white, the permitted version of the sign, item or symbol is in black and white only.\n(sec.314-ssec.4) If a diagram of a traffic sign, traffic-related item or symbol in a section of this regulation is in black and white and the sign, item or symbol is not in black and white only in schedule 2 , 3 or 4 , the diagram is a black and white representation of the sign, item or symbol and is not a permitted version of the sign, item or symbol.","sortOrder":468},{"sectionNumber":"sec.315","sectionType":"section","heading":"Legal effect of traffic control devices","content":"### sec.315 Legal effect of traffic control devices\n\nA traffic control device of a kind mentioned in this regulation has effect for this regulation if—\nthe device is on a road; and\nthe device complies substantially with this regulation.\nA traffic control device is taken to comply substantially with this regulation unless the contrary is proved.\n(sec.315-ssec.1) A traffic control device of a kind mentioned in this regulation has effect for this regulation if— the device is on a road; and the device complies substantially with this regulation.\n(sec.315-ssec.2) A traffic control device is taken to comply substantially with this regulation unless the contrary is proved.\n- (a) the device is on a road; and\n- (b) the device complies substantially with this regulation.","sortOrder":469},{"sectionNumber":"sec.316","sectionType":"section","heading":"When do traffic control devices comply substantially with this regulation","content":"### sec.316 When do traffic control devices comply substantially with this regulation\n\nA traffic sign complies substantially with this regulation if—\nit is a reasonable likeness of a diagram in schedule 2 or 3 of that kind of traffic sign; or\nfor a traffic sign of a kind for which there is not a diagram in schedule 2 or 3 —it complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic sign in this regulation and, if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the sign is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\nA road marking complies substantially with this regulation if it complies substantially with a description of that kind of road marking in this regulation and, if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol in the road marking is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\nA traffic control device (except a traffic sign or a road marking) complies substantially with this regulation if the device complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic control device in this regulation and, if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the device is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\nA red and white post temporarily missing from a children’s crossing complies substantially with the description of a children’s crossing under section 80 (6) .\nA traffic sign may be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of traffic sign mentioned in this regulation even though—\nthe dimensions of the sign, or of anything on the sign, are different; or\nthe sign has additional information on or with it; or\nthe number on the sign is different; or\nthe sign has a different number of panels; or\nthe sign is combined on a single panel with 1 or more other traffic signs; or\nfor a parking control sign—words, figures, symbols, or anything else, on the sign are differently arranged; or\nfor a bus lane sign, emergency stopping lane only sign, one-way sign or parking control sign—the sign has an arrow pointing in a different direction; or\nfor a separated footpath sign or an end separated footpath sign—the pedestrian and bicycle symbols are reversed; or\nfor a road access sign—information on or with the sign indicates (whether by different wording or in another way) that it applies to different or additional vehicles or persons; or\nthere is a variation in shade or brightness between a colour on the sign and the equivalent colour in the diagram.\nA speed limit sign near a school may say that the sign has effect at certain times. This additional information does not prevent the sign being a reasonable likeness of the diagram of a speed limit sign in schedule 2 .\nThe diagram of the area speed limit sign in schedule 2 has the number ‘60’. A particular area speed limit sign may have another number, for example, ‘50’. The different number on the sign does not prevent the sign being a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\nA school zone sign may have the indicated speed limit, the words ‘school zone’, and the times of operation, on a single panel or separate panels.\nAn end bicycle path sign may have the word ‘end’ on a separate panel or on the same panel as the rest of the sign.\nA no parking sign that operates at certain times may be combined on a single panel with a permissive parking sign allowing pay parking at other times.\nA permissive parking sign limiting parking to 2 hours may have the time limit above, or below, the word ‘parking’.\nThe diagram of the road access sign in schedule 2 says ‘no pedestrians bicycles animals beyond this point’. The replacement of the word ‘bicycles’ by the word ‘tractors’ on a particular sign does not prevent the sign being a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\nA variable illuminated message sign may also be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of traffic sign in schedule 2 or 3 even though the colour of the sign, or of anything else on the sign, is different.\nA symbol on or in a traffic control device may be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of symbol mentioned in this regulation even though the dimensions of the symbol, or of anything on the symbol, are different.\nIn this section—\npanel includes a board, plate and screen.\ns 316 amd 2014 SL No. 279 s 30\n(sec.316-ssec.1) A traffic sign complies substantially with this regulation if— it is a reasonable likeness of a diagram in schedule 2 or 3 of that kind of traffic sign; or for a traffic sign of a kind for which there is not a diagram in schedule 2 or 3 —it complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic sign in this regulation and, if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the sign is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\n(sec.316-ssec.2) A road marking complies substantially with this regulation if it complies substantially with a description of that kind of road marking in this regulation and, if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol in the road marking is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\n(sec.316-ssec.3) A traffic control device (except a traffic sign or a road marking) complies substantially with this regulation if the device complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic control device in this regulation and, if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the device is a reasonable likeness of the diagram. A red and white post temporarily missing from a children’s crossing complies substantially with the description of a children’s crossing under section 80 (6) .\n(sec.316-ssec.4) A traffic sign may be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of traffic sign mentioned in this regulation even though— the dimensions of the sign, or of anything on the sign, are different; or the sign has additional information on or with it; or the number on the sign is different; or the sign has a different number of panels; or the sign is combined on a single panel with 1 or more other traffic signs; or for a parking control sign—words, figures, symbols, or anything else, on the sign are differently arranged; or for a bus lane sign, emergency stopping lane only sign, one-way sign or parking control sign—the sign has an arrow pointing in a different direction; or for a separated footpath sign or an end separated footpath sign—the pedestrian and bicycle symbols are reversed; or for a road access sign—information on or with the sign indicates (whether by different wording or in another way) that it applies to different or additional vehicles or persons; or there is a variation in shade or brightness between a colour on the sign and the equivalent colour in the diagram. A speed limit sign near a school may say that the sign has effect at certain times. This additional information does not prevent the sign being a reasonable likeness of the diagram of a speed limit sign in schedule 2 . The diagram of the area speed limit sign in schedule 2 has the number ‘60’. A particular area speed limit sign may have another number, for example, ‘50’. The different number on the sign does not prevent the sign being a reasonable likeness of the diagram. A school zone sign may have the indicated speed limit, the words ‘school zone’, and the times of operation, on a single panel or separate panels. An end bicycle path sign may have the word ‘end’ on a separate panel or on the same panel as the rest of the sign. A no parking sign that operates at certain times may be combined on a single panel with a permissive parking sign allowing pay parking at other times. A permissive parking sign limiting parking to 2 hours may have the time limit above, or below, the word ‘parking’. The diagram of the road access sign in schedule 2 says ‘no pedestrians bicycles animals beyond this point’. The replacement of the word ‘bicycles’ by the word ‘tractors’ on a particular sign does not prevent the sign being a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\n(sec.316-ssec.5) A variable illuminated message sign may also be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of traffic sign in schedule 2 or 3 even though the colour of the sign, or of anything else on the sign, is different.\n(sec.316-ssec.6) A symbol on or in a traffic control device may be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of symbol mentioned in this regulation even though the dimensions of the symbol, or of anything on the symbol, are different.\n(sec.316-ssec.7) In this section— panel includes a board, plate and screen.\n- (a) it is a reasonable likeness of a diagram in schedule 2 or 3 of that kind of traffic sign; or\n- (b) for a traffic sign of a kind for which there is not a diagram in schedule 2 or 3 —it complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic sign in this regulation and, if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the sign is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\n- (a) the dimensions of the sign, or of anything on the sign, are different; or\n- (b) the sign has additional information on or with it; or\n- (c) the number on the sign is different; or\n- (d) the sign has a different number of panels; or\n- (e) the sign is combined on a single panel with 1 or more other traffic signs; or\n- (f) for a parking control sign—words, figures, symbols, or anything else, on the sign are differently arranged; or\n- (g) for a bus lane sign, emergency stopping lane only sign, one-way sign or parking control sign—the sign has an arrow pointing in a different direction; or\n- (h) for a separated footpath sign or an end separated footpath sign—the pedestrian and bicycle symbols are reversed; or\n- (i) for a road access sign—information on or with the sign indicates (whether by different wording or in another way) that it applies to different or additional vehicles or persons; or\n- (j) there is a variation in shade or brightness between a colour on the sign and the equivalent colour in the diagram.\n- 1 A school zone sign may have the indicated speed limit, the words ‘school zone’, and the times of operation, on a single panel or separate panels.\n- 2 An end bicycle path sign may have the word ‘end’ on a separate panel or on the same panel as the rest of the sign.","sortOrder":470},{"sectionNumber":"sec.317","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information on or with traffic control devices","content":"### sec.317 Information on or with traffic control devices\n\nA traffic control device may, by the use of words, figures, symbols or anything else indicate any of the following—\nthe times, days or circumstances when it applies or does not apply;\nthe lengths of road or areas where it applies or does not apply;\nthe persons to whom it applies or does not apply;\nthe vehicles to which it applies or does not apply;\nother information.\nA speed limit sign may indicate that it applies when the lights at a children’s crossing are flashing.\nA speed limit sign may indicate that it applies when children are present.\nIn this section—\ntraffic control device includes a board, device, plate, screen, word, figure, symbol, or anything else, with a traffic control device that provides information about the application of the traffic control device.\na plate erected immediately below a no U-turn sign indicating that the sign applies on Monday to Friday between 8a.m. and 6p.m.\nan illuminated board erected close to, but not next to, a no entry sign indicating that commercial trucks are permitted to pass the sign when the words on the board are illuminated\n(sec.317-ssec.1) A traffic control device may, by the use of words, figures, symbols or anything else indicate any of the following— the times, days or circumstances when it applies or does not apply; the lengths of road or areas where it applies or does not apply; the persons to whom it applies or does not apply; the vehicles to which it applies or does not apply; other information. A speed limit sign may indicate that it applies when the lights at a children’s crossing are flashing. A speed limit sign may indicate that it applies when children are present.\n(sec.317-ssec.2) In this section— traffic control device includes a board, device, plate, screen, word, figure, symbol, or anything else, with a traffic control device that provides information about the application of the traffic control device. a plate erected immediately below a no U-turn sign indicating that the sign applies on Monday to Friday between 8a.m. and 6p.m. an illuminated board erected close to, but not next to, a no entry sign indicating that commercial trucks are permitted to pass the sign when the words on the board are illuminated\n- (a) the times, days or circumstances when it applies or does not apply;\n- (b) the lengths of road or areas where it applies or does not apply;\n- (c) the persons to whom it applies or does not apply;\n- (d) the vehicles to which it applies or does not apply;\n- (e) other information.\n- 1 A speed limit sign may indicate that it applies when the lights at a children’s crossing are flashing.\n- 2 A speed limit sign may indicate that it applies when children are present.\n- • a plate erected immediately below a no U-turn sign indicating that the sign applies on Monday to Friday between 8a.m. and 6p.m.\n- • an illuminated board erected close to, but not next to, a no entry sign indicating that commercial trucks are permitted to pass the sign when the words on the board are illuminated","sortOrder":471},{"sectionNumber":"sec.318","sectionType":"section","heading":"Limited effect of certain traffic control devices","content":"### sec.318 Limited effect of certain traffic control devices\n\nIf information on a traffic control device indicates that the device applies during particular times, on particular days, in particular circumstances, to a particular length of road or area, or to particular persons or vehicles, the device has effect only for the indicated times, days, circumstances, length of road, area, persons or vehicles.\na shared zone sign on a road into an area indicating that the sign applies on Monday to Friday between 7a.m. and 6p.m.\nIf information on a traffic control device indicates that the device does not apply during particular times, on particular days, in particular circumstances, to a particular length of road or area, or to particular persons or vehicles, the device does not have effect for the indicated times, days, circumstances, length of road, area, persons or vehicles.\na plate erected next to a pedestrian crossing sign at a place indicating that the sign does not apply on a particular day\na board erected close to a bus lane sign above a marked lane indicating that the sign does not apply when the words on the board are illuminated\nIf information on a traffic control device that is at a place indicates that it applies on a particular day of the week, the device does not have effect on a day that is a public holiday for the place unless information on the device states otherwise.\nIf a loading zone sign indicates that it applies on Monday to Friday between 9a.m. and 4p.m. and information on or with the sign does not indicate that it applies on public holidays, the sign does not have effect on any public holiday falling on a Monday to Friday.\nIn this section—\ntraffic control device includes a board, device, plate, screen, word, figure, symbol, or anything else, with a traffic control device that provides information about the application of the traffic control device.\n(sec.318-ssec.1) If information on a traffic control device indicates that the device applies during particular times, on particular days, in particular circumstances, to a particular length of road or area, or to particular persons or vehicles, the device has effect only for the indicated times, days, circumstances, length of road, area, persons or vehicles. a shared zone sign on a road into an area indicating that the sign applies on Monday to Friday between 7a.m. and 6p.m.\n(sec.318-ssec.2) If information on a traffic control device indicates that the device does not apply during particular times, on particular days, in particular circumstances, to a particular length of road or area, or to particular persons or vehicles, the device does not have effect for the indicated times, days, circumstances, length of road, area, persons or vehicles. a plate erected next to a pedestrian crossing sign at a place indicating that the sign does not apply on a particular day a board erected close to a bus lane sign above a marked lane indicating that the sign does not apply when the words on the board are illuminated\n(sec.318-ssec.3) If information on a traffic control device that is at a place indicates that it applies on a particular day of the week, the device does not have effect on a day that is a public holiday for the place unless information on the device states otherwise. If a loading zone sign indicates that it applies on Monday to Friday between 9a.m. and 4p.m. and information on or with the sign does not indicate that it applies on public holidays, the sign does not have effect on any public holiday falling on a Monday to Friday.\n(sec.318-ssec.4) In this section— traffic control device includes a board, device, plate, screen, word, figure, symbol, or anything else, with a traffic control device that provides information about the application of the traffic control device.\n- • a plate erected next to a pedestrian crossing sign at a place indicating that the sign does not apply on a particular day\n- • a board erected close to a bus lane sign above a marked lane indicating that the sign does not apply when the words on the board are illuminated","sortOrder":472},{"sectionNumber":"sec.319","sectionType":"section","heading":"Legal effect of traffic-related items mentioned in this regulation","content":"### sec.319 Legal effect of traffic-related items mentioned in this regulation\n\nA traffic-related item of a kind mentioned in this regulation has effect for this regulation if—\nthe item is on a road or on a vehicle on a road; and\nthe item complies substantially with this regulation.\nA traffic-related item is taken to comply with this regulation unless the contrary is proved.\n(sec.319-ssec.1) A traffic-related item of a kind mentioned in this regulation has effect for this regulation if— the item is on a road or on a vehicle on a road; and the item complies substantially with this regulation.\n(sec.319-ssec.2) A traffic-related item is taken to comply with this regulation unless the contrary is proved.\n- (a) the item is on a road or on a vehicle on a road; and\n- (b) the item complies substantially with this regulation.","sortOrder":473},{"sectionNumber":"sec.320","sectionType":"section","heading":"When do traffic-related items comply substantially with this regulation","content":"### sec.320 When do traffic-related items comply substantially with this regulation\n\nA traffic-related item complies substantially with this regulation if—\nit is a reasonable likeness of a diagram in schedule 4 of that kind of traffic-related item; or\nfor a traffic-related item of a kind for which there is not a diagram in schedule 4 —\nit complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic-related item in this regulation; and\nif the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the item is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\nA traffic-related item may be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of traffic-related item mentioned in this regulation even though—\nthe dimensions of the item or of anything on the item are different; or\nthe item has additional information.\nA symbol on a traffic-related item may be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of symbol mentioned in this regulation even though the dimensions of the symbol or of anything on the symbol are different.\n(sec.320-ssec.1) A traffic-related item complies substantially with this regulation if— it is a reasonable likeness of a diagram in schedule 4 of that kind of traffic-related item; or for a traffic-related item of a kind for which there is not a diagram in schedule 4 — it complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic-related item in this regulation; and if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the item is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\n(sec.320-ssec.2) A traffic-related item may be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of traffic-related item mentioned in this regulation even though— the dimensions of the item or of anything on the item are different; or the item has additional information.\n(sec.320-ssec.3) A symbol on a traffic-related item may be a reasonable likeness of a diagram of a kind of symbol mentioned in this regulation even though the dimensions of the symbol or of anything on the symbol are different.\n- (a) it is a reasonable likeness of a diagram in schedule 4 of that kind of traffic-related item; or\n- (b) for a traffic-related item of a kind for which there is not a diagram in schedule 4 — (i) it complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic-related item in this regulation; and (ii) if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the item is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\n- (i) it complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic-related item in this regulation; and\n- (ii) if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the item is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\n- (i) it complies substantially with a description of that kind of traffic-related item in this regulation; and\n- (ii) if the description includes a symbol for which there is a diagram in schedule 4 , the symbol on the item is a reasonable likeness of the diagram.\n- (a) the dimensions of the item or of anything on the item are different; or\n- (b) the item has additional information.","sortOrder":474},{"sectionNumber":"sec.321","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of information on or with traffic control devices and traffic-related items","content":"### sec.321 Meaning of information on or with traffic control devices and traffic-related items\n\nA word, figure, symbol or anything else used on or with a traffic control device or traffic-related item has the same meaning as in this regulation.","sortOrder":475},{"sectionNumber":"sec.322","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reference to traffic control devices and traffic-related items on a road etc.","content":"### sec.322 Reference to traffic control devices and traffic-related items on a road etc.\n\nA traffic control device or traffic-related item above or near a road is taken to be on the road.\nA speed limit sign erected on a post at the side of a road is taken to be a speed limit sign on the road.\nA traffic lane arrow on a structure immediately above the road is taken to be a traffic lane arrow on the road.\nA do not overtake turning vehicle sign attached to a vehicle on a road is taken to be a do not overtake turning vehicle sign on the road.\nHowever, the device or item is taken to be on the road only if it is clearly visible to road users to whom it is designed to apply.\nA shared zone sign erected on a post near the side of a road is a traffic sign on the road only if it is clearly visible to drivers driving on the road during the day and in normal weather conditions.\nA traffic control device or traffic-related item above or near an area or place is taken to be in or at the area or place.\nTraffic lights erected outside the area of an intersection, but near that area, are taken to be traffic lights at the intersection.\nA hook turn only sign fixed to a structure above a road that is close to, but before, an intersection is taken to be a hook turn only sign at the intersection.\nA parking control sign near the side of a road is taken to be at the side of the road.\nA parking control sign near the centre of a road is taken to be at the centre of the road.\nHowever, the device or item is taken to be in or at the area or place only if it is clearly visible to road users to whom it is designed to apply.\nA no right turn sign suspended from wires above a road close to, but before, an intersection is a traffic sign at the intersection only if it is clearly visible to drivers approaching the intersection during the day and in normal weather conditions.\nWithout limiting subsection (3) , a traffic control device or traffic-related item above or near a break in a dividing strip is taken to be at the break.\nA no U-turn sign erected in a dividing strip close to, but before, a break in the dividing strip is taken to be at the break.\nHowever, the device or item is taken to be at the break only if it is clearly visible to road users to whom it is designed to apply.\nA traffic control device or traffic-related item is taken to comply with subsection (2) , (4) or (6) unless the contrary is proved.\nIn this section—\nclearly visible means—\nfor a traffic signal—clearly visible during the day and night in normal weather conditions; or\nfor another traffic control device or a traffic-related item—clearly visible during the day in normal weather conditions.\nday means the period between sunrise on a day and sunset on the same day.\nnormal weather conditions means weather conditions that are not hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility.\n(sec.322-ssec.1) A traffic control device or traffic-related item above or near a road is taken to be on the road. A speed limit sign erected on a post at the side of a road is taken to be a speed limit sign on the road. A traffic lane arrow on a structure immediately above the road is taken to be a traffic lane arrow on the road. A do not overtake turning vehicle sign attached to a vehicle on a road is taken to be a do not overtake turning vehicle sign on the road.\n(sec.322-ssec.2) However, the device or item is taken to be on the road only if it is clearly visible to road users to whom it is designed to apply. A shared zone sign erected on a post near the side of a road is a traffic sign on the road only if it is clearly visible to drivers driving on the road during the day and in normal weather conditions.\n(sec.322-ssec.3) A traffic control device or traffic-related item above or near an area or place is taken to be in or at the area or place. Traffic lights erected outside the area of an intersection, but near that area, are taken to be traffic lights at the intersection. A hook turn only sign fixed to a structure above a road that is close to, but before, an intersection is taken to be a hook turn only sign at the intersection. A parking control sign near the side of a road is taken to be at the side of the road. A parking control sign near the centre of a road is taken to be at the centre of the road.\n(sec.322-ssec.4) However, the device or item is taken to be in or at the area or place only if it is clearly visible to road users to whom it is designed to apply. A no right turn sign suspended from wires above a road close to, but before, an intersection is a traffic sign at the intersection only if it is clearly visible to drivers approaching the intersection during the day and in normal weather conditions.\n(sec.322-ssec.5) Without limiting subsection (3) , a traffic control device or traffic-related item above or near a break in a dividing strip is taken to be at the break. A no U-turn sign erected in a dividing strip close to, but before, a break in the dividing strip is taken to be at the break.\n(sec.322-ssec.6) However, the device or item is taken to be at the break only if it is clearly visible to road users to whom it is designed to apply.\n(sec.322-ssec.7) A traffic control device or traffic-related item is taken to comply with subsection (2) , (4) or (6) unless the contrary is proved.\n(sec.322-ssec.8) In this section— clearly visible means— for a traffic signal—clearly visible during the day and night in normal weather conditions; or for another traffic control device or a traffic-related item—clearly visible during the day in normal weather conditions. day means the period between sunrise on a day and sunset on the same day. normal weather conditions means weather conditions that are not hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility.\n- 1 A speed limit sign erected on a post at the side of a road is taken to be a speed limit sign on the road.\n- 2 A traffic lane arrow on a structure immediately above the road is taken to be a traffic lane arrow on the road.\n- 3 A do not overtake turning vehicle sign attached to a vehicle on a road is taken to be a do not overtake turning vehicle sign on the road.\n- 1 Traffic lights erected outside the area of an intersection, but near that area, are taken to be traffic lights at the intersection.\n- 2 A hook turn only sign fixed to a structure above a road that is close to, but before, an intersection is taken to be a hook turn only sign at the intersection.\n- 3 A parking control sign near the side of a road is taken to be at the side of the road.\n- 4 A parking control sign near the centre of a road is taken to be at the centre of the road.\n- (a) for a traffic signal—clearly visible during the day and night in normal weather conditions; or\n- (b) for another traffic control device or a traffic-related item—clearly visible during the day in normal weather conditions.","sortOrder":476},{"sectionNumber":"sec.323","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to lights that are traffic signals","content":"### sec.323 References to lights that are traffic signals\n\nA reference in this regulation to a light that is, or is part of, traffic signals is a reference to a steady light, unless otherwise expressly stated.","sortOrder":477},{"sectionNumber":"sec.323A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Audible lines","content":"### sec.323A Audible lines\n\nAn audible line is a line on a road that is made up of a series of closely spaced raised pieces of material designed to create a continuous noise or vibration if driven on by a motor vehicle.\nA reference in this regulation to a line is to be taken to include a reference to an audible line, unless otherwise expressly stated.\nFor the purposes of this regulation—\nan audible line is taken to be continuous even if there is no physical link between the pieces of material making up the line; and\nif there is no physical link between those pieces, the colour of the audible line is taken to be the visible colour of those pieces.\n(sec.323A-ssec.1) An audible line is a line on a road that is made up of a series of closely spaced raised pieces of material designed to create a continuous noise or vibration if driven on by a motor vehicle.\n(sec.323A-ssec.2) A reference in this regulation to a line is to be taken to include a reference to an audible line, unless otherwise expressly stated.\n(sec.323A-ssec.3) For the purposes of this regulation— an audible line is taken to be continuous even if there is no physical link between the pieces of material making up the line; and if there is no physical link between those pieces, the colour of the audible line is taken to be the visible colour of those pieces.\n- (a) an audible line is taken to be continuous even if there is no physical link between the pieces of material making up the line; and\n- (b) if there is no physical link between those pieces, the colour of the audible line is taken to be the visible colour of those pieces.","sortOrder":478},{"sectionNumber":"pt.20-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Application of traffic control devices to lengths of roads and areas","content":"## Application of traffic control devices to lengths of roads and areas","sortOrder":479},{"sectionNumber":"sec.324","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.324 Purpose of division\n\nThis division contains rules explaining when traffic control devices apply to lengths of road and areas.\nOther relevant rules are found elsewhere in this regulation.\n(sec.324-ssec.1) This division contains rules explaining when traffic control devices apply to lengths of road and areas.\n(sec.324-ssec.2) Other relevant rules are found elsewhere in this regulation.","sortOrder":480},{"sectionNumber":"sec.325","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to traffic control devices—application to lengths of road and areas","content":"### sec.325 References to traffic control devices—application to lengths of road and areas\n\nIn applying this regulation to a length of road or an area, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a traffic control device is a reference to a traffic control device applying to the length of road or area.","sortOrder":481},{"sectionNumber":"sec.326","sectionType":"section","heading":"When do traffic control devices apply to a length of road or area—the basic rules","content":"### sec.326 When do traffic control devices apply to a length of road or area—the basic rules\n\nA traffic control device applies to a length of road or an area if—\nthe device applies to the length of road or area under 1 or more provisions of this regulation; or\nthe device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the length of road or area.\nA traffic control device does not apply to a length of road or an area if information on or with the device expressly indicates that it does not apply to the length of road or area.\nSubsection (2) applies despite any other provision of this division.\nIn subsection (1) (b) —\nthe device includes another traffic control device.\n(sec.326-ssec.1) A traffic control device applies to a length of road or an area if— the device applies to the length of road or area under 1 or more provisions of this regulation; or the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the length of road or area.\n(sec.326-ssec.2) A traffic control device does not apply to a length of road or an area if information on or with the device expressly indicates that it does not apply to the length of road or area.\n(sec.326-ssec.3) Subsection (2) applies despite any other provision of this division.\n(sec.326-ssec.4) In subsection (1) (b) — the device includes another traffic control device.\n- (a) the device applies to the length of road or area under 1 or more provisions of this regulation; or\n- (b) the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the length of road or area.","sortOrder":482},{"sectionNumber":"sec.327","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length of road to which a traffic sign (except a parking control sign) applies","content":"### sec.327 Length of road to which a traffic sign (except a parking control sign) applies\n\nThe length of road to which a traffic sign on a road (except a parking control sign) applies is worked out in the direction driven by a driver, or travelled by a pedestrian, on the road who faces the sign before passing it.\nSection 21 (2) provides that a speed limit sign applies to the length of road beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of a different speed limit sign, an end speed limit sign or speed derestriction sign, or the end of the road. Only the nearest of those things, in the direction driven by a driver, or travelled by a pedestrian, who faces the sign before passing it, is relevant.","sortOrder":483},{"sectionNumber":"sec.328","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to a traffic control device applying to a length of road","content":"### sec.328 References to a traffic control device applying to a length of road\n\nIf, under this regulation, a traffic control device on a road applies to a length of road, the device applies only to a length of road on that road, unless otherwise expressly stated.\nA speed limit sign on a road does not apply to roads leading off from the road.","sortOrder":484},{"sectionNumber":"sec.329","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic control devices applying to a marked lane","content":"### sec.329 Traffic control devices applying to a marked lane\n\nA traffic control device (except a road marking) applies to a marked lane if—\nit is above the marked lane; or\nit is near the marked lane and the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to the marked lane.\nAn emergency stopping lane only sign applies to the marked lane indicated by the arrow on the sign.\nA road marking applies to a marked lane if it is on the surface of the lane.\nHowever, a traffic control device does not apply to a marked lane if information on or with the device expressly indicates that the device does not apply to the marked lane.\nIn subsection (1) (b) —\nthe device includes another traffic control device.\n(sec.329-ssec.1) A traffic control device (except a road marking) applies to a marked lane if— it is above the marked lane; or it is near the marked lane and the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to the marked lane. An emergency stopping lane only sign applies to the marked lane indicated by the arrow on the sign.\n(sec.329-ssec.2) A road marking applies to a marked lane if it is on the surface of the lane.\n(sec.329-ssec.3) However, a traffic control device does not apply to a marked lane if information on or with the device expressly indicates that the device does not apply to the marked lane.\n(sec.329-ssec.4) In subsection (1) (b) — the device includes another traffic control device.\n- (a) it is above the marked lane; or\n- (b) it is near the marked lane and the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to the marked lane.","sortOrder":485},{"sectionNumber":"sec.330","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic control devices applying to a slip lane","content":"### sec.330 Traffic control devices applying to a slip lane\n\nA traffic control device (except a road marking) applies to a slip lane if—\nit is above the slip lane; or\nit is near the slip lane and on the left side of the slip lane; or\nit is near the slip lane and the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to the slip lane.\nA road marking applies to a slip lane if it is on the surface of the slip lane.\nHowever, a traffic control device does not apply to a slip lane if information on or with the device expressly indicates that the device does not apply to the slip lane.\nIn subsection (1) (c) —\nthe device includes another traffic control device.\n(sec.330-ssec.1) A traffic control device (except a road marking) applies to a slip lane if— it is above the slip lane; or it is near the slip lane and on the left side of the slip lane; or it is near the slip lane and the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to the slip lane.\n(sec.330-ssec.2) A road marking applies to a slip lane if it is on the surface of the slip lane.\n(sec.330-ssec.3) However, a traffic control device does not apply to a slip lane if information on or with the device expressly indicates that the device does not apply to the slip lane.\n(sec.330-ssec.4) In subsection (1) (c) — the device includes another traffic control device.\n- (a) it is above the slip lane; or\n- (b) it is near the slip lane and on the left side of the slip lane; or\n- (c) it is near the slip lane and the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to the slip lane.","sortOrder":486},{"sectionNumber":"sec.331","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic control devices applying to an intersection","content":"### sec.331 Traffic control devices applying to an intersection\n\nA traffic control device—\napplies to an intersection if it is at the intersection; and\ndoes not apply to a slip lane at the intersection, unless information on or with the device expressly indicates that the device does not apply to the intersection.\n- (a) applies to an intersection if it is at the intersection; and\n- (b) does not apply to a slip lane at the intersection, unless information on or with the device expressly indicates that the device does not apply to the intersection.","sortOrder":487},{"sectionNumber":"sec.332","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parking control signs applying to a length of road","content":"### sec.332 Parking control signs applying to a length of road\n\nIf a parking control sign displays an arrow and is at the side of a road, then, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise, the sign applies to the length of road between the sign and the nearest (in the direction indicated by the arrow) of the following—\na parking control sign at that side of the road that displays an arrow indicating the opposite direction;\na yellow edge line on the road;\nif the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\nIf a parking control sign displays an arrow and is at the centre of a road or on a dividing strip, then, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise, the sign applies to the length of road between the sign and the nearest (in the direction indicated by the arrow) of the following—\na parking control sign at that side of the road that displays an arrow indicating the opposite direction;\na yellow edge line on the road;\nif the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\n(sec.332-ssec.1) If a parking control sign displays an arrow and is at the side of a road, then, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise, the sign applies to the length of road between the sign and the nearest (in the direction indicated by the arrow) of the following— a parking control sign at that side of the road that displays an arrow indicating the opposite direction; a yellow edge line on the road; if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\n(sec.332-ssec.2) If a parking control sign displays an arrow and is at the centre of a road or on a dividing strip, then, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise, the sign applies to the length of road between the sign and the nearest (in the direction indicated by the arrow) of the following— a parking control sign at that side of the road that displays an arrow indicating the opposite direction; a yellow edge line on the road; if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\n- (a) a parking control sign at that side of the road that displays an arrow indicating the opposite direction;\n- (b) a yellow edge line on the road;\n- (c) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.\n- (a) a parking control sign at that side of the road that displays an arrow indicating the opposite direction;\n- (b) a yellow edge line on the road;\n- (c) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end—the end of the road.","sortOrder":488},{"sectionNumber":"sec.333","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parking control signs applying to a length of road in an area to which another parking control sign applies etc.","content":"### sec.333 Parking control signs applying to a length of road in an area to which another parking control sign applies etc.\n\nIf a parking control sign applying to a length of road is in an area to which another parking control sign applies in accordance with section 335 , the first parking control sign applies in the same way as it would apply if it were not in that area, and the second parking control sign does not apply to the length of road.\nParking control signs that establish a loading zone or taxi zone may operate on a length of road in an area where parking is otherwise restricted to residents only by other parking control signs on each road into the area.\nIf the area indicated by a people with disabilities road marking is in an area to which a parking control sign applies in accordance with section 335 , the road marking applies in the same way as it would apply if it were not in that area, and the parking control sign does not apply to the area indicated by the road marking.\n(sec.333-ssec.1) If a parking control sign applying to a length of road is in an area to which another parking control sign applies in accordance with section 335 , the first parking control sign applies in the same way as it would apply if it were not in that area, and the second parking control sign does not apply to the length of road. Parking control signs that establish a loading zone or taxi zone may operate on a length of road in an area where parking is otherwise restricted to residents only by other parking control signs on each road into the area.\n(sec.333-ssec.2) If the area indicated by a people with disabilities road marking is in an area to which a parking control sign applies in accordance with section 335 , the road marking applies in the same way as it would apply if it were not in that area, and the parking control sign does not apply to the area indicated by the road marking.","sortOrder":489},{"sectionNumber":"sec.334","sectionType":"section","heading":"How parking control signs apply to a length of road","content":"### sec.334 How parking control signs apply to a length of road\n\nIf a permissive parking sign, bicycle parking sign, motorbike parking sign, or a parking control sign for a zone mentioned in part 12 , division 5 , applies to a length of road and there are parking bays on the length of road, the sign applies only to the parking bays, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise.\nIf a parking control sign applies to a length of road, the sign is at the side of the road, and there are no parking bays to which the sign applies, then, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise, the sign applies to—\nany shoulder of the road on that side of the road; and\nthe part of the road on the length of road extending from the far side of the road (excluding any road-related area) on that side of the road for—\nif the sign, or information on or with the sign, includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’—6 metres; or\nin any other case—3 metres.\nIf a parking control sign applies to a length of road, the sign is at the centre of the road or on a dividing strip, and there are no parking bays to which the sign applies, then, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise, the sign applies to—\nif the sign is at the centre of the road, but not on a dividing strip—the part of the road on that length of road extending 3m from the centre of the road on each side of the road; or\nif the sign is on a dividing strip—the dividing strip on that length of road and the part of the road on that length of road extending 3m from each edge of the dividing strip.\n(sec.334-ssec.1) If a permissive parking sign, bicycle parking sign, motorbike parking sign, or a parking control sign for a zone mentioned in part 12 , division 5 , applies to a length of road and there are parking bays on the length of road, the sign applies only to the parking bays, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise.\n(sec.334-ssec.2) If a parking control sign applies to a length of road, the sign is at the side of the road, and there are no parking bays to which the sign applies, then, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise, the sign applies to— any shoulder of the road on that side of the road; and the part of the road on the length of road extending from the far side of the road (excluding any road-related area) on that side of the road for— if the sign, or information on or with the sign, includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’—6 metres; or in any other case—3 metres.\n(sec.334-ssec.3) If a parking control sign applies to a length of road, the sign is at the centre of the road or on a dividing strip, and there are no parking bays to which the sign applies, then, unless information on or with the sign indicates otherwise, the sign applies to— if the sign is at the centre of the road, but not on a dividing strip—the part of the road on that length of road extending 3m from the centre of the road on each side of the road; or if the sign is on a dividing strip—the dividing strip on that length of road and the part of the road on that length of road extending 3m from each edge of the dividing strip.\n- (a) any shoulder of the road on that side of the road; and\n- (b) the part of the road on the length of road extending from the far side of the road (excluding any road-related area) on that side of the road for— (i) if the sign, or information on or with the sign, includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’—6 metres; or (ii) in any other case—3 metres.\n- (i) if the sign, or information on or with the sign, includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’—6 metres; or\n- (ii) in any other case—3 metres.\n- (i) if the sign, or information on or with the sign, includes the words ‘angle parking’ or ‘angle’—6 metres; or\n- (ii) in any other case—3 metres.\n- (a) if the sign is at the centre of the road, but not on a dividing strip—the part of the road on that length of road extending 3m from the centre of the road on each side of the road; or\n- (b) if the sign is on a dividing strip—the dividing strip on that length of road and the part of the road on that length of road extending 3m from each edge of the dividing strip.","sortOrder":490},{"sectionNumber":"sec.335","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic control devices applying to an area","content":"### sec.335 Traffic control devices applying to an area\n\nA traffic control device (except a road marking) applies to an area if—\nit is in the area; and\nthe device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the area.\nA traffic control device (except a road marking) also applies to an area if—\nthere is an identical kind of traffic control device (the first traffic control device ) on each road into the area; and\nthe traffic control device is a traffic control device applying to an area, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to an area; and\ninformation on or with a traffic control device on each road out of the area indicates that the first traffic control device no longer applies or that the area has ended.\na shared zone sign\na no stopping sign or no parking sign with the word ‘area’\na permissive parking sign with the words ‘parking area’\nan end no parking area sign\nan end no stopping area sign\nan end parking area sign\nA road marking applies to an area if—\nit is on the surface of the area; and\nthe road marking, the position of the road marking, or information in or with the road marking indicates that the road marking applies to the area.\nHowever, a traffic control device does not apply to an area if information on or with the device expressly indicates that the device does not apply to the area.\nA parking control sign that applies to an area applies to parking bays on each length of road in the area, and to other parts of each length of road, as if it were a parking control sign applying only to that length of road.\nIn this section—\nroad , in subsection (2) (a) and (c) and for an area of road, does not include a road-related area.\nthe device , in subsection (1) (b) , includes another traffic control device.\nthe road marking , in subsection (3) (b) , includes another traffic control device.\n(sec.335-ssec.1) A traffic control device (except a road marking) applies to an area if— it is in the area; and the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the area.\n(sec.335-ssec.2) A traffic control device (except a road marking) also applies to an area if— there is an identical kind of traffic control device (the first traffic control device ) on each road into the area; and the traffic control device is a traffic control device applying to an area, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to an area; and information on or with a traffic control device on each road out of the area indicates that the first traffic control device no longer applies or that the area has ended. a shared zone sign a no stopping sign or no parking sign with the word ‘area’ a permissive parking sign with the words ‘parking area’ an end no parking area sign an end no stopping area sign an end parking area sign\n(sec.335-ssec.3) A road marking applies to an area if— it is on the surface of the area; and the road marking, the position of the road marking, or information in or with the road marking indicates that the road marking applies to the area.\n(sec.335-ssec.4) However, a traffic control device does not apply to an area if information on or with the device expressly indicates that the device does not apply to the area.\n(sec.335-ssec.5) A parking control sign that applies to an area applies to parking bays on each length of road in the area, and to other parts of each length of road, as if it were a parking control sign applying only to that length of road.\n(sec.335-ssec.6) In this section— road , in subsection (2) (a) and (c) and for an area of road, does not include a road-related area. the device , in subsection (1) (b) , includes another traffic control device. the road marking , in subsection (3) (b) , includes another traffic control device.\n- (a) it is in the area; and\n- (b) the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the area.\n- (a) there is an identical kind of traffic control device (the first traffic control device ) on each road into the area; and\n- (b) the traffic control device is a traffic control device applying to an area, or information on or with the device indicates that it applies to an area; and\n- (c) information on or with a traffic control device on each road out of the area indicates that the first traffic control device no longer applies or that the area has ended.\n- • a shared zone sign\n- • a no stopping sign or no parking sign with the word ‘area’\n- • a permissive parking sign with the words ‘parking area’\n- • an end no parking area sign\n- • an end no stopping area sign\n- • an end parking area sign\n- (a) it is on the surface of the area; and\n- (b) the road marking, the position of the road marking, or information in or with the road marking indicates that the road marking applies to the area.","sortOrder":491},{"sectionNumber":"sec.336","sectionType":"section","heading":"How separated footpath signs and separated footpath road markings apply","content":"### sec.336 How separated footpath signs and separated footpath road markings apply\n\nA separated footpath sign, or separated footpath road marking, on a footpath applies in the way set out in this section.\nThe part of the footpath to the left of the centre of the footpath is designated—\nif a pedestrian symbol is on the left side of the sign or the path—for the use of pedestrians; or\nif a bicycle symbol is on the left side of the sign or the path—for the use of bicycles.\nThe part of the footpath to the right of the centre of the footpath is designated—\nif a pedestrian symbol is on the right side of the sign or the path—for the use of pedestrians; or\nif a bicycle symbol is on the right side of the sign or the path—for the use of bicycles.\nSee section 243 about using a wheeled recreational device on a separated footpath.\ns 336 amd 2013 SL No. 150 s 25 ; 2018 SL No. 217 s 14 ; 2022 SL No. 142 s 99\n(sec.336-ssec.1) A separated footpath sign, or separated footpath road marking, on a footpath applies in the way set out in this section.\n(sec.336-ssec.2) The part of the footpath to the left of the centre of the footpath is designated— if a pedestrian symbol is on the left side of the sign or the path—for the use of pedestrians; or if a bicycle symbol is on the left side of the sign or the path—for the use of bicycles.\n(sec.336-ssec.3) The part of the footpath to the right of the centre of the footpath is designated— if a pedestrian symbol is on the right side of the sign or the path—for the use of pedestrians; or if a bicycle symbol is on the right side of the sign or the path—for the use of bicycles.\n- (a) if a pedestrian symbol is on the left side of the sign or the path—for the use of pedestrians; or\n- (b) if a bicycle symbol is on the left side of the sign or the path—for the use of bicycles.\n- (a) if a pedestrian symbol is on the right side of the sign or the path—for the use of pedestrians; or\n- (b) if a bicycle symbol is on the right side of the sign or the path—for the use of bicycles.","sortOrder":492},{"sectionNumber":"pt.20-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Application of traffic control devices to persons","content":"## Application of traffic control devices to persons","sortOrder":493},{"sectionNumber":"sec.337","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of division","content":"### sec.337 Purpose of division\n\nThis division explains when a traffic control device applies to a person.","sortOrder":494},{"sectionNumber":"sec.338","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to traffic control devices—application to persons","content":"### sec.338 References to traffic control devices—application to persons\n\nIn applying this regulation to a person, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a traffic control device is a reference to a traffic control device applying to the person.","sortOrder":495},{"sectionNumber":"sec.339","sectionType":"section","heading":"When do traffic control devices apply to a person—the basic rules","content":"### sec.339 When do traffic control devices apply to a person—the basic rules\n\nA traffic control device applies to a person if—\nthe device applies to the person under a provision of this division; or\nthe device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the person.\nA traffic control device does not apply to a person if information on or with the device expressly indicates that it does not apply to the person.\nSubsection (2) applies despite any other provision of this division.\nIn subsection (1) (b) —\nthe device includes another traffic control device.\n(sec.339-ssec.1) A traffic control device applies to a person if— the device applies to the person under a provision of this division; or the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the person.\n(sec.339-ssec.2) A traffic control device does not apply to a person if information on or with the device expressly indicates that it does not apply to the person.\n(sec.339-ssec.3) Subsection (2) applies despite any other provision of this division.\n(sec.339-ssec.4) In subsection (1) (b) — the device includes another traffic control device.\n- (a) the device applies to the person under a provision of this division; or\n- (b) the device, the position of the device, or information on or with the device indicates that the device applies to the person.","sortOrder":496},{"sectionNumber":"sec.340","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic control devices (except road markings and parking control signs)","content":"### sec.340 Traffic control devices (except road markings and parking control signs)\n\nA traffic control device (except a road marking or parking control sign) applies to a person if—\nthe device faces the person; or\nthe person has passed the device and the device faced the person as the person approached it.\nHowever, the device does not apply to the person if the position of the device indicates that it does not apply to the person.\nIf a driver is driving in a marked lane of a multi-lane road, a traffic lane arrow above another marked lane does not apply to the driver.\nIf a driver is turning left using a slip lane at an intersection, a traffic light on the right side of the painted island or traffic island that separates the slip lane from other parts of the road does not apply to the driver.\nIf a driver is driving on a two-way road, a speed limit sign facing only traffic travelling in the opposite direction does not apply to the driver.\n(sec.340-ssec.1) A traffic control device (except a road marking or parking control sign) applies to a person if— the device faces the person; or the person has passed the device and the device faced the person as the person approached it.\n(sec.340-ssec.2) However, the device does not apply to the person if the position of the device indicates that it does not apply to the person. If a driver is driving in a marked lane of a multi-lane road, a traffic lane arrow above another marked lane does not apply to the driver. If a driver is turning left using a slip lane at an intersection, a traffic light on the right side of the painted island or traffic island that separates the slip lane from other parts of the road does not apply to the driver. If a driver is driving on a two-way road, a speed limit sign facing only traffic travelling in the opposite direction does not apply to the driver.\n- (a) the device faces the person; or\n- (b) the person has passed the device and the device faced the person as the person approached it.\n- 1 If a driver is driving in a marked lane of a multi-lane road, a traffic lane arrow above another marked lane does not apply to the driver.\n- 2 If a driver is turning left using a slip lane at an intersection, a traffic light on the right side of the painted island or traffic island that separates the slip lane from other parts of the road does not apply to the driver.\n- 3 If a driver is driving on a two-way road, a speed limit sign facing only traffic travelling in the opposite direction does not apply to the driver.","sortOrder":497},{"sectionNumber":"sec.341","sectionType":"section","heading":"Road markings","content":"### sec.341 Road markings\n\nA road marking on the surface of a road applies to a person on the road unless the position of the road marking indicates that it does not apply to the person.\nIf a driver is driving on a road that is not a multi-lane road or one-way road, a road marking to the right of the centre of the road does not apply to the driver.\nIf a driver is driving in a marked lane of a multi-lane road, a road marking in another marked lane does not apply to the driver.\nAt an intersection, or on a roundabout, road markings indicating the edge of a marked lane for use by traffic coming from a particular direction do not apply to a driver coming from another direction.\n- 1 If a driver is driving on a road that is not a multi-lane road or one-way road, a road marking to the right of the centre of the road does not apply to the driver.\n- 2 If a driver is driving in a marked lane of a multi-lane road, a road marking in another marked lane does not apply to the driver.\n- 3 At an intersection, or on a roundabout, road markings indicating the edge of a marked lane for use by traffic coming from a particular direction do not apply to a driver coming from another direction.","sortOrder":498},{"sectionNumber":"sec.342","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic signs (except parking control signs) applying to a length of road","content":"### sec.342 Traffic signs (except parking control signs) applying to a length of road\n\nA traffic sign (except a parking control sign) applying to a length of road and to drivers applies to a driver driving on the length of road if the driver is driving in the same direction as a driver on the road who faces the sign before passing it.\nA traffic sign applying to a length of road and to pedestrians applies to a pedestrian travelling on the length of road if the pedestrian is travelling in the same direction as a pedestrian on the road who faces the sign before passing it.\nThe traffic sign applies to the driver or pedestrian even though the driver or pedestrian does not pass the sign.\nIf a driver turns from a side road or private land onto a length of road to which a traffic sign applies, the traffic sign applies to the driver even though the driver does not pass the sign.\nSubsections (1) to (3) do not affect the operation of the Criminal Code , section 24 .\nCriminal Code , section 24 (Mistake of fact)\n(sec.342-ssec.1) A traffic sign (except a parking control sign) applying to a length of road and to drivers applies to a driver driving on the length of road if the driver is driving in the same direction as a driver on the road who faces the sign before passing it.\n(sec.342-ssec.2) A traffic sign applying to a length of road and to pedestrians applies to a pedestrian travelling on the length of road if the pedestrian is travelling in the same direction as a pedestrian on the road who faces the sign before passing it.\n(sec.342-ssec.3) The traffic sign applies to the driver or pedestrian even though the driver or pedestrian does not pass the sign. If a driver turns from a side road or private land onto a length of road to which a traffic sign applies, the traffic sign applies to the driver even though the driver does not pass the sign.\n(sec.342-ssec.4) Subsections (1) to (3) do not affect the operation of the Criminal Code , section 24 . Criminal Code , section 24 (Mistake of fact)","sortOrder":499},{"sectionNumber":"sec.343","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic signs (except parking control signs) applying to an area","content":"### sec.343 Traffic signs (except parking control signs) applying to an area\n\nA traffic sign (except a parking control sign) applying to an area and to drivers applies to a driver driving on any road in the area.\nA traffic sign applying to an area and to pedestrians applies to a pedestrian on any road in the area.\nThe traffic sign applies to the driver or pedestrian even though the driver or pedestrian does not pass the sign.\nThe shared zone signs on the roads into a shared zone apply to a driver who starts a journey inside the shared zone.\nSubsections (1) to (3) do not affect the operation of the Criminal Code , section 24 .\n(sec.343-ssec.1) A traffic sign (except a parking control sign) applying to an area and to drivers applies to a driver driving on any road in the area.\n(sec.343-ssec.2) A traffic sign applying to an area and to pedestrians applies to a pedestrian on any road in the area.\n(sec.343-ssec.3) The traffic sign applies to the driver or pedestrian even though the driver or pedestrian does not pass the sign. The shared zone signs on the roads into a shared zone apply to a driver who starts a journey inside the shared zone.\n(sec.343-ssec.4) Subsections (1) to (3) do not affect the operation of the Criminal Code , section 24 .","sortOrder":500},{"sectionNumber":"sec.344","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic control devices applying to a driver in a marked lane","content":"### sec.344 Traffic control devices applying to a driver in a marked lane\n\nA traffic control device applying to a marked lane applies to a driver approaching, in or leaving the marked lane unless the position of the device indicates that it does not apply to the driver.\nAn overhead lane control device above a marked lane that the driver does not face as the driver approaches it does not apply to the driver.","sortOrder":501},{"sectionNumber":"sec.345","sectionType":"section","heading":"Traffic control devices applying to a driver in a slip lane","content":"### sec.345 Traffic control devices applying to a driver in a slip lane\n\nA traffic control device applying to a slip lane applies to a driver approaching, in or leaving the slip lane.","sortOrder":502},{"sectionNumber":"sec.346","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parking control signs","content":"### sec.346 Parking control signs\n\nA parking control sign applying to a length of road applies to a driver on the length of road.\nA parking control sign applying to an area applies to a driver in the area.\nA parking control sign applies to a driver mentioned in subsection (1) or (2) even though the driver does not pass the sign.\nSubsections (1) to (3) do not affect the operation of the Criminal Code , section 24 .\n(sec.346-ssec.1) A parking control sign applying to a length of road applies to a driver on the length of road.\n(sec.346-ssec.2) A parking control sign applying to an area applies to a driver in the area.\n(sec.346-ssec.3) A parking control sign applies to a driver mentioned in subsection (1) or (2) even though the driver does not pass the sign.\n(sec.346-ssec.4) Subsections (1) to (3) do not affect the operation of the Criminal Code , section 24 .","sortOrder":503},{"sectionNumber":"pt.21","sectionType":"part","heading":"General","content":"# General","sortOrder":504},{"sectionNumber":"sec.347","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of abbreviations and symbols","content":"### sec.347 Meaning of abbreviations and symbols\n\nSchedule 1 provides the meaning of certain abbreviations and symbols used in this regulation and on traffic control devices and traffic-related items.","sortOrder":505},{"sectionNumber":"sec.348","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to a driver doing something etc.","content":"### sec.348 References to a driver doing something etc.\n\nIf the context permits, a reference in this regulation to a driver doing or not doing something is a reference to the driver causing the driver’s vehicle to do or not to do the thing.\nThe reference in section 27 to a driver turning left at an intersection is a reference to the driver causing the driver’s vehicle to turn left at the intersection.","sortOrder":506},{"sectionNumber":"sec.349","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to certain kinds of roads","content":"### sec.349 References to certain kinds of roads\n\nA reference in this regulation to a road of a particular kind is a reference to a road of that kind at any relevant place.\nSection 31 deals with a driver starting a right turn at an intersection from a road (except a multi-lane road). The section applies to a particular driver only if the road from which the driver is turning is not a multi-lane road at the intersection. In applying the section to the driver, it is irrelevant that the road is, or is not, a multi-lane road at another place away from the intersection.","sortOrder":507},{"sectionNumber":"sec.350","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to stopping or parking on a length of road etc.","content":"### sec.350 References to stopping or parking on a length of road etc.\n\nA driver stops or parks on a length of road or in an area if the driver stops or parks the driver’s vehicle so any part of the vehicle is on the length of road or in the area.\nA driver stops or parks within a particular distance from, before, or after, something if the driver stops or parks the driver’s vehicle so any part of the vehicle is within that distance.\nSection 190 provides that a driver must not stop on a road within 10m before or after a safety zone. The example diagram in section 190 shows a vehicle stopped so part of the vehicle is within 10m of the zone. For section 190 , the vehicle is taken to be stopped within 10m of the zone.\nA driver stops or parks on or across a driveway or other way of access for vehicles if the driver stops or parks the vehicle so that any part of the vehicle is on or across the driveway or way of access.\nIn this section—\npark has the same meaning as in part 12 .\nstop has the same meaning as in part 12 .\n(sec.350-ssec.1) A driver stops or parks on a length of road or in an area if the driver stops or parks the driver’s vehicle so any part of the vehicle is on the length of road or in the area.\n(sec.350-ssec.2) A driver stops or parks within a particular distance from, before, or after, something if the driver stops or parks the driver’s vehicle so any part of the vehicle is within that distance. Section 190 provides that a driver must not stop on a road within 10m before or after a safety zone. The example diagram in section 190 shows a vehicle stopped so part of the vehicle is within 10m of the zone. For section 190 , the vehicle is taken to be stopped within 10m of the zone.\n(sec.350-ssec.3) A driver stops or parks on or across a driveway or other way of access for vehicles if the driver stops or parks the vehicle so that any part of the vehicle is on or across the driveway or way of access.\n(sec.350-ssec.4) In this section— park has the same meaning as in part 12 . stop has the same meaning as in part 12 .","sortOrder":508},{"sectionNumber":"sec.351","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to left and right","content":"### sec.351 References to left and right\n\nA driver drives to the left, or right, of a line, sign or anything else only if the driver’s vehicle is completely to the left, or right, of the line, sign or other thing.","sortOrder":509},{"sectionNumber":"sec.352","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to stopping as near as practicable to a place","content":"### sec.352 References to stopping as near as practicable to a place\n\nA requirement in this regulation for a driver to stop as near as practicable to a place is not complied with only because the driver stops behind a vehicle that has stopped at the place.\nIf a driver stops behind a vehicle that has stopped at a stop sign or stop line in accordance with section 67 , 68 or 121 , the driver must, after the vehicle has proceeded, stop at the stop sign or stop line in accordance with the section.","sortOrder":510},{"sectionNumber":"sec.352A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving way to pedestrians and riders of bicycles and personal mobility devices crossing a road","content":"### sec.352A Giving way to pedestrians and riders of bicycles and personal mobility devices crossing a road\n\nThis section applies to a driver at an intersection who is required, under a relevant provision, to give way to a pedestrian, or the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, who is crossing the road, or part of the road, the driver is entering.\nThe driver is required to give way to the pedestrian or rider only if the pedestrian’s or rider’s line of travel in crossing the road, or part of the road, the driver is entering is essentially at right angles to the edges of the road, or part of the road.\nIn this section—\nrelevant provision means any of the following—\nsection 62 (1) (a) ;\nsection 64 (b) ;\nsection 67 (4) ;\nsection 69 (3) ;\nsection 72 (3) (b) or (5) (c) ;\nsection 73 (2) (b) , (4) or (6) (b) .\ns 352A ins 2013 SL No. 192 s 45\namd 2022 SL No. 142 s 100\n(sec.352A-ssec.1) This section applies to a driver at an intersection who is required, under a relevant provision, to give way to a pedestrian, or the rider of a bicycle or a personal mobility device, who is crossing the road, or part of the road, the driver is entering.\n(sec.352A-ssec.2) The driver is required to give way to the pedestrian or rider only if the pedestrian’s or rider’s line of travel in crossing the road, or part of the road, the driver is entering is essentially at right angles to the edges of the road, or part of the road.\n(sec.352A-ssec.3) In this section— relevant provision means any of the following— section 62 (1) (a) ; section 64 (b) ; section 67 (4) ; section 69 (3) ; section 72 (3) (b) or (5) (c) ; section 73 (2) (b) , (4) or (6) (b) .\n- (a) section 62 (1) (a) ;\n- (b) section 64 (b) ;\n- (c) section 67 (4) ;\n- (d) section 69 (3) ;\n- (e) section 72 (3) (b) or (5) (c) ;\n- (f) section 73 (2) (b) , (4) or (6) (b) .","sortOrder":511},{"sectionNumber":"sec.353","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prescribed offences for ch 5 , pt 7 of the Act","content":"### sec.353 Prescribed offences for ch 5 , pt 7 of the Act\n\nFor chapter 5 , part 7 of the Act , offences against the following provisions are prescribed offences—\nsection 20 ;\nsection 56 (1) and (2) ;\nsection 104 (1) , (2) and (3) ;\nsection 264 and 264A ;\nsection 300 ;\nsection 84A (1) of the Act ;\nthe Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , sections 10 and 211 (f) and (h) (ii) ;\nthe Motor Accident Insurance Act 1994 , section 20 (1) and (2) .\ns 353 amd 2010 SL No. 191 s 133 sch 7 ; 2014 SL No. 219 s 55; 2019 SL No. 121 s 12 ; 2021 SL No. 102 s 21 ; 2021 SL No. 113 s 297\n- (a) section 20 ;\n- (b) section 56 (1) and (2) ;\n- (c) section 104 (1) , (2) and (3) ;\n- (d) section 264 and 264A ;\n- (e) section 300 ;\n- (f) section 84A (1) of the Act ;\n- (g) the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , sections 10 and 211 (f) and (h) (ii) ;\n- (h) the Motor Accident Insurance Act 1994 , section 20 (1) and (2) .","sortOrder":512},{"sectionNumber":"sec.353AA","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prescribed offences for the Act , s 113A (2) (a) and (b)","content":"### sec.353AA Prescribed offences for the Act , s 113A (2) (a) and (b)\n\nFor section 113A (2) (a) and (b) of the Act , offences against the following provisions are prescribed offences—\nthe Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , section 10 ;\nthe Motor Accident Insurance Act 1994 , section 20 (1) and (2) .\ns 353AA ins 2014 SL No. 219 s 56\namd 2021 SL No. 113 s 298\n- (a) the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , section 10 ;\n- (b) the Motor Accident Insurance Act 1994 , section 20 (1) and (2) .","sortOrder":513},{"sectionNumber":"sec.353AB","sectionType":"section","heading":"Matters for camera-detected offences for which notice from defendant is required— Act , s 120","content":"### sec.353AB Matters for camera-detected offences for which notice from defendant is required— Act , s 120\n\nFor section 120 (7A) of the Act , the following matters are prescribed—\nan exemption under section 267 ;\nan exemption under section 267A ;\nan exemption under section 310 applying to section 264 , 264A or 265 .\ns 353AB ins 2021 SL No. 102 s 22\n- (a) an exemption under section 267 ;\n- (b) an exemption under section 267A ;\n- (c) an exemption under section 310 applying to section 264 , 264A or 265 .","sortOrder":514},{"sectionNumber":"sec.353ABA","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driver distraction offence— Act , s 120E","content":"### sec.353ABA Driver distraction offence— Act , s 120E\n\nFor section 120E (3) of the Act , definition driver distraction offence , paragraph (a) , an offence against section 300 is prescribed to be a driver distraction offence.\ns 353ABA ins 2024 Act No. 2 s 68","sortOrder":515},{"sectionNumber":"sec.353AC","sectionType":"section","heading":"Evidence by certificate— Act , s 123C (3)","content":"### sec.353AC Evidence by certificate— Act , s 123C (3)\n\nA certificate purporting to be signed by the chief executive stating that at a particular time a stated motor vehicle was or was not a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi under the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 is evidence of the matter.\nA certificate purporting to be signed by the chief executive or the commissioner stating that a document mentioned in section 267 (4) was or was not given to the chief executive or commissioner, in relation to a camera-detected offence against section 264 or 264A within the period required under section 267 (4) , is evidence of the matter.\ns 353AC ins 2021 SL No. 102 s 22\n(sec.353AC-ssec.1) A certificate purporting to be signed by the chief executive stating that at a particular time a stated motor vehicle was or was not a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi under the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 is evidence of the matter.\n(sec.353AC-ssec.2) A certificate purporting to be signed by the chief executive or the commissioner stating that a document mentioned in section 267 (4) was or was not given to the chief executive or commissioner, in relation to a camera-detected offence against section 264 or 264A within the period required under section 267 (4) , is evidence of the matter.","sortOrder":516},{"sectionNumber":"sec.353A","sectionType":"section","heading":"People with disabilities symbols— Act , sch 4 , definition people with disabilities symbol","content":"### sec.353A People with disabilities symbols— Act , sch 4 , definition people with disabilities symbol\n\nFor the Act , schedule 4 , definition people with disabilities symbol , the following symbols are prescribed—\ns 353A ins 2011 SL No. 8 s 21","sortOrder":517},{"sectionNumber":"sec.353B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Power-assisted bicycles— Act , sch 4 , definition power-assisted bicycle","content":"### sec.353B Power-assisted bicycles— Act , sch 4 , definition power-assisted bicycle\n\nThis section prescribes, for the Act , schedule 4 , definition power-assisted bicycle , vehicles that are, and vehicles that are not, power-assisted bicycles.\nA vehicle mentioned in the Act , schedule 4 , definition power-assisted bicycle , paragraph (a) (i) is a power-assisted bicycle if it—\nis an electrically power-assisted cycle (EPAC); or\nhas 1 or more electric auxiliary motors with a maximum power output, or combined maximum power output, of not more than 200 watts.\nA vehicle mentioned in the Act , schedule 4 , definition power-assisted bicycle , paragraph (a) (i) is not a power-assisted bicycle if—\nthe vehicle has an internal-combustion engine; or\neither or both of the following apply to the vehicle—\nwhen propelled only by the motor or motors, the vehicle is capable of going faster than 6km/h;\nthe motor or motors of the vehicle are capable of operating when the vehicle is going faster than 25km/h.\nIn this section—\nelectrically power-assisted cycle (EPAC) has the meaning given by the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule—Definitions and Vehicle Categories) 2005 (Cwlth) .\ns 353B ins 2012 SL No. 250 s 16\namd 2019 SL No. 121 s 13 ; 2024 SL No. 225 s 15\n(sec.353B-ssec.1) This section prescribes, for the Act , schedule 4 , definition power-assisted bicycle , vehicles that are, and vehicles that are not, power-assisted bicycles.\n(sec.353B-ssec.2) A vehicle mentioned in the Act , schedule 4 , definition power-assisted bicycle , paragraph (a) (i) is a power-assisted bicycle if it— is an electrically power-assisted cycle (EPAC); or has 1 or more electric auxiliary motors with a maximum power output, or combined maximum power output, of not more than 200 watts.\n(sec.353B-ssec.3) A vehicle mentioned in the Act , schedule 4 , definition power-assisted bicycle , paragraph (a) (i) is not a power-assisted bicycle if— the vehicle has an internal-combustion engine; or either or both of the following apply to the vehicle— when propelled only by the motor or motors, the vehicle is capable of going faster than 6km/h; the motor or motors of the vehicle are capable of operating when the vehicle is going faster than 25km/h.\n(sec.353B-ssec.4) In this section— electrically power-assisted cycle (EPAC) has the meaning given by the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule—Definitions and Vehicle Categories) 2005 (Cwlth) .\n- (a) is an electrically power-assisted cycle (EPAC); or\n- (b) has 1 or more electric auxiliary motors with a maximum power output, or combined maximum power output, of not more than 200 watts.\n- (a) the vehicle has an internal-combustion engine; or\n- (b) either or both of the following apply to the vehicle— (i) when propelled only by the motor or motors, the vehicle is capable of going faster than 6km/h; (ii) the motor or motors of the vehicle are capable of operating when the vehicle is going faster than 25km/h.\n- (i) when propelled only by the motor or motors, the vehicle is capable of going faster than 6km/h;\n- (ii) the motor or motors of the vehicle are capable of operating when the vehicle is going faster than 25km/h.\n- (i) when propelled only by the motor or motors, the vehicle is capable of going faster than 6km/h;\n- (ii) the motor or motors of the vehicle are capable of operating when the vehicle is going faster than 25km/h.","sortOrder":518},{"sectionNumber":"pt.22","sectionType":"part","heading":"Repeal and transitional provisions","content":"# Repeal and transitional provisions","sortOrder":519},{"sectionNumber":"sec.354","sectionType":"section","heading":"Repeal","content":"### sec.354 Repeal\n\nThe Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 1999 , SL No. 246 is repealed.","sortOrder":520},{"sectionNumber":"sec.355","sectionType":"section","heading":"Continuation of Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 1999, s 266","content":"### sec.355 Continuation of Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 1999, s 266\n\nDespite the repeal of the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 1999 , section 266 of that regulation continues in force until the end of 10 March 2010.","sortOrder":521},{"sectionNumber":"sec.356","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 1999","content":"### sec.356 References to Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 1999\n\nA reference in an Act or other document to the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Road Rules) Regulation 1999 is, if the context permits, taken to be a reference to this regulation.","sortOrder":522}],"analysis":{"issue_detection":{"absurdities":[],"contradictions":[]},"summary":{"complexity_score":7,"scope_assessment":{"changed":true,"description":"The original 2009 regulation was modelled closely on the national Australian Road Rules to maximise uniformity across states. Over time, scope has expanded beyond the original intent through multiple amendments: the addition of personal mobility devices (e-scooters and similar) as a distinct regulated category with their own speed limits, turning rules, and signalling exemptions reflects technology that did not exist when the regulation commenced. Queensland-specific provisions (sugar cane trailers, road train speed limits, lane filtering for motorbikes) also represent deliberate divergence from the uniform national model the regulation set out to achieve."},"complexity_factors":["Extremely broad scope covering dozens of distinct road user scenarios and vehicle types","Highly granular rule differentiation — the same situation (e.g. turning left) has different rules depending on road type, vehicle type, presence of markings, and other conditions","Frequent cross-references to other sections, parts, and external legislation (e.g. Heavy Vehicle National Law, Criminal Code, parent Act schedules)","Multiple layers of exceptions and carve-outs nested within provisions (e.g. rules that apply unless another subsection applies, unless another sign is present, unless the vehicle meets certain criteria)","Incorporation of technical standards from multiple jurisdictions (Australian, New Zealand, American, European, UN standards) for safety equipment compliance","Regular amendments since 2009 creating a layered legislative history that must be tracked to understand current law","Specialised definitions that differ from everyday usage (e.g. 'road' sometimes includes and sometimes excludes 'road-related areas' depending on the specific provision)","Different rules for emerging vehicle categories like personal mobility devices that interact with existing frameworks in complex ways","Highly specific physical measurements and dimensions (vehicle lengths, weights, speeds) that determine which rules apply","The regulation is only a fragment of the full document — the full version covers hundreds more sections across many more parts"],"plain_english_summary":"The Queensland Road Rules are the official rulebook for everyone using public roads, paths and car parks in Queensland — drivers, riders, cyclists, e-scooter users, pedestrians and heavy‑vehicle operators. It sets core obligations on speed (default 50 km/h urban, 100 km/h elsewhere; e‑scooters capped at 25 km/h on roads, 12 km/h on footpaths), turning, signalling and traffic‑light behaviour.\n\nBreaches can attract fines (up to 40 penalty units) or criminal charges, and the rules generally align with national road‑rule frameworks with some local variations."},"kimi_summary":{"_metrics":{"completionTokens":804},"content_quality":"ok","complexity_score":8,"scope_assessment":{"changed":true,"description":"The legislation has expanded significantly beyond its original 2009 scope. Major additions include: personal mobility devices (e-scooters) integrated throughout from 2022 amendments; lane filtering and edge filtering for motorbikes (2014); emergency response vehicle passing rules (2022); bicycle storage areas and hook turn storage areas; and tramway/busway provisions. The original uniform road rules framework has been adapted to accommodate new vehicle technologies and urban mobility trends."},"complexity_factors":["Extensive cross-referencing between sections (e.g., sections 28, 32, 111, 147 all reference each other for turning exceptions)","Multiple nested exceptions and conditions (e.g., section 130 has 10 separate exceptions to the 'keep left' rule)","Defined terms scattered throughout and in Schedule 5 dictionary (e.g., 'road-related area', 'personal mobility device', 'long vehicle')","Conditional logic based on vehicle type, road type, and signage (e.g., different rules for motorbikes vs cars vs bicycles)","Frequent amendments noted (2013, 2014, 2018, 2022, 2024) creating layered legislative history","Specific measurement requirements (1.5m passing distance, 7.5m vehicle length thresholds, 50m/100m permitted distances)","Dual applicability to 'drivers' and 'riders' with section 19 creating interpretive complexity","Multiple commencement dates for different sections (October 2009 vs March 2010)"],"plain_english_summary":"This is Queensland's main road rules regulation, which adopts the Australian Road Rules with some state-specific modifications. It governs how everyone must behave on roads and road-related areas (like footpaths and parking areas).\n\n**Who it covers:** Drivers, motorbike riders, cyclists, personal mobility device (e-scooter) riders, pedestrians, and even people riding animals or using animal-drawn vehicles.\n\n**Key areas covered:**\n\n- **Speed limits** — Default limits are 50km/h in built-up areas and 100km/h elsewhere, with specific rules for school zones, shared zones, and heavy vehicles. Personal mobility devices have their own speed caps (generally 12-25km/h depending on location).\n\n- **Turning and intersections** — Detailed rules for left turns, right turns, hook turns (especially for cyclists and e-scooter riders), and U-turns. Long vehicles (7.5m+) get special exceptions for wide turns.\n\n- **Giving way** — Complex hierarchy of who must give way at intersections, roundabouts, pedestrian crossings, and when entering roads from driveways or parking areas.\n\n- **Traffic lights and signs** — When to stop on red/yellow, exceptions for left turns on red after stopping, and how to interpret various traffic signs.\n\n- **Roundabouts** — Lane selection rules based on exit position, giving way to vehicles already in the roundabout, and signalling requirements.\n\n- **Keeping left and overtaking** — Rules about lane positioning, safe passing distances (1m for bikes/e-scooters under 60km/h, 1.5m over 60km/h), and when overtaking is permitted.\n\n- **Special lanes** — Bicycle lanes, bus lanes, tram lanes, transit lanes (T2/T3), and truck lanes with restrictions on who can use them.\n\n- **Tram and bus safety** — Specific rules for passing stopped trams, safety zones, and giving way to buses re-entering traffic.\n\n- **Stopping and parking** — Restrictions near intersections, crossings, and various no-stopping/no-parking zones.\n\nThe regulation is designed to be substantially uniform with road rules across Australia, making it easier for interstate drivers to understand Queensland requirements."}},"importantCases":[],"_links":{"self":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-road-rules-regulation-2009","history":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-road-rules-regulation-2009/history","analysis":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-road-rules-regulation-2009/analysis","conflicts":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-road-rules-regulation-2009/conflicts","importantCases":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-road-rules-regulation-2009/important-cases","documents":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-road-rules-regulation-2009/documents"}}